Undergraduate Bulletin - Bulletin Guide

Unless otherwise noted, the information provided in this bulletin should be utilized in the following manner:

Academic regulations are in effect for all students during 2017-2018.

The general degree requirements and requirements for majors and minors are effective for students who matriculate during 2017-2018.

The University at Albany does not discriminate on the basis of race, ethnicity, color, national origin, religion, age, sex, sexual orientation, gender identity, gender expression, disability, public assistance status, veteran status or any other basis made unlawful by Title VII of the Civil Rights Act of 1964, Title IX of the Education Amendments of 1972 or any other applicable law, ordinance, or regulation. Inquiries concerning this policy should be directed to The Office of Diversity and Inclusion.

The calendars, curricula, and fees described in this bulletin are subject to change at any time by official action of the University at Albany.

For questions about the Undergraduate Bulletin, please contact The Office of the Vice Provost for Undergraduate Education.

UAlbany's General Education Program made a multi-year transition to new requirements. The General Education Program requirements effective with this 2017-2018 Bulletin apply to all students matriculating in Fall 2017. This includes students mastering General Education Academic Competencies of Advanced Writing, Oral Discourse, Information Literacy, and Critical Thinking through the completion of their declared majors. As Competencies Plans are implemented, departments may make slight adjustments to the structure of requirements for the major. This Bulletin Guide may be a source for a summary of any updates during the Fall 2017 semester.

Summary of some changes for 2017-2018 in this Bulletin:

 

The Office of the Vice Provost and Dean for Undergraduate Education

In addition to publishing the Undergraduate Bulletin each academic year, the Office of the Vice Provost and Dean for Undergraduate Education is responsible for the coordination of the academic experience of undergraduate students at this University. The Vice Provost works closely with the deans and faculty of the individual schools and colleges and with the Undergraduate Academic Council in developing, coordinating, and implementing undergraduate academic policy and curricula as well as actively promoting undergraduate opportunities in applied learning such as research and internships. The Vice Provost oversees the Office of Undergraduate Education, the Honors College, the General Education Program, the Writing and Critical Inquiry Program, the Office of Transfer Student Services, the Student Engagement Initiative, the Center for Achievement, Retention, and Student Success (CARSS), and the Advisement Services Center.

The Office of the Vice Provost for Undergraduate Education also provides coordination of and advisement for: independent study; student-initiated interdisciplinary majors and minors; interdisciplinary courses; and the New York State Senate and Assembly Internship as well as other University-wide internships. The Office coordinates with the Office of Access and Academic Enrichment, the Office of Undergraduate Admissions, the Registrar's Office, and other University offices to implement changes in academic policies and curricula.

The Office provides assistance and counseling to undergraduate students who are contemplating leaving the University, who are seeking to take a Leave for Approved Study at another college or university, or who wish to re-enter the University after having been away for a semester or more. It also coordinates the Degree in Absentia process.

Visit the Undergraduate Education website for details about programs and services and for copies of relevant forms as well as petitions for exceptions to academic policies: www.albany.edu/undergraduateeducation/.

The Vice Provost is eager to facilitate help for all students who wish to explore academic issues and concerns. Students may contact the Office of the Vice Provost and Dean for Undergraduate Education by visiting Lecture Center 30, by calling (518) 442-3950, or by email to UGEducation@albany.edu.

Schools and Colleges

Undergraduate study is offered through the faculties of each of the separate schools and colleges comprising the University.

The College of Arts and Sciences provides all undergraduates with study in most of the disciplines within the liberal arts and sciences. Those students wishing to explore many of these areas in depth may become majors within the college. Graduates of the College of Arts and Sciences may apply for graduate-level teacher certification programs in the School of Education.

The School of Business offers programs in accounting, business administration, and digital forensics as well as a Bachelor of Science in Interdisciplinary Studies with a faculty-initiated concentration in financial market regulation. Admission to these programs is competitive, open only to the best-qualified students and including specific courses outlined in the School of Business section of this bulletin.

The School of Criminal Justice offers a multi-disciplinary degree program, focusing on the study of criminal behavior and society’s response to it. Admission to this major is highly competitive, and students must complete specific requirements before applying for admission.

The School of Education is now offering a B.S. in Human Development. It also offers courses for undergraduates who are interested in education-related careers. College of Arts and Sciences undergraduate majors may apply to teacher certification programs at the graduate level.

The College of Emergency Preparedness, Homeland Security and Cybersecurity, founded in May 2015, offers academic programs to give students the knowledge and skills to prepare for, protect against, respond to, and recover from a growing array of natural and man-made risks and threats in New York State and around the world. Effective June 2016,  an undergraduate major in Emergency Preparedness, Homeland Security and Cybersecurity has been approved. Depending on the concentration, the program leads to a B.A. or a B.S. and provides students with a broad overview of these three fields and develops critical thinking skills and subject area knowledge of public policy, management and risk analysis. The College also offers a minor in Emergency Preparedness, Homeland Security and Cybersecurity.

The College of Engineering and Applied Sciences combines strong technical education and research with an application-oriented perspective. It is composed of the departments of Electrical and Computer Engineering, Computer Science, and Information Science. The College offers General Education and advanced courses, and several major and minor programs, including degrees in Computer Science as well as a B.S. in Informatics. Effective June 2016, a new B.S. in Computer Engineering was approved.

The School of Public Health offers an undergraduate minor in Public Health and two Bachelor of Science degrees in Interdisciplinary Studies, one with a faculty-initiated concentration in Public Health and one with a faculty-initiated concentration in Bio-instrumentation. The field of public health addresses issues such as bioterrorism, violence prevention, health disparities, and obesity; prevents epidemics and the spread of disease; protects against environmental hazards; prevents injuries, promotes and encourages healthy behaviors; responds to disasters and assists community recovery; and assures the quality and accessibility of health services.

The Nelson A. Rockefeller College of Public Affairs & Policy offers undergraduate degree programs in political science and public policy and management. These programs focus on issues of politics, public policy, and management in the public service in the local, state, federal, and international arena. The program in public policy and management is a combined major and minor sequence, where students choose concentration areas.

The School of Social Welfare offers a combined major and minor sequence that prepares students for beginning social work. This program serves the liberal education needs for students interested in the social sciences and human services professions. Admission to this major is competitive, and students have to complete specific requirements before applying for admission.

The Interdisciplinary Studies Committee of the Undergraduate Academic Council works with the academic colleges and schools to develop and approve Interdisciplinary Studies majors with faculty-initiated concentrations and interdisciplinary minors. The approval of student-initiated Interdisciplinary Studies majors and interdisciplinary minors is also under the jurisdiction of this committee. In addition, the committee recommends and monitors University-wide independent study, internships, special projects, and interdisciplinary topics courses.

  
TEMPORARY PAGE DIVIDER

General Index

Executive Committee

James R. Stellar, Interim President

Darrell P. Wheeler, Interim Provost
Simeon Ananou, Vice President for Information Technology Services and CIO
Mark Benson, Director of Athletics
Joseph A. Brennan, Vice President for Communications and Marketing
Michael N. Christakis, Vice President for Student Affairs
James A. Dias, Vice President for Research
Tamra Minor, Chief Diversity Officer and Assistant Vice President for Diversity and Inclusion       
John H. Reilly, Senior Counsel
Fardin Sanai, Vice President for University Development and Executive Director of the UAlbany Foundation
Laura Schweitzer, Interim Dean and Vice President for Health Sciences and Biomedical Initiatives
Bruce P. Szelest, Chief of Staff, Vice Provost for Administration
James R. Van Voorst, Vice President for Finance and Administration
Leanne Wirkkula, Vice President for Planning, Policy and Compliance

2016-2017 University Council Members

Michael J. Castellana, (Chair) Guilderland
Robert P. Balachandran, Esq., New York City
Nancy M. Burton, Albany
Patricia A. Caldwell, New York City
James M. Clancy, Delmar
Mark N. Eagan, Menands
John R. Fallon, Jr., Esq., New York City
James O. Jackson, Albany
Abner JeanPierre, Latham
Marc Cohen (Student Member), Williamsville       

Faculty Representative
Karin B. Reinhold, Delmar
Graduate Student Representative
Stanley De La Cruz, Bronx
Alumni Representative
Joseph N. Garba, New York City

Undergraduate Education

Jeanette Altarriba, Vice Provost and Dean for Undergraduate Education
Hui-Ching Chang, Dean of the Honors College
Robert P. Yagelski, Associate Vice Provost and Program in Writing and Critical Inquiry Director
Suraj Commuri, Associate Dean for Undergraduate Research
Richard S. Fogarty, Associate Dean for General Education
Linda M. Krzykowski, Assistant Vice Provost for Student Engagement

About the University

Located in New York's capital city, the University at Albany offers its more than 17,300 students the expansive opportunities of a comprehensive public research university in an environment designed to foster success.

Students choose from 120 undergraduate majors and minors and more than 125 graduate programs that prepare them to succeed in a wide range of fields.

Life-Enhancing Research and Scholarship

In every area of study, students are instructed by faculty who are world-class scholars and teachers ─ many actively engaged in life-enhancing research that contributes profoundly to the public good. As mentors, they provide numerous student-research opportunities at both the undergraduate and graduate levels, inspiring students to advance their skills and aspirations.

More than 600 Ways to Study Abroad

UAlbany students take advantage of the more than 600 study abroad opportunities in over 50 countries available through both UAlbany and SUNY networks. These are valuable opportunities for young scholars to enhance their education, increase independence and self-awareness, and gain international perspective that prepares them for today's global marketplace.

Diversity that Enriches Learning

The varied perspectives and life experiences of a student body and faculty which represent more than 100 nations provide a diversity that enriches learning at UAlbany.

Excellence at a Great Value

The excellence of a UAlbany education is recognized by many independent sources, such as the rankings published yearly by U.S. News & World Report. Its great value results from the world of opportunities that are available to students at an affordable price.

Strategic Location

The University's location in the state capital of New York provides students with limitless opportunities for internships and public service through which they gain experience, test their skills, and prepare to launch successful careers. The area is also a vibrant center for culture and entertainment. Among its attractions are the New York State Museum and Library and the Times Union Center, a major Northeast entertainment and sports venue. Close by are the Berkshire, Catskill, and Adirondack Mountains, as well as Saratoga Springs, areas famed for recreational and cultural opportunities.

Nationally Renowned Programs

U.S. News & World Report rankings consistently place many of our graduate programs among the top 50 in the United States. This includes programs in clinical psychology, criminal justice, library and information studies, public affairs, public health, sociology and social work.

Accreditation

The University is chartered by the Board of Regents of New York State, which has registered all of its degrees and programs and fully approved its professional programs through the State Education Department. UAlbany is also a member of the Council of Graduate Schools in the U.S., and is fully accredited by Middle States Commission on Higher Education. UAlbany also holds specialized program accreditation from the following accreditors:

Organization

The University enrolls students in nine degree-granting schools and colleges including its Colleges of Arts and Sciences, Engineering and Applied Sciences, and Emergency Preparedness, Homeland Security and Cybersecurity; the Nelson A. Rockefeller College of Public Affairs & Policy; and its Schools of Business, Criminal Justice, Education, Public Health, and Social Welfare. Both the Office of the Senior Vice President for Academic Affairs and Provost and the Office of the Vice President for Research work jointly with the academic units in curricular and research areas.

The Office of the Vice Provost for Undergraduate Education is responsible for the coordination of the academic experience of undergraduate students and works closely with the deans and faculty of the individual schools and colleges in developing, coordinating, and implementing undergraduate academic policy and curricula. Non-degree study at the undergraduate level is coordinated by the Office of General Studies.

The Campuses

The Uptown Campus, the University’s main campus, is located at 1400 Washington Avenue in Albany, and has been described as “a distinctive work of modern art.” Designed in 1961-62 by renowned American architect Edward Durell Stone (1902-1978), the campus reflects Stone’s signature style of bold unified design, expressed by its towers, domes, fountains, soaring colonnades and sweeping canopy. The result is dramatically different from the dispersed buildings and disparate architectural styles of most traditional university campuses.

A consistent flow of new construction has expanded the Uptown Campus in the last decade, adding new science and art facilities and administration building. A new home for the School of Business, awarded a LEED gold rating from the U.S. Green Building Council, opened in the fall of 2013. Expansion and major renovations have completely refurbished the University's Entry Plaza, main fountain and 20-story Carillon, with a major expansion of the Campus Center currently underway.

The Uptown Campus also features the Performing Arts Center, boasting several theatres, recital halls, and rehearsal instructional space; the University Art Museum, one of the finest regional museums in the Northeast; and the New York State Writers Institute, a broad educational base for readers and writing students promoting the literary arts.

Each of four residence quadrangles on the Uptown Campus house approximately 1,200 students and include eight, three-story halls and a 23-story tower. Each quadrangle includes lounges, recreational areas and dining facilities. Nearby Freedom Apartments has apartment-style living, and Empire Commons provides single-room apartment-style living for 1,200 students. Liberty Terrace, an architecturally award-winning, environmentally friendly living complex, provides another 500 apartment-style beds. Housing is also available on Alumni Quadrangle, located near the Downtown Campus.

Other special facilities on the Uptown Campus include a National Weather Service meteorological laboratory, a linear accelerator for physics research, and a cutting-edge data center that supports high-performance computing and networking. The hub of student activity is the Campus Center, which is being expanded by 76,000 square feet. It currently includes lounges, meeting and dining rooms, a ballroom, a cafeteria, banking facilities, a convenience store, a Barnes & Noble bookstore, and a variety of both fast-food and healthy food options.

Outdoor recreational facilities include lighted tennis courts, basketball and volleyball courts, and several multipurpose playing areas, including a multi-use synthetic turf field for student recreational and intramural use.

Indoor athletic facilities are dominated by the SEFCU Arena. With an arena seating capacity of nearly 4,800, the facility is home to NCAA Division I Great Dane basketball, and also houses a running track, a modern fitness center, a fully equipped athletic training complex with whirlpools and other rehabilitative equipment, two main locker rooms, and several smaller team locker rooms. All facilities are handicapped accessible and have designated seating areas for handicapped spectators. The Physical Education Center includes a pool, locker rooms, weight and wrestling rooms, a dance studio, and basketball, handball and squash courts.

A new 8,500-seat multi-sports stadium, home to football and men's and women's soccer, opened in the fall of 2013. The new home venue for UAlbany's championship track and field program opened in 2014. It features a nine-lane track surface, and complete reconditioning of the natural turf infield for field events.

The Downtown Campus, located at 135 Western Avenue in Albany, is a classic Georgian-style complex that served from 1909-66 as the main campus. Recently renovated, it houses the Rockefeller College of Public Affairs & Policy, the School of Criminal Justice, and the School of Social Welfare, as well as the new College of Engineering and Applied Sciences, formerly known as the College of Computing and Information.

The Health Sciences Campus, a former pharmaceutical complex purchased in 1996 and located at One University Place in Rensselaer, is one of the region's booming bioscience research and high-tech centers. Its academic anchor is the School of Public Health, and its research facilities include the Cancer Research Center, home to the Gen*NY*Sis Center for Excellence in Cancer Genomics, and the Center for Functional Genomics.

Libraries

Three campus libraries comprise the University Libraries, which house more than two million print volumes and provide access to hundreds of thousands of online resources. As a member of the Association of Research Libraries, UAlbany's Libraries rank among the largest and most comprehensive research libraries in North America. Users from around the world access services and collections through the Libraries' online systems and website, library.albany.edu. The Libraries offer a program of information literacy and user-education with instruction that ranges from a focus on traditional bibliographic access to collaborative classes integrated into the curriculum.

Two of the campus libraries, the University Library and the Science Library, are located on the Uptown Campus. The third, the Dewey Graduate Library, is on the Downtown Campus.

University Library contains the largest collection of circulating volumes, the Interactive Media Center, a collection of computer hardware and software that support the curriculum, and the Government Documents Collection, a selective depository for U.S. documents. The Science Library houses the M. E. Grenander Department of Special Collections and Archives. The Dewey Graduate Library supports graduate research in the fields of public affairs, public administration and policy, criminal justice, political science, social welfare, and information science and policy.

Information Technology Services (ITS)

Information Technology Services offers a sophisticated IT environment commensurate with UAlbany's position as a nationally recognized comprehensive public research university. This environment includes an extensive array of technology systems, services, tools and training for students, faculty and staff. These resources are designed to enrich learning experiences and advance UAlbany's teaching, service, and research programs. ITS manages UAlbany's state-of-the-art data center. 

For more information, visit the ITS website at www.albany.edu/its. Requests for assistance can be directed to the ITS HelpDesk. Visit LC 27, submit a Help Request electronically at www.albany.edu/its/svc_help.php or call (518) 442-3700.

For more information concerning the rich history, traditions and achievements of the University at Albany, please visit the University’s website: www.albany.edu.

 

  
TEMPORARY PAGE DIVIDER

Undergraduate Admissions

Admission to the University is based on evidence of high school graduation or the equivalent, quality of high school program, record of achievement, and desirable personal characteristics without regard to age, sex, race, color, creed, disability, marital status, or national origin. The University welcomes inquiries from qualified high school students, students interested in transferring from another college or university, and adults who wish to begin or resume their undergraduate program.

Students who wish to obtain additional information about the University or the admission processes and policies described below should call (518) 442-5435 or email the Undergraduate Admissions Office at ugadmissions@albany.edu.

Group information sessions and tours are available weekdays throughout the school year as well as many Saturdays when the University is in session. Please visit our website at www.albany.edu/admissions/tour.php to view a list of available dates and make a reservation.

Interviews: A personal interview is not required as part of the admissions process. In exceptional cases, individuals for whom an interview is required will be notified.

Application Procedure: Admission to most programs is granted for the fall, spring, and summer terms. Application materials are available in the fall preceding any of these admission dates.

Application forms and step-by-step instructions are available online at www.albany.edu/admissions/step.php.

Freshman Admission

The undergraduate program is designed for students with well-defined interests or career objectives, as well as for those who wish to explore a variety of fields before deciding on a major. Most accepted students are admitted to the University and are enrolled in an open major (undeclared), or they can declare an intended major. For information concerning direct admission as a freshman to the School of Business, please contact the Undergraduate Admissions Office.

Academic Preparation and Achievement

High School Preparation: Candidates for admission to all undergraduate programs must present a minimum of 18 units from high school, acceptable to the University, in a college preparatory program. Within that background, freshman applicants are generally expected to demonstrate the following to be competitive for admission: four units of English or the equivalent; three units of Math including elementary algebra, geometry, and at least one additional academic unit of mathematics or the equivalent; at least two units of laboratory science; three units of social science, including one of U.S. History; at least one year of foreign language; two years or more of foreign language is strongly recommended. In addition students should show electives that offer enrichment (e.g., fine or performing arts) or advanced study in a particular discipline.

Admission Decision: The decision on an application for admission will be based on a holistic review of the following:

For spring 2017 applicants and beyond, UAlbany will accept both the new and old versions of the SAT administered during and prior to the 2015-2016 academic year. The University at Albany will continue to use the highest critical reading and mathematics score from the old SAT to ensure that these scores, in most cases, will benefit the applicant in the admissions process. Similarly, for the new SAT, the University will use the highest Evidence Based Reading and Writing and Math scores to benefit the applicant. Scores from the new and old SAT exams cannot be combined. Although the new optional essay component is not required, it is recommended students still sit for this portion of the new SAT exam. For students submitting the ACT, the highest Composite ACT score will be used in the evaluation process.

The University realizes that standardized test scores represent the results of a test battery taken on a single day, while the high school record of an applicant represents academic commitment and achievement over a period of three years. The Office of Undergraduate Admissions is aware of this difference and incorporates it into the decision making process. Questions about the use of standardized tests at the University may be directed to the Office of Undergraduate Admissions at (518) 442-5435.

The University generally receives these scores electronically from the exam sponsors, and matches them to other application data. Each applicant is encouraged, therefore, to have the results released to us by the exam sponsors. These are to be received in the Undergraduate Admissions Office to complete the application.

Merit Awards

A limited number of scholarships based on merit are awarded each year. Applicants who are first time college students and demonstrate strong academic achievement as measured by their grade point average, standardized test scores, and class rank at the secondary school level are eligible for consideration. Contact the Office of Undergraduate Admissions at (518) 442-5435 for further information about merit awards available in any given year.

The Honors College

The Honors College is a vibrant community of developing scholars where students and professors work together in a challenging environment to stimulate the highest levels of academic achievement. Honors students have the option of living in honors housing during all four years, which enhances the honors community experience and provides students with an environment that balances serious academic work and an expanding social life.

First-year and second-year students enroll in six honors courses that represent a wide range of academic disciplines at UAlbany and are taught by some of the most talented professors at the University. All honors courses are designed to broaden a student’s understanding of the world, sharpen analytic thinking, and strengthen writing skills.

Upper-division students work with professors in their major to pursue the honors curriculum in their chosen major. This work culminates in the completion of an honors thesis or creative project during the students' last year, in which the developing scholars contribute new knowledge to their disciplines.

For more information on The Honors College, please contact the Office of Undergraduate Admissions at (518) 442-5435.

Educational Opportunity Program (EOP)

Freshman and transfer applicants judged to have high capabilities and motivation for college study, yet whose financial, cultural, and social backgrounds have not allowed them to compete effectively for regular admission to the University, may be admitted into the Educational Opportunity Program. All students must have earned a high school diploma or its equivalent. Admission to the program for freshmen is based on high school performance, standardized test scores, and a formal assessment of financial eligibility according to legislated guidelines.

Support services available to accepted EOP students include developmental courses in basic skill areas, such as reading/writing and mathematics. Academic and personal counseling, tutoring, and financial assistance are services provided to each student matriculated in EOP during their undergraduate tenure. Students carry a full load of regular and/or basic skill courses and are considered full-time University students.

The application procedure should begin as early as possible so that academic and financial evaluations, and other arrangements can be completed well before the student wishes to begin study. Transfers are eligible for EOP admission only if they have been enrolled previously in an EOP, HEOP, College Discovery, SEEK, or EOP-type program elsewhere and meet all other transfer requirements.

Transfer Admission

A sizable number of undergraduates transfer into the University from other colleges and universities each year. The University welcomes applications from all students who are completing work at other two- and four-year colleges.

Academic Preparation and Achievement: To be favorably considered one should have at least an overall C+ (2.50) average for all college work attempted. The cumulative average necessary for admission will vary, depending on the program and the quantitative background of the applicant. Admission to certain programs (majors) is competitive and is based not only on a required grade point average (GPA) but also on completion of a certain set of prerequisite core courses. The required GPA for applicants to Public Health or Social Welfare is a 3.00 or better. A minimum 3.25 GPA is required for applicants to Accounting, Business Administration, Criminal Justice, Digital Forensics, or Financial Market Regulation. GPAs are computed using grades earned in all courses attempted. Applicants who lack the high school program described in the section entitled “High School Preparation” may present an academic experience as a transfer student that is comparable in its totality, demonstrating breadth and achievement and the potential to compete successfully at the University at Albany.

Students enrolled in EOP or EOP-type programs at other colleges are encouraged to apply for transfer admission to our Educational Opportunity Program.

In addition to submitting the basic application and supplemental form, transfer applicants must also submit official transcripts of all work taken at any college or university since high school graduation, whether or not they expect to receive transfer credit. Where only one transcript is offered, such a transcript should include at least one year’s grades. Transfers may be admitted also on the basis of one semester of college coursework, provided their high school preparation and standardized test scores meet the quantitative and qualitative requirements for freshman admission. A decision as to admissibility may not be made until the previously noted items are received. If there are gaps in an applicant’s educational sequence, the applicant will be asked to provide a brief list of activities during that period. Proof of high school graduation or the equivalent is required of all transfer applicants.

Ability to Contribute to the University Community: The University at Albany believes that a student body that represents diverse geographic, cultural, racial/ethnic, and socioeconomic backgrounds creates an educational environment that benefits all students. Therefore, in evaluating applicants, the University may also consider non-academic characteristics including involvement in school or community; leadership potential; community service; a student’s ability to contribute to a diverse educational environment as evidenced by his/her geographic, cultural, racial/ethnic, or socioeconomic background; special talents; work experience; and information about the applicant’s ability to overcome obstacles, hardship, disabilities, etc.

An estimate of the total number of credits accepted for transfer will be made when admission is granted. When the student submits an enrollment deposit, he or she will be provided with a tentative evaluation of course credits. The tentative evaluation is subject to final approval and modification following the initial advisement and programming session. Transfer students are strongly urged to take advantage of the Transfer Orientation where a review of the evaluation of coursework is offered.

Transfer Grades: Courses are accepted for transfer credit provided that a grade of C- or higher has been achieved. No credit graded D from another institution will transfer.*
** Except for the University’s writing requirements, for which a grade of C or higher or S is required, transfer work graded D+, D or D- in a course that applies to one or more of the University’s General Education requirements may be applied toward fulfilling the requirements, even if the student receives no graduation credit for the course.

All transfer applicants are strongly encouraged to indicate the major they plan to pursue once admitted to the University. Since UAlbany students are advised to declare a major by the time they have accumulated 56 graduation credits, and may declare a major after accumulating 24 graduation credits, incoming transfer students with 24 or more credits are usually assigned to major departmental advisors for their initial programming. The prospective transfer student should consult the section of this bulletin entitled “Declaration of Major” for a list of those majors that have specific restrictions, and then consult the departmental description of the admission requirements for that program.

The transfer student’s designated class standing (class year) is determined by the number of credits accepted for transfer (see the “Class Standing” section of this bulletin). However, for many majors (combined major/minors in the sciences, for example) overall class standing should not be construed to mean that the student is necessarily on schedule within the major/minor sequence. This is especially true for students who transfer to the University from technical and applied programs, or for those who change major interest and/or career goals at the time of transfer.

The prospective transfer student should examine closely those sections of this bulletin that deal with minor requirements, residence requirements, and the General Education Program. These are graduation requirements in addition to those stipulated by the major.

For the B.A. and B.S. degrees, the maximum number of transfer credits from a two-year college, a four-year college, or from a combination of two-and four-year schools are 90.

Second Bachelor’s Degree

The University encourages students who have already earned a bachelor’s degree and/or an advanced degree to pursue graduate studies in virtually all instances. Occasionally, when reasons can be demonstrated as to why a second bachelor’s degree is preferred and educationally sound, individuals could be admitted as matriculated students to an undergraduate program. In these limited cases, such requests will be reviewed by the Undergraduate Admissions Office in accordance with regulations of the Undergraduate Policy Manual, as outlined below. Fall applicant deadline is May 1st. Spring applicant deadline is December 1st.

Admission: Only students who possess a baccalaureate degree from an accredited institution of higher education may apply for a second bachelor’s degree. Applicants for a second bachelor’s degree must specify the major they wish to complete. Undergraduate Admissions will process the applications and forward them to a designated individual in the department for review when complete. Students who are not admitted to the major for which they have applied will not be admitted to the University. Appeals will be processed by the Committee on Admissions and Academic Standing of the Undergraduate Academic Council.

Degree Requirements: Students must complete all requirements for the major to be awarded a second bachelor’s degree. It is expected that the majority of a student’s coursework in any given semester will be consistent with requirements in that major. Registration for subsequent semesters will not be allowed if progress in meeting degree requirements cannot be demonstrated. The option of a double major is not available. Students are not required to and may not elect to complete a minor as part of the program for their second bachelor’s degree unless a requirement of the major. Students are not required to complete the general education requirements in order to be awarded a second bachelor’s degree. Students must satisfy both the University residency requirements and the major residency requirements while in matriculated status. Students earning a second bachelor's degree are not eligible for "Latin" honors (cum laude, magna cum laude, summa cum laude). Requests to change majors must be processed through Undergraduate Admissions. Students who have already been admitted for a second bachelor’s degree will be subject to the rules in place at the time of their admission.

Admission to a combined Second Bachelor’s/Master’s Degree: A student who enters a second bachelor’s program and then subsequently applies and gains admission to a combined second bachelor’s/master’s program will be considered as an undergraduate student for the purposes of tuition billing, financial aid, and enrollment identification until qualified to receive the bachelor's degree or until enrolled in the 13th credit of graduate coursework. Once a student is qualified to receive the bachelor's degree or enrolls in the 13th credit of graduate coursework, the student will be considered a graduate student for tuition billing, financial aid and enrollment identification, and will be eligible for graduate assistantships, fellowships, and loans.

Admission of International Students

The University at Albany seeks to enroll international students with the academic and personal background to benefit from and contribute to its academic and co-curricular programs. Admission of undergraduate international students is available for all academic terms. Applicants will be required to provide evidence of academic preparation at a level comparable to domestic applicants and proof of English language competency (for students whose native language is other than English).

Students who desire admission to the undergraduate programs and are citizens of other countries should begin the application procedure as early as possible so that all necessary arrangements can be completed before the term begins. Contact the Office of International Admissions and Recruitment to receive the special application materials required for those applying as international students.

Candidates must demonstrate successful completion of high school in the United States or the equivalent in the native country of the applicant. Academic preparation must include the equivalent of the core academic subjects described in the section entitled “High School Preparation.” SAT or ACT exams will be required of graduates of U.S. high schools.

Students whose native language is other than English are required to submit proof of English language competency through submission of the scores of the Test of English as a Foreign Language (TOEFL) Exam, International English Language Testing System (IELTS) or Pearson Test of English Academic (PTE Academic).

Early in the preparation for admission, a careful investigation of the financial requirements should be made with the Office of International Admissions and Recruitment. All undergraduate international applicants must provide documentation demonstrating the ability to support themselves financially. Required amounts of support will be determined by the University each year, and students must provide original financial documents from a financial institution. Satisfaction of the financial requirement will allow for an I-20 to be issued to the student. It may be necessary to rescind an acceptance if the University finds that a student is no longer financially independent to the extent certified on the formal application.

Admission as a Nonmatriculated Student

The University at Albany may enroll individuals who are not seeking admission into an undergraduate degree program as nonmatriculated. The minimum requirement for non-degree admission is a high school diploma. Visiting students from other colleges as well as high school seniors may also apply for non-degree study. All admissions falling within this category are on a term-by-term basis. Please refer to the Office of General Studies section of this Bulletin for details.

Early Admission (Admission Prior to High School Graduation)

The University is willing to enroll a limited number of early admission students. The guidelines for early admission require the following:

Each applicant will be required to present a minimum of 18 units of high school coursework acceptable to the University, including laboratory science, English, social studies, and foreign language study. It is expected that these students will have pursued both an enriched and accelerated secondary school program and will present courses in keeping with their expressed goals in the college program.

Each applicant must have achieved at an outstanding academic level, generally considered to be in the area of a 90 percent or better high school average, with a corresponding rank in class within the top 10 percent. Those applicants who do not meet these qualitative guidelines must present convincing evidence that they possess a special talent and/or extraordinary ability in their chosen field of study.

Each applicant must present standardized admissions test results at or above the 90th percentile.

The high school guidance counselor must support the applicant’s request for early admission and must certify the school’s willingness to grant the high school diploma upon successful completion of the freshman year. Courses necessary for fulfilling high school graduation requirements must be so designated by that counselor, and the student must agree to pursue such coursework during the freshman year. 

Required Health Form

After acceptance and prior to registration, each candidate will be required to file with the University Health Center a complete and satisfactory Required Health Form.

Credit by Examination

Students may be granted advanced placement and/or credit at any time that they can demonstrate the requisite proficiency. The programs described here represent a variety of opportunities for receiving credit for college courses by examination prior to or while enrolled at the University. Some of the testing programs offer examinations in the same or similar academic areas. Duplicating examinations, like duplicating courses, should be avoided. Credit for a course by examination will be awarded only once, regardless of how many different exams for the same course are taken. As a matter of policy, the first examination pursued takes precedence over subsequent tests.

Advanced Placement Tests: The University grants advanced placement and/or credit to qualified participants in the College Entrance Examination Board’s Advanced Placement (AP) Examination Program. Current University policy is to award advanced placement with credit to those students who submit an official AP score report with a score of 5, 4, or 3 on the AP examination.

College-Level Examination Program: The College Board has developed a program containing Subject Examinations and General Examinations known as the College-Level Examination Program (CLEP). This program enables individuals who have acquired their education in nontraditional ways to demonstrate their academic achievement.

The University at Albany participates in the CLEP program and currently will award credit and/or placement for Subject Examinations and General Examinations: that are equivalent to courses currently acceptable for transfer to the University at Albany; and on which the student has scored at or above the 50th percentile (i.e., equivalent to the grade of C).

Students seeking to gain CLEP credit should be aware that the following three (3) restrictions apply: first, CLEP credit will not be awarded to students who have satisfactorily completed a course and then pass a CLEP examination covering substantially the same material; second, CLEP credit will not be awarded for CLEP examinations if the student has satisfactorily completed more advanced courses in the same field; and third, since the General Examinations and Subject Examinations are designed to test lower-division study, students who have completed either their sophomore year and/or 56 credits of undergraduate study cannot earn credits from either the General Examinations or the Subject Examinations.

EXCEPTIONS: A student seeking an exception to this policy must petition the Office of the Vice Provost for Undergraduate Education. In that petition, the student must include an explicit recommendation from the academic department that grants the credits. In addition, the student must provide a compelling educational rationale detailing the reasons why an exception should be considered.

Further information concerning CLEP can be obtained either from the Undergraduate Admissions Office or by contacting the Program Director, College-Level Examination Program, Box 6600, Princeton, NJ 08541-6600.

The International Baccalaureate

A secondary education program with origins in Europe, the International Baccalaureate (IB) Program now being offered in some American high schools is an upper-secondary-level program with a core curriculum and distribution requirements leading to a diploma or one or more certificates of examination.

Similar to the British A Level examinations and the French Baccalaureate, the IB Program is a system of syllabuses, or course descriptions, and examinations based on the concept that general education at the upper-secondary-level should encompass the development of all the main powers of the mind through which a person interprets, modifies, and enjoys the environment.

With these principles in mind, an international group of educators has designed a program which requires that each student become proficient in language and mathematics, the two most important tools of communication and analysis; become familiar with at least one subject that exemplifies the study of human behavior and with another that involves scientific inquiry; develop an acquaintance with aesthetic and moral values; engage in creative, aesthetic, social service, or physical activities; and participate in a common course that reflects upon the truth, criteria, values, and inter-relations of the subjects under study.

  1. To complete the IB Diploma, three of the six subjects have to be offered at the Higher Level and three at the Standard Level. The six areas studied at the eleventh- and twelfth-grade level in the American high schools which employ the program are:

    (1) Language A (first language)
    (2) Language B (second language)
    (3) Individuals and Societies
    (4) Experimental Science
    (5) Mathematics and Computer Science
    (6) Art, Music, Classical Language

A seventh course known as Theory of Knowledge is also included, and through it each student engages in creative, aesthetic, or social activities. The Extended Essay is completed during the final year of the program and is a 4,000 word comprehensive research paper on a topic approved by the high school IB coordinator. Students must also participate in Creativity, Action, Service (CAS) requiring 150 hours over the course of the two year program.

The University at Albany will award 30 credits to students completing the requirements for the IB Diploma with a cumulative score of at least 30 (including both Standard Level and Higher Level exams) and no score lower than a 4 (satisfactory). The credits will be awarded as follows:

In addition, the University at Albany will consider for credit and/or placement on a course-by-course evaluation those IB subjects completed at the Higher Level without completion of the IB Diploma if a score from 4 (satisfactory) to 7 (excellent) is earned.

United States Armed Forces Institute/Defense Activity for Nontraditional Education Support

The United States Armed Forces Institute (USAFI), an educational division of the Department of Defense, once provided educational opportunities at various levels for personnel on active duty with all branches of the military. College-level courses culminated in USAFI Subject Standardized Tests and End-of-Course Tests.

In 1974, in an administrative move, the Department of Defense discontinued the USAFI program and created the DANTES program, which is very similar in nature and purpose to USAFI. The guidelines used for USAFI courses are also used for the DANTES program.

The University will award appropriate credit for Subject Standardized Tests on which a percentile score of 50 or higher was earned and for End-of-Course Tests for which a rating of S (Satisfactory) or D (with Distinction) was assigned, provided the courses are considered equivalent to courses currently acceptable for transfer to this University. Information on acceptable courses, score levels, and amounts of credit can be obtained from the Office of the Vice Provost for Undergraduate Education. 

Credit for Work Done at Noncollegiate Institutions

In 1974, the New York State Education Department (SED) began a systematic evaluation of the formal learning experiences sponsored by noncollegiate institutions; that is, organizations whose primary focus is not education. They include private industry, professional associations, labor unions, voluntary associations, and government agencies. The publication A Guide to Educational Programs in Noncollegiate Organizations describes the available courses offered by each organization and includes SED’s credit recommendation.

The University will award transfer credit for work done through noncollegiate institutions if:

  1. The course is listed in A Guide to Educational Programs in Noncollegiate Organizations
  2. The course meets all present criteria and standards for transferability, is comparable to a University at Albany offering, and is collegiate in nature
  3. The course is approved by the appropriate University academic department, school, or college

Requests for transfer credit should be made initially to the Office of Undergraduate Admissions. The student making the request must provide the Undergraduate Admissions Office with a course syllabus, an extended course outline, and any other supplementary material on the course that might be required by the academic department, school, or college. If a course receives departmental approval, it will generally be eligible for transfer credit in the future, but will be subject to periodic review by the approving department, college, or school.

Readmission Procedure

A former student who wishes to be readmitted as an undergraduate should refer to the Bulletin section on readmission policies and procedures under "Withdrawal and Readmission" or visit the website for the Office of the Vice Provost for Undergraduate Education, www.albany.edu/undergraduateeducation.   
TEMPORARY PAGE DIVIDER

Non-degree Admission

Office of General Studies

The Office of General Studies offers extraordinary educational value by allowing admission into almost all undergraduate courses offered at the University for academic credit. General Studies applicants must be high school graduates or hold a high school equivalency diploma and must be in good academic standing for any college work done during the 12 months prior to registration. General Studies applicants may also be degree-seeking students from a college or university other than Albany. Finally, General Studies applicants may be high school seniors who excel in their high school coursework.

Any student who was formerly matriculated at the University at Albany who has not received a baccalaureate degree is not permitted to register through General Studies and should refer to the section in this bulletin on Readmission Procedures.

Individuals who already have a baccalaureate or higher degree may also register in undergraduate credit courses as a non-degree student through the Office of General Studies. However, those wishing to obtain a second bachelor’s degree must be admitted as a matriculated student by the Undergraduate Admissions Office and, once matriculated, must meet University residency requirements as well as residency requirements for the major. Credit hours earned in General Studies may not apply toward these residency requirements. Additional requirements and restrictions are outlined in the Undergraduate Admissions section of this Bulletin.

Admission Information

The Office of General Studies requires each student to complete a simple application and registration process each term. This process can be accomplished by visiting the General Studies website at www.albany.edu/generalstudies to access the online application or a printable version that can be mailed, faxed or brought into the Office of General Studies and Summer Sessions. General Studies’ non-degree applicants may be American citizens, permanent residents or nonresident aliens. Permanent residents must submit a copy of their permanent residency card to the Office of General Studies. Nonresident aliens must first visit the Office of International Student Services to obtain written authorization to be admitted and registered prior to admission through General Studies.

General Studies Students

Those wishing to register for undergraduate courses but who are not currently attending college may apply for admission through the Office of General Studies. The applicant must possess at least a high school diploma or the equivalent in order to be admitted. A transcript of any previous college work should be provided.

Visiting Students

College students wishing to register for undergraduate coursework and who are from an institution other than the University at Albany may apply for admission through the Office of General Studies as a visiting student. Visiting students are expected to return to their home college or university to complete their degree program. It is visiting students’ responsibility to ensure that the coursework taken at Albany will transfer back to their home institutions and be credited to their degree programs at their home schools. The Registrar’s Office will provide verification of visitor status to officials at the students’ home institutions in order to assist in credit approval and/or financial aid certification.

High School Students

High school students who are in good academic standing may undertake University coursework on a part-time, nonmatriculated basis concurrent with their grade 12 secondary school program. Summer coursework between grades 11 and 12 is also allowable. High school students should apply for non-degree study through the Office of General Studies.

To apply, high school students must:

NOTE: Home-schooled students are bound by the same guidelines as visiting high school students.

Registration Information

Limited advisement is available in the Office of General Studies. This office may guide students through general inquiries. However, program specific questions or those regarding possible matriculation criteria should be directed to the appropriate offices.

All course prerequisites and any other special criteria or restrictions for course registration apply to General Studies students. Evidence of previous college coursework may be required for registration.

Upon completion of initial admission or readmission, the University’s web-based student service system, MyUAlbany, becomes available for use for all non-degree students. This system enables students to register or perform any schedule adjustments they may require. Prior to using MyUAlbany, students must obtain an Advisement Verification Number (AVN) for each semester from the Office of General Studies.

There are two academic semesters (fall and spring) each year, as well as a winter term and summer sessions. Students are encouraged to early register for the coming term which can occur as early as March for the summer and fall terms and October for the spring and winter terms. Admission and registration is done on a first-come, first-served basis.

A General Studies student who fails to complete the courses in which he/she is enrolled and who fails to maintain a 2.00 cumulative grade point average each semester is subject to dismissal. The Office of General Studies reserves the right to rescind continued enrollment privileges for failure to maintain sufficient academic progress which shall be defined as falling below a 2.00 cumulative grade point average and/or not completing coursework in which the student is enrolled for at least two consecutive terms.

Matriculation to Degree Status

Each year, many General Studies students apply for admission to degree programs and are accepted by the Undergraduate Admissions Office. Credits earned as a nonmatriculated student may be applied toward graduation requirements for specific majors. Requirements for admission to specific majors vary from department to department (see appropriate academic department listings in this bulletin).

Applicants must apply to the University formally through the Office of Undergraduate Admissions in accordance with procedures outlined in the Admissions section of this bulletin. Applicants must submit official transcripts from all other colleges previously attended. Standardized admission test scores are not usually required. Minimum requirements for admission include a high school or equivalency diploma and at least two units of academic mathematics (see Transfer Admissions section in this bulletin).

Services

The Office of General Studies’ staff admits and registers students falling in the non-degree status, offers basic information, assists students with withdrawals, conveys and interprets University policies, regulations and procedures, encourages and works with nonmatriculated students in applying for degree status and refers students to other University offices and services. The General Studies staff is strongly committed to the needs and concerns of traditional, as well as nontraditional, students and is available for phone and in-person consultation at convenient times throughout the year. Hours of service can be found on the University website.

All General Studies students may obtain a University identification card and are entitled to many of the same privileges as other University students, including use of the libraries, athletic facilities and campus services.

Location

The Office of General Studies is joined with Summer Sessions and is called the Office of General Studies and Summer Sessions. This office is located on the University’s main campus in the Social Science Building, Room 110.

For more information on non-degree study, visit, write or call the Office of General Studies and Summer Sessions, SS 110, 1400 Washington Avenue, Albany, NY 12222; phone: (518) 442-5140; fax: (518) 442-5149; e-mail at generalstudies@albany.edu or visit: www.albany.edu/generalstudies.

  
TEMPORARY PAGE DIVIDER

Financial Aid

The Office of Financial Aid administers federal, state, and certain institutional student financial assistance programs for undergraduate and graduate students. These programs include the Federal Direct Loan, Federal Direct PLUS Loan, Federal Perkins Loan, Federal Pell Grants, Federal Supplemental Educational Opportunity Grants, Federal Work-Study, the New York State Tuition Assistance and other New York State Programs, the Educational Opportunity Program, and University at Albany Endowed and Benevolent Association Scholarships. Student Financial Services is located in the Campus Center, Room G26, (518) 442-3202. The Office of Financial Aid is committed to assisting students and their families meet the cost of attending the University. The financial aid information below is accurate at the time of publication, but may be subject to change.

Cost of Attendance 2016-2017

Most student financial assistance is awarded on the basis of financial need. The cost of attendance is an average of the student’s direct and indirect educational expenses for an academic year. Direct expenses are tuition, fees, room and meals for students who live on campus and only tuition and fees for students living off campus. The cost of attendance also includes allowances for estimated expenses for books and supplies, personal items, transportation, and living expenses for off-campus students. For the most current information on tuition and cost, please visit the Student Accounts homepage at www.albany.edu/studentaccounts, click on "Tuition and Costs" and select "Undergraduate."

Application Procedure and Deadlines

New Students

New students must be accepted for admission to the University prior to being considered for financial aid. In order to receive priority consideration for financial aid, students entering for the fall term should follow the steps below and complete the financial aid process no later than March 1, 2016.

1. File the 2016-2017 FAFSA. The FAFSA must be submitted to be considered for financial assistance at the University. Students who file the FAFSA online (www.fafsa.gov) and are New York State residents will be able to apply for a New York State Tuition Assistance Program (TAP) award at the same time by linking directly to the TAP application from the FAFSA confirmation page. The FAFSA should be completed as soon as possible after January 1st even if the applicant's admission status has not yet been determined. Awards are made on a rolling basis throughout the spring and summer as financial aid files become complete.

2. New York State residents attending NYS schools will have the option to link directly to the TAP application from the FAFSA submission confirmation page. If you exited the FAFSA before selecting this option, you can complete the application after HESC receives your processed FAFSA data (approximately three days). HESC will send you an email or postcard notifying you to complete the TAP application online if you did not select the FAFSA link to TAP on the Web. Information about the TAP application process can be found at www.hesc.ny.gov.

3. New students who have accepted a Federal Direct Loan will need to complete the Electronic Master Promissory Note (MPN) and Entrance Counseling from the Federal Student Loans website www.studentloans.gov. Information about these processes can be found at www.albany.edu/financialaid/index2.shtml under "Student Quick Links."

Returning Students

The FAFSA or Renewal FAFSA must be filed annually. The deadline for submitting the form in order to receive priority consideration for financial aid is April 1, 2016.

Summer Study

Students who plan to attend summer sessions at the University at Albany may be eligible to receive financial aid. In order to be considered for summer financial aid students must file the 2016-2017 FAFSA and complete The UAlbany Summer Aid Application, accessed online through the Finances tab of the MyUAlbany portal. Visit www.albany.edu/financialaid/apply_summer.shtml for more information about summer financial aid.

Study Abroad

UAlbany students who plan to participate in a SUNY Study Abroad program may be eligible to receive financial aid. Students are required to submit a letter of acceptance into a Study Abroad program along with an estimate of program costs to the Office of Financial Aid. Students who plan to participate in a program at an institution outside the SUNY system will be required to submit a transfer credit permission form (available from academic advisors) to the Office of Financial Aid.

Visiting Students

Visiting students, not matriculated at the University, are ineligible for financial aid.

Financial Aid Awards

1. If students have been awarded Federal Work-Study, a Federal Perkins Loan, an Athletic Scholarship, and/or a Federal Direct Subsidized/Unsubsidized Loan for the 2016-2017 aid year, they must log onto MyUAlbany to accept, decline, or reduce the amounts of the awards. Please refer to the Accepting Awards section of the financial aid website for additional instructions www.albany.edu/financialaid.

2. Financial aid is awarded on an annual basis and students must reapply each year by submitting the Renewal FAFSA. Financial aid awards may vary each year based on the student's financial need and available funds.

3. If requested, students and, if dependent, their families, should be prepared to update their FAFSA data using the IRS Data Retrieval Tool and/or submit income and other documentation that may be required by the Office of Financial Aid. Federal financial aid will not be credited to accounts, or may be cancelled, if we do not receive the requested information. Do not send any documentation unless it has been requested by this office.

4. Students must make Satisfactory Academic Progress (SAP) towards their degrees in order to continue receiving financial aid. Under certain circumstances, students may appeal the loss of their financial aid. Additional SAP information can be found in both the State and Federal Financial Aid sections of this bulletin or on the financial aid website at www.albany.edu/financialaid/requirements.shtml.

5. Students must inform the Financial Aid Office of aid and/or scholarships from any source outside the University. Amounts of aid from sources outside the University are estimates, and are based on the best information available to the Financial Aid Office. They do not represent a guarantee of these funds by the University. Please send a copy of the official notification letter to the office. Be sure to provide a name and Albany ID on the notification. In some cases when outside sources of aid are received Federal regulations require this office to make an adjustment to the financial aid package. If an adjustment is required, it is the Financial Aid Office's policy whenever possible to first reduce self-help aid, e.g., loan and/or workstudy, whenever this office is notified of outside assistance.

6. First time borrowers awarded Federal Perkins Loans or Federal Direct Loans must complete loan entrance counseling and their Master Promissory Note (MPN) prior to the first disbursement of loan proceeds. Perkins Loan recipients should follow online instructions found under "Student Quick Links" on the financial aid website: www.albany.edu/financialaid. Direct Loan entrance counseling and the MPN can be completed at www.studentloans.gov.

7. Students whose family financial circumstances are adversely affected after being awarded financial aid should refer to the Financial Aid Office "Special Circumstances" form to determine if the circumstances warrant a re-evaluation of financial aid eligibility. The form can be found under the Forms and Publications link on the financial aid website: www.albany.edu/financialaid and should be submitted no later than April 1, 2017.

Institutional Aid

The University offers a number of merit scholarships to undergraduate students. All merit scholarships are awarded to new students by the Undergraduate Admissions Office and renewed by the Office of the Vice Provost for Undergraduate Education. Eligibility requirements and award amounts vary. Undergraduate students who have been awarded merit scholarships will receive information about the awards from the Office of Admissions.

Athletic Scholarships are awarded by the Department of Athletics.

SUNY Tuition Credit

New York State students who have applied and are eligible for a full-time TAP award, may also be eligible for the SUNY Tuition Credit. Students who are ineligible for TAP for any reason or who receive a Part-time TAP award are not eligible to receive the SUNY Tuition Credit. Tuition credits will be calculated by the New York State Higher Education Services Corporation for eligible students, enrolled at a SUNY college or university. The amount of the applicable tuition credit is based on the level of a student’s TAP award, and will be calculated pursuant to a statutory formula. If eligible, this credit will appear on your bill as anticipated aid. The combination of TAP, SUNY Tuition Credit, and any other tuition-specific award cannot exceed the tuition charged.

State Financial Aid

Academic Criteria for State Awards

1. Students must be matriculated in an eligible degree program at the beginning of their course of study. In addition, to be considered matriculated for State financial aid purposes, the New York State Education Department requires that students declare a major no later than the beginning of the junior year. Beginning of the junior year is interpreted to be within 30 days of the end of the drop/add period. Students who later change their majors are still considered matriculated. Note: an intended major does not satisfy this requirement.

2. Full-time status is defined as enrollment for at least 12 credits in courses applicable to the student's program of study for a term of at least 15 weeks. To count in the determination of the student minimum full-time course load, a course must apply to the student’s program as a general education requirement, a major requirement, or elective (whether restricted or free elective). Students must be enrolled full-time before the TAP certification status date, which is the date when a student would have incurred full tuition liability for the term. Courses added after the certification status date do not count toward full-time status.

3. Students who are disabled as defined by the Americans with Disabilities Act (ADA) and are attending part-time (at least three credits per semester) can be certified for a partial TAP award for any approved term. Effective with the 2011-12 academic year, HESC will calculate TAP awards as a percentage of the award the ADA student would be eligible to receive if the student were enrolled full-time. The percentage is obtained by dividing the number of credits the student is enrolled in by twelve. Students with disabilities must still meet all other TAP eligibility requirements. In addition, students must be able to document that they are disabled, as defined by the ADA, by registering with the UAlbany Disability Resource Center.

4. Repeated Courses: courses in which the student has already received a passing grade cannot be included in meeting full-time study requirements for state-sponsored financial aid. Repeated courses may be counted toward full-time study requirements if a student repeats a failed course, if a student repeats the course for additional credit, or when a student has received a grade that is passing at the institution but is unacceptable in a particular curriculum.

5. High School Graduation Requirement: to be eligible for any state-sponsored grant or scholarship award, student's first receiving aid in academic year 1996-1997 to 2006-2007 must have a certificate of graduation from a school providing secondary education, or the recognized equivalent of such certificate, or receive a passing score on an approved ability-to-benefit test. Students who first receive aid in academic year 2006-2007 and thereafter must have a U.S. high school diploma or recognized equivalent, or earn a passing score on a federally approved ability-to-benefit test identified by the NYS Board of Regents and independently administered and evaluated as provided by the NYS Commissioner of Education. Effective spring 2007-08, students must take one of the four tests approved by the Board of Regents. The approved ability-to-benefit tests to be used to determine eligibility for State financial aid are: the Accuplacer, ASSET, COMPASS, and CELSA (Combined English Language Skills Assessment). The CELSA is approved providing the applicant also takes a math component from one of the other approved tests. Effective summer 2008-09, first-time recipients must take and pass an approved ability-to-benefit test within the institution's add/drop period to establish award eligibility in that term. Beginning with the 2015-2016 academic year and thereafter, first time recipients must take and pass an approved ability-to-benefit test by the first day of classes for a particular term to be certified for an award for that term.

6. When Students' Eligibility Is Assessed: students must meet citizenship, residency, high school graduation and good academic standing requirements as of the first day of classes for a particular term to be certified as eligible for an award for that term.

Students must meet matriculation requirements, approved program requirements, full-time study requirements and tuition liability requirements sometime between the first day of classes and the certification status date for a particular term to be certified for an award for that term.

Satisfactory Academic Progress

In order to retain eligibility for New York State scholarship and grant awards, students must be in "good academic standing," which is comprised of two components: Satisfactory Academic Progress (SAP) and Pursuit of Program (POP).

In order to make satisfactory progress towards a degree, students must accrue graduation credits each semester and have the cumulative grade point average shown on the academic progress charts in this section. The academic progress charts below are in effect for the 2016-2017 academic year. To view academic progress charts applicable to prior years, visit www.albany.edu/financialaid/requirements.shtml#step2. Undergraduate students enrolled in four-year programs may receive up to four years of assistance for full-time study, and up to five years of assistance if enrolled in the Educational Opportunity Program or an approved five-year degree program.

Satisfactory Academic Progress (SAP): a requirement that a student accumulates a specified number of credits and achieves a specified cumulative grade point average each term, depending on the number of state award payments the student has received.

Pursuit of Program (POP): a requirement that a student receive a passing or failing grade (A-E or S/U letter grade) in a certain percentage of applicable courses each term, depending on the number of state awards the student has received. The percentage is determined by the following schedule:

Number of
payments:

Must receive a grade for:
1, 2 50% of minimum full-time requirement (6 credits)
3, 4 75% (9 credits)
5 or more 100% (12 credits)

For summer half-time accelerated payments, the above percentages are applied to the minimum half-time requirement (six credits on a semester calendar) to determine pursuit of program.

The pursuit of program requirement is continuous as a student passes from undergraduate to graduate study; payments a student received as an undergraduate are added to graduate payments to determine the number of payments. A student who does not complete the minimum number of credits in a given semester is ineligible for New York State financial aid for the following term, or until additional credits are completed to reach the minimum level.

Incomplete (I) grades must be completed and changed to a standard passing or failing grade by the end of the subsequent term to have the credits counted toward pursuit of program.

Satisfactory Academic Progress Chart - New York State Grant and Scholarship Programs

Non-remedial students first receiving NYS aid in 2010-2011 and thereafter:

Before being certified for this payment 1st 2nd 3rd 4th 5th 6th 7th 8th
SAP: A student must have accrued at least this many credits 0 6 15 27 39 51 66 81
GPA: With at least this grade point average 0 1.5 1.8 1.8 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0
POP: And completed at least this many credits in the prior term 0 6 6 9 9 12 12 12
POP Percentage 50% 50% 75% 75% 100% 100% 100%

EOP and remedial students, and all students first receiving NYS aid in 2009-2010 and earlier:

Before being certified for this payment 1st 2nd 3rd 4th 5th 6th 7th 8th 9th 10th
SAP: A student must have accrued at least this many credits 0 3 9 21 33 45 60 75 90 105
GPA: With at least this grade point average 0 1.1 1.2 1.3 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0
POP: And completed at least this many credits in the prior term 0 6 6 9 9 12 12 12 12 12
POP Percentage 50% 50% 75% 75% 100% 100% 100% 100% 100%

Remedial Student: (a) a student whose scores on a recognized college placement exam or nationally recognized standardized exam indicated the need for remediation for at least two semesters, as certified by the college and approved by the New York State Education Department (SED); (b) a student who was enrolled in at least six semester hours of non-credit remedial courses, as approved by SED, in the first term they received a TAP award; or (c) a student who is or was enrolled in an opportunity program.

Remedial Course: a non-credit course designed to remedy academic deficiencies so a student can be successful in a college-level study, and approved by SED. The amount of time for the course must be equivalent to the time for similar credit-bearing courses.

Non-remedial Students: any student who does not meet one of the definitions of a remedial student is considered "non-remedial."

Loss of Good Academic Standing: students who lose good academic standing in a term when they received a state grant or scholarship are not eligible for an award for the next term.

Reinstatement of Good Academic Standing: students who have lost good academic standing may restore this standing in one of the following ways: make up past academic deficiencies by completing one or more terms of study without receiving any state grants or scholarships; be readmitted to school after an absence of at least one year; transfer to another school, or be granted a waiver.

One-Time Waiver: New York State Commissioner of Education regulations permit students to receive a one-time waiver of the good academic standing requirement. The waiver is not automatic, and may only be granted in extraordinary or unusual circumstances which are beyond the control of the student. There must be a reasonable expectation that the student will meet future requirements. To request a one-time waiver, students must submit a completed one-time waiver application along with appropriate supporting documentation. One-time waiver applications are available in the Student Financial Center, CC G-26.

C Average Requirement: students who have received the equivalent of two or more full years of state-funded student financial aid must have and maintain a cumulative C average (GPA of 2.00 on a 4.00 grading scale) or better to be eligible for continued state-funded assistance. Cumulative GPA for readmitted students who have previously attended UAlbany (including University in High School) is based on prior grades at UAlbany. Students who are denied an award for failing to achieve a cumulative C average can regain award eligibility by completing appropriate coursework, without state support, to achieve a cumulative GPA of 2.0, or be granted a waiver. Students cannot regain eligibility by remaining out of school for a period of time.

Waiver of the C Average Requirement: the C average requirement may be waived for undue hardship based on the death of a student’s immediate family member; or the student’s personal illness or injury; or other extenuating circumstances. To request a C average waiver, students must submit a completed waiver application along with appropriate supporting documentation. C average waiver applications are available in the Student Financial Center, CC G-26.

New York State Grant and Scholarship Programs

1. Tuition Assistance Program (TAP)
This grant program for New York State residents who are full-time undergraduate students currently provides for annual awards ranging from $500 to $5,165. Awards are based on the family's New York State net taxable income, Federal, State, or local pension income, and income from annuities which were excluded on the NYS tax form if applicable. Undergraduate students may receive TAP for four years of full-time study. Students enrolled in approved five-year programs or in State sponsored opportunity programs may receive undergraduate aid for five years. First-time freshmen in academic year 2006-2007 and thereafter may be eligible to receive a part-time TAP award for 6-11 credits. Students must have earned 12 credits in each of two consecutive terms at a non-profit NYS degree granting institution and must have a cumulative 2.00 GPA. Visit www.hesc.ny.gov for information and application instructions.

2. Veterans Tuition Awards
Vietnam, Persian Gulf, Afghanistan, or other eligible combat veterans matriculated at an undergraduate or graduate degree-granting institution or in an approved vocational training program in New York State are eligible for awards for full or part-time study. Visit www.hesc.ny.gov for information and application instructions.       

3. NYS Regents Awards for Children of Deceased and Disabled Veterans
Provided to students whose parent(s) have served in the U.S. Armed Forces during specified periods of war or national emergency. Visit www.hesc.ny.gov for information and application instructions.       

4. NYS Memorial Scholarships for Children and Spouses of Deceased Firefighters, Volunteer Firefighters, Police Officers, Peace Officers and Emergency Medical Service Workers
Provides financial aid to children, spouses and financial dependents of deceased firefighters, volunteer firefighters, police officers, peace officers, and emergency medical service workers who have died as the result of injuries sustained in the line of duty in service to the State of New York. For study in New York State. Visit www.hesc.ny.gov for information and application instructions.

5. NYS Aid to Native Americans
Provides aid to enrolled members of tribes listed on the official roll of New York State tribes or to the child of an enrolled member of a New York State tribe. For study in New York State. Specific eligibility criteria, information and applications can be found at the New York State Education Department, Native American Education Unit.       

6. Educational Opportunity Program (EOP) Grant
Financial assistance provided to NYS residents admitted to the University’s Educational Opportunity Program. Admitted students must meet academic and financial criteria established by state guidelines.       

7. NYS Aid for Part-Time Study (APTS)
The NYS Aid for Part-time Study (APTS) program provides grant assistance for eligible part-time students enrolled in approved undergraduate studies. Applications and additional information are available at www.albany.edu/financialaid or in the Student Financial Center, CC G-26.       

8. New York National Guard Educational Services
The Recruitment Incentive and Retention Program (RIRP) is a New York State program designed to recruit and retain members for the State Military Forces (Army and Air National Guard, and Naval Militia). This competitive program will pay the cost of tuition up to a maximum of $4,350 per calendar year for eligible qualified applicants. Link to: The Recruitment Incentive and Retention Program (RIRP) for additional information.       

9. NYS Scholarships for Academic Excellence
Awarded to outstanding graduates from registered New York State high schools. Awards are based on student grades in certain Regents exams. Visit www.hesc.ny.gov for information and application instructions.       

10. Segal AmeriCorps Education Award
Provided to New York State residents interested in high quality opportunities in community service. Visit www.hesc.ny.gov for information and application instructions.       

11. NYS World Trade Center Memorial Scholarship
Guarantees access to a college education for the families and financial dependents of the victims who died or were severely and permanently disabled in the Sept. 11, 2001 terrorist attacks and the resulting rescue and recovery efforts. Visit www.hesc.ny.gov for information and application instructions.       

12. Flight 3407 Memorial Scholarship
Provides financial aid to children, spouses and financial dependents of individuals killed as a direct result of the crash of Continental Airlines Flight 3407 on February 12, 2009. Visit www.hesc.ny.gov for information and application instructions.

13. Flight 587 Memorial Scholarship
For the families and financial dependents of victims of the crash of American Airlines Flight 587 on November 12, 2001. Visit www.hesc.ny.gov for information and application instructions.

14. The Military Enhanced Recognition Incentive and Tribute MERIT Scholarship, also known as Military Service Recognition Scholarship (MSRS)
Provides financial aid to children, spouses and financial dependents of members of the armed forces of the United States or of a state organized militia who, at any time on or after Aug. 2, 1990, while a New York State resident, died or became severely and permanently disabled while engaged in hostilities or training for hostilities. For study in New York State. Visit www.hesc.ny.gov for information and application instructions.

15. NYS Math & Sciences Teaching Incentive Scholarship
Provides grants to eligible full-time undergraduate or graduate students in approved programs that lead to math or science teaching careers in secondary education. Visit www.hesc.ny.gov for information and application instructions.

16. NYS Science, Technology, Engineering and Mathematics (STEM) Incentive Program
The NYS STEM Incentive Program provides a full SUNY or CUNY tuition scholarship for the top 10 percent of students in each New York State high school if they pursue a STEM degree in an associates or bachelor degree program and agree to work in a STEM field in New York State for 5 years after graduation. Visit www.hesc.ny.gov for information and application instructions.

17. NYS Achievement and Investment in Merit Scholarship (NY-AIMS)
The NYS Achievement and Investment in Merit Scholarship (NY-AIMS) provides high school graduates who excel academically with $500 in merit-based scholarship to support their cost of attendance at any college or university located in New York State. Visit www.hesc.ny.gov for information and application instructions.

18. NYS Masters-in-Education Teacher Incentive Scholarship
The New York State Masters-in-Education Teacher Incentive Scholarship Program provides 500 top undergraduate students full graduate tuition awards annually, to pursue their Masters in Education at a SUNY or CUNY college or university. To be eligible, a student must be enrolled full-time in a master’s degree in education program and agree to teach in a NYS public elementary or secondary school for five years following completion of his or her degree. Visit www.hesc.ny.gov for information and application instructions.

Federal Financial Aid

Academic Eligibility Criteria for Federal Awards

Federal regulations require students to make Satisfactory Academic Progress (SAP) towards a degree in order to receive any federal student aid, including Federal Direct Loans. SAP guidelines require students to meet both a Qualitative (Cumulative GPA) and Quantitative (Pace) standard within a maximum time frame. To remain eligible students must continue to meet SAP.

Students must maintain a satisfactory cumulative grade point average. Students will retain eligibility for financial aid if they maintain a cumulative GPA consistent with the University’s academic standards required for graduation and meet the requirements shown on the academic progress chart. Students who fail to meet SAP are no longer eligible for federal student aid, but have the option to appeal following the appeal procedure below. UAlbany’s Academic Retention Standards are described in the 2016-2017 Undergraduate Bulletin and can also be found on the Undergraduate Education website at www.albany.edu/undergraduateeducation/academic_standing.php.

Additionally, a student must progress through his or her educational program taking only courses applicable to their program of study to ensure that they will complete the program within the maximum timeframe required for federal student aid. Students may attempt up to 150% of the credits normally required to complete a baccalaureate degree and retain eligibility for federal student aid.

At the University at Albany students must have earned 120 graduation credits to receive a Bachelor of Arts or Bachelor of Science degree. Thus, students may attempt up to 180 credits and retain eligibility for federal student aid; however, students must also complete a percentage of credits attempted each year as shown on the academic progress chart below. Transfer credits accepted by the University are considered to be attempted and completed credits for this purpose.

Academic Progress Chart for Federal Financial Aid Title IV Programs

If credits attempted are between: Then the following % of graduation credits must be completed:
3-30 30%
31-60 50%
61-90 60%
91-120 65%
121-150 70%
151-180 80%
Over 180 Ineligible

Progress towards the degree will be measured once each year, at the completion of the spring semester. Students may restore eligibility for federal aid when they meet the standards outlined in the SAP policy.

Repeated Courses: repeat course credits will be counted as attempted and earned in the calculation of Federal Satisfactory Academic Progress. Note: unlimited repeated courses can be funded with federal aid if the student has not passed the course previously at UAlbany. Only one repeated course can be funded with the federal aid if the student previously passed the course.

Course Withdrawals: credits for courses with a grade of W will be counted as attempted credits, but not credits earned in determining Federal Satisfactory Academic Progress.

Remedial Non-credit Coursework: credits for remedial non-credit courses will not be counted as credits attempted or credits earned in determining Federal Satisfactory Academic Progress.

Incomplete Grades: in determining Federal Satisfactory Academic Progress, credits for courses with grades of Incomplete will count toward credits attempted but not count toward credits earned until the incomplete grade is changed to a passing grade.

Transfer credits: transfer credits accepted by the University are considered to be attempted and completed credits in determining Federal Satisfactory Academic Progress.

Change in Major: a change in major has no impact on academic success. All attempted credits and grades earned will be counted when assessing progress.

Completed Program, No Degree

Students who have completed all degree coursework and academic requirements for the degree they are pursuing cannot continue to receive federal aid.

Loss of Eligibility for Federal Awards

Students who are not making satisfactory academic progress will lose their eligibility for federal student aid. Students may appeal to the University if they feel there are special circumstances that affected their ability to make academic progress.

Appeal Process

Reasons for appeal may include: a death in the student’s immediate family, serious injury or illness or other mitigating circumstances that may have prevented the student from meeting SAP requirements. Students will be required to complete and submit a Satisfactory Academic Progress Waiver Form for Federal Financial Aid, which includes submitting an appeal outlining why they failed to meet SAP and what has changed that will allow them to be successful moving forward. Please note that a maximum of two appeals for separate and distinct circumstances will be considered.

If the appeal is approved, students will be placed on an academic improvement plan and notified in writing that they are on financial aid probation for one additional semester. Students on probation are eligible to receive financial aid, but are subject to the University's policy regarding review and dismissal for academic reasons. Questions regarding academic progress should be directed to the Office of Financial Aid.

Note: a student on financial aid probation for a payment period may not receive federal aid for the subsequent payment period unless the student makes satisfactory academic progress or the institution determines that the student met the requirements outlined in the academic improvement plan.

Federal Programs

1. Federal Pell Grant
This federal grant program provides assistance to matriculated undergraduate students who have demonstrated the highest calculated need as determined by the FAFSA. The maximum award for the 2016-2017 academic year is $5,815. The award amount will depend not only on financial need, but also on the cost of attendance, enrollment status as a full-time or part-time student, and plans to attend school for a full academic year or less. Students are only eligible to receive a Pell Grant for a maximum of 12 semesters.

2. Federal Supplemental Educational Opportunity Grant (FSEOG)
Students receiving this type of assistance must have exceptional financial need. At the University at Albany, this grant typically ranges from $200 to $700 each year.

3. Federal Direct Loans
Subsidized or Unsubsidized Federal Loans are available to matriculated students who are enrolled at least half-time. Students with financial need may borrow a Direct Subsidized Loan, which means interest does not accrue on the loan while the borrower is in school. Regardless of financial need, eligible students will be offered a Direct Unsubsidized Loan. Unsubsidized loans first disbursed on or after July 1, 2016 and before June 30, 2017 are scheduled to have a 3.76% fixed interest rate and interest accrues from time of disbursement. Students are not required to pay interest while in school. Freshmen may borrow up to $5,500 with no more than $3,500 from subsidized, sophomores up to $6,500 with no more than $4,500 from subsidized, and junior/seniors up to $7,500 with no more than $5,500 from subsidized annually. Freshmen or sophomore independent students and dependent students whose parents are denied the Direct PLUS loan may borrow up to an additional $4,000 unsubsidized loan annually, or up to an additional $5,000 unsubsidized loan annually as juniors or seniors. The loan borrowing limit for dependent undergraduate students is $31,000, while independent undergraduate students may borrow $57,500. No undergraduate can borrow in excess of $23,000 in subsidized funds. Subsidized loans for which the first disbursement is on or after July 1, 2016 and prior to June 30, 2017, are scheduled to have a 3.76% fixed interest rate. All Federal Direct Loans will have a 1.068% origination fee which will increase to 1.069% on October 1, 2016. Students planning to borrow for the first time must complete a master promissory note (MPN) and entrance counseling at www.studentloans.gov.

4. Federal Direct PLUS Loans
Direct Parent PLUS allow parents of dependent students to borrow the difference between the student's cost of attendance and any financial aid awarded to the student. This loan requires the parent to complete and successfully pass a credit check. Repayment of principal and interest begins within 60 days of the final loan disbursement unless otherwise deferred. PLUS loans for which the first disbursement is on or after July 1, 2016 and prior to June 30, 2017 will have a fixed interest rate of 6.31% and an origination fee of 4.272% will be deducted from the loan proceeds. Note the loan fee will increase to 4.276% on October 1, 2016. Parents should complete the application and Master Promissory Note at the Federal Student Aid website www.studentloans.gov/.

5. Federal Perkins Loans
This loan is awarded to students with significant financial need. Undergraduate students may borrow up to $5,500 each year depending on availability of funds, and a total of $27,500 for undergraduate studies. Interest does not accrue and payments are not due on the loan during the in-school period. Repayment begins nine months after the student leaves school, and 5% simple interest is charged on the unpaid balance of the loan. Under certain conditions, all or part of amount borrowed may be canceled. The statutory authority for schools to award Perkins Loans to new borrowers ends September 30, 2017.

6. Federal Work-Study Program
A Work-Study award provides employment opportunities for students with financial need. Students are employed by various campus administrative offices, academic departments, and community service agencies. Students are paid an hourly rate and receive paychecks every two weeks for hours worked. Students will have the opportunity to select which jobs they would like to apply for and submit their job applications online. Work-Study is an employment opportunity, not a guaranteed job.

7. Bureau of Indian Affairs to Native Americans Higher Education Assistance Program
Eligibility is restricted to students with financial need who are pursuing a four-year degree, are at least one-fourth American Indian, Eskimo, or Aleut and are enrolled members of a tribe, band or group recognized by the Bureau of Indian Affairs Office. Application must be made each year. In addition, first-time applicants must obtain tribal certification from the appropriate bureau agency or tribal office which records enrollment for the tribe.

8. Montgomery GI Bill-Active Duty (Chapter 30)
This program provides for up to 36 months of education benefits to eligible veterans. Basic eligibility criteria are an honorable discharge and a high school diploma or GED. In addition, the veteran must meet the criteria set forth in one of three categories. These criteria are based on dates of active duty, length of service, and special requirements specific to each particular category. Additional information is available at www.gibill.va.gov/.

9. Montgomery GI Bill-Selected Reserve (Chapter 1606)
Selected Reserve educational benefits are available to members of the Army, Navy, Air Force, Marine Corps, and Coast Guard Reserves as well as the Army National Guard and the Air Guard. It is the first Veteran's Administration program that makes educational benefits available to reservists who have never served on active duty. Additional information about eligibility criteria and monthly benefit amounts is available at www.gibill.va.gov/.

10. Reserve Educational Assistance Program (Chapter 1607)
REAP is an education program that provides up to 36 months of education benefits to members of the Selected Reserves, Individual Ready Reserve, and National Guard, who are called to active service in response to a war or national emergency, as declared by the President or Congress. Eligibility will be determined by the Department of Defense or Department of Homeland Security, as appropriate. Additional information is available at www.gibill.va.gov/.

11. Survivors' and Dependents' Educational Assistance Program (Chapter 35)
This education benefit is available to eligible dependents of veterans who are at least 18 years old, veterans' spouses, and surviving spouses who meet the eligibility criteria. The veteran must be totally and permanently disabled from a service-related disability or died because of a service-related disability. Eligible persons can receive benefits for up to 45 months. Additional information is available at www.gibill.va.gov/.

12. Post-9/11 GI Bill (Chapter 33)
The Post-9/11 GI Bill provides financial support for education and housing to individuals with at least 90 days of aggregate service on or after September 11, 2001, or individuals with a service-connected disability after 30 days. You must have received an honorable discharge to be eligible. The Post-9/11 GI Bill will pay eligible individuals at a percentage level ranging from 40% to 100%, based on the total number of days of eligible service after September 10, 2001. Payments include: tuition and fees directly to the school, not to exceed the maximum in-state tuition and fees at a public Institution of Higher Learning; a monthly housing allowance based on the Basic Housing Allowance for an E-5 with dependents at the location of the school; and an annual books and supplies stipend of up to $1,000 paid proportionately based on enrollment. Additionally, tutorial assistance, and licensing and certification test reimbursement are approved. Students enrolled exclusively in online training will receive half the national average in the housing allowance. If you are enrolled half-time or less, or on active duty you will not receive the housing allowance but are eligible for a book allowance. This benefit provides up to 36 months of education benefits, generally payable for 15 years following your release from active duty. The Post-9/11 GI Bill also offers some service members the opportunity to transfer their GI Bill to their dependents. Additional information is available at www.gibill.va.gov/.

13. Vocational Rehabilitation and Employment VetSuccess Program (Chapter 31)
The VR&E VetSuccess program assists veterans with service-connected disabilities prepare for, find, and keep suitable jobs by providing services that include post-secondary training at a college or university. Additional information is available at www.vba.va.gov/.

  
TEMPORARY PAGE DIVIDER

2016-2017 Estimated Costs

The following is a schedule of estimated expenses for full-time undergraduate students for the 2017-2018 academic year. Tuition and fees are prorated for part-time students. Please note that tuition and fee charges are subject to change by official action of the State University of New York Board of Trustees. Questions concerning these charges should be referred to the Student Financial Center.

The amounts include direct expenses billed by the Student Accounts Office (e.g., Tuition, Fees, Room and Board) and also indirect expenses that are not billed by Student Accounts (e.g., Books, Travel). Although indirect costs do not appear on the Student Accounts invoice, both direct and indirect costs are used by the Financial Aid Office in developing a student’s budget and in making financial aid commitments. The total proposed cost (direct and indirect) for one semester of full-time undergraduate study for a typical New York State resident student living on campus is about $12,555 of which approximately $11,078 is directly billed charges.

Payment Policies

Following registration, students are billed for tuition, fees, room and board. The University issues electronic invoices (E-Bills). Notice of an E-Bill is sent to the student's UAlbany email account. Students are directed to view and pay their bills on epay.albany.edu. On the E-Pay website, students may also enroll in the E-Payment Plan at a cost of $45 a semester. Depending on the date of enrollment, up to four installments per semester may be made. To avoid administrative/late payment fees, students should check their @albany.edu email account after the 20th of each month for notice of an E-Bill. Payment is due on the 15th of the following month. Payments made by U.S. postal mail should allow at least five business days prior to the due date on the invoice. Students must have proof of approved aid, waivers, or scholarships in order to defer payment. Without satisfactory evidence to defer, students are expected to pay charges up front and wait for reimbursement when the aid, waiver, or scholarship funds are actually received.

Students with unpaid financial obligations will have a “hold” placed on their records, and will be unable to register for future terms, order official transcripts, and receive diplomas. In addition, the University assesses an Administrative or Late Payment Fee of up to $50 each time an invoice is issued and not paid or not covered by approved financial aid by the invoice due date. Invoices are issued on a monthly basis to students with outstanding balances. Students with past due charges from any SUNY unit are not permitted to register at the University at Albany.

Delinquent accounts are transferred to private collection agencies and/or the New York State Attorney General’s Office for collection. Delinquent accounts are subject to interest and collection fee charges.

New York State Residency for Tuition Rate Purposes

Students are charged in-state or out-of-state tuition rates based on their residency status. The Student Accounts Office follows SUNY policies in determining residency for tuition rate purposes. Generally, students are not considered in-state residents until they have established their domicile (permanent home) in New York and maintained it for 12 months. Please note, however, that the domicile of an un-emancipated student is considered to be that of the parent or other legal guardian regardless of the length of the student’s presence in New York.

Certain non-resident students may be eligible for the resident tuition rate if: they attended an approved NYS high school for two or more years, graduated from an approved NYS high school and applied for admission to and attend the University within five years of receiving a NYS high school diploma; or attended an approved NYS program for a GED exam preparation, received a GED and applied for admission to and attend the University within five years of receiving the GED. Students who think they qualify for this exception should complete and submit a residency application along with an official/final copy of the NYS high school transcript showing the award of the degree or an official copy of the NYS GED.

Effective as of the Fall 2015 semester, in-state tuition rates may be available to GI-Bill recipient veterans and authorized dependents of veterans. Visit www.va.gov/ or contact uaveteran@albany.edu for more information, and be sure to register your status on the MyUAlbany Student Home tab under U.S. Military Service Status.

Students who wish to appeal their out-of-state designation should contact the Student Financial Center or visit www.albany.edu/studentaccounts/residency.php for an application and copy of the residency application guidelines. Applications for New York State Residency Status for Tuition Billing Purposes must be received in the Office of Student Accounts no later than the close of business on the deadline date for the semester in order to be considered for residency status for that semester. Deadlines: October 1, Fall; January 2, Winter; March 1, Spring; July 1, Summer.

Failure to submit an application by the deadline date will result in full liability for tuition at the out-of-state tuition rate.

Estimated Cost Information*

The following charges are estimates for the 2017-2018 academic year.  

Fall
2017

Fall 2017 &
Spring 2018

Tuition
N.Y.S. Residents

$3,235.00

$6,470.00

Out-of-State Residents

$10,775.00

$21,550.00

Mandatory Fees
University Fee

$12.50

$25.00

Student Activity Fee

$100.00

$200.00

Intercollegiate Athletic Fee

$286.00

$572.00

Comprehensive Service Fee

$640.00

$1,280.00

Recreation & Campus Life Fee

$101.00

$202.00

Academic Excellence Fee

$187.50

$375.00

International Health and Emergency Student Insurance (mandatory for international students)

$542.50

$1,302.00

*Room Rental

$4,021.00

$8,042.00

*Board (non-Kosher, Opportunity Plan)

$2,475.00

$4,950.00

Other Expenses
Class Dues (optional)

$3.00

$6.00

Student-Alumni Partnership (optional)

$20.00

$40.00

E-Payment Plan Enrollment Fee (optional)

$45.00

$90.00

Five Quad Contribution (optional)

$5.00

$10.00

Sevis Fee (International Students)

$100.00

$200.00

Late Registration Fee

$40.00

$80.00

Late Payment/Administrative Fee (per invoice)

$50.00

$100.00

Books

$600.00

$1,200.00

Personal, Travel, etc.

$887.50

$1,775.00

*Tuition and fee charges are subject to change by official action of the State University of New York Board of Trustees. See www.albany.edu/studentaccounts/tuition.php for additional information.

Tuition Charge Adjustments/Refunds

Students who officially depart from the University or reduce the number of credits for which they are registered may be entitled to a proportionate refund of tuition paid or proportionate adjustment of tuition charges according to the schedule below. Refunds or adjustments of charges are based on the date the departure form is officially received by the Office of the Vice Provost for Undergraduate Education (LC 30) or the date the drop is officially processed by the Registrar’s Office, not on the date of the last class attended.

Students who register for courses and who do not drop their classes on MyUAlbany before the end of the fourth week of classes are liable for full charges. Please refer to the “Withdrawing from the University” and “Dropping Courses” sections of this bulletin for additional information.

For refund purposes, the first week of classes shall be deemed to have ended when seven calendar days, including the first day of scheduled classes, have elapsed. The first day of classes as scheduled by the campus shall be deemed to be the first day that any classes are offered. Refund schedules are subject to change by official action of the State University of New York. See www.albany.edu/studentaccounts/liability.php for liability schedules.

Semester Liability

Official Withdrawal or Drop Percent of Tuition Adjustment/Refund
First Week 100%
Second Week 70%
Third Week 50%
Fourth Week 30%
Fifth Week 0%

Example of refund to an in-state student whose program drops below 12 credits:
Tuition charge for student taking 13 credits $3,235.00
Student drops a 3-credit course during fourth week:
Tuition charge as a part-time student for the remaining 10 credits (10 credits at $270.00) $2,700.00
Difference between amount originally charged as a full-time student and re-evaluated charges as a part-time student $535.00
Adjustment/Refund percentage as provided by schedule of tuition liability during fourth week 30%
Adjustment/Refund $160.50

A student who believes the unpaid balance on her/his account as a result of the adjustment for dropping or withdrawing from classes is incorrect has the right to file an appeal with the Tuition Adjustment/Refund Appeals Committee.

Appeals must be filed no later than 30 days after the last day of classes for the semester.

Refund Policy for Recipients of Title IV Financial Aid

Eligibility for aid earned is based on the date of the student’s withdrawal from the University. Withdrawing students with federal Title IV aid may have a portion of their aid returned to the individual aid program, thus reducing the original amount of aid awarded. Federal regulations determine the amount to be refunded and the order in which the programs are repaid. As of the date of this publication, federal regulations require that funds be returned to the program in the following order: Unsubsidized Direct Stafford, Subsidized Direct Stafford, Perkins, PLUS, Pell, ACG, SMART, and SEOG. Please contact the Student Financial Center for additional details.

  
TEMPORARY PAGE DIVIDER

Student Retention, Consumer Information

Student Retention Data

Approximately 82 percent of matriculated freshmen from the fall 2014 entering class enrolled for a second year of study.

Approximately 56 percent of matriculated full-time freshmen from the fall 2011 entering class received a baccalaureate degree within four years of study, and 68 percent of the fall 2009 entering class received a baccalaureate degree within six years of study.

Approximately 68 percent of matriculated transfer students receive a baccalaureate degree within four years of study at this University.

Student Consumer Information: "Right-To-Know"

Federal student disclosure regulations require the University to provide all prospective and enrolled students with information on subjects with which they should be familiar. This information can be found at www.albany.edu/ir/rtk.

The subjects include student financial aid (description of aid programs available, eligibility criteria, how to apply, the method of award and distribution, satisfactory progress standards, loan terms and deferrals); tuition and other costs; refund and withdrawal policies; information about academic programs, personnel and facilities; facilities and services available to disabled students; retention and graduation rates; and athletic program participation rates and financial support data. Also available is the University’s Annual Security Report which includes statistics for the previous three years concerning reported crimes that occurred on campus, in certain off-campus buildings or property owned or controlled by the University, and on public property within, or immediately adjacent to and accessible from, the campus. The report also includes institutional policies concerning campus security, such as policies concerning alcohol and drug use, crime prevention, the reporting of crimes, sexual assault, and other matters. Information regarding parent and student rights under the Family Educational Rights and Privacy Act (FERPA) with respect to access to and the release of student education records is also available. Inquiries or paper copies should be directed to RTK, Institutional Research, UAB321, 1400 Washington Avenue, Albany, NY 12222.

  
TEMPORARY PAGE DIVIDER

Release of Student Information

Notification of Rights under FERPA

The Family Educational Rights and Privacy Act (FERPA) affords eligible students certain rights with respect to their education records. (An “eligible student” under FERPA is a student who is 18 years of age or older or who attends a postsecondary institution.) These rights include:

  1. The right to inspect and review the student’s education records within 45 days after the day the University at Albany receives a request for access. A student should submit to the University Registrar, Dean, head of the academic department, or other appropriate official, a written request that identifies the record(s) the student wishes to inspect. The school official will make arrangements for access and notify the student of the time and place where the records may be inspected. If the records are not maintained by the school official to whom the request was submitted, that official shall advise the student of the correct official to whom the request should be addressed.
  2. The right to request the amendment of the student’s education records that the student believes is inaccurate. While a school is not required to amend education records in accordance with a student's request, the school is required to consider the request. A student who wishes to ask the University to amend a record should write the school official responsible for the record, clearly identify the part of the record they want changed, and specify why it should be changed. If the University decides not to amend the record as requested, the University will notify the student in writing of the decision and their right to a hearing regarding the request for amendment. The FERPA amendment procedure only may be used to challenge facts that are inaccurately recorded, it may not be used to challenge a grade, an opinion, or a substantive decision made by a school about an eligible student. FERPA was intended to require only that schools conform to fair recordkeeping practices and not to override the accepted standards and procedures for making academic assessments, disciplinary rulings, or placement determinations. Thus, while FERPA affords students the right to seek to amend education records which contain inaccurate information, this right cannot be used to challenge a grade or an individual's opinion, or a substantive decision made by a school about a student. Additionally, if FERPA's amendment procedures are not applicable to a student's request for amendment of education records, the school is not required under FERPA to hold a hearing on the matter. Additional information regarding hearing procedures are provided to the student when notified of the right to a hearing.
  3. The right to provide written consent before the University discloses personally identifiable information (PII) from the student’s education records, except to the extent that FERPA authorizes disclosure without consent. The University discloses education records without a student’s prior written consent under the FERPA exception for disclosure to University/school officials with a legitimate educational interest*. A University official has a legitimate educational interest if the official needs to review an education record in order to fulfill his or her professional responsibilities for the University. The right to file a complaint with the U.S. Department of Education concerning alleged failures by the University to comply with the requirements of FERPA. The name and address of the Office that administers FERPA is:        

  Family Policy Compliance Office
U.S. Department of Education
400 Maryland Avenue, SW
Washington, DC  20202

When Does FERPA take Effect?

FERPA becomes effective on the first day of classes (see academic calendar) for those newly admitted students who are registered** for at least one class. 

“Student” applies to all students, including continuing education students, students auditing classes, distance education students, and former students.

Individuals who have applied for admission, but have not been accepted, have no rights under FERPA. 

**The University at Albany considers “registered” and “enrolled” equivalent terms in the administration of FERPA.         

Notice of Disclosure and Directory Information

Generally, schools must have written permission from a student in order to release any information from a student’s education record. However, FERPA permits the disclosure of personally identifiable information (PII) from students’ education records, without consent of the student, if the disclosure meets certain conditions found in §99.31 of FERPA regulations, some of which are listed below:

FERPA also permits schools to disclose, without consent, “directory” information. The University, in accordance with FERPA, has designated the following information about students as public (directory) information:

Students have the right to have this directory information withheld/suppressed from the public if they so desire. If such a request is made, it is the policy of the University that all directory information will be withheld/suppressed. Each student who wants all directory information withheld/suppressed shall so indicate by contacting the Office of the University Registrar in writing, with notarization (see www.albany.edu/registrar for form).

The University receives many inquiries for “directory information” from a variety of sources, including friends, parents, relatives, prospective employers, the news media, etc. Each student is advised to carefully consider the consequences of a decision to withhold/suppress “directory information.” Students who request the suppression of directory information will not be listed in the commencement brochure, any University or media publications, and will not be eligible for degree verification by the University, etc. The suppression of directory information will remain in effect until retracted, in writing with notarization, by the student (see www.albany.edu/registrar for form). Please note that suppression of directory information does not preclude a University official, with a legitimate educational interest, from inspecting students' education records. Please contact the Registrar’s Office for guidance. 

The University, in all good faith, will not release directory information requested to be withheld, unless it’s under the provisions listed above.

*School Officials with a Legitimate Education Interest:
A school official is a person employed by the University at Albany and/or the State University of New York — SUNY in an administrative, supervisory, academic, research, or support staff position (including law enforcement unit personnel and health staff); a person serving on the board of trustees; or a student serving on an official committee, such as a disciplinary or grievance committee. A school official also may include a volunteer or contractor outside of the University at Albany who performs an institutional service or function for which the school would otherwise use its own employees and who is under the direct control of the school with respect to the use and maintenance of Personally Identifiable Information (PII) from educational records, such as an attorney, auditor, or collection agent or a student volunteering to assist another school official in performing his or her tasks. A school official has a legitimate educational interest if the official needs to review an education record in order to fulfill his or her professional responsibilities for the University at Albany and/or the State University of New York — SUNY (http://www.suny.edu/sunypp/documents.cfm?doc_id=540).

  
TEMPORARY PAGE DIVIDER

Official Notification of Students

Official University notifications are sent to students via both postal mail and electronic mail. Postal mail is sent to students' permanent addresses on file with the Registrar's Office. Students are responsible for ensuring that their permanent addresses are kept up-to-date by reviewing and changing as appropriate their address information on MyUAlbany.

Electronic mail is sent to students' @albany.edu email address. See the Bulletin section on "Students' Official University Email Account" for additional information about this policy.

  
TEMPORARY PAGE DIVIDER

Students' Official University Email

It is the policy of the University at Albany that email is an official means of communication with students. This policy pertains to all students and stipulates that the University can convey relevant academic and administrative information to targeted student populations using their UAlbany Mail address.

All students receive a UAlbany Mail account when they become eligible to enroll for classes, and it is retained for one year after their last active registration. Students are responsible for checking their email account regularly so as not to miss important, time-sensitive, University communications. The full policy is available at http://www.albany.edu/its/policies_communication.htm.

  
TEMPORARY PAGE DIVIDER

Academic Grievances

  
TEMPORARY PAGE DIVIDER

Academic Retention Standards

  
TEMPORARY PAGE DIVIDER

Final Examination

  
TEMPORARY PAGE DIVIDER

Repeating Courses

  
TEMPORARY PAGE DIVIDER

Credit Load

  
TEMPORARY PAGE DIVIDER

Full-Time, Part-Time Definition

  
TEMPORARY PAGE DIVIDER

Policies to Deregister Students

  
TEMPORARY PAGE DIVIDER

Course Enrollment

  
TEMPORARY PAGE DIVIDER

Attendance and Timely Compliance with Course Requirements

  
TEMPORARY PAGE DIVIDER

Class Standing

  
TEMPORARY PAGE DIVIDER

School of College Enrollment

  
TEMPORARY PAGE DIVIDER

Undergraduate Academic Regulations

As one of the Councils of the University Senate, the Undergraduate Academic Council recommends policy concerning undergraduate academic programs and regulations. To assist in academic governance, individual schools and colleges have collateral committees that can recommend academic policy to this council. It is the responsibility of each undergraduate student to be knowledgeable concerning pertinent academic policy. The University encourages students to accept the widest responsibility for their academic programs. For clarification and interpretation of the regulations contained in this section, students should contact the Office of the Vice Provost for Undergraduate Education, Lecture Center 30.

Policy Exceptions

In rare cases and for extraordinary reasons, exceptions to University, college, school, and department academic regulations may be granted to individual students. A student who wishes an exception to an existing regulation should, in the case of a college, school or department regulation, consult with the head of the unit in question for the approved procedure for submitting an appeal. For exceptions to University regulations, students should contact the Committee on Academic Standing through the Office of the Vice Provost for Undergraduate Education in Lecture Center 30.


Standards of Academic Integrity

Note:  The policies and procedures in the following section on Standards of Academic Integrity are effective beginning Fall 2013 by action of the University Senate.

As a community of scholars, the University at Albany has a special responsibility to integrity and truth. By testing, analyzing, and scrutinizing ideas and assumptions, scholarly inquiry produces the timely and valuable bodies of knowledge that guide and inform important and significant decisions, policies, and choices. Our duty to be honest, methodical and careful in the attribution of data and ideas to their sources establishes the foundations of our work. Misrepresenting or falsifying scholarship undermines the essential trust on which our community depends. Every member of the community, including both faculty and students, shares an interest in maintaining academic integrity.

 

When the entire University community upholds the principles of academic integrity, it creates an environment where students value their education and embrace experiences of discovery and intellectual growth. In this environment, grades and degrees are awarded and applauded as the recognition of years of learning, achievement, discipline, and hard work. Maintaining the highest standards of academic integrity insures the value and reputation of our degree programs; these standards represent an ethical obligation for faculty intrinsic to their role as educators, as well as a pledge of honor on the part of students. If a violation of academic integrity occurs, faculty, deans, and students all share in the responsibility to report it.

 

Violations of trust harm everyone. The academic community needs to trust that its members do not misrepresent their data, take credit for another's ideas or labor, misrepresent or interfere with the work of other scholars, or present previous work as if it were new. Acts of academic dishonesty undermine the value and credibility of the institution as a whole, and may distract others from important scholarship or divert resources away from critical research. In particular, students who plagiarize or falsify their work not only fail to adhere to the principles of scholarly inquiry and fail their peers by taking undeserved credit or reward, but they also fail to demonstrate their learning.  

 

These guidelines define a shared context of values to help both students and faculty to make individual and institutional decisions about academic integrity. Every student has the responsibility to become familiar with the standards of academic integrity at the University. Faculty members must specify in their syllabi information about academic integrity, and may refer students to this policy for more information. Nonetheless, student claims of ignorance, unintentional error, or personal or academic pressures cannot be excuses for violation of academic integrity. Students are responsible for familiarizing themselves with the standards and behaving accordingly, and UAlbany faculty are responsible for teaching, modeling and upholding them. Anything less undermines the worth and value of our intellectual work, and the reputation and credibility of the University at Albany degree.

Resources for Students

The University Libraries offer important resources for students seeking additional orientation to academic integrity.

Practicing Academic Integrity Sitelibrary.albany.edu/infolit/integrity. This site provides access to concise and engaging educational resources that will help students navigate through the complexities surrounding information use and creation in today’s digital environment. Acknowledging the work of others through citation (and its flip side, plagiarism), copyright, the ethics of sharing information in different formats, and the importance of contributing one’s own voice to academic conversations are all highlighted.

Citation Tools: the University Libraries offers a wide variety of citation tools which may be found at libguides.library.albany.edu/citationgenerators. These resources include citation generators and more extensive citation management tools, such as Zotero, Citation generators are websites or mobile apps that automatically format citations and bibliographies. Users select a type of source to be cited, such as a book, enter the book title, and the citation generator retrieves the required data and creates the citation data. Citation generators are useful for undergraduates who need to create bibliographies when writing papers, but it is important to check the resulting citations for errors. Citation management software programs allow students to create and organize a personal library of references and articles, format citations for a bibliography in various citation styles, and sometimes share and collaborate with others. Also available is CitationFox, an extensive resource developed by UAlbany librarians that provides citation guidance and examples for both the MLA and APA style.

Students should consult syllabi, their instructors, and in relevant circumstances their advisors for information about specific policies on academic integrity in courses or other academic exercises such as comprehensive/qualifying examinations, theses, and dissertations.

Graduate students may access additional information on Academic Integrity, Conduct, and Research Regulations via www.albany.edu/graduate/index.php.

Examples of Academic Dishonesty

The following is a list of acts considered to be academically dishonest and therefore unacceptable. Committing such acts is a breach of integrity and is subject to penalty. No such list can, of course, describe all possible types or degrees of academic dishonesty. Therefore this list should be viewed as a set of examples, rather than as an exhaustive list. Individual faculty members, Deans of Schools and Colleges as appropriate, and Community Standards will continue to judge each breach according to its particular context.

Plagiarism: Presenting as one's own work the work of another person (for example, the words, ideas, information, data, evidence, organizing principles, or style of presentation of someone else). Some examples of plagiarism include copying, paraphrasing, or summarizing without acknowledgment, submission of another student's work as one's own, the purchase/use of prepared research or completed papers or projects, and the unacknowledged use of research sources gathered by someone else. Failure to indicate accurately the extent and precise nature of one's reliance on other sources is also a form of plagiarism. Students are responsible for understanding legitimate use of sources, the appropriate ways of acknowledging academic, scholarly, or creative indebtedness.

Examples of plagiarism include: failure to acknowledge the source(s) of even a few phrases, sentences, or paragraphs; failure to acknowledge a quotation or paraphrase of paragraph-length sections of a paper; failure to acknowledge the source(s) of a major idea or the source(s) for an ordering principle; failure to acknowledge the source (quoted, paraphrased, or summarized) of major sections or passages in the paper or project; the unacknowledged use of several major ideas or extensive reliance on another person's data, evidence, or critical method; submitting as one's own work, work borrowed, stolen, or purchased from someone else.

Cheating on Examinations: Giving or receiving unauthorized help before, during, or after an examination. Examples of unauthorized help include collaboration of any sort during an examination (unless specifically approved by the instructor); collaboration before an examination (when such collaboration is specifically forbidden by the instructor); the use of notes, books, or other aids during an examination (unless permitted by the instructor); arranging for another person to take an examination in one's place; looking upon someone else's examination during the examination period; intentionally allowing another student to look upon one's exam; unauthorized discussion of exam questions during the examination period; and the passing of any examination information to students who have not yet taken the examination. There can be no conversation while an examination is in progress unless specifically authorized by the instructor.

Multiple Submission: Submitting substantial portions of the same work for credit more than once without receiving the prior explicit consent of the instructor to whom the material is being submitted the second or subsequent time.

Forgery: Imitating another person's signature on academic or other official documents, including class material.

Sabotage: Willfully destroying, damaging, or stealing of another's work or working materials (including lab experiments, computer programs, term papers, digital files, or projects).

Unauthorized Collaboration: Collaborating on projects, papers, or other academic exercises when this is forbidden by the instructor(s). The default faculty assumption is that work submitted for credit is entirely one's own. At the same time, standards on appropriate and inappropriate collaboration as well as the need for collaboration vary across courses and disciplines. Therefore, students who want to confer or collaborate with one another on work receiving academic credit should seek the instructor's permission to collaborate.

Falsification: Misrepresenting material or fabricating information in an academic exercise or assignment (for example, the false or misleading citation of sources, the falsification of experimental or computer data, etc.).

Bribery: Offering or giving any article of value or service to an instructor in an attempt to receive a grade or other benefits not legitimately earned or not available to other students in the class.

Theft, Damage, or Misuse of Library or IT Resources: Removing uncharged library materials from the library, defacing or damaging library materials, intentionally displacing or hoarding materials within the library for one's unauthorized private use, or other abuse of reserve-book privileges. Any violation of the University’s Responsible Use of Information Technology policy. This includes, but is not limited to, unauthorized use of the University's or another person's computer accounts, codes, passwords, or facilities; damaging computer equipment or interfering with the operation of the computing system of the University.

Penalties and Procedures for Violations of Academic Integrity

The course instructor is responsible for determining when a student has violated academic integrity in a course. Students engaging in other academic activities such as qualifying or comprehensive examinations, theses, dissertations must also adhere to the standards of academic integrity outlined in this policy. In these cases, academic advisors and department, college, or school officials responsible for a student's program of study are charged with determining if a student has violated academic integrity.

When a faculty member determines that a student has violated academic integrity, he or she will inform the student and impose an appropriate sanction. Faculty members must respond in a manner most appropriate to the particular infraction and the circumstances of the case in question, according to his or her best judgment. Penalties for violations of academic integrity may include, but are not limited to, the following:

  1. Warning without further penalty, or with a requirement that an assignment be redone without a breach of academic integrity and resubmitted
  2. Lowering of an assignment/exam grade 
  3. Assigning a failing grade on a paper containing plagiarized material 
  4. Assigning a failing grade on any examination in which cheating occurred
  5. Lowering a course grade
  6. Giving a failing grade in a course or other academic exercise 

In addition, faculty members encountering a violation of academic integrity in their courses are required to complete and file the Violation of Academic Integrity Report. The report should indicate the sanction imposed and a brief description of the incident. Faculty filing a VAIR will submit copies both to the Vice Provost for Undergraduate Education or Graduate Education, as appropriate, and to the student. 

If a faculty member informs the student that he or she will receive a failing grade for the course as a whole or for a component of the course as a result of academic dishonesty, the student receiving such a penalty will not be permitted to withdraw from the course, or to change the grading basis of the course from A-E to S/U.

Students who feel they have been erroneously penalized for an academic integrity infraction, or who think that a penalty is inappropriate, may make use of the grievance procedures, beginning with the Department and the College/School where the course was offered. Each College/School of the University has procedures for students who seek to dispute grades assigned or penalties imposed for academic infractions. Copies of the procedures are maintained in the College/School Deans' Offices or on their respective websites. 

If a student is cleared of wrongdoing through the grievance process, the student will not be subject to any penalties and the Violation of Academic Integrity Report associated with the case will be destroyed.

A violation confirmed by admission on the part of the student, by the student's acceptance of the charges and penalties outlined in the Violation of Academic Integrity Report, or through the grievance process will result in the enforcement of the penalty determined by the faculty member reporting the incident.

Under either of the following two conditions, a violation may be forwarded to Community Standards for further adjudication and, potentially, further sanction:

In these circumstances, the faculty member or College/School Dean may request that the Office of the Vice Provost for Undergraduate Education or Graduate Education, as appropriate, forward the case to Community Standards.

However, the following circumstance will automatically result in the case being forwarded to Community Standards for adjudication:

If a case is referred to Community Standards, that office will act in accordance with its standard procedures to determine the final disposition of the case, which may include revoking a student's scholarship or fellowship, or teaching or research assistantship, as well as or in addition to disciplinary probation, suspension, or expulsion. If a hearing is held and a student is found "not in violation," no punitive action may be taken against the student and the Violation of Academic Integrity Report associated with the incident will be destroyed.

A copy of the Violation of Academic Integrity Report associated with any incident in which the student is not cleared of wrongdoing (through the grievance process or by Community Standards) will be retained in the Offices of Undergraduate Education or Graduate Education, as appropriate. The Offices of Undergraduate Education or Graduate Education will maintain a copy of such reports for periods  in accordance with SUNY student record retention policies: three years beyond the academic year in which the violation occurred, in the case of minor code violations (a single offense resulting in a sanction or sanctions short of a failing grade in the course), and seven years beyond the academic year in which the violation occurred, in the case of major code violations (a failing grade in the course, or any offense referred to and confirmed by Community Standards). A student's record of violations of academic integrity may be communicated to graduate or professional schools or employers who request such information about applicants who have attended the University at Albany.

The Director of Libraries or Chief Information Officer, upon a finding of theft, damage, misuse of facilities or resources, or a violation of University policies, will forward all such cases to Community Standards for review and disposition, which can include suspension or expulsion from the University. The Director of Libraries or Chief Information Officer may, in individual cases, limit access to the Libraries or IT resources pending action by Community Standards. In all other cases of academic dishonesty by students, which come to the attention of any staff, faculty member, or student, it is expected that the Vice Provost for Undergraduate Education or Graduate Education, as appropriate, will be consulted about such infractions. In addition, University Police may elect to pursue the breaches, consistent with their policies.

Community Standards was established by the governing bodies of the University at Albany and is administratively the responsibility of the Vice President for Student Affairs. Any questions about the procedures of Community Standards may be secured by inquiry to that office.


Procedures for Resolving Academic Grievances

Students who seek to challenge an academic grade or evaluation of their work in a course or seminar, or in research or another educational activity may request a review of the evaluation by filing an academic grievance.

The Graduate Academic Council (GAC) and the Undergraduate Academic Council (UAC), through the work of their respective Committees on Admission and Academic Standing (CAAS) are responsible for insuring that approved procedures exist within the schools, colleges, departments (if applicable) and programs of the University for students to file academic grievances. Copies of established grievance procedures shall be filed by each academic unit with the Offices of the Vice Provost and Dean of Graduate Education and the Vice Provost and Dean for Undergraduate Education and available to students at each school/college dean’s office.

It is expected that the grounds upon which an academic grievance may be based should be clearly identified. Such grounds may include variance from University grading standards/policies, grade calculation inconsistencies with that announced in published course syllabi, procedural abnormalities, or other factors that are alleged to have denied the student a fair evaluation. It is not expected that grievances will propose that the professional obligation of faculty to fairly evaluate academic material within their field of expertise will be supplanted by alternate means without procedural cause.

A student who seeks to dispute a grade or evaluation must initially pursue the matter directly with the faculty member involved. If not satisfactorily resolved directly with the faculty member, a written grievance may be filed with the program/department, or directly with school/college for units that are not departmentalized.

Should the grievance not be satisfactorily resolved at this initial level of review, students may pursue further consideration of the grievance at the next organizational level until such time as the grievance is considered at the University level by the GAC or UAC CAAS, as appropriate. Action on an academic grievance by the appropriate CAAS, upon acceptance by the GAC or UAC, as appropriate, is final and not subject to further formal review within the University. Only at this final level of grievance determination by the CAAS may a grade or other such evaluation be changed against the will of the faculty member(s) involved. In such rare cases, the Chair of the GAC or UAC, or its respective CAAS, as appropriate, may consult at his/her discretion with departmental faculty and/or appropriate scholars to determine an appropriate grade and authorize its recording by the Registrar.

In reviewing an academic grievance, the CAAS will consider the formal written petition from the student and corresponding written response/comment from the faculty, along with all records of consideration of the matter at prior levels of review. Although rare, the CAAS reserves the right to conduct a hearing with all parties present or it may decide to meet with each party separately. The nature and number of the representatives attending any such meeting will be at the discretion of the CAAS. These procedures adopted are those which the University believes will provide all parties involved the opportunity to present complete and factual information as necessary for the CAAS to render a fair decision.      


Syllabus Requirement

The instructor of every section of an undergraduate class at the University at Albany shall provide each student in the section a printed or web-published copy of the syllabus for that section distributed during the first week of the class (preferably on the first regularly scheduled day the section meets). This syllabus must contain at least the information defined below. Each instructor retains the right to modify the syllabus and give notice in class of any modifications in a timely fashion. Students are responsible to apprise themselves of such notices.

Minimum Contents of a Class Syllabus:

The course syllabus may also include such additional information as the instructor deems appropriate or necessary.

*Academic integrity: “Every student has the responsibility to become familiar with the standards of academic integrity at the University. Faculty members must specify in their syllabi information about academic integrity, and may refer students to this policy for more information. Nonetheless, student claims of ignorance, unintentional error, or personal or academic pressures cannot be excuses for violation of academic integrity. Students are responsible for familiarizing themselves with the standards and behaving accordingly, and UAlbany faculty are responsible for teaching, modeling and upholding them. Anything less undermines the worth and value of our intellectual work, and the reputation and credibility of the University at Albany degree.” (University’s Standards of Academic Integrity Policy, Fall 2013)


Policy for Freedom of Expression

The University reaffirms its commitment to the principle that the widest possible scope for freedom of expression is the foundation of an institution dedicated to vigorous inquiry, robust debate, and the continuous search for a proper balance between freedom and order. The University seeks to foster an environment in which persons who are on its campus legitimately may express their views as widely and as passionately as possible; at the same time, the University pledges to provide the greatest protection available for controversial, unpopular, dissident, or minority opinions. The University believes that censorship is always suspect, that intimidation is always repugnant, and that attempts to discourage constitutionally protected expression may be antithetical to the University’s essential missions: to discover new knowledge and to educate.

All persons on University-controlled premises are bound by the Rules and Regulations for Maintenance of Public Order, which deal in part with freedom of expression (adopted by the Board of Trustees of the of the State University of New York June 18,1969; amended 1969,1980). Members of the University community should familiarize themselves with those rules and regulations. In addition, University faculty are protected by and bound by Article XI, Title 1, Sec. I of the Policies of the Board of Trustees (adopted January 1987), entitled “Academic Freedom.”

University officials or other members of the University community in a position to review posters, publications, speakers, performances, or any other form of expression may establish legitimate time, place, and manner regulations for the maintenance of an orderly educational environment; however, they may not prohibit expression for any reason related to the content of the expression, except as permitted in those narrow areas of expression devoid of federal or state constitutional protection.

Speakers invited to campus by University groups or individuals, and other speakers who may be legitimately present on campus, will be given the utmost protection to communicate their messages without disruptive harassment or interference. Opponents to those speakers enjoy the same protections for expressing their dissent.

All members of the University community share the duty to support, protect, and extend the commitment to the principle of freedom of expression, and to discuss this commitment with groups or individuals who seek to take part in University life. While all persons may seek to peacefully discourage speech that may be unnecessarily offensive to particular individuals or groups, speech that may be antithetical to the University’s values, those persons must support the legal right of free speech.


School or College Enrollment

Most students are advised in the Advisement Services Center during their freshman year. When students have been accepted to a major, they are enrolled in the school or college offering study in the desired major field. These are the College of Arts and Sciences, the College of Computing and Information, the Rockefeller College of Public Affairs and Policy; and the Schools of Business, Criminal Justice, Social Welfare and Public Health. In line with policy developed by the Committee on Academic Standing, a particular department, school or college within the University may permit a student to enroll as a major who has not completed a minimum of 24 graduation credits. Upon approval of the Committee on Academic Standing of the Undergraduate Academic Council additional conditions of initial and continued enrollment as a major may be required by individual departments, schools, or colleges.


Class Standing

Students are classified by the Registrar’s Office on the basis of graduation credits, as follows:

Freshmen Fewer than 24 credits
Sophomore 24-55 credits
Junior 56-87 credits
Senior 88 or more credits

 


Attendance and Timely Compliance with Course Requirements

Students are expected to attend all classes and all examinations and to complete all course requirements on time. Faculty have the prerogative of developing an attendance policy whereby attendance and/or participation is part of the grade. As noted in the following section, “Syllabus Requirement,” instructors are obliged to announce and interpret all course requirements, including specific attendance policies, to their classes at the beginning of the term; an instructor may modify this or other requirements in the syllabus but “must give notice in class of any modification” and must do so “in a timely fashion.” This policy also applies to courses that are less than a standard semester in length. In courses that are less than a standard semester in length, the appropriateness of the duration of the excused absence will be determined on a prorated basis consistent with the length of the course in question.

Students will not be excused from a class or an examination or completion of an assignment by the stated deadline except for emergencies, required appointments or other comparable situations. Students who miss a class period, a final or other examination, or other obligations for a course (fieldwork, required attendance at a concert, etc.) must notify the instructor or the Office of the Vice Provost for Undergraduate Education of the reason for their absence and must do so in a timely fashion.

The Office of the Vice Provost for Undergraduate Education will only provide letters to instructors asking that students with compelling reasons be granted consideration in completing their work when students have missed an exam or assignment deadline or when the absence exceeds one calendar week. Faculty are expected to use their best judgment when students have appropriate documentation for legitimate absences and not rely on the Office of the Vice Provost for Undergraduate Education for substantiation when it is not necessary.

If the student foresees a time conflict in advance that will prevent attendance at a class or examination or completion of an assignment, the student is expected to bring this to the attention of the instructor or the Office of the Vice Provost for Undergraduate Education as soon as the conflict is noted. In the case of an unforeseen event, the student is expected to notify the instructor or the Office of the Vice Provost for Undergraduate Education within one week of the requested period of absence.

This timeliness is important since if the reason cited by the student is not considered a sufficient excuse, the student will need to know this as soon as possible. Even if the reason warrants granting the excuse, a student’s delay in contacting the instructor or the Office of the Vice Provost for Undergraduate Education may make it more difficult for the University to assist the student with acceptable options for making up the work that was missed.

Although University officials will consider each student’s request on its own merits and not attempt to define ahead of time the validity of all the possible reasons a student might give for missing a class or an examination, there are three types of reasons for which excuses will generally be granted: (a) illness, tragedy, or other personal emergency; (b) foreseeable time conflicts resulting from required appointments; and (c) religious observance. It shall be the student’s responsibility to provide sufficient documentation to support any request. (In this context, it should be noted that fraudulent excuses are considered violations of academic integrity and are grounds for academic or disciplinary penalties.)

a. Illness, Tragedy and Emergencies: If the cause is documented hospitalization or other significant medical reason, a tragic or traumatic experience, or other personal emergency, the student should contact his or her professor or the Office of the Vice Provost for Undergraduate Education (LC 30) as soon as the student is able to do so. In general, students are expected to provide appropriate documentation. In cases where absences exceed one calendar week, the Office of the Vice Provost for Undergraduate Education will review the documentation and, if appropriate, notify the instructor(s) involved of this fact and of the date(s) for which the student has been excused. An instructor in this case may not penalize the student academically for the absence and is expected to provide reasonable assistance to the student concerning instruction and assignments that were missed. If an examination was missed, the instructor must administer a make-up examination or offer an alternative mutually agreeable to the instructor and the student. Any conflicts between student and faculty in accepting the alternative may be presented for resolution to the Chair of the department in which the course is offered.

Written notes from the University Health Center will only be provided to students in instances where absence due to documentable illness exceeds one calendar week in duration. There will be no provision for notes in instances where an illness-related absence is one calendar week or less in duration, except in cases where the student has missed an exam or significant course deadline due to their absence. In these situations the UAlbany Health center Medical Excuse policy will be strictly adhered to. In cases where the student has an illness-related absence extending beyond two calendar weeks in duration, the absence must be reviewed and approved by the University Health Center, then brought to the Office of the Vice Provost for Undergraduate Education. The Office of the Vice Provost for Undergraduate Education will not accept requests for absence notes submitted more than one calendar week after the requested period of absence.

b. Compelling Time Conflicts: If the cause of the absence is a major academic conference at which the student has a significant participation, a field trip in another course, or some other compelling time conflict, the student must notify the professor involved as soon as possible, providing verification of the conflict. When a student clearly would have been able to notify the instructor well in advance of the conflict, the student is required to do so. If an excuse is granted, the instructor is expected to provide, if at all possible, an alternative by which the student will not be penalized as a result of the conflict. Any conflicts between student and faculty in accepting the alternative may be presented for resolution to the Chair of the department in which the course is offered. The Office of the Vice Provost for Undergraduate Education will not accept requests for absence notes submitted more than one calendar week after the requested period of absence.

c. Athletic Events: If the cause of the absence is a varsity athletic contest, i.e., a University-sponsored team competition (excluding practice sessions and intra-squad games), the student should provide the instructor with a note from the Office of Student Athlete Support Services (Department of Athletics and Recreation) listing all scheduled competitions by the last day to add a course. If a student-athlete has provided this documentation in a timely manner, the instructor may not penalize the student academically for these absences and is expected to provide reasonable assistance to the student concerning instruction and assignments that were missed. It is the responsibility of the student to notify instructors of changes to such schedules prior to the date of the event; such changes will be supported with appropriate documentation from the Office of Student Athlete Support Services. If an examination was missed, the instructor must administer a make-up examination or offer an alternative mutually agreeable to the instructor and the student. Any conflicts between student and faculty in accepting the alternative may be presented for resolution to the Chair of the department in which the course is offered.

d. Religious Observance: Absences for religious observance are covered by Section 224-a. of the Education Law: “Students unable because of religious beliefs to register or attend classes on certain days.”

  1. No person shall be expelled from or be refused admission as a student to an institution of higher education for the reason that he or she is unable, because of his or her religious beliefs, to register or attend classes or to participate in any examination, study, or work requirement on a particular day or days.
  2. Any student in an institution of higher education who is unable, because of his or her religious beliefs, to attend classes on a particular day or days shall, because of such absence on the particular day or days, be excused from any examination or any study or work requirements.
  3. It shall be the responsibility of the faculty and of the administrative officials of each institution of higher education to make available to each student who is absent from school, because of his religious beliefs, an equivalent opportunity to register for classes or make up any examination, study, or work requirements which he or she may have missed because of such absence on any particular day or days. No fees of any kind shall be charged by the institution for making available to the said student such equivalent opportunity.
  4. If registration, classes, examinations, study, or work requirements are held on Friday after four o’clock post meridian or on Saturday, similar or makeup classes, examinations, study or work requirements or opportunity to register shall be made available on other days, where it is possible and practicable to do so. No special fees shall be charged for these classes, examinations, study or work requirements or registration held on other days.
  5. In effectuating the provisions of this section, it shall be the duty of the faculty and of the administrative officials of each institution of higher education to exercise the fullest measure of good faith. No adverse or prejudicial effects shall result to any student because of his availing himself of the provisions of this section.
  6. Any student who is aggrieved by the alleged failure of any faculty or administrative official to comply in good faith with the provisions of this section shall be entitled to maintain an action or proceeding in the supreme court of the county in which such institution of higher education is located for the enforcement of his rights under this section.
    6-a. It shall be the responsibility of the administrative officials of each institution of higher education to give written notice to students of their rights under this section, informing them that each student who is absent from school, because of his or her religious beliefs, must be given an equivalent opportunity to register for classes or make up any examination, study or work requirements which he or she may have missed because of such absence on any particular day or days. No fees of any kind shall be charged by the institution for making available to such student such equivalent opportunity.
  7. As used in this section, the term “institution of higher education” shall mean any institution of higher education, recognized and approved by the Regents of the University of the State of New York, which provides a course of study leading to the granting of a post-secondary degree or diploma. Such term shall not include any institution which is operated, supervised or controlled by a church or by a religious or denominational organization whose educational programs are principally designed for the purpose of training ministers or other religious functionaries or for the purpose of propagating religious doctrines. As used in this section, the term “religious belief” shall mean beliefs associated with any corporation organized and operated exclusively for religious purposes, which is not disqualified for tax exemption under section 501 of the United States Code.
    As amended by Laws of 1992, chapter 278


 

Course Enrollment              

Students ordinarily enroll in courses at the level appropriate to their class.

Individual departments have the authority to require a C or S grade in courses that are prerequisite for advanced courses in that area.

Senior Enrollment in 100-Level Courses: Students with senior status (credits completed plus credits in progress equal to or exceeding 88) shall be allowed into courses at the 100 level only during the Program Adjustment period as defined by the University Calendar. This restriction does not apply to Music Performance courses and any summer session courses. Other exceptions may be granted by the Office of the Vice Provost for Undergraduate Education (Lecture Center 30).

Graduate Courses for Undergraduate Credit: A senior with a superior academic record may register for a 500-level course for undergraduate credit with the approval of the major department chair and the course instructor. In exceptional circumstances, seniors may be authorized to register for 600-level graduate courses provided they have completed most of the upper division undergraduate and other courses essential to their major and require a graduate course to strengthen it. To qualify for such enrollment the senior must have a superior record, particularly in his or her major field. To register for a 600-level course, students must have the approval of their adviser and obtain the written consent of their department chair and the instructor offering the course. The department chair should arrange for copies of these consents to be distributed to the persons involved and to be filed in the student’s official folder.

Graduate Courses for Graduate Credit: Seniors of high academic standing in the University may receive graduate credit for graduate courses taken in excess of undergraduate requirements in the last semester of their senior year provided not more than 6 credits are needed to complete the student’s undergraduate program. Consent of the Dean of Graduate Education is required and must be obtained in advance of registration to receive such credit. Seniors who are permitted to take courses for graduate credit in their last semester also must make formal application for admission to a graduate program and be accepted as a graduate student before registering for study in the final semester.

Auditing Courses

Informal Audit: This category of audit permits any student or resident of the state to visit any course (except those listed here). The informal auditor visits courses without tuition, fees, examinations, grading, or credit; and no record is maintained. The instructor determines the level of participation of the informal auditor. A student matriculated at Albany confers with the instructor of the course and requests consent to visit the course. An individual not matriculated at this University must first contact the Office of General Studies and then obtain consent of the individual instructor of the course. NOTE: Informal Audit is not allowed during Summer Sessions.

Formal Audit: This category of audit allows any student to formally audit any course (except those listed here). The formal auditor pays regular tuition and fees, and the course is entered on the transcript of the student with the grade of N (noncredit) or W (withdrawn) according to 6., as follows.

Exceptions: Generally, the following types of courses cannot be formally audited: practica, internships, research and independent study courses, field courses, clinical courses, workshops, and foreign study programs. Students who feel they have an extraordinary need to audit these courses must prepare a written rationale and submit it to the chair of the department in which the course is offered. Formal audit of graduate-level courses is restricted as outlined in 3. below. If a course is filled and has auditors in it, a student wishing to take the course for credit may displace the auditor.

Formal Audit Policies

1) The student must register for the courses during the program adjustment period

2) Students must pay the regular tuition and fees based on their academic status. Fees and tuition will be based on the student’s total load, including courses formally audited. Credits taken by formal audit will not count toward full-time status for the purposes of academic retention.

3) Registration for the formally audited course must be approved by the student’s academic adviser (for nonmatriculated students, either the Office of General Studies or the Office of Admissions) and the course instructor. A senior with a superior academic record may formally audit a 500-level course with the approval of the academic adviser, the major department chair, and the course instructor. In exceptional circumstances, a senior may be authorized to formally audit a 600-level graduate course provided the student has completed most of the upper-division undergraduate and other courses essential to the major field. To formally audit a 600-level course, students must have the approval of their adviser and obtain the written consent of their department chair and the instructor offering the course. The department chair will arrange for copies of these consents to be distributed to the persons involved and to be filed in the student’s official folder.

4) A student may not change from credit to audit or from audit to credit after the last day to add a course.

5) The formal audit option is limited to a maximum of two courses per term for each student.

6) An individual who formally audits a course must participate in appropriate ways as determined by the instructor. It will be the responsibility of the student to ascertain from the instructor the degree of participation required. The course will appear at the end of the term on the transcript of the student with a grade of N (noncredit). A formal auditor may withdraw from a course not later than one week after the mid-semester date as stated in the academic calendar and be assigned a W. A student failing to participate satisfactorily will be withdrawn and assigned a W.

7) Although not recommended, formally audited undergraduate courses may be taken for graduation credit at a later date. Formally audited graduate courses may not be taken again for graduate credit.

Adding Courses  

All students must drop and add courses on the Web via www.albany.edu/myualbany.

From the first class day through the sixth class day of the semester, enter MyUAlbany on the Web and enter the class number of the course. If the course is closed or restricted, a Permission Number from the instructor is also necessary. From the seventh class day through the tenth class day of the semester, a Permission Number from the instructor is required for all adds. Enter MyUAlbany on the Web, enter the class number and the Permission Number for the course.

Subject to the approval of the Office of the Vice Provost for Undergraduate Education, after the tenth class day of the semester, a Course Permission Number from the instructor must be obtained before the Program Adjustment can be accepted by the Registrar’s Office. After the tenth class day of the semester, all late adds must be done in person at the Registrar’s Office, Campus Center-B52. A fee will be charged for this Program Adjustment.

In the event permission to late add a course after the tenth day of class is denied, a student may appeal that decision for any reason to the Committee on Academic Standing of the Undergraduate Academic Council. A “class day” is here defined to be any day from Monday through Friday in which classes are in session. The above methods of adding a course apply to quarter (“8 week”) courses and summer session coursework on a prorated basis, determined by the length of the course in question.

Dropping Courses

All students must drop and add courses on the Web via www.albany.edu/myualbany.

From the first class day through the tenth class day of the semester, enter MyUAlbany on the Web and enter the class number of the course. During this time, a dropped course will be removed from the student’s record. A “class day” is defined as in “Adding Courses” above.

After the tenth class day through the “last day to drop a course” (as specified in the Academic Calendar), a student may drop a course by entering MyUAlbany on the Web and entering the class number of the course. During this time, a dropped course will remain on the student’s record and an indicator of W will be entered in the grade column. The W will be entered regardless of whether the student has ever attended a class.

If a faculty member announces a failing grade in the course as a possible result of academic dishonesty, the student receiving such a penalty will not be permitted to withdraw from the course unless the grievance or judicial system rules in favor of the student.

A student still enrolled in a class after the “last day to drop” is expected to fulfill the course requirements. The grade recorded for the course shall be determined on this basis. A student who registers for a course but never attends or ceases attendance before the tenth class day, as reported by the instructor, yet does not officially drop the course shall have an indicator of Z listed in the grade column on his/her record. The above methods of dropping a course apply to quarter (“8 week”) courses and summer session course work on a prorated basis, determined by the length of the course in question.

Exceptions to this policy may be granted by the Committee on Academic Standing of the Undergraduate Academic Council.

Note: Students receiving financial assistance through state awards should refer to Academic Criteria for State Awards in the Financial Aid and Estimated Costs sections of this bulletin before withdrawing from courses.


Policies to Deregister Students

Failure to Attend Class

Beginning on the seventh class day, instructors may deregister students who fail to attend class, explain absence, or officially drop within the first six days of classes of a term unless prior arrangements have been made by the student with the instructor. The policy to deregister students is limited to the add period at the beginning of the semester. For courses that meet only once each week, including laboratory courses, the instructor may deregister students who do not attend the first scheduled class.

The above policy also applies to half-semester (“8 week”) courses on a prorated basis, depending on the length of the course in question. A “class day” is defined as in “Adding a Course” above. This policy does not apply to Summer or Winter session courses.

WARNING: Not all faculty exercise this prerogative. The fact that a student didn’t attend doesn’t guarantee that the professor dropped the student from the course. Students must take the responsibility for dropping a course on the Web via www.albany.edu/myualbany if they wish to avoid an E or U in that course.

Lack of Prerequisite(s)

Students may be deregistered who lack the prerequisite(s) of the course at any time within the term or quarter the course is being taught. The Registrar will assign students who have been deregistered after the program adjustment period a grade of W for the course.


Transfer of Credit after Matriculation

Transfer equivalencies for institutions and courses previously approved for transfer credit are available online from the University at Albany's Transfer Equivalency Databank on the Registrar’s Web page, http://www.albany.edu/registrar/transfer-credits.php. Courses not included in the databank may still be awarded transfer credit but require a course description or syllabus be attached to the transfer credit permission form. Post-matriculation transfer courses may not meet some requirements for the major, minor, and/or liberal arts credit requirements. Also, they cannot meet residency requirements. Students are strongly advised to consult with their advisors and/or the department in question about transfer credits prior to taking courses at other institutions.


Full-Time, Part-Time Defined

A student registered for a minimum of 12 credits within the semester is classified as a full-time student. Students registered for fewer than 12 credits are classified as part-time students for the semester.


Credit Load

A normal semester load is 15 credits. Registration for at least 12 credits is required for a student to be considered full-time. For loads of no more than 19 credits, the number of credits for which a student registers in a semester is an individual matter, determined by the student with the advice of that student's academic advisor. Except as provided, below, for undergraduates studying abroad, no undergraduate may register for more than 19 credits without prior permission obtained from the Office of the Vice Provost for Undergraduate Education. Students must present compelling academic justification and have the approval of their academic adviser or major department for a request to exceed 19 credits to be considered by the Office of the Vice Provost.

Undergraduates studying abroad who plan to take more than 19 SUNY credits must apply for permission no later than 4 weeks after the start of classes overseas. Credits earned for pre-session courses which, when added to the regular semester’s course load, bring the total semester’s enrollment to over 19, do not need such permission.


Repeating Courses

Courses that can be repeated for graduation credit are so indicated within the course descriptions contained in this bulletin.

The following shall apply to students who enroll more than one time in a course that cannot be repeated for credit:

  1. Appropriate registrations in the course, as of the last day to add a course in a term as specified in the academic calendar, shall be listed on the student’s Academic Record; all A–E grades for such courses will be computed in the average.
  2. The total graduation credit applicable toward the student’s degree shall only be the credit for which that course has been assigned; i.e., graduation credit for the course can only be counted once.

Repeating Courses to Meet Program Admission Requirements

For the purposes of calculating admissions requirements into restricted majors or programs, once a student has received the grade of B- or higher in a course, no future grade in that course or its equivalent will be used in determining the student’s average for admission to that major or program.

An “equivalent” course, for purposes of this policy, is any course for which the student cannot receive credit by virtue of his or her having satisfactorily completed the original course.


Final Examinations

General Policy: In many courses, final examinations are an integral part of the learning and evaluative process. Some courses, by virtue of the structure, material, or style of presentation, do not require a final examination. The following policy in no way requires an instructor to administer a final examination.

Final examinations in semester-long undergraduate courses in the University are to be given only during the scheduled final examination period in accordance with the official schedule of examinations as published by the Registrar’s Office. The term “final examination” as used here shall be defined as any examination of more than one-half hour’s duration that is given in the terminal phase of a course. As defined, “final examinations” may be either comprehensive, covering the majority of the content of a course, or limited to only a portion of the content of a course.

No examinations of more than one-half hour’s duration are to be given during the last five regularly scheduled class days of a semester. Instructors seeking any exceptions to the above policy must submit a written request through their respective department chair to their college dean, or directly to their dean in those schools with no departmental structure. If the dean approves the exceptions, the instructor must notify the class of the new scheduled final examination date at least three weeks before the last regularly scheduled class day of the semester. At the end of each semester, each college and school dean must submit to the Vice President for Academic Affairs a summary of all exceptions granted to the final examination policy.

The above regulations notwithstanding, the instructor in any course should always retain the freedom to reschedule a final examination for an individual student should such a student present a case of unquestionable hardship in his or her scheduled examinations. Such rescheduling should, however, be done in the final examination period if at all possible.

Reading Day: A day reserved for preparation for final exams. It is scheduled after all the regular class lectures and before final exams. As a rule, Reading Day should not be used as a make-up day and activities should not be scheduled that conflict with students' ability to study for final exams.

Three Finals on One Day: If a student has three examinations in one day as a result of a departmental exam or of the official rescheduling of an examination after the initial final examination schedule has been published, then that student has the right to be given a makeup examination for the departmental or rescheduled examination. The request for such an exam must be made to the instructor in the appropriate course no later than two weeks before the last day of classes of the given semester. If possible, the makeup examination should be given within the final examination period.

Retention of Exams: Each instructor shall retain the final examination papers in his/her courses for one semester so those students wishing to see their papers may do so. This regulation does not apply in those instances in which the instructor chooses to return the papers to the students at the end of the course.


Grading

The undergraduate grading system for the University will include the following grades: A, A-, B+, B, B-, C+, C, C-, D+, D, D-, E.

The normative grading pattern is A–E. However, students may receive S/U grades in two circumstances:

For students matriculated in the fall 2010 or thereafter, the student is limited to receiving optional grades only twice in their undergraduate academic career. Only courses below the 300 level may be S/U opted. These two courses of S/U may be in addition to all S/U grades received in department or school-designated S/U graded sections of courses. See also “Grading Option Deadline,” below.

A–E grades are defined as follows: A–Excellent, B–Good, C–Fair, D–Poor, and E–Failure. The grade of E is a failing grade and cannot be used to fulfill graduation requirements.

The grade of S is defined as equivalent to the grade of C or higher and is acceptable to fulfill graduation requirements. The grade of U (C- or lower) is unsatisfactory and is not acceptable to fulfill graduation requirements.

Transfer D Grades

1) Students cannot transfer in any grades of D

2) However, except for the University’s writing requirements, for which a grade of C or higher or S is required, transfer work graded D in a course that applies to one or more of the University’s General Education requirements may be applied toward fulfilling the requirements, even if the student receives no graduation credit for the course.

Other Grades and Indicators

Additionally, the following grades and indicators may be assigned:

I: Incomplete. No graduation credit. A temporary grade requested by the student and assigned by the instructor ONLY when the student has nearly completed the course requirements but because of circumstances beyond the student’s control the work is not completed. The incomplete should only be assigned on the basis of an agreement between the instructor and the student specifying the work to be completed and establishing a general timeline in which the work will be completed. Incompletes may NOT be resolved by auditing or registering again for a subsequent offering of the course. The date for the completion of the work may not be longer than one month before the end of the semester following that in which the incomplete is received. Once the work is completed, the instructor assigns the appropriate academic grade.

The instructor may extend an incomplete for a maximum of one semester beyond the original deadline providing that the student has made contact with the instructor to request the extension. Additional extensions are NOT permitted.

Any grade of I existing after the stated deadline shall be automatically changed to E or U according to whether or not the student is enrolled for A–E or S/U grading. Except for extenuating circumstances approved by the Office of the Vice Provost for Undergraduate Education, these converted grades may not be later changed.

(NOTE: Students receiving financial assistance through state awards should refer to Academic Criteria for State Awards in the expenses and financial aid section of this bulletin before requesting grades of I.)

N: Noncredit.

W: An indicator assigned by the appropriate administrative officer indicating a student withdrew from the University, withdrew from an entire course load for a summer session, or dropped a course after the last day to add. For information and completeness, the W is placed on the permanent academic record. The W is not used in any computation of quality point or cumulative average totals.

Z: An indicator assigned by the appropriate administrative officer indicating a student enrolled in a course, never attended or failed to attend after the last day to add, and took no official action to drop the course. For information and completeness, the Z is placed on the permanent academic record. The Z is not used in any computation of quality point or cumulative average totals.

Grade Changes

An instructor may not permit students in an undergraduate course to submit additional work or to be reexamined for the purpose of improving their grades after the course has been completed. Also, The Registrar’s Office may not enter a change of grade without the approval of the Office of the Vice Provost for Undergraduate Education, except, of course, for changes of I to a final grade.

A grade of A, A-, B+, B, B-, C+, C, C-, D+, D, D-, E, S, or U may not be changed to a grade of I. On a case-by-case basis and for good cause, the Office of the Vice Provost for Undergraduate Education continues to have the power to allow grade changes for reasons deemed legitimate.

Grading Option Deadline

Students may change their option (A–E or S/U) for courses not departmentally designated for S/U grading until 15 class days after the midterm point. Changes in grading selections cannot be authorized beyond the date specified. The grading option may be changed by filing the appropriate form with The Registrar’s Office by the date specified in the academic calendar. When discussing with an instructor their progress in a course, students should inform the instructor if they are taking the course S/U.

Academic Average

The grades of A, A- B+, B, B-, C+, C, C-, D+, D, D-, and E shall be the only grades used to determine an average. Grades shall be weighted as follows: A = 4.00, A- = 3.70, B+ =3.30, B = 3.00 B- = 2.70, C+ = 2.30, C = 2.00, C- = 1.70, D+ = 1.30, D = 1.00, D- = 0.70, and E = 0.00. The student’s academic average is the result of the following calculation:

  1. The number of credits for courses receiving A–E grades is totaled
  2. Each grade’s weight is multiplied by the number of credits for the course receiving that grade
  3. The results of these multiplications are totaled to yield a weighted total.
  4. The weighted total is divided by the total number of credits receiving A–E grades to yield an academic average.

Student Academic Record

A student’s official progress records are maintained by the Registrar’s Office. Grades for the semester are available to the student via MyUAlbany following the posting of grades by the Registrar.


Academic Retention Standards

Since the University requires that students have a cumulative grade point average of 2.00 and an average of 2.00 in the major and the minor in order to earn a bachelor’s degree, the grade point average is an important indicator of the ability to achieve a bachelor’s degree. Thus, the following policies are in effect for students whose performance indicates that they are in danger of failing to meet the conditions necessary to earn a degree.

Academic Warning

A student whose semester grade point average falls below a 2.00 (but is a 1.0 or above) will receive an Academic Warning from the Office of the Vice Provost for Undergraduate Education. This action will not subject the student to any further penalty but is intended to remind the student of the University’s policies as well as to inform the student of the resources available to ensure good progress in achieving an undergraduate degree.

Academic Probation

1) A student whose cumulative grade point average falls below a 2.00 will be placed on Academic Probation for the following semester. A student placed on academic probation will be notified by the Office of the Vice Provost for Undergraduate Education, and will be advised of the resources available to assist students in improving their academic standing.

2) Students on Academic Probation will be expected to improve their academic performance immediately. They must raise the cumulative GPA to at least 2.00 to be removed from academic probation. Students who fail to meet this condition will be placed on Terminal Probation in the following semester.

Terminal Probation

1) A student will be placed on Terminal Probation for the following semester if either of the following occurs:

the student’s semester GPA is below 1.00, or

the student has a cumulative GPA below 2.00 for a second semester

2) Students on Terminal Probation for a semester are in danger of academic dismissal at the end of that semester. Therefore, as a condition of continuing their enrollment at Albany, they must complete an “Academic Improvement Plan” (AIP) to improve their academic performance in consultation with their academic adviser, and must file this plan with the Office of the Vice Provost for Undergraduate Education by the date designated on the AIP. (Failure to file this form could result in a hold on the student's record.)

3) If the student achieves a semester GPA and cumulative GPA of at least 2.00, the student will be removed from Terminal Probation.

4) If the student’s semester GPA is at least a 2.00 but the cumulative GPA remains below 2.00, the student will remain on Terminal Probation and must continue to meet the conditions described in section 2) above. The student must raise the cumulative GPA to at least 2.00 to be removed from Terminal Probation.

5) If the student earns a semester GPA below a 2.00 while on Terminal Probation, the student will be dismissed.

Academic Dismissal

Academic dismissal will occur only if a student has been on Terminal Probation and fails to earn a semester GPA of at least 2.00. The student’s record will have the notation “Academic Dismissal.” Students who have been academically dismissed have the right to seek reinstatement to the University by submitting a written petition to the Committee on Academic Standing through the Office of the Vice Provost for Undergraduate Education, Lecture Center 30.

Academic Dismissal Policy: Educational Opportunities Program Students

Students enrolled at the University through the Educational Opportunities Program will be granted an additional semester on Academic Probation before they are subject to Terminal Probation, even if their cumulative GPA is below a 2.00.

Good Academic Standing

The term “in good academic standing” (satisfactory academic standing) means that a student is making satisfactory progress toward a degree and is eligible or has been allowed to register and take academic course work at this campus for the current term. Students placed on “Academic Probation” or “Terminal Academic Probation” are considered to be in good academic standing since they are making satisfactory progress toward a degree and are still authorized to continue studying toward their degrees. Academic Probation only serves as an academic warning that a student is in danger of not meeting minimum academic retention standards and being terminated from the University. Only those students who are officially terminated from the University are considered not to be in good academic standing.

(The above definition should not be confused with the academic standing criteria for eligibility for New York State financial awards as detailed in the Financial Aid section of this publication.)


Leave for Approved Study

1) Students may apply for permission to pursue a Leave for Approved Study with the Office of the Vice Provost for Undergraduate Education, Lecture Center 30, 518-442-3950. That office shall ascertain that the student has been informed of University residency requirements, including major, minor and senior residency minima. Students interested in pursuing an approved leave for a given semester, must submit an application and other necessary paperwork prior to the mid-term point of the proceeding semester of departure. Completion of the semester prior to the commencement of the leave is required.

2) Study must be in an approved program at another college or university.

3) A leave for approved study is granted for only one semester and can be granted for a maximum of two semesters. A request for a leave implies an intent to return to the University in the next successive semester after completion of the leave.

4) Adviser approval is necessary for the leave to be approved. If the student was admitted through the EOP program, approval of the EOP director is necessary.

5) A student may pursue part-time or full-time course work during the leave.

6) A student who has satisfied the previous conditions and whose University at Albany cumulative average, as well as the GPA in the major and minor, is at least 2.00 at the time the proposed leave would begin will be granted a Leave for Approved Study.

7) A student who has satisfied the previous conditions and whose University at Albany cumulative average is less than 2.00 at the time the proposed leave would begin has the right to seek prior approval for a Leave for Approved Study by written petition to the Committee on Academic Standing.

8) Disciplinary dismissed or academically dismissed students are not eligible for leaves for approved study.


Degrees in Absentia

Formerly matriculated undergraduates who have almost completed their degree and cannot return here to finish remaining requirements may apply for permission to finish their degree in absentia.

Their cumulative University at Albany grade point average, as well as their GPA in the major and minor, must be at least a 2.00. In addition, a petition for a waiver of residence requirement(s) and departmental support may be necessary.

Disciplinary dismissed or academically dismissed students are not eligible for a degree in absentia.

An application and other necessary forms for this process are available upon request by calling 518-422-3950 or writing the Office of the Vice Provost for Undergraduate Education, Lecture Center 30.

  
TEMPORARY PAGE DIVIDER

Requirements for Bachelor's Degree

The University awards the degree of Bachelor of Arts (B.A.) or Bachelor of Science (B.S.) to those matriculated students who have completed an approved sequence of courses and study totaling a minimum of 120 credits and who, by vote of the faculty, are certified as having fulfilled all degree requirements. Matriculated students may fulfill their degree requirements while classified as either full-time or part-time students for individual academic semesters. The following B.A. and B.S. degree requirements must be fulfilled by all students matriculating in 2016-2017.

Bachelor of Arts Requirements

  1. A minimum of 120 credits
  2. At least 90 credits in the liberal arts and sciences
  3. The completion of the General Education Program [The specific general education requirements are determined by the student’s matriculation date and basis of admission to the University—see the General Education section of this bulletin.]
  4. 30–36 credits in a major that has been registered with the education department of the state of New York
  5. The completion of a minor consisting of 18–24 graduation credits which must include a minimum of 9 graduation credits in coursework requiring one or more prerequisite courses or courses at or above the 300 level. The minor requirements may be combined with the major requirements but the total may not exceed 60 graduation credits

Bachelor of Science Requirements

  1. A minimum of 120 credits 
  2. At least 60 credits in the liberal arts and sciences
  3. The completion of the General Education Program [The specific general education requirements are determined by the student’s matriculation date and basis of admission to the University—see the General Education section of this bulletin.] 
  4. 30–42 credits in a major that has been registered with the education department of the state of New York
  5. The completion of a minor consisting of 18–24 graduation credits which must include a minimum of 9 graduation credits in coursework requiring one or more prerequisite courses or courses at or above the 300 level. The minor requirements may be combined with the major requirement but the total may not exceed 66 graduation credits

Grade Point Average Required for Degree

To be eligible for graduation from the University, matriculated students must have achieved a cumulative grade point average of at least 2.00 in all course grades earned at the University.

Grade Point Average in the Major

Students must achieve a minimum grade point average of at least 2.00 in all University at Albany course work used to fulfill requirements in the major, combined major/minor, or departmental major.

Grade Point Average in the Minor

Students must achieve a minimum grade point average of at least 2.00 in all University at Albany course work used to fulfill requirements in the minor(s).

Residence Requirements

The University requires degree candidates to earn a minimum of 30 of their last 60 graduation credits in courses at the Albany campus. Degree candidates who complete two approved study abroad semesters during their junior or senior year must earn a minimum of 30 of their last 69 credits in courses at the Albany campus. An “approved” study abroad program is any program from which the University accepts credits.

Major and Minor Residence Credits

Major Residence

For the B.A. and B.S. degrees, a minimum of 18 graduation credits, including 12 credits at or above the 300 level, must be completed in the major on the Albany campus, or through a State University of New York sponsored Study Abroad Program sponsored by a university center or four-year liberal arts college. Study abroad coursework completed at SUNY Community, Agriculture, or Technology Colleges may not generally be used to satisfy this requirement.

Minor Residence

For the B.A. and B.S. degrees, a minimum of 6 graduation credits of advanced courses (courses at or above the 300 level or courses which require a prerequisite) must be completed in the minor on the Albany campus, or through a State University of New York sponsored study abroad program sponsored by a university center or four-year liberal arts college. Study abroad coursework completed at SUNY Community, Agriculture, or Technology Colleges may not generally be used to satisfy this requirement.

Combined Major/Minor Residence

For the B.A. and B.S. degrees, a minimum of 24 graduation credits, including 12 credits at or above the 300 level, must be completed in a combined major and minor program on the Albany campus, or through a State University of New York sponsored study abroad program sponsored by a university center or four-year liberal arts college. Study abroad coursework completed at SUNY Community, Agriculture, or Technology Colleges may not generally be used to satisfy this requirement.

Graduation Application

Degrees are awarded at the conclusion of the fall, spring, and summer terms. The student must file a degree application online via MyUAlbany in accordance with the date specified in the official University academic calendar for the term in which all degree requirements will be completed. All incomplete grades and grades not reported must be resolved before the degree can be awarded. If reasonable attempts to contact the instructor fail, the student with an incomplete or “blank” (not reported) grade may appeal to the Committee on Academic Standing or, if that body is unable to meet to resolve the issue in timely fashion, to the Office of the Vice Provost for Undergraduate Education.

A degree review will be conducted at the end of each term for those students who have properly applied for graduation. The Registrar’s Office will notify the student if the degree is not awarded because the degree requirements have not been met. If the student has completed all requirements for the degree, a confirming email will be sent to the student via the University email address.

Waiver of Requirements

In rare and exceptional cases, a waiver of the requirements listed in this section may be granted to an individual student. Petitions for waiver of major or minor requirements should be addressed to the academic unit offering the major or minor. Petitions for waiver of any other requirements in this section should be addressed to the Committee on Academic Standing of the Undergraduate Academic Council and submitted to the Office of Vice Provost for Undergraduate Education, LC 30.

Classification of Courses, Credits

To graduate from the University at Albany, a student must have at least 120 graduation credits, fulfill the requirements of the major(s)/minor(s) chosen by the student, complete all General Education requirements that apply to the student, and fulfill the University, major and minor residence requirements. For a Bachelor of Arts degree, a minimum of 90 credits in courses designated "liberal arts and sciences" must be completed; for a Bachelor of Science degree, a minimum of 60 credits in courses designated "liberal arts and sciences" must be completed. Courses may be classified as “liberal arts and sciences” or as “non-liberal arts and sciences” or as a course carrying no credit applicable to graduation.

Liberal Arts and Sciences Courses: University at Albany undergraduate courses classified as "liberal arts and sciences" have a content, either formal or systematic, that provides the student with an appreciation for and knowledge of the arts and written and spoken expression, humanities, world cultures and language, biological and physical sciences, social and behavioral sciences, mathematics and statistics, computing and information literacy, history, philosophy, or religion, or interdisciplinary studies involving one or more of these areas or otherwise contributing to the student’s understanding of the social or physical environment. The University definition of “liberal arts and sciences” also extends to the skill, technique and methods courses, performance and practicum courses, internships, and service learning that serve to enhance a student’s abilities and appreciation for study in these areas. In accordance with this definition, the majority of undergraduate courses taught at the University at Albany (as well as comparable courses transferred from another institution or offered in an Albany graduate program) are considered “liberal arts and sciences.”

Non-Liberal Arts and Sciences Courses: Each UAlbany college and school offering undergraduate courses determines whether its courses are “liberal arts and sciences” or “non-liberal arts and sciences” and submits to the Curriculum and Honors Committee of the Undergraduate Academic Council a rationale for excluding one or more of its courses from its “default” classification. By request of a department or program to the Committee, a course’s classification may later be changed. A department or program may also modify the classification of one of its courses or a transferred course in its discipline for an individual student upon petition to the department or program. The “default” classification for each college and school and the list of courses that are exceptions to the college’s or school’s default classification shall be printed in the Undergraduate Bulletin. In addition to the “non-liberal arts and sciences” courses mentioned, the following three categories of courses are also classified as “non-liberal arts and sciences” courses.

ROTC Courses: Students may apply toward their undergraduate degree requirements up to a maximum of twelve credits for ROTC courses completed successfully at the University at Albany and/or from other accredited institutions. All ROTC credit is designated "non-liberal arts and sciences."

Physical Education Courses: Although the University no longer offers physical education courses for credit, students may apply toward their degree a maximum of six credits of physical education activity credits. These and credit for courses in coaching, recreational studies, etc., will ordinarily be designated "non-liberal arts and sciences" credits.

Applied Elective Courses: The term “Applied Elective” designates a transfer course of a relatively non-theoretical and predominantly “skill” or “application” nature only tangentially connected to the objectives or study of the liberal arts and sciences. Such courses typically are intended to prepare a student for a specific vocational pursuit rather than for future academic, graduate or professional study or practice. Students may apply toward their undergraduate degree requirements up to a maximum of twelve credits from transferred "applied elective" courses. (Cf. "Types of Transfer Credit" section below.)

Courses Yielding No Graduation Credit: The following types of courses do not carry credit applicable toward graduation at the University at Albany:

  1. Developmental courses offered by the Educational Opportunities Program or their transfer equivalents
  2. Written and oral language skills courses offered by the Intensive English Language Program or their transfer equivalents
  3. Mathematics courses at or below the level of the New York State “Course B” Regents Examination in Mathematics (algebra and geometry, trigonometry, probability and statistics). However, in some cases such courses may fulfill the "Mathematics and Statistics" requirement in the General Education Program  
  4. Introduction to typing/keyboarding or shorthand, driver education, or other courses of an elementary manual skill nature with little or no theoretical content
  5. Some religious studies courses: “Religious studies courses transfer if they are not doctrinal, confessional, or sectarian in nature. Religious studies courses from public institutions transfer without special review; religious studies courses from all other institutions will be evaluated by the appropriate departmental faculty." (Quoted material was adopted from the University of Minnesota’s policy on transfer credit and is used with their permission.)  
  6. Courses from institutions or programs determined by the Office of Undergraduate Admissions as not acceptable as a source for transfer credit to the University

Types of Transfer Credit

Equivalent Transfer Courses: A department, school or program may designate a course taken elsewhere as equivalent to one of its courses. It is considered "liberal arts and sciences" if the Albany equivalent is so considered; it is considered “non-liberal arts and sciences” if the Albany equivalent is so considered.

Departmental Electives: A department, school or program may designate a course taken elsewhere as "departmental elective credit." For example, an English course may be designated A ENG 000 (an English course not applicable to the major or minor in English), A ENG 010 (a lower division English course) or A ENG 030 (an upper division English course). Unless expressly stated otherwise in the Undergraduate Bulletin, such credit is considered "liberal arts and sciences" credit if that is the Albany college's or school’s default classification; it is considered "non-liberal arts and sciences" credit if that is the Albany college's or school’s default classification.

Applied Electives: A department, school or program may decide whether a transfer course that is in its discipline should be designated as an “applied elective.” Courses that are not represented by comparable study in the University at Albany’s colleges and schools are generally designated “applied electives” (engineering, architecture, agricultural sciences, pharmacy, legal assistant, etc.). However, courses that appear roughly comparable to arts and sciences offerings (engineering courses comparable to physics, architecture comparable to art history or drawing, etc.) may be designated as "liberal arts and sciences" or may have their designation changed to "liberal arts and sciences" based on a student's appeal. A student may receive a maximum of 12 credits for transferred applied electives.

Limits on Transfer Credits

The following limits and restrictions apply whether or not these credits are taken pre-matriculation or post-matriculation.

Maximum Limit on Transfer Credit: Since Albany requires at least 30 credits to be completed at the University, the most transfer credit that can be applied toward graduation is 90 credits. (Since some SUNY and other technical and community colleges now award baccalaureate degrees, the University no longer distinguishes between "two-year" and baccalaureate-granting institutions in determining the maximum credits that may be transferred.)

Non-Liberal Arts and Sciences Courses: Bachelor of Arts degree programs require a minimum of 90 credits in "liberal arts and sciences." Therefore, for students pursuing the B.A. degree the most credit from "non-liberal arts and sciences" courses that can apply to the degree is 30 credits. Bachelor of Science degree programs require a minimum of 60 credits in "liberal arts and sciences." Therefore, for students pursuing the B.S. degree the most credit from "non-liberal arts and sciences" courses that can apply to the degree is 60 credits.

Of a student's transfer credits in courses that are designated "non-liberal arts and sciences," no more than 6 credits may be in physical education activity courses, no more than 12 credits may be in ROTC courses, and no more than 12 credits may be in courses equated to "applied electives."

Although credits successfully completed at other institutions after the student has matriculated will appear on the student's record, the limits and restrictions mentioned above will determine whether or not the student is able to apply all of those credits toward the minimum 120 credits needed for graduation.

Graduation Credits

A student must earn a minimum of 120 acceptable graduation credits to be eligible for graduation from the University. Acceptable graduation credit is as follows:

  1. Credit accepted by transfer
  2. Credit earned through approved proficiency examinations. Such credit may be awarded on the basis of a student’s performance on such external examinations as CLEP, RCE, AP, USAFI, etc., or an examination established for this purpose by a University at Albany department, school or program. Proficiency examination credit shall be clearly distinguished as such on a student’s academic record, and shall have no bearing on a student’s academic average. Proficiency examination credits shall not count within a semester load, hence shall not be counted when determining whether a student is full-time or part-time, and shall not be applied to University, major or minor residence requirements or semester retention standards. Any academic unit at the University may award proficiency credit by examination provided it does so openly and applies standards consistently to all students seeking credit. In no case may award of credit be contingent upon auditing a course (formally or informally), private tutelage (paid or otherwise), or participation in University or extracurricular activities or productions; however, the payment of a modest fee may be charged for administering the examination
  3. Credit completed with the grades of A, A-, B+, B, B-, C+, C, C-, D+, D, D- or S. An academic unit may award credit with an A–E or S/U grade only in a University at Albany course for which the student was formally registered in a fall or spring semester or summer or winter session in accordance with established registration and program adjustment procedures and deadlines
  4. No credit graded D from another institution will transfer

Major and Minor Credits

A University at Albany grade of D- is minimally acceptable for graduation credit in the major and minor. Note, however, that a 2.00 average within each major and minor is a requirement for graduation.

Students cannot transfer in any grades of D.

  
TEMPORARY PAGE DIVIDER

Programs of Study and Course Designations

Information concerning specific programs of study may be found by referring to the sections in this bulletin headed College of Arts and Science, School of Business, School of Criminal Justice, School of Education, College of Emergency Preparedness, Homeland Security and Cybersecurity, College of Engineering and Applied Sciences, Nanoscale Science and Engineering Program, Nelson A. Rockefeller College of Public Affairs and Policy, School of Public Health, School of Social Welfare, and Undergraduate Study Opportunities.

Unit of Academic Credit

Generally, one credit represents the equivalent of one hour of lecture or recitation or at least two hours of laboratory work each week for one semester or the equivalent in honors study. The number following each course title; e.g., (3), indicates the credits offered for that course.

Significance of Course Number

Each course offered by the University is assigned a designation and a number according to a plan that is outlined here. The specific course designation and number appears in the bulletin directly in front of the course title. Each course designation consists of three separate units: (1) the school designation; (2) the subject or departmental designation; and (3) the course number.

The school or college offering a course is identified by a single letter as noted here.

A College of Arts and Sciences
B School of Business
C College of Emergency Preparedness, Homeland Security and Cybersecurity
D former Division of Physical Education, Athletics, and Recreation
E School of Education
G International Studies
H School of Public Health
I College of Engineering and Applied Sciences
N Nanoscale Science and Engineering Program
O Educational Opportunities Program
R School of Criminal Justice,
Rockefeller College of Public Affairs and Policy, and
School of Social Welfare
T Honors College Course
U University-Wide Offerings
X Regional Cross-Registration


The subject or departmental designation consists of three letters representing an abbreviation for the subject or the department offering the course.

Students ordinarily enroll in courses at the level appropriate to their class. The course number is a three-digit number assigned to the course by the academic unit offering the course.

The first digit reflects the level at which the course is taught. The level designations are as follows:

000-099 Noncredit courses [Exception: transfer courses having no counterpart at the University are often evaluated as the generic A HIS 010, A ENG 030, etc., meaning 100-level History elective, 300-level English elective, and so on.]

100-299 Lower-division courses, with 200-299 primarily for sophomores. Courses designed to present a large body of information without expecting a mastery of detail (e.g., survey courses in history or literature) or to present general theoretical or methodological approaches (e.g., foundation courses in the social, natural and physical sciences) or to teach skills or techniques at an introductory level (e.g., general physical education) are considered to be lower division. Lower-division courses may be expected to include elementary and may include intermediate levels of subject matter competency but not advanced levels.

300-499 Upper-division courses, with 400-499 primarily for seniors. Courses offered primarily for those who are in the third and fourth years of their university education. The content should go beyond the introductory or survey level and, in the judgment of the faculty, will require prior academic achievement and experience.

500-599 First-year graduate courses (open to seniors with appropriate background and consent of major department chairs and the course instructors).

600-699 First-year graduate courses (open to superior seniors with the approval of their advisers and the written consent of their department chairs and the course instructors).

700+ Advanced graduate courses ordinarily beyond the master’s degree and open only to graduate students.

Letter Suffixes for General Education Courses

The General Education Program employs the suffixes T, U, V, W, X, Y, and Z to identify communication and reasoning competencies.

The Meaning of Undergraduate Course Suffixes

Suffixes may be used to designate courses designed to meet competencies within the major in oral discourse, information literacy, and advanced writing. Students should note that the General Education Lookup page indicates only whether a course has been approved to be offered in certain categories. When the suffix is attached to the course offering in the Schedule of Classes, the General Education content of the course is included in that specific course offering.

For students who matriculated prior to Fall 2013 and are required to take an Information Literacy course: a section will fulfill the Information Literacy requirement if the course number ends in the suffix T, U, V, or X.

For students who matriculated prior to Fall 2013 and are required to take a Writing Intensive course: a section will fulfill the Writing Intensive requirement if the course number ends in the suffix T, V, W, or Z. U UNI 110 and A ENG 110 will also meet the requirement.

T = Writing Intensive + Information Literacy + Oral Discourse
U = Information Literacy + Oral Discourse
V = Writing Intensive + Information Literacy
W = Writing Intensive + Oral Discourse
X = Information Literacy
Y = Oral Discourse
Z = Writing Intensive


Whether a course also meets one of the other General Education requirements can be determined from the updated online lists for each category available at “General Education Lookup:” http://www.albany.edu/gened/search/search.shtml.

On MyUAlbany, the “Search Class Schedules” capability also allows students to search for courses in a term that fulfill one or more of the General Education categories. This same search capability exists from the University’s homepage: http://www.albany.edu/registrar/schedule_of_classes.html to find courses that meet one or more General Education requirements.

Additional information about the University at Albany’s courses, programs, policies and regulations can be found at the websites of the various departments, schools and offices mentioned in this bulletin, accessible from the University at Albany’s home page: http://www.albany.edu.

Equivalent Courses

If a course is cross-listed (considered equivalent) with a course from another department or school, the equivalent course is listed in parentheses after the course number with an equals sign. Therefore, if a course fulfills a requirement for a major, minor, or general education category, all courses cross-listed with that course shall be considered to fulfill the same requirement.

Students who have received graduation credit for a cross-listed course may not also receive graduation credit for the equivalent courses(s) listed in parentheses.

If a course has had its number changed within the past four years, the prior number is listed in parentheses after the current course number. Unless expressly allowed to do so in the course description, students who have received graduation credit for a course under a previous course number may not also receive graduation credit for the same course under a new course number.

Repeatable Courses

If a course may be repeated for graduation credit, this will be indicated in the course description. Sometimes the repeatability is restricted and this is also indicated in the course description: "may be repeated once for credit," "may be repeated if topic varies," etc.

If the description does not indicate the course can be repeated for credit, then a student who takes and passes the same course more than once will only receive graduation credit for that course once.

  
TEMPORARY PAGE DIVIDER

Liberal Arts and Sciences Courses

The following undergraduate courses offered by the specified school or college during 2016-2017 are considered liberal arts and sciences courses for the purposes of degree requirements for the B.A. and B.S. degrees.

(A) College of Arts and Sciences: 
all courses except A EAJ 423, A ECO 495, A HEB 450, A MUS 315, A THR 315
(B) School of Business: 
B BUS 250, B LAW 200, B LAW 220, B MGT 341, B MGT 430, B MGT 481, B MKT 351, B ITM 215
(C) College of Emergency Preparedness, Homeland Security and Cybersecurity: 
C EHC 101, 210, 242, 310, 343, 344, 345, 410.
(D) Division of Physical Education, Athletics, and Recreation: 
no courses
(E) School of Education: 
E APS 301, E APS 400, E APS 470; E CPY 360; E CPY 462; all E EST courses; E SPE 369, E SPE 460; E SPY 360; E TAP 403
(H) School of Public Health:
H HPM 310, H HPM 381; all H SPH courses
(I) College of Engineering and Applied Sciences:  
all I CSI courses; I INF 100, I INF 201, I INF 301, I INF 499, I IST 457, I IST 473; I CEN courses TBDT.
(R) School of Criminal Justice
all courses
(R) Nelson A. Rockefeller College of Public Affairs & Policy: 
all R PAD courses except R PAD 110, R PAD 111, R PAD 210, R PAD 211, R PAD 380, R PAD 381, R PAD 480, R PAD 481; all R POS courses
(R) School of Social Welfare: 
R SSW 200, R SSW 210, R SSW 220, R SSW 301, R SSW 322, R SSW 408, R SSW 409, R SSW 450, R SSW 499
(T) Honors College Courses:
all courses
(U) University-wide Courses: 
all U FSP courses, all U UNI courses, all U UNL courses
  
TEMPORARY PAGE DIVIDER

Majors

The chart below lists all University at Albany majors and whether the major leads to a B.A. or B.S. degree and whether there is an Honors Program option.

The chart that follows lists combined baccalaureate and master’s programs that are designed to assist students in accelerating completion of two degrees. Policies regarding enrollment in BAMA programs can be found in the section on Joint Degrees and Combined Bachelor's-Master's Programs.

 

UNDERGRADUATE MAJORS HEGIS
Code
B.A.
Degree
B.S.
Degree
Honors
Program
College of Arts & Sciences
Actuarial & Mathematical Sciences 1799   X X
Africana Studies 2211 X   X
Anthropology 2202 X   X
Art 1002 X   X
Art History 1003 X   X
Atmospheric Science 1913   X X
Biology 0401 X X X
Chemistry 1905 X X X
Chinese Studies 1107 X   X
East Asian Studies 0302 X   X
Economics 2204 X X X
English 1501 X   X
Geography 2206 X   X
History 2205 X   X
Human Biology 0401   X  
Interdisciplinary Majors with Concentrations
   Biochemistry & Molecular Biology 4901   X X
   Documentary Studies 4901 X   X
   Environmental Science 4901   X  X
   Globalization Studies 4901 X    
   Medieval & Renaissance Studies 4901 X   X
   Religious Studies 4901 X    
Japanese Studies 1108 X   X
Journalism 0602 X   X
Latin American, Caribbean, & U.S. Latino Studies 0308 X   X
Linguistics 1505 X   X
Mathematics 1701 X X X
Music 1005 X    
Philosophy 1509 X   X
Physics 1902   X X
Psychology 2001 X   X
Rhetoric & Communication 1506 X   X
Sociology 2208 X   X
Spanish 1105 X   X
Theatre 1107  X   X
Urban Studies and Planning      2214 X    
Women’s, Gender and Sexuality Studies 4903 X   X
School of Business
Accounting 0502   X  
Business Administration 0506   X  
Digital Forensics 0799   X  
Interdisciplinary Major with Concentration
   Financial Market Regulation 4901   X  
School of Criminal Justice
Criminal Justice 2209 X X
School of Education
Human Development 0822 X
College of Emergency Preparedness, Homeland Security and Cybersecurity
Emergency Preparedness, Homeland Security and Cybersecurity 2102 X X
College of Engineering and Applied Sciences
Computer Engineering 0999 X
Computer Science 0701 X X X
Computer Science and Applied Mathematics 0701 X X
Informatics 0799 X
Nanoscale Science and Engineering Program
Nanoscale Engineering 0915   X X
Nanoscale Science 0915   X X
Rockefeller College of Public Affairs and Policy
Political Science 2207 X   X
Public Policy and Management 2102 X   X
School of Public Health
Interdisciplinary Majors with Concentrations
   Bio-instrumentation 4901   X  
   Public Health 4901   X  
School of Social Welfare
Social Welfare 2104   X  
University-wide
Interdisciplinary Studies 4901 X X  

Combined Bachelor’s/Master’s Degree Programs

Majors HEGIS Codes Degrees
Atmospheric Science/Atmospheric Science 1913/1913 B.S./M.S.
Biology/Biology 0401/0401 B.S./M.S.
Chemistry/Chemistry 1905/1905 B.S./M.S.
Computer Science/Computer Science 0701/0701 B.S./M.S.
Computer Science & Applied Mathematics/Mathematics 0701/1701 B.S./M.A
Criminal Justice/Criminal Justice 2209/2209 B.A./M.A.
Economics/Economics 2204/2204 B.S./M.A.
Economics/Public Administration 2204/2102 B.S./M.P.A.
English/English 1501/1501 B.A./M.A.
English/Liberal Studies 1501/4901 B.A./M.A.
Geography/Geography 2206/2206 B.A./M.A.
History/History 2205/2205 B.A./M.A.
Linguistics/Teaching English to Speakers of Other Languages 1505/1508 B.A./M.S.
Mathematics/Mathematics 1701/1701 B.A./M.A.
Mathematics/Mathematics 1701/1701 B.S./M.A.
Philosophy/Philosophy 1509/1509 B.A./M.A.
Physics/Physics 1902/1902 B.S./M.S.
Political Science/Political Science 2207/2207 B.A./M.A.
Political Science/Public Administration 2207/2102 B.A./M.P.A.
Public Policy and Management/Public Administration 2102/2102 B.A./M.P.A.
Psychology/Mental Health Counseling 2001/2104 B.A./M.S.
Rhetoric & Communication/Rhetoric & Communication 1506/1506 B.A./M.A.
Sociology/Public Administration 2208/2102 B.A./M.P.A.
Sociology/Sociology 2208/2208 B.A./M.A.
Spanish/Spanish 1105/1105 B.A./M.A.
Women’s, Gender and Sexuality Studies/Women's, Gender and Sexuality Studies 4903/4903 B.A./M.A.
Any undergraduate B.A. major (except Art History, East Asian Studies, Japanese Studies, Journalism)/Information Science *1/0702 B.A./M.S.I.S
Any undergraduate B.S. major (except Accounting, Bio-instrumentation, Digital Forensics, Human Development, Informatics)/Information Science *1/0702 B.S./M.S.I.S.
*1 HEGIS code depends on undergraduate major.

Regulations Concerning Majors

The University offers majors in the General Program through the schools and colleges indicated here. In addition, there currently exist unique departmental program majors in art and music that complement the regular University major options in both of these areas.

Most majors are available with an honors program option and several majors have combined bachelor’s/master’s degree programs. Approved faculty-initiated interdisciplinary majors are also included in the University’s curricular offerings. In addition, students may design their own interdisciplinary major in accordance with procedures established by the Interdisciplinary Studies Committee of the Undergraduate Academic Council.

Declaration of Major

Freshmen are generally admitted to the University and not to a particular department, college, or school. Students may declare their intended major when they have earned 24 graduation credits. For most majors, students need only complete a minimum of 24 graduation credits to declare a major in the school or college offering their major. Other majors, however, are restricted in the sense that students must be granted formal departmental of school approval or satisfy stated admissions criteria before being officially classified as that major. Students interested in declaring or changing their majors should inquire about the specifics at the Advisement Services Center, LI 36. Students are advised to declare a major by the time they have completed 56 credits. Failure to do so may jeopardize timely graduation and may have serious consequences for financial aid recipients. For further information regarding academic requirements for financial aid recipients, please visit http://www.albany.edu/financialaid/requirements.shtml. Student athletes must follow NCAA regulations concerning declaration of major.

Restricted Majors

Currently, admission to the following majors is restricted to those who meet admission criteria or who are selected as a result of an application process.

  • Accounting
  • Art (Departmental)
  • Biochemistry and Molecular Biology (Interdisciplinary Major)
  • Bio-instrumentation (Interdisciplinary Major) 
  • Business Administration
  • Criminal Justice
  • Digital Forensics
  • Economics
  • Financial Market Regulation (Interdisciplinary Major)
  • Human Development 
  • Mathematics
  • Music (Departmental)
  • Nanoscale Engineering
  • Nanoscale Science
  • Psychology
  • Public Health (Interdisciplinary Major)
  • Rhetoric and Communication
  • Social Welfare
  • Sociology 

Selection to these restricted majors will differ depending on the degree of competition generated by other applicants and/or the completion of specific course requirements. For further details on the specific requirements and selection processes for each of these majors, please refer to the appropriate department or school description in this bulletin.

Multiple Majors

Students may elect more than one major, designating which is to be considered the “first major,” the “second major,” etc. The first major listed shall be from the department from which the student elects to receive advisement. The faculty of the school or college that offers the first major shall recommend the student for the appropriate degree. For example, a student completing the three majors biology, history, and philosophy would receive a B.S. degree if the first major were biology or a B.A. degree if the first major were history or philosophy. The first major must be established prior to the conferral date of the degree.

For each major, students must complete the major requirements as outlined in this bulletin. However, for a student with two or more majors, a specific course that is applicable to more than one of the majors may be applied toward each of the majors to which it is applicable. For example, a student with majors in accounting and economics may “double count” calculus and some economics courses, applying the credits toward both majors; if the student also had a third major in computer science, the calculus course A MAT 112 would “triple count,” applying to all three majors.

The above ability to apply a course to multiple majors is limited to the extent that all students must complete a minimum of 48 non-overlapping credits between majors and/or minors. Thus, a student with two 36 credit majors may apply up to 12 credits of coursework to each major (provided the coursework is approved to fulfill requirements in both programs). For example, a student with majors in criminal justice and sociology may apply A SOC 220 and A SOC 221 to both majors and up to 6 additional credits of coursework if they are courses that have been approved to apply to both majors.

   

Academic departments which offer more than one major can choose to develop a policy to prohibit students from declaring multiple majors within their programs. Any such policy proposal must be submitted to UAC for review and approval.

The Student-Initiated Interdisciplinary Major

In addition to existing majors offered by the University’s departments, schools and programs, a “Student-Initiated Interdisciplinary Major” option is available through the Undergraduate Academic Council’s Interdisciplinary Studies Committee. This option is designed to allow highly motivated students to meet special educational goals not available from the many existing majors at the University.

In the development of an interdisciplinary major the student and prospective faculty sponsors are asked to insure its intellectual merit by considering the following questions: Will the proposed major make it possible to undertake future disciplined inquiry such as that which is found in graduate or professional study? Will the plan promote mastery of the methodological tools relevant to the subject matter? Are there sufficient bodies of scholarly literature to allow for in-depth study in the major’s disciplines? Will the plan allow for gaining significant knowledge to read and evaluate professional and scholarly literature in the major’s disciplines?

The following information will assist in the formulation of a major.

Non-Duplication of Existing Majors: The proposed major must involve coursework in at least two different departments or schools. Moreover, the proposal must not duplicate or nearly duplicate opportunities available to University at Albany students through existing major programs.

Coherence: The proposed major must consist of a coherent, integrated program of studies. As with any other major, there must be some relationship between courses to be undertaken as well as sufficient depth of study in the area under consideration. It would also be helpful to know if models exist on other campuses for the proposed major. This information will assist the student in constructing a program of studies and the citation of an existing program will support the application for such a major.

Credits: The proposed major must consist of at least 36 but not more than 66 credits. If the major includes fewer than 54 credits, the student will be applying for a major only and will need a separate minor to meet minimum graduation requirements. If the major includes 54 or more credits, the student will be applying for a combined major and minor program and, therefore, no separate minor will be needed.

Upper Division Course Work: At least half of the credits in the proposed major must be at the 300 level or above.

Independent Study: The proposed major may include a maximum of 25% of independent study coursework.

B.A. or B.S. Degree: The coursework in the interdisciplinary major will normally dictate the type of bachelor’s degree to be earned by the student.

Faculty Sponsorship: The proposal must have a primary and a secondary faculty sponsor. The primary sponsor must also agree to serve as the student’s major advisor for the proposed program. The two sponsors must be members of the teaching faculty and must come from two different academic units (departments or schools) offering courses included in the major.

Student who believe they might like to construct their own major should begin plans as soon as possible, but the application for the major cannot be filed until the student has completed at least 30 graduation credits.

Once a student has tentatively decided on the theme for the proposed study, the Undergraduate Bulletin should be reviewed to verify that no existing major encompasses that theme. The Bulletin and the Schedule of Classes should also be used to identify possible courses which might be included in the proposed major and, based on the courses they teach, possible faculty who might be willing to serve as sponsors for the major.

Before deciding on all the details of the proposed major, the student should speak with several faculty for the following reasons: (a) to determine the likelihood of finding two faculty sponsors for the program; (b) to solicit suggestions on how to further refine, limit, or expand the chosen theme; (c) to solicit further suggestions of individual courses or sequences of courses which might be included in the major; and (d) to determine whether or not the student’s goals in creating the major are likely to be met by the combination of courses chosen.

Further information and application procedures and forms may be obtained by contacting the Office of the Vice Provost for Undergraduate Education, LC 30 (518-442-3950).

  
TEMPORARY PAGE DIVIDER

Minors

Regulations Concerning Minors

Minors Defined, Titles

A minor consists of 18–24 graduation credits which must include a minimum of 9 graduation credits of “advanced coursework” (defined as coursework requiring at least one prerequisite course and/or courses at or above the 300 level).

No student may use a minor title that is the same as the title of the student’s major.

Only the following are acceptable minor titles to appear on the academic record:

Students Required to Complete a Minor

A student is required to complete a minor if the student has only one major and that major is neither an approved “combined major and minor” nor an approved “departmental major.”

If the student with a single, non-combined, non-departmental major has only one minor, the same course may not be used to fulfill the requirements of both the major and the discrete minor, i.e., no “double counting” between the major and minor is allowed.

Students not Required to Complete a Minor

A student with two or more majors or a major that is either an approved “combined major and minor” or an approved “departmental major” is not required to have a discrete minor, but the student may elect to have one or more minors listed on the academic record.

If the student does elect one or more minors, the same course may be “double counted” toward the major (or even more than one of the majors) and toward the minor.

Similarly, if the student in a “combined major and minor program” elects one or more minors, the same course may be “double counted” toward the “minor” requirements of the combined major and toward one of the minors. Naturally, students in a combined major and minor program who complete one or more discrete minors nevertheless must complete all requirements in the combined major program.

Multiple Minors

Students may declare two or more minors. For a student with two or more minors, a specific course that is applicable to more than one of the minors may be applied toward each of the minors to which it is applicable.  No more than three courses can be utilized by multiple minors. Additionally, courses may be applied to one of the minors and to one (or more) of the applicable majors.

Restricted Minors

Currently, admission to the following minors is restricted, as outlined in the minors’ requirements:

Broadcast Meteorology

Educational Studies

Financial Market Regulation

Minors

Listed here are the minor titles that have been approved by the Undergraduate Academic Council. Action of the Council also mandates that the following may not be used as a minor title: social welfare.

Africana Studies: A minimum of 18 graduation credits (9 or more of which must be in coursework at or above the 300 level) including one course from among the following: A AFS 142, 219, 286, 287, and 490.

Anthropology: A minimum of 18 graduation credits (9 or more of which must be in coursework at or above the 300 level). Students are required to take two of the following core courses: A ANT 100, 104, 108, 110, or A ANT/A LIN 220.

Art: A minimum of 18 graduation credits (9 or more of which must be in coursework at or above the 300 level and/or in courses requiring at least one prerequisite course) from coursework with an A ART prefix. Six (6) of the required 18 credits may be from courses with an A ARH prefix or from other courses that have been approved for the major in art history.

Art History: A minimum of 18 graduation credits (9 or more of which must be in coursework at or above the 300 level and/or in courses requiring at least one prerequisite course) including A ARH 170 and 171, and 6 additional credits from coursework with an A ARH prefix. The remaining 6 credits may be selected from: any course with an A ARH prefix; A ANT 233, 334, 433; A CAS 240; A ANT/A CLA 490; A EAC 280, A HIS 303Z.

Atmospheric Science: A minimum of 20 graduation credits from coursework with an A ATM prefix, including A ATM 209, 210, 211; and at least 6 credits from all 300 level and higher A ATM courses; A ATM 490, 497, 499 are excluded. Appropriate prerequisite courses in mathematics and physics are necessary to complete the required minor courses.

Bioethics: A minimum of 18 graduation credits including an introductory course (A PHI 114 or 115 or 212); an introductory course in biology (A BIO 102, 110, 120 or A BIO 209; biology majors may substitute an advanced biology course for this requirement); Moral Problems in Medicine (A PHI 338); 3 credits at 300-level or higher in ethical and/or political theory (A PHI 320, 321, 326, 425, 474 or R POS 301, 302, 306, 307, 308, 310); and 6 credits from advanced related courses.

Advanced related courses include: A ANT 312, 360, 361, 364, 365, 418, 450; A BIO 205, 212, 214, 311, 318, 329; A ECO 381; A GOG 310; A PHI 355, A PHI 417; A PSY 329, 385, 387; A SOC 359; H SPH 342; R CRJ 405; R POS 328; U UNI 310.

Advanced related graduate courses include: A ANT 511, 517, 518; A BIO 511, 519; A ECO 509, 511, 512; A PHI 505, 506, 517; H EPI 501, 502; H HPM 501, 511; R POS/RPUB 502. Students may use other courses to fulfill the related courses requirement at the discretion of the director of the program.

Biology: A minimum of 18 graduation credits, including A BIO 110 or 120; A BIO 111 or 121; A BIO 212Y. Additional credits are selected from biology courses that yield biology credit toward the biology major.

Broadcast Meteorology: A minimum of 21 credits as follows: A ATM 200, A COM 100, 203, 265, A JRL 100, 200Z, and A ATM 490 (preferably taken as a TV internship) or A JRL 385 or A THR 343. Open only to ATM B.S. students.

Business: A minimum of 18 graduation credits as follows: B ACC 211; B ITM 215; A MAT 108 or A ECO 320; and any three of the following courses: B ACC 222, B FIN 300, B LAW 321, B MGT 341, B MKT 310, and B ITM 330.

Students majoring in criminal justice, economics, linguistics, mathematics, psychology, public affairs or sociology who complete a statistics course in the major may substitute either B LAW 200 or 220 for the statistics requirement in the business minor.

Students majoring in rhetoric and communication who complete A MAT 108 or B ITM 215 in their major may substitute either B LAW 200 or 220 in the Business minor. When both the statistics and computer requirements are involved, either B LAW 200 or 220 may substitute for statistics in the business minor and an additional 300 level course listed as a course that can be taken in the minor may substitute for computer applications in the major.

Students majoring in any major where A MAT 108 is used in their major, may substitute either B LAW 200 or 220 in the business minor.

Chemistry: A minimum of 23 or 24 graduation credits as follows: A CHM 120 (or 130 or T CHM 130) and A CHM 121 (or 131 or T CHM131), 124, 125, 220, 221, 222, 223, 226 and 227 or 344, 250 and 251.

Chinese Studies: A minimum of 21 graduation credits of which 15 must be A EAC 102, 201, and 202. The remaining 6 credits may be earned from any A EAC or A EAS course except A EAC 101 and A EAS 220.

Cognitive Science: A minimum of 18 graduation credits, (9 credits or more of which must be in coursework at or above the 300 level and/or in courses requiring a prerequisite) to include: 3 courses from: I CEN/I CSI 201, A LIN 301, 321, A PHI 416, A PSY 365; and 3 courses from the following list: I CEN/I CSI 201, I CEN/I CSI 210, I CEN/I CSI 213, I CSI 101, 409; A LIN 301, 321, 322, 421, 422; A PHI 210, 332, 415, 416, 418, 422, 432; A PSY 210, 211, 365, 381, 382.

Communication: A minimum of 18 graduation credits from coursework with an A COM prefix including A COM 100, A COM 265, and 9 or more credits in coursework at or above the 300 level.

Computer Science: A minimum of 18-19 credits of which at least 12-13 must have an I CSI prefix. I CSI/I CEN 201 or a transfer equivalent (3-4 credits) must be included except if course is applied to another major or minor. I CSI/I CEN 213 and another 3 credits with an I CSI prefix and number 300 or above must be included. The remaining 6 credits can be in I CSI courses or in the Departmentally approved list of courses that cover details of either substantive applications of computing to other disciplines (such as B ITM 215), the internal operation of computer technologies (such as I CEN/A PHY 353 or I CEN/A PHY 454), or advanced and related theory (such as A MAT 326, 372, or A PHI 432). Consult the Department of Computer Science or the Undergraduate Advisors for the College of Engineering and Applied Sciences for further information and advisement.

I CSI/I CEN 201 and I CSI/I CEN 213 are intensive courses that emphasize computer programming. They are the introductions to Computer Science that comprise the first two courses for CS majors. Suitable student choices of minor courses enable the Computer Science minor to be used either to help prepare for master's level computer science graduate study or to provide basic understanding plus breadth in the use and applications of computing technology.

Creative Writing: A minimum of 18 credits to include A ENG 102Z and A ENG 302W or 302Z; 3 additional credits with the A ENG prefix at the 200 level or higher; 3 credits from A ENG 350, A ENG 402Z, or A ENG 450; 6 credits from A ENG 300-499 (excluding A ENG 390). Students may major in English and minor in Creative Writing, but no courses may count towards both degrees.

Criminal Justice Studies: A minimum of 18 graduation credits (9 credits or more of which must be in coursework at or above the 300 level and/or in courses requiring a prerequisite) in coursework from among the following: any R CRJ or T CRJ courses; A SOC 203, 283, 380.

Documentary Studies: A minimum of 18 credits, which must include A DOC 251 (3 credits); a "Theory & History" course from the list outlined under the major (3 credits); two core "Skills" courses from the list outlined under the major (6 credits); A DOC 450 (4 credits); one elective (2-3 credits) from the “Electives” list outlined under the major.

Economics: A minimum of 18 graduation credits in coursework with an A ECO prefix as follows: A ECO 110, 111, and 12 additional credits at or above the 300 level.

Educational Studies: Students are required to complete a minimum of 18 credits of coursework offered by the School of Education. This includes a minimum of 12 credits at or above the 300 level. At least 3 credits of E EDU/E PSY 390 (Community Service) or the E CPY Middle Earth Sequence are required. No more than 6 credits may be fulfilled through E EDU/E PSY 390. To declare this minor, students must apply to the School of Education through the Pathways Into Education Center and effective Fall 2009, must have at least sophomore status at UAlbany with a UAlbany cumulative GPA of 3.0 or better.

Electronics: A minimum of 20 graduation credits as follows: A PHY 140 or 141, 145, 150 or 151, 155, 240 or 241, 415, 416, and A PHY/I CEN 353.

Emergency Preparedness, Homeland Security and Cybersecurity: A minimum of 18 graduation credits (9 or more of which must be in coursework at or above the 300 level) including:       
Core: 12 credits from C EHC/R PAD 101; C EHC/R PAD 344; R POS/R PAD 343; C EHC 242 or B FOR 201 or B FOR 204 or I CSI 124X. NOTE: Only one of B FOR 204 and I CSI 124X may be taken for credit toward the minor.
Electives: a minimum of 6 credits from A ATM 100, A ATM 103, A ATM 107, A ATM 200, A ENV/A GEO 105, A GOG 290, A GOG 484, A USP 201, A USP 315Z, A USP/A GOG 430/430Z, A USP 456/A GOG 496, A USP 474, A USP 475, B FOR 100, B FOR 201, B FOR 202, B FOR 203, B FOR 204, B FOR 300, B FOR 410, B FOR 412, H SPH 201, H SPH 231, T SPH/T POS/R PAD 272, H SPH 321, H SPH/H EHS 323, H SPH 341, I CSI 124X, I INF 202, I INF 306, R CRJ 201, R CRJ 202, R CRJ/A SOC 203, R CRJ 281, R CRJ 351, R CRJ 353/R POS 363, R CRJ 401, R CRJ 417, R CRJ 418, R POS/R PAD 140, T POS 260, T POS 261Y, R POS/R PAD 316, R POS 320, R POS/R PAD 321, R POS 336, R POS 360 and any coursework with a CEHC prefix or cross-listing prefix.      

English: A minimum of 18 graduation credits from A ENG coursework, including A ENG 205Z and 9 or more credits at or above the 300 level (excluding AENG390).

Film Studies: A minimum of 18 graduation credits (9 or more of which must be in coursework at or above the 300 level and/or in courses requiring at least one prerequisite course) including A ARH 260 and 15 credits from the following: A ARH 261, 263, 264, 267, 269, 361, 362, 363, 367, 368, 460, 461 (A WSS 461), 462, 491; A COM 378*, 386; A DOC 335 (A HIS 335), A DOC 390* (A HIS 390*); A EAS 140; A ENG 243*, 355, 419*; A FRE 208, 238 (A ARH 238), 281, 315, 415; A ITA 318; A JST 225 (A HIS 225); A LCS 315; A POR 318 (A LCS 318); A RUS 280; A SPN 318 (A LCS 314), 418; A THR 230; A WSS 280, A WSS 281* (A JRL 281*). (*When topic focuses on film.)

Financial Market Regulation: A minimum of 21 graduation credits including B ACC 211, B FIN/R PAD 236, B FIN 300, 333, 375, B FIN/R PAD 435, and either I CSI 105 or I CSI/I CEN 201. Appropriate substitutes are also acceptable with the approval of the Academic Program Advisor. Students wishing to declare the minor in Financial Market Regulation must have an overall grade point average at the University of at least 3.25 and completed the required lower-division (100-200 level) classes with at least a 3.0 average; these classes (B ACC 211; B FIN/R PAD 236; and I CSI 105 or I CSI/I CEN 201) must be taken on a graded (not S/U) basis. For additional details and information on applying for admission into the minor, see the Bachelor of Science in Interdisciplinary Studies with a faculty-initiated concentration in Financial Market Regulation under the School of Business.

French: A minimum of 18 graduation credits from coursework with an A FRE prefix above A FRE 101 including A FRE 341Z. No more than 3 credits of courses conducted in English may be used to satisfy the requirements of the minor. Students interested in declaring a French Studies minor are encouraged to meet with the coordinator of advisement for French Studies.

Geography: A minimum of 18 graduation credits (9 or more of which must be in coursework at or above the 300 level and/or in courses requiring at least one prerequisite course) from coursework with an A GOG prefix.

Globalization Studies: A minimum of 18 graduation credits (9 or more of which must be in coursework at or above the 300 level) including A GLO 103, A GOG/A GLO/A USP 225, and four additional courses, drawn from: A GLO 303/R POS 309, A GLO 402 or A GLO 403, and all courses listed in the Global Perspectives and Regional Foci categories approved for the major in Globalization Studies.

Hebrew: A minimum of 18 graduation credits in coursework with an A HEB prefix above the 102 level. Students who begin with A HEB 101 and/or 102 must complete 15 graduation credits above the 102 level. No more than 4 credits of A HEB 450 may be applied to the minor.

History: A minimum of 18 graduation credits (9 or more of which must be in coursework at or above the 300 level) in coursework with an A HIS prefix including no more than 12 credits from any one of the geographic areas of concentration listed in the Undergraduate Bulletin. A student may, on petition to the Director of Undergraduate Studies in the history department, count toward the minor one relevant course of no more than 4 credits taken in a department other than history.

Informatics: A minimum of 18 graduation credits including I INF 100; I INF 201; I INF 202; any one course from among I INF 108, I CSI 101, 105, I CSI/I CEN 201; and any two courses with prerequisites from one of the Informatics cognate options, as follows:

General: any two courses from among I CSI 203, 204, 205, 300, 410, I INF 203, 303 or 423, 304 or 424, 362, 403, 404, 470, 496. I IST 402, 433. This option is open to students with any major EXCEPT the B.S. in Informatics.

Art: any two courses from among A ART 244, 280 (or A ARH 283), 281 (or A ARH 268), 344, and 348. This option is only open to students with an Art major.

Communication: any two courses from among A COM 369, 375, 430Z, and 465. This option is only open to students with a Communication major.

Computer Science: any two courses between I CSI 300 and I CSI 479 or between I INF 400 and I INF 496, excluding I INF 460 through I INF 469. This option is only open to students with a Computer Science major.

Criminal Justice: any two courses from among I INF 306, R CRJ 393, R CRJ 399 (GIS only), R CRJ 418, R CRJ 592 (only available to BA/MA students), A GOG 496, one of B FOR 201 or B FOR 202. This option is only open to students with a Criminal Justice Major.

Economics: any two courses from among A ECO 401, 427, 466, 480/580, A MAT 363, 369, A SOC 370, B ITM 322, 330. This option is only open to students with an Economics major.

Geography: any two courses from among A GOG 406, 414, 484 and 485. This option is only open to students with a Geography major.

Journalism: any two courses from among A JRL 330, A JRL 363, A JRL 420, A DOC 442 (or A WSS 442), A JRL 460Z, A JRL 487Z. This option is only open to students with a Journalism major.

Physics: A PHY 451 (or I CSI 451 or I INF 451) and either A PHY/I CEN 353 or A PHY 415. This option is only open to students with a Physics major.

Sociology: any two courses from among A SOC 270, A SOC 370, and selected sections of A SOC 420W/420Z, A SOC 475W/475Z, A SOC 481W/481Z as determined by department. This option is only open to students with a Sociology major.

Women's Studies: A WSS 342X and 442 (or A DOC 442). This option is only open to students with a Women’s Studies major.

International Studies: A minimum of 18 graduation credits (9 or more of which must be in coursework at or above the 300 level and/or in courses requiring at least one prerequisite course) following one of the tracks below.

International Development Studies Track: NOTE: No more than 9 credits with the same prefix or cross-listed prefix may be used in this track.
Required Core: A GLO 103, A GOG/A GLO 447
Electives, a minimum of 4 courses from the following list, at least 2 of which must be at the 300 level or above: A AFS/A GOG 270, A AFS/A HIS 286, A AFS/A HIS 287, A AFS 311, A AFS 322, A AFS/A HIS 386, A BIO 311/A GOG 310/U UNI 310, A ECO 330, A ECO 360, A ECO/A EAS 362, A GLO/A GOG/A USP 225, A GLO/A GOG/A USP 266, A GLO/A GOG 366, A GLO 410, A GLO 411, A GOG/A LCS 250, A GOG 344, A GOG/A LCS 354, A HIS 144, A HIS 158, A HIS/A EAS 177, A HIS 371, A HIS 373, A HIS/A LCS/A WSS 451, A LCS 203, A LCS 359, A LCS/A ECO 361, A LCS 374, A LCS 410, A PHI 355, A SOC 225/A LCS 225, A SOC 320, A WSS 308, A WSS 361, A WSS 412, A WSS/A LCS 430, H SPH 321, R POS/A LCS 349, R POS 351, R POS 353, R POS 355, R POS/A LCS 357, R POS 361, R POS 362, R POS 366/R PAD 364, R POS 367, R POS/A EAC 373, R POS 375, R POS 377, R POS 386, R POS/R PAD 395, R POS 474.

Social and Cultural Area Studies Track:
This Track is designed to enable a student who studies abroad on an approved SUNY Program, to combine 6-12 Study Abroad credits (prefix GINS) with 6-12 other credits, so as to focus on the cultures and language(s) of one foreign country or world region. The program of study for the track must be approved by the Office of the Vice Provost for International Education and it should not duplicate the content or purpose of any existing minor or major at UAlbany. The courses taken at UAlbany should include at least two of the following, which provide an introduction to the study of culture, linguistics and society suitable to enhancing the understanding of a study abroad experience: A ANT 108, A ANT 220/A ENG 217/A LIN 220, A ANT/A LIN 321, A ANT/A LIN 322, A ANT/A LIN 325, A ANT 340, A ANT 390, A ANT 480, A SOC/A LCS 225, A LCS 410, A WSS/A AFS/A LCS 240, A WSS 308. The selection of courses for the track may also include foreign language or foreign area studies courses pertinent to the country or world region under study.

Italian: A minimum of 18 graduation credits from coursework with an A ITA prefix above A ITA 100, including A ITA 206, 207, 301Z.

Japanese Studies: A minimum of 21 graduation credits of which 15 must be A EAJ 102, 201, and 202. The remaining 6 credits may be earned from any A EAJ or A EAS course except A EAJ 101 and A EAS 220.

Journalism: A minimum of 18 graduation credits including A JRL 100, A JRL 200Z, A JRL 201Z, and 9 credits of electives from 300-level and 400-level courses. Only 3 credits of A JRL 495 (Internship) may apply to the minor.

Judaic Studies: A minimum of 18 graduation credits (9 or more of which must be in coursework at or above the 300 level) from coursework in the Judaic Studies Program or other relevant departments. No more than 4 credits from among A HEB 450 or A JST 450 or 490 may be applied to the minor.

Korean Studies: A minimum of 21 graduation credits of which 15 must be A EAK 102, 201, and 202. The remaining 6 credits may be earned from any A EAK or A EAS course except A EAK 101 and A EAS 220.

Latin American and Caribbean Studies: A minimum of 18 graduation credits (9 or more of which must be in coursework at or above the 300 level) to include: A LCS 100; A LCS 150, 201 or 302; A LCS 102 or 269; and 9 additional credits in coursework with an A LCS prefix.

Lesbian, Gay, Bisexual, Transgender and Queer Studies: A minimum of 18 graduation credits to include A WSS 202, A WSS 240, A SOC 362/A WSS 363; and 9 credits from the following, of which 6 credits should be at the 300-level or higher: A WSS 101, A ENG 240, A WSS/A SOC 262, A WSS/R POS 333, A WSS/R POS 346, A WSS/A ENG 362, A WSS 401, A WSS 412, A WSS/A ENG 416, A WSS 497, and (with approval of Minor Director) A WSS 397 or A WSS 492.

Library and Information Science: A minimum of 18 graduation credits including I CSI 105; I INF 201; I IST 523; I IST 601; I IST 602, and one additional I IST course at the 500 level or above. The minor is open only to students in the combined Bachelor's/Master's program in the Department of Information Science.

Linguistics: A minimum of 18 graduation credits, including A LIN 220, A LIN 321 or 322 and 6 additional credits in courses with an A LIN prefix. (A LIN 289 may not be used to satisfy the requirements for the minor.) The remaining credits may be selected from courses with an A LIN prefix or from the following courses which are approved electives within the linguistics major: A ANT 424; A CLC 125; A COM 373, 465; one of I CSI 101, I CSI/I CEN 201 or I CSI/I CEN 213; A ENG 311; A FRE 306, 406, 450, A PHI 210, 332, 415, 432; A POR 402, A PSY 365, 381; A SPN 401, 402, 405; one of A PSY 210, A MAT 108 or A SOC 221.

Mathematics: A minimum of 18 graduation credits in courses with an A MAT prefix numbered 108 or higher. These credits must include a minimum of 12 credits at or above the 200 level.

Medical Anthropology: A minimum of 18 graduation credits (9 or more of which must be in coursework at or above the 300 level and/or in courses requiring at least one prerequisite course) as follows: A ANT 108 and 211; at least 3 credits from the series A ANT 340, 361, 364, 365, 381, 450; at least 3 credits from the series A ANT 119, 311, 319, 414, 415, 418, 441; the remaining 6 credits may be taken from any of the preceding courses as well as from the following additional courses: A BIO 117, 209, 308, A SOC 359.

Medieval and Renaissance Studies: A minimum of 18 graduation credits (9 or more of which must be in coursework at or above the 300 level and/or in courses requiring at least one prerequisite course) including 3 credits from History courses, 3 credits from Literature and Philosophy courses, 3 credits from Art and Music courses. The remaining 9 credits are to be selected from any of the approved courses listed below.

Core Courses: A ARH 331, 342; A ENG 330, 331, 332; A HIS 235, 336, 337, 338, 339, 346; A PHI 311.

Art and Music Elective Courses: A ARH 230, 303, 332, 442, 499 (approval required); A MUS 230, 287 (approval required).

History Elective Courses: A HIS 336, 337, 391 (approval required), 463.

Literatures and Cultures Courses: A ENG 341, 342, 346 (replaces 344 and 345), 348, other English topics courses, as appropriate (approval required); A FRE 202 (approval required), 455 (approval required; taught in French); A ITA 315, 441; A SPN 311, A SPN 482.

Philosophy Courses: A PHI 311, 312.

Global Perspectives: A EAC 471, A EAS 478.

Music: A minimum of 19 graduation credits to include A MUS 100; A MUS 231; A MUS 110 or A MUS 245; 3 electives with an A MUS prefix at the 300-level or above or courses having at least one prerequisite, not to include lessons or ensembles; and one semester of ensemble chosen from 180, 182, 184, 185, 186, 187, 287 or 289.

Neuroscience: A minimum of 21 graduation credits to include 18 credits from A PSY 101, 214, A BIO 120, 121, 341, A BIO/A PSY 490; and 3 credits from A PSY 314, 387, 388, A BIO 441.

Organizational Studies: A minimum of 18 graduation credits selected from the following courses: A COM 369, A ECO 370, A PSY 341, 450, A SOC 342, 357, 450Z, 494, R PAD 302, R PAD 303, R PAD/R POS 329. A student may petition the director of the minor program to take a course not listed. Note: each of these courses has prerequisites.

Philosophy: A minimum of 18 graduation credits (9 or more of which must be in coursework at or above the 300 level and/or in courses requiring at least one prerequisite course) from coursework with an A PHI prefix, including at least two of the following: A PHI 110 or 111, 210, 212, 310, 312.

Physics: A minimum of 18 graduation credits as follows: A PHY 140 or 141, 150 or 151, 240 or 241, and 250; and at least two courses with an A PHY prefix at the 300 level or above.

Political Science: A minimum of 18 graduation credits (9 or more of which must be in coursework at or above the 300 level and/or in courses requiring at least one prerequisite course) from coursework with an R POS prefix, including R POS 101.

Portuguese: A minimum of 18 graduation credits from coursework with an A POR prefix.

Psychology: A minimum of 18 graduation credits (9 or more of which must be in coursework at or above the 300 level and/or in courses requiring at least one prerequisite course) from coursework with an A PSY prefix, including A PSY 101 or 102.

Public Health: A minimum of 18 graduation credits as follows: 12 credits from the following core courses: H SPH 201; H SPH 321, H SPH 341 and H SPH 342; one course chosen from the following: A PHI 115, H SPH 202, H SPH/H HPM 310; and one course chosen from the following: H SPH 231, A ANT 418.

Public Policy: A minimum of 18 credits including A ECO 110, R PAD 140, R PAD 302, R PAD 316, R POS 101, and one 300-level electives in Public Administration and Policy. Students whose major requires A ECO 110 or R POS 101 must substitute an additional elective in Public Administration and Policy. Students who have taken a different 300-level course in statistics may waive R PAD 316, but must then take an additional 300-level elective in Public Administration and Policy. 

Religious Studies: A minimum of 18 graduation credits (9 or more of which must be in coursework at or above the 300 level and/or in courses requiring at least one prerequisite course) including A PHI 214 and one of the following methodological courses: A ANT 363, A PHI 322. Of the remaining credits, 6 credits must be chosen from core courses, the remainder from either core or supplementary courses or, with the approval of the director of the program, other course offerings. No more than 9 credits from any one department may be included in the minimum 18 credits required for the minor.

Core Courses: A REL 100, 299, 397, 499; A AFS 341; A ANT 363; A HIS 235, 324; A JST 150; A PHI 322, 412. In addition, special topics courses (e.g., A ENG 378, A PHI 340, A PSY 450) may be included when the given topic directly concerns religious studies.

Supplementary courses: A ARH 303; A ARH/A CLA 207; A HIS 339, 381, 425, 463; A JST 251, 252, 253; A RUS 251.      

Rhetoric and Communication: See Communication

Russian: A minimum of 18 graduation credits in courses with A RUS prefix as advised with at least 9 credits in coursework at the 300 level or above and/or in courses requiring at least one prerequisite course. Courses with direct relevance to Russian studies completed in Study Abroad programs and in History, Political Science, and other Arts and Sciences departments may be approved by the director of the Russian minor.

Russian and Eastern European Studies: A minimum of 18 graduation credits from among the following with no more than 6 credits from any one prefix: A HIS 352, 353, 354, 355; A RUS 161, 162, 251, 252, 253; R POS 354, 356, 452Z.

Sociology: A minimum of 18 graduation credits (9 or more of which must be in coursework at or above the 300 level) from coursework with an A SOC prefix, including A SOC 115.

Spanish: A minimum of 18 graduation credits from coursework with an A SPN prefix above A SPN 200, including A SPN 303 (formerly A SPN 496), A SPN 310 (formerly A SPN 223), and one A SPN 300 level elective.

Statistics: A minimum of 18 graduation credits in courses with an A MAT prefix numbered 105 or above, including either (1) A MAT 362, 363, and 369 or (2) A MAT 367, 467, and 468. NOTE: This minor is not open to students with a major in Mathematics.

Sustainability: A minimum of 18 graduation credits (9 of which must be in coursework at or above the 300 level), including at least 3 credits in each of 3 categories:
(i) Natural/Physical Sciences: A ATM 304, A BIO 102, A BIO 120, A BIO 222, A BIO 311, A BIO 327, A BIO 427, A ENV 105, A ENV 450, A GOG/A ENV/A GEO 201.
(ii) Social Sciences/Humanities: A ANT 334, A ANT 414, A ECO 110, A GLO 103, A GOG 344, A GOG 350, A HIS 276, A HIS 277, A HIS 317, A HIS 329, A HIS 407, A WSS 430Z.
(iii) Planning: A ECO 385, A GOG/A USP 125, A GOG/A USP 220, A GOG/A USP 225, A GOG/A USP 430, A PHI 474, A USP 201, A USP 432.

Theatre: A minimum of 18 graduation credits from coursework with an A THR prefix, 9 or more of which must be in coursework at or above the 300 level. Internship credits (A THR 390 and 490) may not be used to satisfy minor requirements. Students are urged to seek departmental advisement in planning their minors and in selecting courses. General suggestions for planning a minor follow:

Students interested in theatrical production - performance/design/technology/management - are encouraged to choose from A THR 120, 135, 240, 314, 340, and 370; those with a particular interest in literature, history and theory should consider A THR 457; and for all minors, A THR 121 and 300 are recommended.

Urban Studies and Planning: A minimum of 18 graduation credits (9 or more of which must be in coursework at or above the 300 level) as follows: A USP/A GOG 125, A USP/A GOG 220 or A USP 201, and A USP/A GOG/A GLO 225; and 3 courses from A ANT 334, 372; A ECO 341, 356; A GOG/A EAS/A LCS 321, A GOG/A USP 324, 330, 480, A GOG 496/A USP 456; A HIS 303, 317, 318; A USP 315, 320, 425, 426, 430, 432, 436, 437, 443, 449, 451, 452, 474, 475, 476, 485, 490, 497; A SOC 373, 473; R POS/R PAD 321, R POS 323, R POS 424.

U.S. Latino Studies: A minimum of 18 required credits in LCS courses. At least 9 of these credits should be at the 300 level or above. 9 credits to include the following courses: A LCS 100, 201, and 269; 9 additional credits from the following courses: A LCS 318, 357, 359, 374, 402, 415, and 475, or any other appropriate LCS courses as advised.

Women's, Gender and Sexuality Studies: A minimum of 18 graduation credits (9 or more of which must be in coursework at or above the 300 level), including A WSS 100 or A WSS 101 or A WSS 240. In addition to A WSS prefix courses, any course cross-listed with A WSS (from Africana Studies, Anthropology, Art, Classics, East Asian Studies, English, Judaic Studies, Latin American, Caribbean, and U.S. Latino Studies, Music, Philosophy, Political Science, or Sociology) will count towards the requirement, as will A HIS 256 and A HIS 293. Special Topics courses in other departments that focus on women’s issues are also acceptable with the approval of the Chair of the Women’s, Gender, and Sexuality Studies Department or when offered as A WSS 299, 399, or 498.

  
TEMPORARY PAGE DIVIDER

General Education Program

The University at Albany's General Education Program has made a multi-year transition to new requirements. The General Education Program requirements effective with this 2016-2017 Undergraduate Bulletin apply to all students matriculating in Fall 2016. This includes students mastering General Education Academic Competencies of Advanced Writing, Oral Discourse, Information Literacy, and Critical Thinking through the completion of their declared majors. Continuing students who matriculated prior to Fall 2016 follow similar but modified requirements.

For complete details on the General Education Program, see the General Education website: http://www.albany.edu/generaleducation.


The General Education Program at the University at Albany proposes a set of knowledge areas, perspectives, and competencies considered by the University to be central to the intellectual development of every undergraduate.

The General Education Program is intended to provide students with a foundation that prepares them for continued work within their chosen major and minor fields, and gives them the intellectual habits that will enable them to become lifelong learners. Courses within the program are designed not only to enhance students’ knowledge, but to provide them as well with new ways of thinking and with the ability to engage in critical analysis and creative activity.

The characteristics of and the rationale and goals for the specific requirements of the General Education Program are discussed in greater detail below.

Characteristics of General Education Courses

The General Education Program as a whole has the following characteristics. Different courses within the Program emphasize different characteristics.

General education offers explicit understandings of the procedures and practices of disciplines and interdisciplinary fields.

General education provides multiple perspectives on the subject matter, reflecting the intellectual and cultural diversity within and beyond the University.

General education emphasizes active learning in an engaged environment that enables students to become producers as well as consumers of knowledge.

General education promotes critical thinking about the assumptions, goals, and methods of various fields of academic study, and the interpretive, analytic, and evaluative competencies central to intellectual development.


Requirements of the program for students matriculating Fall 2014 and thereafter:

    1) A minimum of 30 credits of coursework in the following areas:

Math and Statistics 1 course
Writing and Critical Inquiry* 1 course
Arts** 1 course
Humanities** 1 course
Natural Sciences 1 course
Social Sciences 1 course
U.S. History 1 course
International Perspectives 1 course
Foreign Languages 1 course
Challenges for the 21st Century 1 course

*Writing and Critical Inquiry course must be completed with a grade of C or better or S.
** No single course can be used to satisfy BOTH the Humanities and the Arts requirement.

    2) Academic Competencies of Advanced Writing, Oral Discourse, Information Literacy, and Critical Thinking through completion of a major.

Course Selection

While the majority of General Education courses are at the 100 and 200 level, the General Education Program at the University at Albany can extend throughout the four years of undergraduate study. Indeed, certain requirements may be more appropriately completed during the junior and senior years. Students who are required to take Writing and Critical Inquiry are expected to do so within the first two semesters of study.

Students may not use the same course to fulfill both the Arts and the Humanities categories. Otherwise, if a course fulfills more than one category, students may use the course to fulfill all of those categories. Although such “double counting” may reduce the number of courses needed to fulfill General Education, to graduate from the University, each student must have satisfactorily completed a minimum of thirty (30) graduation credits in courses designated as General Education requirements. If a course fulfilling a General Education category also meets a major or minor requirement, there is no prohibition against counting the course toward General Education and the major or minor.

Overview of the General Education Categories

The General Education Program is designed to provide students with a set of skills essential both for academic success and for becoming effective citizens in the 21st century. Among these skills, Writing and Critical Thinking as well as Mathematics and Statistics are considered to be important foundations for other areas of students’ academic success.

The humanities and arts, natural sciences, and social sciences are commonly considered to be the core of a liberal arts education. Courses in these categories are designed to familiarize students with the objectives, assumptions, subject matters, methods, and boundaries of knowledge organized in terms of academic disciplines. The requirements seek to introduce students to a broad range of disciplinary and interdisciplinary perspectives and areas of knowledge.

Equally central to a liberal arts education is an understanding of history—the recognition that the world we inhabit today had its origins in and has been shaped by the events of the past, and that to understand our current situation we must try as best we can to understand the past. Of similar importance is an understanding of the origins, development and significance of human cultures, and the recognition of cultural distinctiveness and multiplicity. Courses in the categories of U.S. History and International Perspectives are designed to increase students’ understanding of the history of this nation (U.S.), of its cultural diversity, of histories and cultures that have played a major role in the development of the U.S., and of cultures and histories beyond those of the U.S. Courses in the Challenges for the 21st Century category address the historical roots and contemporary manifestations of challenges that lie ahead as students move into the world beyond the University at Albany.

The Foreign Language requirement is also designed to enhance students' global awareness and to expand their knowledge of different cultures.

Definition of General Education Categories

Mathematics and Statistics: Approved courses introduce students to or extend their knowledge of precalculus, calculus, discrete mathematics, probability, statistics and/or data analysis. Courses may be offered in the Department of Mathematics and Statistics and in other departments that have expertise in quantitative reasoning and data analysis and that offer appropriate courses, particularly in statistics or discrete structures.

A student who has achieved a score of 85 or above on the Regents “Math B” Exam (former “Mathematics Course III” Exam) or on a recognized standardized examination indicating readiness to enter precalculus will be considered to have fulfilled this requirement.

Writing and Critical Inquiry: The Writing and Critical Inquiry (WCI) Program introduces students to intellectual inquiry at the university with a focus on academic writing. Students must complete U UNI 110 (or approved equivalent A ENG 110) with a grade of C or better or S by the end of their second semester at the University at Albany. The seminar is devoted to rigorous practice in writing as a discipline itself and as an essential form of inquiry in postsecondary education. It reflects the importance of writing as a vehicle for learning and a means of expression. It also emphasizes the essential role of writing in students’ lives as citizens, workers, and productive members of their communities.

Based on established principles of rhetorical theory, Writing and Critical Inquiry provides students opportunities for sustained practice in writing so that students gain a deeper understanding of writing as a mode of inquiry and develop their ability to negotiate varied writing and reading tasks in different academic and non-academic contexts. Through rigorous assignments that emphasize analysis and argument, students learn to engage in writing as an integral part of critical inquiry in college-level study, become familiar with the conventions of academic discourse, and sharpen their skills as researchers, while improving their command of the mechanics of prose composition. WCI also helps students develop competence in the uses of digital technologies as an essential 21st century skill for inquiry and communication. For additional information, visit: http://www.albany.edu/wci.

Students will also meet advanced writing requirements as established by the department or program within which they are enrolled as a major.

The Arts: Approved courses provide instruction in or about a medium of creative expression. Courses may focus on the physical practice and techniques of the medium, on its critical and theoretical interpretation, on its historical development, or on a combination of these approaches. Courses explicate the methods used to study and critique the medium as a vital element of personal or cultural expression and exchange.

Approved courses generally fall into one of five categories:

  1. introductions to the disciplines
  2. introductions to subfields in the disciplines
  3. courses on the physical practice of a medium (studio art, creative writing, music composition or performance, dance, and theatre acting, directing or stagecraft)
  4. instructional courses on the skills and methods required and their critical evaluation
  5. courses focused upon performance

Humanities: Approved courses are concerned with defining and disputing that which is understood to be quintessentially "human:" studying language, texts, thought, and culture; their definition, interpretation, and historical development; and their reflection of human values, beliefs, and traditions. Courses in a variety of disciplines explicate the underlying assumptions, methods of study, practices, theories, and disputes appropriate to those disciplines.

Approved courses generally fall into one of three categories:

  1. introductions to basic materials and methods in the disciplines
  2. introductions to subfields or groupings of materials in the disciplines
  3. literature and culture courses taught in a foreign language higher than the third- semester level

Natural Sciences: Approved courses show how understandings of natural phenomena are obtained using the scientific method, including data collection, hypothesis development, employment of mathematical analysis, and critical evaluation of evidence. Courses provide an overview of major principles and concepts underpinning a discipline's current base of knowledge and discuss major topics at the current frontiers of disciplinary knowledge. Courses show how answers to fundamental questions in science can change the world in which we live and often explore how social issues can influence scientific research. Opportunities for scientific inquiry within laboratory and/or field settings may be provided.

Approved courses generally fall into one of three categories:

  1. introductions to scientific disciplines, designed for majors, non-majors, or both
  2. introductions to disciplinary subfields, designed for majors, non-majors, or both
  3. courses open to majors and non-majors on broad topics that are addressed by one or more scientific disciplines and which may focus on the application of science to practical issues

Social Sciences: Approved courses provide theory and instruction on the role of institutions, groups and individuals in society. The focus of these courses is on the interaction of social, economic, political, geographic, linguistic, religious, and/or cultural factors, with emphasis on the ways humans understand the complex nature of their existence. Courses include discussion of skills and practices used by the social sciences: data collection, hypothesis development, employment of mathematical analysis, and critical evaluation of evidence. Opportunities to experience social science methods in the field may be provided.

Approved courses generally fall into one of three categories:

  1. introductions to the various disciplines of the social sciences
  2. introductions to disciplinary subfields, designed for majors, non-majors, or both
  3. courses open to majors and non-majors on broad topics that are addressed by one or more social scientific disciplines

U.S. History: Approved courses focus on specific narratives or themes in the historical unfolding of the United States, including political, economic, social, cultural and/or intellectual dimensions. All courses will feature an explicitly historical organization; deal with topics of national, as opposed to regional or local, import; and consider a topic of sufficient specificity for the course to be coherent, but over a period long enough to ensure that the historical dynamic is clearly visible. Students should acquire knowledge of substance and methods for comprehending the narratives or themes presented.

Certain of these courses will balance topical focus and chronological breadth. A student who has achieved a score of 85 or above on the Regents Examination in “United States History and Government” will be considered to have fulfilled the chronological breadth criterion. Therefore, such a student has the choice of fulfilling the requirement by completing a course chosen from the basic list (Part 1 U.S. History) available to all students or from a list of more specialized courses (Part 2 U.S. History). All other students must complete a Part 1 U.S. History course. The more specialized courses cover to some extent knowledge of common institutions in American society and how they have affected different groups, provide an understanding of America's evolving relationship with the rest of the world, and deal substantially with issues of American history.

International Perspectives: Approved courses and study abroad programs develop students’ understanding of the history, cultures and/or traditions of any region, nation, or society beyond the United States. Students must fulfill this requirement in one of two ways:

  1. participating in a study abroad program that earns University at Albany academic credit
  2. taking a course that meets the learning objectives (this includes courses taught in a foreign language beyond the elementary level that addresses histories, institutions, economies, societies, and cultures beyond those of the United States)

Foreign Language: One course of at least 3 credits in a language other than English. This requirement is also considered satisfied for students who have

Challenges for the 21st Century: This category is specific to UAlbany. Since it is a “local” requirement, even students who have completed all their general education courses at another SUNY college/university, or have completed their A.A. or A.S. at another SUNY campus, must complete 3 credits in this local UAlbany category.

Approved courses in the category of Challenges for the 21st Century address a variety of issues focusing on challenges and opportunities in such areas as cultural diversity and pluralism, science and technology, social interaction, ethics, global citizenship, and others, and may include interdisciplinary approaches. Courses in this category will be expected to address the historical roots and contemporary manifestations of challenges that lie ahead as students move into the world beyond the University at Albany.

Transfer Course Policies

Transfer students who have earned an Associate of Arts (A.A.) or an Associate of Science (A.S.) degree from a SUNY state-operated campus or SUNY community college shall be considered to have completed all SUNY-wide General Education requirements at UAlbany. The "Challenges for the 21st Century" requirement will not be waived by an A.A. or A.S. degree.

In accordance with the Trustees’ policies, if a student from a SUNY state-operated campus or SUNY community college has fulfilled, as determined by the policies of the other SUNY campus, one or more of the Trustees-mandated general educational categories, the University at Albany will also consider the student to have fulfilled that category or those categories. This is true even if 1) Albany requires more credits or courses for the given category; 2) the requirement is fulfilled by a course whose Albany equivalent does not fulfill the same requirement; 3) the student received a non-transferable but minimally passing grade in the course; 4) due to limits on total transferable credits, the student is unable to include that course among those transferred to Albany; 5) the student was waived from the requirement based on high school achievement or other standards different from those employed by Albany; or 6) the student was covered by a blanket waiver of the requirement by the SUNY Provost because the other SUNY campus was not yet able to implement the given requirement.

The same principle of reciprocity should apply to students who transfer from non-SUNY schools. If a course approved for transfer from a non-SUNY school is deemed to be equivalent to a University at Albany course that meets a general education requirement, the student shall be considered to have fulfilled the Albany general education category represented by that course. This is true even if 1) Albany requires more credits or courses for the given category; 2) the student receives a non-transferable but minimally passing grade in the course; or 3) due to limits on total transferable credits, the student is unable to include that course among those transferred to Albany.

Students may present credit for courses the University deems equivalent to these requirements, but for the transfer course to fulfill the Writing and Critical Inquiry requirement it must be completed with a grade of C or better, or a grade of S. Transferable English composition classes taught through university in the high school programs or in advanced placement courses will not satisfy the Writing and Critical Inquiry requirement.

Students who feel they have not been appropriately accorded General Education equivalence for any given course or courses are encouraged to consult with their academic advisor. If the academic advisor determines that the student has not been awarded appropriate equivalency, the student or the advisor may then appeal the decision through established procedures. Students who believe their transfer work or academic circumstances may justify a waiver or substitution for part of the general education requirements may appeal to the General Education Committee through the Office of the Vice Provost for Undergraduate Education (LC 30). For information on appealing how transfer work has been applied to the General Education requirements, see "Transfer Credit Appeals" at http://www.albany.edu/transfer_students.

Transfer Credit D Grades: Except for the University’s Writing and Critical Inquiry requirements, for which a grade equivalent to C or higher is required, either pre- or postmatriculation transfer work graded D+, D or D- in a course that applies to one or more of the University’s General Education requirements may be applied toward fulfilling the requirements, even if the student receives no graduation credit for the course.

Administration of the Program

The Office of the Vice Provost and Dean for Undergraduate Education is responsible for the administration of the program, including interpretation of legislation, assessing the number of seats required and communicating that information to Deans, evaluation of courses, faculty development and program assessment. The Office of the Vice Provost and Dean for Undergraduate Education shall also have the explicit authority to grant waivers and make appropriate substitutions for individual students, and to decertify courses that do not meet the program’s standards. The Vice Provost shall have sufficient material and human resources to meet these responsibilities.

The General Education Committee is a subcommittee of the Undergraduate Academic Council (UAC). This Committee is responsible for the administration of the General Education Program. Its composition is determined by the University Senate.

Course proposals originate in departments or programs, pass through college and school curriculum committees where appropriate, and are reviewed by the General Education Committee. It is the responsibility of the Vice Provost and Dean for Undergraduate Education and of the General Education Committee to ensure that course proposals meet the values and criteria of the General Education Program. Proposals for new and revised general education courses must be approved by the General Education Committee and the Undergraduate Academic Council of the University Senate.

The General Education Committee will review approved courses on a regular cycle of three years. At the end of the review process, the committee will continue the course for another three-year cycle, suggest revisions necessary for its continuance, or designate the course to be discontinued as a general education course, effective at the end of the spring term of the next academic year. Any decision to discontinue a course must provide sufficient opportunity for appeal and revision.

The General Education Advisory Board is advisory to the General Education Committee of the UAC. Its purpose is to ensure that the principles and practices of the General Education program are well understood by all stakeholders, and that all concerned parties understand that General Education courses are an integral part of undergraduate work. In this context, the Board is responsible for soliciting student input on an ongoing basis about desirable General Education courses, and work with deans and department chairs to find support for faculty to design and teach such courses. In addition, the General Education Advisory Board will work with major departments and the General Education Assessment Committee to develop a structure or process by which departments will verify how students acquire competencies in critical thinking, oral and written communication, and information literacy within the framework of majors. The General Education Advisory Board’s members are approved by a majority vote of the Undergraduate Academic Council.

General Education Courses

The most up-to-date information on courses approved for General Education categories can be found on the General Education website’s “General Education Lookup” page: www.albany.edu/generaleducation/course_lookup.php.

On MyUAlbany, the “Search Class Schedules” capability also allows students to search for courses in a term that fulfill one or more of these General Education categories. This same search capability exists from the University’s homepage to find courses that meet one or more of the General Education requirements: www.albany.edu/registrar/schedule_of_classes.html.

Course suffixes T, U, V, W, X, Y, Z:
Suffixes may be used to designate courses designed to meet competencies within the major in oral discourse, information literacy, and advanced writing. Students should note that the General Education Look-up page indicates only whether a course has been approved to be offered in certain categories. When the suffix is attached to the course offering in the Schedule of Classes, the General Education content of the course is included in that specific course offering.

For students who matriculated prior to Fall 2013 and are required to take an Information Literacy course: a section will fulfill the Information Literacy requirement if the course number ends in the suffix T, U, V, or X.

For students who matriculated prior to Fall 2013 and are required to take a Writing Intensive course: a section will fulfill the Writing Intensive requirement if the course number ends in the suffix  T, V, W, or Z. U UNI 110 and A ENG 110 will also meet the requirement.

  
TEMPORARY PAGE DIVIDER

Honors, Awards, and Prizes

Departmental/Major Honors Programs

In an effort to provide challenging and alternative curricular options to its best undergraduates, the University encourages its academic departments and programs to offer high quality honors programs. The main focus of the honors degree is the honors project, which is conceived as an original piece of written research or a creative project submitted in the senior year. Currently, honors programs exist in the following majors: actuarial & mathematical sciences, Africana studies, anthropology, art, art history, atmospheric science, biology, biochemistry and molecular biology (interdisciplinary), chemistry, Chinese studies, computer science (both B.S. programs), criminal justice, documentary studies (interdisciplinary), East Asian studies, economics, English, environmental science (interdisciplinary), geography,  history, Japanese studies, journalism, Latin American studies, linguistics, mathematics, Medieval and Renaissance studies (interdisciplinary), philosophy, physics, political science, psychology, public policy, rhetoric and communication, sociology, Spanish, and women’s, gender and sexuality studies. Descriptions of these programs may be found under the academic unit offering the program.

Degree with Honors

University-wide Latin honors are conferred at graduation. A student will be graduated:

Latin Honors Residence Criteria: For graduation with honors, students must have completed a minimum of 56 credits in courses for which they registered at this University, including a minimum of 40 University at Albany credits graded on the A-E basis.

Grade Changes after Graduation Affecting Honors: Students who have received a change of grade following graduation may appeal for graduation with honors through the Registrar's Office.

Dean’s List

A full-time student shall be placed on the Dean’s List of Distinguished Students for a particular semester if the following conditions are met:

Within the award semester, matriculated students must have completed at UAlbany a minimum of 12 graduation credits in courses graded A–E, with no grade lower than a C, and with no incomplete (I) grades.

Once an incomplete grade has been changed to a grade not lower than a C, the student may file an appeal for inclusion on the Dean's List with the Committee on Academic Standing of the Undergraduate Academic Council. For a student’s first matriculated semester at the University, the student's semester average must be 3.25 or higher; for all other students, the semester average must be 3.50 or higher.

Dean’s Commendation for Part-Time Students

A part-time student shall receive the Dean’s Commendation for Part-Time Students for a particular semester if the following conditions are met:

Within the award semester, matriculated students must have completed at UAlbany a minimum of 6 graduation credits in courses graded A–E, with no grade lower than a C, and with no incomplete (I) grades.

Once an incomplete grade has been changed to a grade not lower than a C, the student may file an appeal for inclusion on the Dean's Commendation for Part-Time Students with the Committee on Academic Standing of the Undergraduate Academic Council. For a student’s first matriculated semester at the University, the student's semester average must be 3.25 or higher; for all other students, the semester average must be 3.50 or higher.

Chancellor’s Award for Student Excellence

Undergraduate and graduate students are nominated for this distinction by each college and university in the State University of New York system. The award is presented by the Chancellor to students who have demonstrated outstanding academic achievement and have received national or international recognition for their efforts. Recipients of this high honor have typically distinguished themselves in their academic work and in a variety of other domains including athletics, service, publication, conference presentation, or artistic performance.

Presidential Undergraduate Award for Research

The Presidential Undergraduate Award for Research was established to encourage undergraduate research and scholarship and to recognize the high quality of work being conducted by undergraduate students at the University at Albany. Juniors and seniors who demonstrate outstanding scholastic ability, and who are enrolled full-time are eligible for the award. Applicants must submit a paper or project in their major field of study, which originated in an upper-level course or independent study under the direction of a UAlbany faculty member. The project or paper must be initiated and completed within a timeframe (usually from May of one year to May of the following year). For full information, please refer to http://www.albany.edu/research/32480.php

Presidential Honors Society

The Presidential Honors Society is unique to the University at Albany. The PHS has a strong service focus and seeks to "create a true honor society through service to the campus and community that brings prestige to the University, the individual, the organization and its members."

President's Award for Leadership

These honors recognize and reward undergraduate/graduate students and organizations that have made significant contributions to enhance the quality of life at the University at Albany. Recipients will have demonstrated a variety of accomplishments including extraordinary leadership, service, academic achievement, and involvement with the University community.

National Honoraries and Honor Societies

Chi Alpha Epsilon

Chi Alpha Epsilon is the official honor society of the Educational Opportunities Program (EOP), C-Step, and Project Excel.

National Society of Collegiate Scholars

Membership is offered to first and second year college students with outstanding academic achievement. NSCS offers students access to scholarships, community service, career resources and leadership opportunities. NSCS also provides students with a network of other members and alumni on their campus and across the country. NSCS invites students who have achieved a cumulative 3.4 GPA in their first or second year class on their campus to join as lifetime members.

Omicron Delta Kappa 

Omicron Delta Kappa, the National Leadership Honor Society, organizes students, staff, and faculty who, while excelling in their academic and professional work, have contributed in special ways to the University at Albany. The society recognizes leaders in the areas of scholarship, athletics, college and community service, social and religious activities, campus government, journalism, speech and the mass media, and the creative and performing arts.

Phi Beta Kappa

Students compiling a distinguished academic record at the University at Albany, State University of New York may be elected members of the venerable (founded 1776) honorary society, Phi Beta Kappa, in their senior year, or, if they do exceptionally well, in their junior year. To be considered for election, students must have the following:

Consideration will be given to courses of a liberal nature, even though they may be offered outside the College of Arts and Sciences. Students pursuing a double major with courses combined from such fields as business, social welfare, or other professional schools may be considered for election in their senior year, if their course work includes at least 90 credits in the liberal arts and sciences.

The breadth of a student’s program is important, as shown by the number and variety of courses taken outside the major. Students are expected to have completed at least a minimum of courses in natural science (6 credits); mathematics (3 credits; courses in statistics or with a CSI prefix qualify); social and behavioral sciences (6 credits); humanities and fine arts (6 credits); foreign language (6 credits, or at least 3 credits above the introductory course; courses offered in English by foreign language programs do NOT qualify, nor does Regents equivalency). Credits earned through AP, University in the High School program coursework, or examinations can satisfy the requirements. Students must achieve a minimum GPA of 3.60, including grades for transfer credit.

Requirements for election to Phi Beta Kappa are determined by the local chapter in accordance with the national guidelines.

Every student is considered automatically, so there is no nomination process. The final choices are decided on by the full membership of the University at Albany, State University of New York Chapter, Alpha Alpha of New York.

More information on Phi Beta Kappa is available on their University at Albany chapter website, available at http://libguides.library.albany.edu/pbk.

Tau Sigma

Tau Sigma is a national honors society specifically for transfer students.

Field Specific Honor Societies

Membership in national and international honors societies is available to qualified students within certain disciplines. Interested students should contact the appropriate dean or department chair for further information. Listed below are some of the societies active at UAlbany.

Beta Alpha Psi is an international honors society for accounting.

Kappa Delta Pi is an international honors society for education.

Lambda Alpha is a national honors society for anthropology.

Lambda Pi Eta is a national honors society for communication studies.

Pi Sigma Alpha is a national honors society for political science.

Psi Chi is a national honors society for psychology.

Sigma Tau Delta is a national honors society for English.

  
TEMPORARY PAGE DIVIDER

Joint Degree and Bachelor-Master Programs

Joint Degree Programs

3+3 Program with Albany Law School of Union University *

This program offers a six-year bachelor’s and law degree program. A limited number of freshmen are selected for this program based primarily on high school record and SAT scores. Students who are selected for this program and maintain the required GPA and LSAT standards are guaranteed a seat in the first-year class at Albany Law after completing three years on this campus. The bachelor’s degree is conferred upon successful completion of the first year of study at Albany Law School. Students are admitted to this program either prior to beginning their freshman year or at the end of their freshman year. Further information regarding criteria for admission and program requirements can be obtained from the Pre-Law Advisor, Advisement Services Center, LI 36, (518) 442-3960.

Early Assurance of Admission to Albany Medical College *

The Early Assurance Program is a cooperative program developed between the University at Albany and the Albany Medical College. This program provides an opportunity to submit an early application for admission to Albany Medical College. Applicants must have completed three semesters of coursework at the University at Albany; receive the Pre-Health Committee Evaluation and approval during the spring semester of the sophomore year; and complete a full two years of undergraduate study in order to apply to Albany Medical College at the end of the sophomore year. Students in this program must maintain a minimum cumulative grade point average of 3.50 and achieve grades no lower than a B in each prerequisite science course.

Students selected for admission will matriculate at Albany Medical College after completion of their undergraduate degree and four years of study at the University at Albany. Students pursuing this program should contact the Pre-Health Advisor during their freshman year. For details regarding criteria for admission and program requirements, contact the Advisement Services Center, LI 36, (518) 442-3960.

Joint Seven-Year Biology/Optometry Program *

The Joint Biology/Optometry Program is a cooperative program developed between the University at Albany and SUNY State College of Optometry. In this program, students complete three years at the University at Albany and then attend the SUNY State College of Optometry for four years. Credits from the first year at SUNY State College of Optometry will transfer back to the University at Albany for completion of the B.S. degree in Biology. After completion of the fourth year at SUNY State College of Optometry, students may earn the O.D. degree in Optometry. Students apply for this program in the spring semester of their sophomore year. Any students pursuing this program should see the Pre-Health Advisor during their freshman year. Further information may be obtained by contacting the Advisement Services Center, LI 36, (518) 442-3960.

Occupational Therapy and Physical Therapy Programs/Collaborative Agreement between University at Albany and Sage Graduate School

This Collaborative Agreement allows University at Albany graduates to transition into health professions programs at Sage Graduate School. This Collaborative Agreement provides for guaranteed acceptance into the Doctor of Physical Therapy (DPT) degree program and preferred admission to the Occupational Therapy Master's degree program. Any students pursuing this program should contact the Pre-Health Advisor for additional details. Further information may be obtained by contacting the Advisement Services Center, LI 36, (518) 442-3960.

* NOTE: For the joint degree programs marked with an asterisk (*) the following policies apply:

  1. Only students with an admissions status of “FRESHMAN” (not transfer students) are eligible to participate. Students following joint degree programs shall be held to the same requirements that apply to students completing their entire degree on campus. This means that students need to complete 30 of their last 69 credits on this campus (residency requirement).
  2. All Albany requirements need to be completed by the time the bachelor’s degree will be awarded. Therefore, students pursuing these degree programs can continue to take courses, on campus or off, that apply to the requirements they need to complete at Albany (in compliance with residency and transfer limit policies). For example, in the summers following the student’s third and fourth years, the student can return to Albany to take additional coursework. Additionally, requirements at Albany might be satisfied by particular coursework at the partnering institution.


Combined Bachelor’s/Master’s Degree Programs

Combined Bachelor’s/Master’s Degree Programs: Undergraduate students of recognized academic ability and educational maturity have the opportunity of fulfilling integrated requirements of bachelor’s and master’s degree programs within a rationally designed and effective framework at the beginning of their junior year. Combined programs require a minimum of 138 credits and up to 12 graduate credits may be applied simultaneously to the requirements for the baccalaureate. For a chart of available Bachelor's/Master's Degree Programs, go to http://www.albany.edu/undergraduate_bulletin/majors.html.

Students may be admitted to these combined programs at the beginning of their junior year, or after the successful completion of 56 credits. A grade point average of 3.20 or higher and three supportive letters of recommendation from faculty are required.

Clarification to Students in Combined Bachelor's/Master's Programs

“Students are considered undergraduates until they have accumulated 120 credits, satisfied all degree requirements and been awarded the baccalaureate degree."

However, although students who have failed to satisfy “all degree requirements” will not be granted the baccalaureate degree until all undergraduate requirements are met, please be aware that for determining such matters as whether students pay undergraduate or graduate tuition, the following policy applies:

"Although admitted to an integrated degree program, a student will be considered as an undergraduate student for purposes of tuition billing, financial aid, and enrollment identification until qualified to receive the bachelor's degree or until enrolled in the 13th credit of graduate coursework. Once a student is qualified to receive the bachelor's degree or enrolls in the 13th credit of graduate coursework, the student will be considered a graduate student for tuition billing, financial aid and enrollment identification, and will be eligible for graduate assistantships, fellowships, and loans.

"Students' progress through the combined program will be reviewed in the Office of the Vice Provost for Undergraduate Education to ensure timely completion of the undergraduate degree. Academic advisors of bachelor's-master's programs and students themselves should also attend to course enrollment choices that lead to timely completion of undergraduate requirements." (Accepted by University Senate, March 9, 2009, revised by the Undergraduate Academic Council, November, 2015.)

Students interested in further information regarding the combined programs should contact the appropriate program’s department chair.

Combined Bachelor's/Master's in Information Science

Any undergraduate B.A. Major (except Art History, East Asian Studies, Japanese Studies, Journalism)/Department of Information Studies: Major/Master's of Science in Information Science (General Program: B.A./M.S.I.S.)

Any undergraduate B.S. Major (except Accounting, Bio-instrumentation, Digital Forensics, Informatics)/Department of Information Studies: Major/Master's of Science in Information Science (General Program: B.S./M.S.I.S.)

Combined Bachelor’s in Political Science/Master’s in Public Administration and Policy

Department of Public Administration and Policy: Political Science /Public Administration (General Program: B.A./M.P.A.)

Combined Bachelor’s/Master’s in Public Administration and Policy

Department of Public Administration and Policy: Public Policy/Public Administration (General Program: B.A./M.P.A.)

Combined Bachelor's in Psychology/Master's in Mental Health Counseling

Department of Psychology/Division of Counseling Psychology: Psychology/Mental Health Counseling (General Program: B.A./M.S.)

 

  
TEMPORARY PAGE DIVIDER

Withdrawal and Readmission

Withdrawing from the University

Matriculated undergraduate students may voluntarily withdraw from the University up to and including the last day of classes in a semester as indicated by the academic calendar.

The date of withdrawal is generally defined as the date the form is received by the Office of the Vice Provost for Undergraduate Education (LC 30). For students seeking to withdraw due to medical/ psychological reasons, the date of withdrawal will be set by the Office of the Vice Provost for Undergraduate Education, in consultation with Counseling and Psychological Services or Student Health Services, as appropriate.

Drops will be done for each currently registered course reflecting the withdrawal date. After the last day of classes, the appropriate academic grade will be assigned by the instructor for each registered course, regardless of class attendance. Academic retention standards will be applied.

Withdrawals from the University due to medical/psychological reasons must be recommended by Student Health Services or Counseling and Psychological Services upon review of documentation supplied by a licensed health care practitioner or treatment facility. In order for action to be taken on an application for readmission submitted by a student who withdrew for medical/psychological reasons, clearance must be granted by Student Health Services or Counseling and Psychological Services.

NOTE: Summer and winter sessions are not subject to withdrawal policies that apply to fall and spring semesters. For summer and winter sessions, course drop deadlines will apply as indicated by the academic calendar.

Policies Concerning Withdrawal from the University

The following are the withdrawal policies and procedures currently in effect for matriculated undergraduates:

  1. Matriculated students withdrawing from an entire semester’s course load must complete a Withdrawal Form, submitted to the Office of the Vice Provost for Undergraduate Education.
  2. Students who voluntarily leave the University will be withdrawn effective with the date they initiate their withdrawal.
  3. Students eligible for return who fail to register for courses during a semester will be administratively withdrawn from the University. Such action will require submission of a readmission application should students wish to return at a future time.
  4. Students who drop all their courses for the semester will be administratively withdrawn from the University.
  5. Students who withdraw or drop all their courses and are administratively withdrawn will lose access to services and privileges available to enrolled students.
  6. Students who withdraw or drop all their courses and are administratively withdrawn will have any registration for an upcoming semester cancelled and must reapply to be eligible to return.
  7. Students with a cumulative grade point average of less than 2.00 who are withdrawn from the University are not eligible for readmission for the following semester. Should students wish to petition for readmission for the next term, petitions must be submitted to the Office of the Vice Provost for Undergraduate Education by published deadlines.
  8. Grade assignment will be based on the following: If the withdrawal occurs by the last date to drop without receiving Ws, no grade will be recorded. If the withdrawal occurs after that date, a grade of W will be assigned for each course through the last day of classes for the semester. After the last day of classes, the appropriate academic grade will be assigned by the instructor for each registered course, regardless of class attendance. Academic retention standards will be applied.
  9. Retroactive withdrawal/drop dates normally will not be granted. Requests for exceptions should be submitted to the Office of the Vice Provost for Undergraduate Education (LC30) and will be considered by the Committee on Academic Standing.
  10. A student who registers and receives grades of Z for all coursework for the semester will incur full financial liability.
  11. Withdrawals from the University due to medical reasons, active U.S. military duty and disciplinary suspensions or disciplinary dismissals must be administered by the Office of the Vice Provost for Undergraduate Education (LC 30).
  12. A withdrawal does not supersede a disciplinary suspension or dismissal.

Questions regarding financial obligations or refunds as a result of leaving the University should be directed to the Student Financial Center www.albany.edu/studentservices/ or by calling 518-442-3202. Students living in residence halls who find it necessary to leave the University must contact the Department of Residential Life www.albany.edu/housing/index.shtml, or call 518-442-5875.


Return/Readmission Procedure

Students who were academically dismissed or whose University at Albany cumulative grade point average is less than a 2.00 must petition the Committee on Academic Standing as part of the readmission process. Applications for readmission as well as petition forms are available online via www.albany.edu/undergraduateeducation/readmission/php.

The appropriate subcommittee of the Committee on Admissions and Academic Standing will make a recommendation concerning the readmission of any student who was dismissed for academic reasons and/or whose cumulative grade point average at the University is less than 2.00. The admitting officer of the University may find it necessary to deny readmission to a student for whom there has been a positive recommendation, but the admitting officer of the University shall not readmit any student contrary to the recommendation of the subcommittee of the Committee on Admissions and Academic Standing.

Readmission is based upon the student’s prior academic record as well as recommendations from other involved offices.

Returning students who left on academic probation, terminal probation, or who were on special conditions at the time of withdrawal will return to the University under the same academic probationary conditions, unless the Committee on Academic Standing sets new conditions upon the student’s return. 

Students who resume study within a six semester period of time will meet degree requirements indicated in the Undergraduate Bulletin in effect for their initial matriculation. Students with a cumulative total of more than six semesters of absence, whether or not those semesters are consecutive, meet degree requirements indicated in the Undergraduate Bulletin for the semester in which the student was readmitted.

Students with previous holds or obligations to the University should take measures to clear these obligations as soon as possible.

Returning students who have not been dismissed and who left the University with a cumulative grade point average of 2.00 or better must return to the same major being pursued at the time of withdrawal, unless a change of major is initiated. However, upon readmission they may opt to change their major.

Formerly matriculated undergraduates who have not yet completed a Baccalaureate degree may only return to the University as matriculated undergraduates. Any requests for exception to this policy will be considered by the Office of the Vice Provost for Undergraduate Education.

  
TEMPORARY PAGE DIVIDER

College of Arts and Sciences

Dean
Edelgard Wulfert, Ph.D. (Collins Fellow)

Associate Dean
John W. Delano, Ph.D. (Distinguished Teaching Professor, Collins Fellow)
 
Assistant Dean for Facilities Management
Elizabeth J. Gaffney

Assistant Dean and Chief Administrative Officer
Steven Galime

Assistant Dean for Academic Programs
Kathleen H. Gersowitz

Assistant Dean for Planning and Tenure/Promotion
Marie Rabideau



The College of Arts and Sciences comprises the students and faculty of 21 departments offering majors and minors, as well as those working in a variety of cooperative interdisciplinary programs. These include the arts, humanistic studies, physical sciences, and social sciences. Study in the Arts and Sciences provides students with a liberal education, including knowledge and skills applicable to further study and to occupations in a great variety of fields.

The presence of research faculty and graduate students in the programs of the College affords undergraduate students the opportunity to study with scholars and researchers working at the cutting edge of their disciplines. Qualified advanced undergraduates, in accordance with University policy, may enroll in appropriate graduate courses.

Fields of study leading to majors in the College are actuarial and mathematical sciences, Africana studies, anthropology, art, art history, atmospheric science, biology, chemistry, Chinese studies, East Asian studies, economics, English, geography, history, human biology, Japanese studies, journalism, Latin American and Caribbean studies, linguistics, mathematics, music, philosophy, physics, psychology, rhetoric and communication, sociology, Spanish, theatre, urban studies and planning, and women’s, gender, and sexuality studies, and U.S. Latino Studies.

In addition, the College is responsible for Faculty-Initiated Interdisciplinary Majors with concentrations in biochemistry and molecular biology, documentary studies, environmental science, globalization studies, Medieval and Renaissance studies, and religious studies. There are opportunities for students to propose Student-Initiated Interdisciplinary Majors, faculty-sponsored and drawing upon two or more fields in the College.

Most major programs also offer a minor. Other minors through the College include bioethics, cognitive science, creative writing, electronics, film studies, French, Hebrew, international studies, Italian, Judaic studies, Korean studies, Latin American and Caribbean Studies, lesbian, gay, bisexual, transgender, and queer studies, medical anthropology, neuroscience, organizational studies, Portuguese, Russian, Russian and Eastern European Studies, statistics, sustainability.

For purposes of degree requirements for the B.A. and B.S. degrees, the following undergraduate courses offered by the College are defined as liberal arts and sciences: all courses except A EAJ 423, A ECO 495, A HEB 450, A MAT 204, A MUS 315, A THR 315.

Courses under the College of Arts and Sciences are preceded by the prefix letter A.

Foreign Language Study Placement Policies
Foreign language placement is based on a student’s current level of competence, as determined by placement procedures developed by the University’s foreign language departments. Regulations covering foreign language placement and credit may be obtained from departmental offices offering the language in question.

The department, through a departmental representative, will assess the active skills in that language and will make a final placement decision for each student no later than the second class meeting of the course being recommended. A student may not earn graduation credit for a course in a language sequence if it is a prerequisite to a course for which graduation credit has already been earned.

Students earning advanced placement credits from high school will be expected to register for the next course in the language sequence. Those earning credit in University in the High School course work must consult with the appropriate department chair for placement in the next course in that language’s sequence.

  
TEMPORARY PAGE DIVIDER

Courses in Arts and Sciences

A CAS 100 Contemporary Issues in Life Sciences (3)
Topics in selected areas of life sciences. May be repeated for credit when the topic varies. Does not yield credit towards the major or minor in biology. Offered through the University in the High School Program only.

A CAS 109 Intermediate Science Research (2)
Students learn research methodology in the natural and social sciences by accessing scientific databases, by using online bibliographic search techniques, consulting doctoral-level research scholars, developing hypotheses and performing experiments to test them, and by writing research papers and making presentations at scientific symposia. It is expected that the students will have done many of these activities in the prerequisite high school course, and in this course emphasis is placed upon the formulation of hypotheses and initiation of experiments in consultation with mentors. Prerequisite(s): completion of one year of an approved course in science research at the high-school level; permission of instructor. Offered summer session only. Offered through the University in the High School Program only.

A CAS 110 Intermediate Methods of Research (4)
Students learn research methodology in the natural and social sciences by accessing scientific databases by using online bibliographic search techniques, consulting doctoral-level research scholars, developing hypotheses and performing experiments to test them, and writing research papers and making presentations at scientific symposia. It is expected that the students will have done many of these activities in the prerequisite high school course, and in this course emphasis is placed upon performing experiments in consultation with mentors. Students are expected to spend at least three hours per week outside of class. Prerequisite(s): completion of one year of an approved course in science research at the high-school level; permission of instructor; available for year-long course of study only. Offered through the University in the High School Program only.

A CAS 141 Concepts of Race and Culture in the Modern World (3)
This course considers the complex dynamics of global human diversity from the vantage point of the various social sciences. It explores the use of race, nationality, ethnicity, culture, and gender as focal concepts in the critical analysis of human behavior and interaction in the modern world. Cross-cultural and cross-national aspects of these issues are of central concern to the course. Offered through the University in the High School Program only.

A CAS 198 Special Topics in the Humanities (1–4)
Special group studies which provide students and faculty with the opportunity to explore significant themes, issues and problems from a broadly humanistic and interdisciplinary perspective. May be repeated for credit provided the subject matter is not repeated. Offered through the University in the High School Program only.

A CAS 203 Social Sciences and Humanities Research Seminar (3)
In this intensive research and writing-based course, senior University in the High School social sciences and humanities students will move from their roles as consumers of knowledge to new roles as producers of knowledge by researching, writing, and presenting a final project. During the semester, students will ask questions of original sources such as primary archival and web-based documents, analyze the answers, and present the findings. Each phase of creating a research based project and presentation will be guided starting with the choice of topic and moving to the proposal, bibliography, outline, first draft, final draft, and presentation. The instructor of record in a given semester may identify a specific humanities or social science disciplinary focus for that course. Prerequisite(s): successful completion of one or more of the following courses is a prerequisite for enrolling in the history concentration of A CAS 203: A HIS 100, A HIS 101, A HIS 130, A HIS 131, A AFS/A LCS/A WSS 240. Students who have completed other 100 level college courses may be admitted with the permission of the instructor. Offered through the University in the High School Program only.

A CAS 209 Advanced Science Research (2)
Continuation of work undertaken in A CAS 109 or equivalent with emphasis placed upon the completion of experiments in consultation with mentors. Students will consult with their teachers as necessary, but will not meet in a formal classroom period. Prerequisite(s): satisfactory completion of A CAS 109 or completion of two years of an approved science research course at the high school level; permission of instructor; offered summer session only. Offered through the University in the High School Program only.

A CAS 210 Advanced Methods of Research (4)
Continuation of work undertaken in A CAS 110 or equivalent with emphasis placed upon the communication of results. Students are expected to spend at least three hours per week outside of class. Prerequisite(s): satisfactory completion of A CAS 110 or completion of two years of an approved science research course at the high school level; permission of instructor; students must be enrolled throughout an entire academic year to obtain credit. Offered through the University in the High School Program only.

  
TEMPORARY PAGE DIVIDER

Department of Africana Studies

Faculty

Professors 
Michelle Harris, Ph.D.
University of Michigan
Leonard A. Slade, Jr., Ph.D., L.H.D. (Collins Fellow)
University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign

Associate Professors
Marcia E. Sutherland, Ph.D.
Howard University
Oscar Williams, Ph.D. (Department Chair)
The Ohio State University

Assistant Professor
Daphne R. Chandler, Ph.D.
University of Wisconsin-Madison        

Visiting Assistant Professor
David Agum, Ph.D.
Temple University

Adjuncts (estimated): 9
Graduate Assistants (estimated): 3


The objective of the department is to provide a multi- and interdisciplinary education in African/African American studies and related fields. Students are expected to possess the knowledge and skills necessary to understand the social, political, economic, psychological, and historical consequences of institutional arrangements as they affect the life experiences of African/African American people.

The department offers full programs leading to the B.A. and M.A. degrees. Students may specialize in African studies and African American studies. Sub-areas in African studies are the history, economics, politics, and culture of the following regions: Eastern Africa, Central Africa, West Africa, and Southern Africa. Sub-areas in African American studies include: African American history and culture, urban economic development, central city politics and institutions, African American literature and criticism, and urban planning. Though the major concentrations are Africa and the United States, students may design programs that will enhance their knowledge of other Black cultures; e.g., the Caribbean and Haitian.

Students are prepared for careers in teaching, counseling, state and local social welfare programs, urban planning, administrative program direction, and international relations.

Special Programs and Opportunities
Undergraduate students in the department are provided an opportunity to apply theory through community projects, both within formal courses and other such special programs that may be designed by the department. Students participating in the latter may work directly with New York legislators or legislative committees. For further information contact the Department. Students are also provided an ongoing colloquium series featuring locally and nationally known African and African American scholars. The senior seminar enables students and faculty to explore common research interests.

Degree Requirements for the Major in Africana Studies

General Program B.A: A minimum of 36 credits (at least 12 credits of which must be at the 300 level or above) including A AFS 142, 219, 286 or 287, and 490. The additional department courses, as advised, must include 6 credits at the 200 level and 6 credits at the 300 level or above, and 12 elective credits.

Department of Africana Studies Honors Program

The Honors Program in the Department of Africana Studies is designed to enhance the academic excellence of its majors, to forge closer intellectual relationships between students and the faculty, and to prepare students for graduate studies and for their professional careers.

Admission Requirements:
Minimum Overall GPA: 3.25
Minimum GPA in major: 3.50

To be eligible for a degree with honors, the student must have a cumulative grade-point average in University courses of at least 3.25, with a 3.50 minimum grade-point average in the major. Students may apply for admission to the Honors Program as early as the spring semester of the sophomore year. Applications must be submitted to the Director of the Honors Program. The Director of the Honors Program and the Departmental Honors Committee will review the applications.

Required Courses
Students must complete any two of the following courses in the Department of Africana Studies: A AFS 325 (Introduction to Research Methods); A AFS 345 (The Black Novel); A AFS 375 (Black Popular Culture); A AFS 355Z (Introduction to African and African American Poetry), A AFS 320 (Black Nationalism: Political Perspective in Africa), and A AFS 322 (Developing African Nations). Students must complete A AFS 490 the Senior Seminar for African/African American Studies majors as part of the Honors program.

Required Honors Project
The Director of the Honors Program will assist students in the selection of their faculty advisor for their Honors thesis. Students must submit their written Honors project proposal to their faculty advisor for approval. Students will work on a major research project under the careful supervision of their faculty advisor. Students are expected to engage in a critical and in-depth analysis on their chosen topic. The Honors project should be between 40 and 60 pages in length. Students will begin their Honors thesis in A AFS 490. Students must also take A AFS 498 (Topics in African Studies) or A AFS 499 (Topics in African American Studies) to complete the Honors thesis. The thesis will be graded by the faculty advisor. The Honors thesis must be approved by the Director of the Honors Program and at least one other professor on the Honors Committee. Students will make an oral presentation of their thesis at a departmental seminar. The Honors course credits will be counted toward the 36 credits required for majors in Africana Studies.

Honors students in Africana Studies are required to maintain the minimum grade-point average of 3.50 in the major and at least a 3.25 minimum grade-point average in University courses. The Departmental Honors Committee will review the academic performance of each candidate at the completion of the junior year. Students who fail to meet the Honors program’s academic standards during their senior year will be ineligible for a degree with Honors. Students who have successfully completed the program requirements will be recommended to the department by the Departmental Honors Committee to receive the degree with honors in Africana Studies.

Departmental Contact: Dr. Marcia Sutherland

  
TEMPORARY PAGE DIVIDER

Courses in Africana Studies

A AFS 101 Introduction to Africana Studies (3)
This course will introduce students to the historical foundations of Africana Studies and discuss its relevance to contemporary society. An interdisciplinary approach will be incorporated as History, Philosophy, Literature, Performing Arts, Sociology, Psychology, Religion/Spirituality, and Anthropology are employed to provide students a detailed analysis of people of African descent in the Western Hemisphere.

A AFS 110 The Black Theatre in America (3)
Study of the historic background of Black involvement in the American theatre and of the role and functioning of the Black theatre in contemporary American society.

A AFS 142 African/African American Literature (3)
Survey of Black authors from diverse cultures and an analysis of their relationship to Black thought.

A AFS 150 Life in the Third World (3)
Introduction to cultural variation and fragmentation among third-world developing communities. Some lectures and discussions are led by third-world graduate students. Whenever possible, distinguished visitors from third-world countries are also involved in the course.

A AFS 209 (= A MUS 209) Black American Music (3)
An introduction to Black American Music. Study will include music from West Africa as well as musical/social influences throughout American history. Musical styles will include spirituals, gospel, blues, jazz and classical. Only one version of A AFS 209 may be taken for credit.

A AFS 213 History of Civil Rights Movement (3)
This course is designed to introduce the student to the historical development and maturation of the movement for civil rights in the United States. It will examine the development of resistance movements and the philosophies of those involved within the movements during the antebellum, post Civil War and contemporary times.

A AFS 219/219Z Introduction to African/African American History (3)
Survey of the cultural and historical background of African Americans from their African heritage to their present role in American society. Only one version of A AFS 219 may be taken for credit.

A AFS 220/220Z Black and White in America (3)
In America Blacks and Whites have been organically connected by the space of national geography and centuries of time. With current events an ever-present concern, this course explores the cultural significance and the social meaning of the long and ever-changing relations between black and white Americans and its import for the national welfare. Only one version of A AFS 220 may be taken for credit.

A AFS 221 The Economic Structure of the Black Community (3)
Analysis of old and contemporary models of Black entrepreneurship and formal economic organization and its effect in the community.

A AFS 224 Cities as People (3)
Survey of the human aspects of the urban environment, historically and in practical terms today, with an emphasis upon the central city’s opportunity for field research in urban life.

A AFS 240/240Z (= A LCS 240/240Z & A WSS 240/240Z) Classism, Racism and Sexism: Issues (3)
Analyzes the connections between and among classism, racism and sexism, their mutually reinforcing nature, and the tensions arising from their interrelations. Particular attention will be given to the ideological and personal aspects of these phenomena, as well as to their institutional guises in American society. Only one version of A AFS 240 may be taken for credit.

A AFS 269 (= A ANT 269 & A LCS 269) The Caribbean: Peoples, History, and Culture (3)
This course introduces students to significant aspects of Anglophone Caribbean culture and history in the context of this region of the globe, the wider Caribbean, functioning as the crossroads of the world. Colonial conquest forced and forged the intersection of Europe, Asia, and Africa in the Caribbean so that while it is not large in terms of geographical area or total population, it resonates with global significance as a crucible of cultural hybridity and as a nurturing space of modernity. Only one version may be taken for credit.

A AFS 270 (= A GOG 270) Geography of Africa (3)
Geographic analysis of the continent of Africa. The diversity of the African continent is stressed by examining its physical environment; resources; social, cultural, economic and political systems. Emphasizes the demographic as well as spatial planning aspects of geography. Only one version of A AFS 270 may be taken for credit.

A AFS 286 (= A HIS 286) African Civilizations (3)
Africa from prehistoric times to 1800 with emphasis on sub-Saharan Africa, the development of indigenous states and their response to Western and Eastern contacts. Only one version of A AFS 286 may be taken for credit.

A AFS 287 (= A HIS 287) Africa in the Modern World (3)
Africa since 1800: exploration, the end of the slave trade, the development of interior states, European partition, the colonial period, and the rise of independent Africa. Only one version of A AFS 287 may be taken for credit.

A AFS 311 History of Slavery in the Western Hemisphere (3)
The institution of slavery and its effects in the Western Hemisphere, its origins, bases of continuance, and contemporary residuals. Prerequisite(s): A HIS 100 and 101.

A AFS 320 Black Nationalism: Political Perspective in Africa (3)
Examination of selected freedom movements in Black Africa with a focus upon one-party politics and the continuing tensions between socialism and democracy. Prerequisite(s): A AFS 219.

A AFS 322 Developing African Nations (3)
Systems analysis of the contemporary social, political, cultural, and economic institutions crucial to the economic maturation of developing African nations. Prerequisite(s): A AFS 219; A AFS 286 and 287 recommended.

A AFS 325 Introduction to Research Methods (3)
An introduction to paradigms, theories and models on research and the Black community. Emphasis will be placed on methodological concerns of validity, reliability, instrument development, data collection, data analysis and reporting of research outcomes. The ethics of research on people of African descent will be discussed.

A AFS 331 The African/African American Family (3)
In-depth study of the African/African American family as an institution, the dynamics of intra-family relations and the effects of social institutions on Black family life. Prerequisite(s): A SOC 115.

A AFS 333 The Black Community: Continuity & Change (3)
Overview of the socio-historic factors which impact upon the current conditions of the African American community. Prerequisite(s): A AFS 219 or permission of instructor.

A AFS 340 The Black Essay (3)
Essays written by Black American writers in the 19th and 20th centuries. Prerequisite(s): A AFS 142.

A AFS 341 African/African American Religion (3)
Analysis of the relationship of the religion of Black people to Black culture. Prerequisite(s): A AFS 219.

A AFS 342 Sub-Saharan Africa: Peoples and Cultures (3)
Culture areas of Africa south of the Sahara. Historical and geographic background studies of selected societies. Culture change and contact during the colonial and postcolonial periods. Prerequisite(s): A AFS 286.

A AFS 345 The Black Novel: Black Perspectives (3)
Systematic study of the novel written by Black Americans from the Harlem Renaissance to the present. The novels studied express the cultural, political, and socio-historical consciousness of the writers to demonstrate their awareness of the struggle of Black people. Prerequisite(s): A AFS 142.

A AFS 355Z Introduction to African and African American Poetry (3)
Intensive study of poetry drawn from the black experience. Emphasis on aesthetic forms, meanings, tone, diction, imagery, symbol, sentences, rhythm, rhyme, allusion, etc. Common characteristics of black poetry will also be discussed.

A AFS 370 The Psychology of the Black Experience (3)
In-depth examination of the extant psychological literature on blacks. Analyzes varying themes, theories, perspectives, and research that relate to the psychology of blacks. Focuses on the contemporary work of black behavioral scientists involved in the quest for scholarly self-determination and for redefinition of the psychological fabric of the black experience. Selected topics are identity, personality, motivation, achievement, and mental health. Prerequisite(s): junior or senior standing.

A AFS 375 Black Popular Culture (3)
The course explores the historical and contemporary constructions of “blackness” within the popular realms of film, television, and popular music and the relationship of those constructs to the realities of African American life and culture.

A AFS 386/386Z (= A HIS 386/386Z) Race and Conflict in South Africa (3)
Study of the historical origins and development of racial conflict in South Africa with a concentration on economic, political, social and religious change in the 20th century. Topics will include changing state structures and ideologies, the impact of industrialization, transformations of rural and urban life, African religious movements, political and religious connections with Black Americans, gender relations, and changing forms of popular resistance against white domination. Only one version of A AFS 386 may be taken for credit. Prerequisite(s): 3 credits of A AFS or A HIS course work, or junior or senior standing.

A AFS 393/393Z Topics in African History (1-4)
Specific topics to be examined will be announced during advance registration. May be repeated for credit. Prerequisite(s): junior or senior standing or 3 credits in history.

A AFS 400 The Law and African-America (3)
The central city as a center of dominance, inner city legal problems as an aspect of social control. Students examine selected central city agencies related to law enforcement. Alternate possibilities for reform and improvement are explored. Term project required.

A AFS 401 Seminar in African American History I (3)
This course is an undergraduate seminar of African American History from the American Colonial period to the Civil War. Various historical themes will be reviewed, and students will have an opportunity to explore research topics related to the following: The Transatlantic Slave and Domestic Trades, Colonial and Antebellum slavery, African Americans and the Revolutionary War, Free Black Societies, Black Abolitionists, African Americans and the Civil War. Prerequisite(s): A AFS 219.

A AFS 402 Seminar in African American History II (3)
This course is an undergraduate seminar of African American History from 1865 to the present. Various historical themes will be reviewed, and students will have an opportunity to explore research topics related to the following: Reconstruction, The Age of Jim Crow, Booker T. Washington and W.E.B. DuBois, the Great Migration, the Harlem Renaissance, The Great Depression and New Deal era, World Wars I and II, The Civil Rights Movement, the Black Power movement, and contemporary African American History and Culture. Prerequisite(s): A AFS 219.

A AFS 416 Contemporary Black Women and Their Fiction (3)
Evaluation of the style, technique, content, and nature of the discourse in which contemporary Black women writers are engaged. Readings include at least one work by Toni Cade Bambara, Gloria Naylor, Toni Morrison, Paule Marshall, Gayle Jones, and Alice Walker. Prerequisite(s): senior standing, at least one literature course, and permission of instructor.

A AFS 430 Black Social and Political Thought in the Americas (3)
Seminar on the social and political ideas and strategies of selected African/African Americans from the late 18th century to the present. Prerequisite(s): junior or senior standing.

A AFS 432 The African American Woman: Contemporary Issues (3)
Socio-historic look at the American women of the African diaspora with particular attention to: (1) Black Liberation; (2) feminist movements; (3) sex role socialization; and (4) issues of sexism and racism. Prerequisite(s): A AFS 219, or permission of instructor.

A AFS 435 Blacks and the American Political Process (3)
An examination of the American political process as it impacts upon the Black community in the United States. Prerequisite(s): junior or senior standing.

A AFS 446 (= A SPN 446) Literature and Human Rights (3)
A study of selected works of Spanish and Spanish-American literature that deal with the subject of human rights throughout history. Topics to be studies may include such things as social protest, censored texts, women’s writing, the literature of exile, minority portrayals, and slavery. Prerequisite(s): two courses between A SPN 310-350 (excluding A SPN 333) or permission of instructor.

A AFS 451 (= A MUS 451) Jazz, Identity and the Human Spirit (3)
This course will explore issues of identity, spirituality, entrepreneurship, cultural transmission and politics viewed through the lens of the musical tradition called jazz. Topics will include saxophonist John Coltrane's musical-spiritual search, the musical-mythos of bandleader Sun Ra, musician-led organizations and movements with a focus on the Chicago-based Association for the Advancement of Creative Music (AACM), jazz and social protest, ideas about black experimentalist traditions and controversies about the use of electronics in the work of Miles Davis and Herbie Hancock, the cultural roots of jazz and questions about the nature of musical genres and boundaries. The course will include lecture, listening, small group presentations and class discussion. Only one version of A AFS 451 may be taken for credit.

A AFS 490 Senior Seminar for African/African American Studies Majors (3)
An extensive examination of critical issues involving the experiences of Africans and African Americans in historical, cultural, and social contexts. A central theme will be selected for each semester’s work. Students will synthesize and apply knowledge acquired in the major and will discuss their experiences. Attention will also be given to the interrelationships of the values and ideas indigenous to African/African American Studies, with a discussion of these with a senior faculty member. Students will review basic research methodology and will evaluate their experiences in a 20-page research paper. Prerequisite(s): major in the department and completion of 18 credit hours in the major.

A AFS 498 Topics in African Studies (3)
Specific topics to be examined are announced during advance registration. May be repeated for credit. Prerequisite(s): junior or senior standing.

A AFS 499/499Z Topics in African American Studies (3)
Specific topics to be examined are announced during advance registration. May be repeated for credit. Prerequisite(s): junior or senior standing.

  
TEMPORARY PAGE DIVIDER

Department of Anthropology

Faculty

Distinguished Teaching Professor Emeritus
Gary H. Gossen, Ph.D.
Harvard University

Distinguished Service Professor Emeritus
Ernest A. Scatton, Ph.D.
Harvard University

Professors Emeriti
Robert M. Carmack, Ph.D.
University of California, Los Angeles
Peter T. Furst, Ph.D.
University of California, Los Angeles
Robert W. Jarvenpa, Ph.D.
University of Minnesota
Gary A. Wright, Ph.D.
University of Michigan
Richard G. Wilkinson, Ph.D.
University of Michigan

Professors
Lee S. Bickmore, Ph.D.
University of California, Los Angeles
Louise Burkhart, Ph.D. (Department Chair)
Yale University
James P. Collins, Ph.D.
University of California, Berkeley
Timothy B. Gage, Ph.D.
Pennsylvania State University
John S. Justeson, Ph.D.
Stanford University
Walter E. Little, Ph.D.
University of Illinois
Marilyn Masson, Ph.D.
University of Texas, Austin
Lawrence M. Schell, Ph.D.
University of Pennsylvania

Associate Professors Emeriti/a
George J. Klima, Ph.D.
University of California, Berkeley
Gail H. Landsman, Ph.D.
Catholic University of America
Stuart Swiny, Ph.D.
University of London
Dwight T. Wallace, Ph.D.
University of California, Berkeley

Associate Professors
Elise Andaya, Ph.D.
New York University
Jennifer Burrell, Ph.D.
New School for Social Research
Adam Gordon, Ph.D.
University of Texas at Austin     
Sean M. Rafferty, Ph.D.
Binghamton University
Robert Rosenswig, Ph.D.
Yale University

Assistant Professors
Louis C. Alvarado, Ph.D.
University of New Mexico
Mercedes Fabian, Ph.D.
University of Buffalo
Julia A. Jennings, Ph.D.
Pennsylvania State University
Veronica Perez-Rodriguez
University of Georgia
Christopher B. Wolff
Southern Methodist University

Adjunct Faculty
Angela Commito, Ph.D. Candidate
University of Michigan Kelsey Museum of Archaeology
Robert Feranec, Ph.D.
University of California, Berkeley
Edward Fitzgerald, Ph.D.
Yale University
Elisa J Gordon, Ph.D.
Case Western Reserve University
John P. Hart, Ph.D.
Northwestern University
Karen Hartgen, M.A.
University at Albany
Robert Kuhn, Ph.D.
University at Albany
Elizabeth Marshall, Ph.D.
University of North Carolina, Charlotte
Carolyn Lee Olsen, Ph.D.
University of Michigan
Carol Raemsch, Ph.D.
University at Albany
Annette Richie, Ph.D.
University at Albany
Christina Rieth, Ph.D.
University at Albany
Alice D. Stark, Ph.D.
Yale University
Daniel D. White, Ph.D.
University at Albany

Adjuncts (estimated): 13
Teaching Assistants (estimated): 16



Anthropology is the study of humankind, of ancient and modern people and their ways of living. From its first establishment as a professional discipline, anthropology has been defined in terms of its holistic, cross-cultural, and evolutionary approaches. By systematically analyzing differences and similarities among human groups over time and space, anthropologists achieve the fullest possible understanding of human nature, human diversity, and the forces that govern change in cultural and biological characteristics.

The Anthropology Department provides undergraduates with a wide variety of courses, field and laboratory experiences, and guided research in each of the four major subfields of the discipline: archaeology, biological (physical) anthropology, ethnology (cultural anthropology), and linguistics.

The department offers two majors: a B.A. in anthropology and B.S. in a combined major/minor in human biology.

Students are offered special opportunities for the study of past and present cultures in Mesoamerica, North America, and elsewhere through the research programs of the anthropology faculty.

The major prepares students for graduate studies in anthropology (the department has M.A. and cognate M.A. programs, and a doctoral program), as well as laying a broad scientific and liberal foundation for entering the professions, arts, or other occupations in the modern world.

Many new career opportunities are developing in addition to traditional anthropological careers in college teaching, museum curation, and public archaeology. For example, the diverse ethnic composition of American society is making cross-cultural awareness a matter of increasing importance for careers in business, law, journalism, medicine, public policy, and primary and secondary education.

The B.A. degree in anthropology also offers excellent preparation for careers in international business, public health, politics, and diplomacy. Moreover, many local, state, federal, and international agencies are seeking personnel who have sensitivity to cultural diversity.

Anthropology also provides a holistic perspective of and systematic training in the impact of human activity and values on the environment. The study of cross-cultural factors affecting the delivery of health care can be important to a career in health services.

Finally, a degree in biological anthropology is a good foundation for graduate work in genetic epidemiology and other specialties within the field of public health.

Special Programs or Opportunities
Programs in archaeological, bio-anthropological, and ethnological fieldwork are available, with the Northeast and Mesoamerica being the most frequent locations. The archaeology program provides intensive training and/or research opportunities through research programs in Mexico, Belize, Costa Rica, and New York State. Laboratory research experience, both in formal courses and as independent projects, is available in archaeology and biological anthropology.

Degree Requirements for the Major in Anthropology

General Program B.A.: A minimum of 36 credits in anthropology including A ANT 104, 108, 110, 220, and 499. Of the 21 additional credits in anthropology, no more than 6 may be at the 100 level and at least 12 must be at the 300 level or above.

Honors Program

Outstanding anthropology students are encouraged to consider the department’s honors program, which is designed to give them the opportunity to work closely with members of the faculty on research and writing projects. Declared majors in anthropology are eligible to apply, provided that they have completed 12 or more credits in the department with a grade point average in the major of at least 3.50. They must also have an overall grade point average of at least 3.25. To participate in the program, students should contact their adviser during their junior year or at the beginning of their senior year. Students should plan their course work in consultation with their faculty adviser.

Students in the honors program must fulfill the requirements for the major plus the following requirements:

1. Among the 36 credits of course work in anthropology required for the major, students in the honors program must complete at least one course at the 300 or 400 level in each of three different subdisciplines (archaeology, cultural anthropology, biological anthropology, linguistics), for a total of 9 credits:

Biological Anthropology: 310, 311, 312, 319, 414, 416, 418, 419.
Linguistics: 321, 322, 325, 421, 422, 423, 424, 425, 434.
Archaeology: 330, 331, 332, 333, 334, 335, 338, 339, 430, 431, 433, 435, 438.
Ethnology: 340, 341, 343, 351, 355, 360, 361, 363, 364, 365, 372, 381, 390, 450, 480.

2. Students must write an honors thesis based upon original research under the direction of an anthropology faculty member. Any anthropology faculty member knowledgeable in your topic may supervise a thesis project. A written proposal for the intended project must be formally approved by that faculty member and the departmental Undergraduate Affairs Committee during the semester prior to the semester in which the thesis is completed. Students will enroll in A ANT 482 and 483, “Senior Honors Thesis Seminar,” during the fall and spring of their senior year. The 6 credits from these courses can be counted toward the 36 credits required for the Anthropology major.

3. Research skill: Students will complete 6 credits of coursework in a research skill appropriate for anthropological research. Examples include, but are not limited to, foreign languages, statistics or other quantitative courses, and anthropological methods courses. The research skill courses must be approved by the Undergraduate Affairs Committee.

To graduate with “honors in anthropology,” students must achieve an overall grade point average of 3.25 and a minimum grade point average of 3.50 in the major, in addition to the above requirements.

Degree requirements for the major in Human Biology are listed in the Human Biology Program section of this bulletin.

  
TEMPORARY PAGE DIVIDER

Courses in Anthropology

A ANT 100 Culture, Society, and Biology (3)
Introduction to the issue of human diversity, the course poses the question of what it means to be human. Through study of biological anthropology, archaeology, linguistics, and ethnology, students will explore the range of diversity within our shared humanity, and seek explanations that might account for it.

A ANT 104 Archaeology (3)
Introduction to the methods used by archaeologists to study ancient sites and artifacts. Topics include archaeological fieldwork, laboratory analysis, dating, interpretation of artifacts, and the reconstruction of past cultural patterns. Examples include studies of ancient and recent societies. Two lectures, one laboratory period per week.

A ANT 108/108Z Cultural Anthropology (3)
Survey of the theory, methods, and goals of cultural anthropology, emphasizing the nature of culture and the varied forms in which it is expressed among the peoples of the world. Two lectures, one discussion period per week. Only one version of A ANT 108 may be taken for credit.

A ANT 110 Introduction to Human Evolution (3)
Introduction to human evolution. This course spans the human fossil record from “Lucy” to Cro-Magnon. Topics include our primate past and the evolution of upright walking. The steady increase in our ancestors’ brain size is explored along with the cultural correlates of biological evolution such as stone tools, language origins and cave art.

A ANT 111 Introduction to the Primates (3)
Survey of the basic morphology and behavior of nonhuman primates. Prosimian and anthropoid primates are studied in terms of their comparative morphology and behavior, with reference to these same features among humans.

A ANT 119 The City and Human Health (3)
Survey of the history of health and disease from the earliest humans before the development of settlements to contemporary populations living in industrialized cities. Emphasizes the role of culture and behavior in disease.

A ANT 124Z Lost Languages and Ancient Scripts (4)
This course traces the origin and evolution of writing systems from their earliest precursors to the modern world. It is organized around a series of puzzles that guide participants through the processes of discovery and decipherment that led to our current understanding of writing systems. About half of the course is devoted to small-group workshops in which participants receive hands-on experience working together on problems in decipherment. The broader goal of the course is to learn how to do problem solving generally, using specific procedures and ways of thinking that can be applied in any discipline.

T ANT 124Z Lost Languages and Ancient Scripts (4)
T ANT 124Z is the Honors College version of A ANT 124Z; only one version may be taken for credit.

T ANT 125Z The Design of Language (3)
Constructed languages have played a prominent role in recent popular culture. Elvish, for example, is a language spoken by immortal elves in The Lord of the Rings. Klingon is spoken by humanoid aliens from another planet in Star Trek. Both languages attempt to imagine what the communication system of another intelligent species might be like. But in order to construct a credible fictional language, however, we have to think carefully about the nature of human language. This course asks which features of human language would be necessary components of any intelligent communication system and which features are contingent on the accidents of human biology. Open to Honors College students only.

A ANT 131 Ancient Peoples of the World (3)
Ancient cultures from around the world will be presented and analyzed from the available archaeological data. The gradual development of civilization in both the Old and New Worlds will be the focus of the course.

A ANT 133 Ancient History of the Near East and the Aegean (3)
An examination of key ancient Near Eastern civilizations in Egypt, Iran, Iraq, Syro-Palestine, and Turkey and the influence they exerted on the Minoan the Mycenaean civilizations. This is followed by the rise of Greece, the development of Athenian democracy, the decline of Greece leading to Macedonian domination, the conquests of Alexander the Great and the cosmopolitan Hellenistic world. Only one version of A ANT 133 may be taken for credit.

A ANT 140/140Z Anthropological Survey of World Cultures (3)
In-depth survey of selected ancient, historical, and modern world cultures. Major themes include production of goods and services, authority systems, legal processes, and religious and ritual life. Only one version of A ANT 140 may be taken for credit.

T ANT 141 Human Rights and Wrongs: Anthropological Explorations (3)
This course is designed to provide an overview of human rights and anthropology from theoretical and historical points of view and from the vantage point of engagement and practice. Using a critical approach, we will move away from the notion of a set category or monolithic legal structure toward an understanding of a flexible and elastic set of conceptual frameworks used to accomplish transitions, make claims and gain access to resources. In doing so, we will consider the increasing transnationalization of rights discourse and the growing terrain in which claims, legal and otherwise, are made through it. A series of international and national case studies will be examined. Open to Honors College students only.

A ANT 146/146Z (= A LCS 150/150Z) Puerto Rico: People, History, and Culture (3)
Survey of the Puerto Rican people, history, and culture on the island from the pre-Hispanic era to the present. Special emphasis on the change of sovereignty in 1898, the national question, migration, race, class, and culture. Only one version may be taken for credit.

A ANT 160 Symbol and Human Nature (3)
Introduction to ideas in the social sciences and humanities pertaining to the central place of symbolic behavior in human evolution, human nature, and contemporary human communities. Comparative perspective, including both Western and non-Western materials. Opportunity for fieldwork in the local community.

A ANT 172 Community and Self (3)
What is the “self”? Individual and social diversity are considered cross-culturally, in conjunction with personal identity, class, nationality, and ethnicity. Implications for the students’ own lives are discussed, as well as questions of freedom and authority in America.

A ANT 175 (= A REL 175) Anthropology and Folklore (3)
Introduction to the study of folklore as an aspect of culture, symbolically expressing people’s identity, beliefs and values. The focus is on oral text traditions—myths, folktales, and legends. Topics in folk custom and ritual, folk music and folk art are also included. Includes folklore from Western and non-Western cultures. Only one version may be taken for credit.

A ANT 189Z Writing in Anthropology (1)
Students who are concurrently registered in any 100 or 200 level anthropology course, may with permission of the instructor of that course, enroll in A ANT 189Z and fulfill a writing intensive version of that other course. The writing intensive version will involve: 1) a body of written work beyond that normally required by the companion course, 2) opportunities for students to receive assistance in progress, and 3) an opportunity for students to revise some pieces.

A ANT 197 Special Topics in Anthropology (1–4)
Study of a selected topic in anthropology. May be repeated for credit when topic varies. Consult class schedule for specific topic.

A ANT 201 Critical Thinking and Skepticism in Anthropology (3)
How many people believe most everything they are told, or everything that they read? How can we tell the difference between statements that are based on fact, and those based only on opinion, ideology, error, or falsehood? Why should we care in the first place? This class will help you answer these questions, and hopefully raise many more. We will cover the ways in which your own brain and senses can trick you. We will cover the common mistakes made in reasoning, "logical fallacies" that can lead even the most critical of thinkers to false conclusions. We will cover several of the most common types of false information that people encounter today, such as psychics, astrology, or complementary and alternative medicine, and will explore why these are problematic. Our focus throughout will be on identifying current, real world examples of "uncritical thinking" in popular and news media. Hopefully at the end of the course, we will all be better consumers of knowledge.

T ANT 201 Critical Thinking and Skepticism (3)
T ANT 201 is the Honors College version of A ANT 201; only one version may be taken for credit.

A ANT 211 (formerly A ANT 411) Human Population Biology (3)
Biological variation in human populations, with emphasis on genetics, adaptability, demography and related aspects of population dynamics. Prerequisite(s): A ANT 110; or A BIO 110; or A BIO 120 recommended.

A ANT 220 (= A ENG 217 & A LIN 220) Introduction to Linguistics (3)
Introduction to the study of language, including examination of the characteristics and structural principles of natural language. After exploring the basic characteristics of sound, word formation and sentence structure, these principles are applied to such topics as: language variation, language change, psycholinguistics, pragmatics, and animal communication. Only one version may be taken for credit.

A ANT 233 (= A LCS 233) Aztecs, Incas, and Mayas (3)
Introductory survey of the archaeology and ethnohistory of the three best-known indigenous civilizations of the New World. Each is presented in terms of prehistoric background and evolution, social organization, politics and economics, religion and art. Consideration is given to the Spanish conquest of these three groups and to their modern legacies. Only one version may be taken for credit.

T ANT 233 (= T LCS 233) Aztecs, Incas, and Mayas (3)
T ANT 233 is the Honors College version of A ANT 233; only one version may be taken for credit.

A ANT 236 American Indian Archaeology (3)
Introductory survey of the prehistory of North America and Mesoamerica. Emphasis on the prehistoric developments in the Eastern Woodlands, Plains, Southwest, Mexico, and the Arctic. An introduction to current theoretical issues as applied in these culture areas.

A ANT 240 The North American Indian (3)
The nature and distribution of North American Indian cultures from the pre-Columbian period to the present. Prerequisite(s): A ANT 100 or 108.

A ANT 268 (= A LCS 268) Ethnology of Pre-Columbian Art (3)
Survey of the art and architecture of the pre-Columbian Mesoamerican civilizations, from the origins of the Olmec civilization (c. 1500 B.C.) through the native art produced under Spanish colonial rule in the 16th century. The objects are viewed in relation to their cultural and historical context. Issues of collection and exhibition are also discussed. Only one version may be taken for credit.

A ANT 269 (= A AFS 269 & A LCS 269) The Caribbean: Peoples, History and Culture (3)
This course introduces students to significant aspects of Anglophone Caribbean culture and history in the context of this region of the globe, the wider Caribbean, functioning as the crossroads of the world. Colonial conquest forced and forged the intersection of Europe, Asia, and Africa in the Caribbean so that while it is not large in terms of geographical area or total population, it resonates with global significance as a crucible of cultural hybridity and as a nurturing space of modernity. Only one version may be taken for credit.

T ANT 272 Global Latin American Cities: Transnational Politics and Space (3)
What are contemporary cities and how do we understand them in the contexts of globalization and transnationalism? How do anthropologists study such cities? In order to address these basic questions, this course is organized around a set of films and important theoretical concepts that have been debated in anthropology, urban studies, geography, sociology and other disciplines. Being an anthropology class, however, it will emphasize an anthropological perspective. The ethnographic readings and films presented in the class will primarily focus on Latin American topics. While this will give the class ethnographic focus, we will think about cities, urban life, and cosmopolitanisms from outside of Latin America. The films and readings on urban Latin America will serve as bases for cross-cultural analysis. It is expected that students taking this course will have already taken a course in anthropology, sociology, political science or geography. Prerequisite(s): permission of instructor.

A ANT 304 Human Biomechanics (3)
This course explores how the human body moves with the goal of providing a strong foundation for future training and clinical practice. The first part of the course will cover fundamental concepts and terminology, basic joint mechanics, muscle physiology, and applied biomechanics. The rest of the class will focus on the regional biomechanics and evolution of the human upper extremity, axial skeleton, and lower extremity. Prerequisite(s): A ANT 110 and A ANT 211. Prerequisite or corequisite(s): A ANT 316.

A ANT 305 Archaeological Graphic Documentation (3)
This course teaches how to graphically record a typical range of archaeological artifacts, including ground and chipped stone tools, pottery, metal and clay figurines from UAlbany's New and Old World collections. Emphasis will be placed on the professional standards of artifact illustration for publication in journals and monographs. Students will learn how to scan, reduce and position individual drawings in order to produce a publishable end product. Only one version of A ANT 305 may be taken for credit. Prerequisite(s): permission of instructor.

A ANT 309 Human Population History (3)
Birth, marriage, migration, and death — some of the most basic events in people's lives — are closely linked to larger economic and social phenomena. An understanding of these events can shed light on the economic and social world inhabited by people in the past and how these contexts interact to shape human populations and individual behavior. In this course, students will be introduced to the sources and methods used by historical demographers to reconstruct, measure, and compare past populations. In addition, the course will cover a broad range of problems in historical demography, including mortality crises, fertility control, the modern rise in population, and the influence of economic and social institutions on demographic change. Prerequisite(s): A ANT 110 and A ANT 211.

A ANT 310 Human Paleontology (3)
Examination of the human fossil record and of the major theories dealing with fossil record. Prerequisite(s): A ANT 110.

A ANT 311 Human Osteology (3)
This course is an intensive study of the anatomy of the human skeleton. This course will cover bone histology, growth and development of bones, common pathological conditions, the determination of age and sex from skeletal material, and the identification of whole and fragmented bones in archaeological and forensic contexts. This course will include a laboratory component to provide students with the opportunity to examine the material discussed in class. Prerequisite(s): junior or senior standing.

A ANT 312 (= A BIO 318; formerly A ANT 412/A BIO 419) Human Population Genetics (3)
Population genetics theory is the foundation of evolutionary biology and contributes heavily to modern ideas in ecology, systematics, and agriculture. This course is an introduction to that theory with special emphasis on evolution. Only one version may be taken for credit. Prerequisite(s): A ANT 211 or A BIO 205 or 212.

A ANT 314 Forensic Anthropology (3)
This course teaches the application of methods from biological anthropology and archaeology to the recovery and analysis of skeletonized human remains. The primary focus of this course is the application of these methods to investigations of unexplained deaths, including homicides, genocides, and mass disasters. Students will learn how to determine age at death, sex, ancestral affiliations, and stature from skeletal remains, and how to identify evidence of trauma and disease. Other topics include forensic botany, forensic entomology, and DNA fingerprinting. Prerequisite(s): junior or senior standing.

A ANT 316 Human Anatomy and Physiology I (4)
This course provides an introduction to human anatomy and physiology. These topics refer to the form and function of the human body, and are presented together in an integrated two-semester course sequence. This course focuses on basic concepts in anatomy and physiology, embryology, the peripheral nervous system, respiration, the cardiovascular system, and the musculoskeletal system of the upper limb, thorax and back. The course provides a foundation for students interested in human biology, biological anthropology, medicine, and allied health professions. Prerequisite(s): A BIO 120, A BIO 121, A BIO 201, A BIO 202, A CHM 120, and A CHM 121.

A ANT 317 Exercise Physiology (3)
This course will provide a broad introduction to the field of exercise physiology. Topics covered will include cellular energy metabolism, pulmonary and cardiovascular responses to exercise, muscle physiology, training, nutrition, bode composition, and exercise testing. Students will spend some time in the human performance laboratory where the focus will on be applied exercise physiology and performance testing. Specialized topics include exercise at high altitude, temperature regulation, sports nutrition, exercise performance during the growth and development period, and the relationship of exercise and physical activity to human health and disease. Prerequisite(s): A BIO 120, A BIO 121, A BIO 201, and A BIO 202.

A ANT 318 Human Anatomy and Physiology II (4)
This course provides an introduction to human anatomy and physiology. These topics refer to the form and function of the human body, and are presented together in an integrated two-semester course sequence. This course is the second in that sequence, and focuses on the gastro-intestinal tract, digestion, the urogenital, reproductive and endocrine systems, the cranial nerves, the visual, olfactory and auditory systems, and the musculoskeletal system of the lower limb, head and neck. The course provides a foundation for students interested in human biology, biological anthropology, medicine, and allied health professions. Prerequisite(s): A ANT 316.

A ANT 319 Physical Growth and Development (3)
Analysis of the pattern of human growth during the prenatal and postnatal periods and their variation around the world. The course focuses on the influence of social factors, nutrition, alcohol and cigarette use, race/ethnicity, pollution, and features of the physical environment which modify growth patterns. Prerequisite(s): A ANT 211.

A ANT 321 (= A LIN 321) Introduction to Syntax (3)
The human ability to produce and understand an infinite number of different sentences is one of the most remarkable capabilities we have. The study of the structure of sentences is called syntax, and this course is an introduction to syntactic theory. The particular approach we will be pursuing is called generative grammar, the approach to syntax pioneered by linguists such as Noam Chomsky. Chomsky argues that all humans are born with an unconscious knowledge of Universal Grammar, the basis on which the grammars of all languages are built. Through a detailed examination of English sentence structure, we will investigate the connections between English syntax and Universal Grammar. Only one version may be taken for credit. Prerequisite(s): A ANT 220 or permission of instructor.

A ANT 322 (= A LIN 322) Introduction to Phonology (3)
Introduction to the description and analysis of human speech sounds and their organization. Introduction to articulatory phonetics and the International Phonetic Alphabet followed by examination and generative phonological analysis of data from English and a wide range of other languages. Only one version may be taken for credit. Prerequisite(s): A ANT 220 or permission of instructor.

A ANT 325 (= A LIN 325) Sociolinguistics (3)
Introduction to the study of language as a social phenomenon. Includes basic sociolinguistic concepts, interactional sociolinguistics, social dialects, Black English, diglossia, bilingualism, and bilingual education. Only one version may be taken for credit. Prerequisite(s): A ANT 220 or permission of instructor.

A ANT 330 Topics in Archaeology (3)
Survey of a topic in archaeology or regional prehistory for upper division students. May be repeated for credit when topic differs. Consult class schedule for specific topic. Prerequisite(s): A ANT 104.

A ANT 331 Early Civilization of the Old World (3)
The development of early complex societies in the Old World, including the origins of agriculture, urbanism, states, and empires. Examines the nature of the archaeological evidence for these developments and its interpretation, employing case studies drawn from the Near East, the Indian Subcontinent, and China. Prerequisite(s): junior or senior standing.

A ANT 332 Ethnoarchaeology (3)
Ethnoarchaeology combines the archaeologist’s interest in material culture with the cultural anthropologist’s interest in ongoing behavior. Included are the archaeology of living populations, action archaeology, experimental and replication studies, formation processes, and ethnographic analogy, among other subjects. Prerequisite(s): A ANT 104 or permission of instructor.

A ANT 333/333Z Iroquois Archaeology and Ethnohistory (3)
An intensive survey of the archaeology, history, and ethnology of the Iroquois. Coverage begins with the first appearance of the Iroquois in the region and continues to modern reservation life. Only one version of A ANT 333 may be taken for credit. Prerequisite(s): A ANT 104.

A ANT 334 The Earliest Cities (3)
Comparative treatment of the earliest urban settlements around the world. Case studies include Mesopotamia, Egypt, Sub-Saharan Africa, China, Southeast Asia, Mesoamerica, and the Andes. Cities are compared in terms of planning, political roles, religious features, economic patterns, and their rise and fall. Also covers archaeological methods for the study of early cities. Prerequisite(s): A ANT 104.

A ANT 335 Introduction to Archaeological Field Techniques (3)
Introduction to data gathering techniques used by archaeologists in the field. Taught prior to A ANT 338 as basic training for students concentrating in archaeology. May be repeated for credit. Prerequisite(s): A ANT 104 or permission of instructor.

A ANT 336 (= A ARH 310) Art and Archaeology of Cyprus I (3)
An examination or the material culture (art, archaeology, and architecture), settlement patterns and changing environmental setting of successive cultures of the east Mediterranean island of Cyprus from the first human occupation to the Roman period (10,000 BCE to 50 BCE) The island’s role as a major point of contact between Near Eastern and Western Mediterranean civilizations will be emphasized. Only one version may be taken for credit. May not be offered in 2016-2017.

A ANT 337 (= A ARH 311) Art and Archaeology of Cyprus II (3) An examination of the material culture (art, archaeology, and architecture) and history of the island of Cyprus from the Roman period through its recently won independence in 1960 and up to the present. Byzantine church painting, Gothic ecclesiastical and military architecture, the Venetian preparations for an Ottoman invasion emphasize the significance of this Christian enclave in the Moslem east under Latin, Venetian, Ottoman, and British colonial rule. Finally, the strategic importance of Cyprus during the Cold War still continues to affect its history. Only one version may be taken for credit. May not be offered in 2016-2017.

A ANT 338/338Z Archaeological Field Research (6)
Directed archaeological excavation of selected sites, including experience in site location, mapping, excavation, preservation, analysis, classification, and interpretation. May be repeated for credit. Prerequisite(s): A ANT 335 or permission of instructor.

A ANT 339 Archaeological Lab Techniques (3)
Survey and practical application of laboratory techniques using materials from the University collections. Emphasis on physical and chemical analysis, classification, and specialized analysis. Only one version of A ANT 339 may be taken for credit. Prerequisite(s): A ANT 104.

A ANT 340 Topics in Ethnology (3)
Survey of the cultures of one of the major regions of the world. May be repeated for credit when topic differs. Consult class schedule for specific topic. Prerequisite(s): A ANT 108.

A ANT 341/341Z (= A LCS 341/341Z) Ethnology of Mesoamerica (3)
Survey of the cultures and history of the native peoples of Mexico and Central America. Beginning with the documents created by and about native peoples around the time of the Spanish invasion, the course follows the experiences of these societies through the colonial period and up to the present. Only one version of A ANT 341 may be taken for credit. Prerequisite(s): A ANT 100 or 108.

A ANT 343/343Z Native American Literature (3)
Survey of the literature of the native peoples of North America and Mesoamerica, from early colonial times to the present. Readings include oral narratives, songs, autobiography, and contemporary poetry and fiction. Discussion focuses on the use of texts for cultural analysis, Native American literary aesthetics, and the survival of native literary traditions. Only one version of A ANT 343 may be taken for credit. Prerequisite(s): junior or senior standing.

A ANT 351/351Z Ethnicity in North America (3)
Analysis of ethnicity, assimilation and pluralism with regard to one or more North American ethnic group(s). Social, political, economic and symbolic adaptations. Consideration of relative merits of integration and separation in modern society. This course is cross-listed with A JST 351/351Z when Jewish ethnicity and assimilation are a major focus of those courses. This course is cross-listed with A JST 351 and 351Z when Jewish ethnicity and assimilation are a major focus of those courses. Only one version of A ANT 351 may be taken for credit. Prerequisite(s): junior or senior standing and permission of instructor.

A ANT 354 Culture & Economy in a Globalized World (3)
A central premise of economic anthropology and of this course is to view economics as culture – as a series of social relations and cultural contexts that are embedded in wider histories and larger processes. This course explores and critiques some of the cultural biases and assumptions inherent in such mainstream economic principles as work and leisure, poverty and wealth, gifts and commodities, and money and markets through a series of global case studies of culture, economy and development. Prerequisite(s): A ANT 108.

A ANT 355/355Z Environment, Economy, and Culture (3)
Cross-cultural survey of the systematic relations between environment, behavior and culture. Analysis of production and exchange systems at hunting and gathering, agricultural, and industrial stages of social evolution. Environmental and economic disruption, perception and management in cultural perspective. Only one version of A ANT 355 may be taken for credit. Prerequisite(s): A ANT 108 or 102 or 104 or permission of instructor.

A ANT 360/360Z Social Anthropology (3)
Comparative study of social systems, tribal, traditional, and modern societies. Deals with economic, kinship, political, and other aspects of social structure. Social systems in functionalist, evolutionary, and dialectic perspectives. Combines in one course kinship, political, economic, and stratificational anthropology. Only one version of A ANT 360 may be taken for credit. Prerequisite(s): A ANT 108.

A ANT 361/361Z Anthropology and Public Policy (3)
The practical application of anthropological theory and research to policy areas such as economic development, environment, welfare, and mass media. The ethics of applied anthropology. Only one version of A ANT 361 may be taken for credit. Prerequisite(s): 3 credits in anthropology or political science or sociology.

A ANT 363 (= A REL 363) Ethnology of Religion (3)
Topical and theoretical survey of anthropological approaches to understanding human religious expression. Topics include myth, ritual, world view, shamanism, gender, and religious change. Emphasizes the religions of non-literate, non-Western peoples but also includes examples from major world religions and contemporary Western societies. Only one version may be taken for credit. Prerequisite(s): A ANT 100 or 108, or A REL 100.

A ANT 364 Introduction to Cultural Medical Anthropology (3)
Introduction to cultural approaches to medical anthropology. Cross-cultural examination of different views of health, disease, healing and the body, their effect on medical care and maintenance of health of individuals and communities. Also examines the intersection between health, sickness, and social and economic inequalities globally and in the U.S. Prerequisite(s): A ANT 108 or permission of instructor.

A ANT 365 (= A WSS 365) The Anthropology of New Reproductive Technologies (3)
A cross-cultural perspective on how new reproductive technologies (including in vitro fertilization, surrogacy, ultrasound, prenatal screening for disability, sex selection, fetal surgery, and neonatal intensive care) are transforming the experience of procreation and challenging cultural notions of kinship, personhood, and what it means to be human. Only one version may be taken for credit. Prerequisite(s): 3 credits in anthropology, philosophy, or women's studies.

A ANT 372/372Z Urban Anthropology (3)
Introduction to urban anthropology. Emphasis on rural-urban migrations, adjustment and assimilation of urban migrants, urban kinship and family structure, poverty culture, rural-urban typologies, and the application of anthropological methods to the study of urban societies. Only one version of A ANT 372 may be taken for credit. Prerequisite(s): one course in anthropology, sociology, political science, or geography.

A ANT 376 (= A GLO 376) Global Ethnography (3)
This course is about globalization and its impact on local communities worldwide. The term globalization will be understood not as a large-scale abstract and deterritorialized process, but one that has impact, consequences, and influence on local communities on a daily basis. The course is titled "Global Ethnography," which means that the class will be reading first-hand accounts of scholars who have documented the effects of globalizations on local communities. Through these accounts students will be learning about the different ways globalization is affecting local communities at social, economic, and cultural levels. The class will also be hearing the voices of local people and understanding globalization from people's perspectives. The readings in this course will enable a better understanding of globalization as it is embedded, manifested, and negotiated by localities as well as its real-life personal, social, and communal repercussions in people's lives. The course will examine different globalizing "agents" in various contexts such as tourism, street vending, language, landscape, consumerism, capitalism, remittance housing, among others. Only one version may be taken for credit. Prerequisite(s): at least one course of A ANT 108, A ANT 119, A GOG 102, A GOG/A USP 125, A GLO 103, or A SOC 115, or permission of instructor.

A ANT 381/381Z (= A WSS 381/381Z) Anthropology of Gender (3)
Cross-cultural analysis of gender roles. Focuses on non-Western societies, using data from other societies to better understand the gender system of our own culture. Issues include status of women and men, the meaning of “femaleness” and “maleness”, and women and health care systems. Only one version of A ANT 381 may be taken for credit. Prerequisite(s): one course in anthropology or sociology.

A ANT 389Z Writing in Anthropology (1)
Students who are concurrently registered in any 300 or 400 level anthropology course, may with permission of the instructor of that course, enroll in A ANT 389Z and fulfill a writing intensive version of that other course. The writing intensive version will involve: 1) a body of written work beyond that normally required by the companion course, 2) opportunities for students to receive assistance in progress, and 3) an opportunity for students to revise some pieces.

A ANT 390 Ethnological Theory (3)
Historical survey of theoretical approaches to the study of culture, with emphasis on contemporary trends. Recommended for majors planning graduate work. Content may vary with instructor. Prerequisite(s): A ANT 108.

A ANT 409 Primate Evolutionary Biology (3)
This course addresses the principles and specifics involved in nonhuman primate evolution. The first portion of the class investigates the relationships between ecology, sociality, and phylogeny on the one hand and the diversity of adaptations among living primates on the other. The second portion of the class will apply principles derived from the living primates to understanding the adaptations and evolutionary relationships among fossil primates, and the relationships between extinct and living species. Particular attention will be paid to major research questions relevant to significant periods in primate evolution. Prerequisise(s): A ANT 110.

A ANT 414/414Z (formerly A ANT 313) Demographic Anthropology (3)
Demographic theory as it applies to anthropological populations, with emphases on birth, death and growth rates, population size and dispersion, mating, and migration. Aspects of historical and paleodemography accompany analyses of living populations. Only one version of A ANT 414 may be taken for credit. Prerequisite(s): A ANT 110 and 211.

A ANT 415 Nutritional Anthropology (3)
This course provides an introduction to the biological, ecological, and social factors influencing diet and nutrition. Basic nutritional physiology and biochemistry are presented in the first part of the course. Later topics include paleonutrition as well as nutritional issues of contemporary human population groups. The core focus is on the concept of energy balance. Time is spent in the metabolic laboratory learning how to measure metabolic energy expenditure and assess nutritional status in humans. Students participate in the collection and analysis of individual and class data on nutritional intake and energy expenditure, with an emphasis on basic techniques of data presentations, analysis, and interpretation. Prerequisite(s): A ANT 211.

A ANT 416 Topics in Human Biology (3)
Selected topics in biological anthropology. May be repeated for credit when topic differs. Consult class schedule for specific topic. Prerequisite(s): A ANT 110 and 211.

A ANT 418/418Z Culture, Environment, and Health (3)
Anthropological study of health and disease patterns in human populations with emphasis on human-made influences on the health of contemporary societies. The effects of societal and cultural factors on disease patterns, and the assessment of health status through epidemiological and anthropological methods are explored. Only one version of A ANT 418 may be taken for credit. Prerequisite(s): A ANT 119.

A ANT 419 Human Evolutionary and Environmental Physiology (3)
This course will focus on human (and animal) adaptation to the environment. We will cover the basic physiology of high altitude, thermoregulation (temperature), water-balance, hyperbaria (deep sea diving), energy production and procurement, and the weightlessness of space (micro-gravity). While the focus is on humans, the course will take a comparative approach, examining how different species have adapted to various environments, including evolutionary, developmental, and homeostatic modes of adaptive response. The course meets twice a week, with class time divided between lecture, student presentation/discussion, and laboratory activities in the SUNY Albany Human Performance Laboratory. Prerequisite(s): A BIO 110 or 120 and 122; and 111 or 121 and 123.

A ANT 421Z (= A LIN 421Z) Advanced Syntax (3)
This course continues the investigation of the relationship between the grammars of particular languages and Universal Grammar. We will examine the syntax of several languages from around the world asking ourselves the following questions: a.) How do the principles that organize the grammars of other languages around the world compare to English? b.) What grammatical properties are true for all languages? We will discuss the answers to these questions in the light of generative grammar. Only one version may be taken for credit. The former A LIN 421 & A ANT 421 do not yield writing intensive credit. Prerequisite(s): A LIN 321 with grade of C or higher.

A ANT 422 (= A LIN 422) Advanced Phonology (3)
Advanced studies in generative phonological theory, with a focus on the analysis of prosodic phenomena such as stress, tone, and accent. Discussion of recent theoretical trends in phonology. Only one version may be taken for credit. Prerequisite(s): A ANT 322 with grade of C or higher.

A ANT 423 Linguistic Structures (3)
Investigation of the structure of a selected language, language family, or language area. Prerequisite(s): a prior course in linguistics or permission of instructor.

A ANT 424 Language and Culture (3)
Study of the nature of the interrelationships that exist between linguistic behavior and other aspects of culture. Prerequisite(s): A ANT 221 or A LIN 220 or permission of instructor.

A ANT 425 (= A LIN 425) Comparative and Historical Linguistics (3)
Language development and change. Language classification, linguistic reconstruction. Only one version of A ANT 425 may be taken for credit. Prerequisite(s): A ANT 322.

A ANT 430 Archaeological Theory (3)
Advanced theory and method in archaeology, emphasizing topics such as quantitative applications, spatial analysis, cultural processes, systems analysis, the application of dating techniques, and the reconstruction of extinct cultures. Prerequisite(s): A ANT 104.

A ANT 431 Seminar in Social Archaeology (3)
Seminar on selected topics in the archaeological study of past social organization. Topics will vary. Examples include settlement patterns, household organization, economic processes, urbanism, and world systems. Topics will be approached in terms of methods, theories, and comparative analysis. May be repeated for credit.

A ANT 433 Mesoamerican Archaeology (3)
Archaeological study of the ancient peoples and cultures of Mesoamerica from the earliest inhabitants to the Spanish conquest. Coverage is chronological and evolutionary, with application of anthropological models of cultural change. Emphasis on the major transformation such as the origin of agriculture, the rise of cities, and the expansion of states and empires. Prerequisite(s): A ANT 104 or equivalent, or permission of instructor.

A ANT 434 Seminar in Mesoamerican Writing Systems (3)
Seminar on selected Mesoamerican writing systems. Focus varies, but Classic Mayan writing is usually emphasized. Topics include the structure and evolution of the scripts; relations between writing and other communication systems; and anthropological research using hieroglyphic evidence. May be repeated for credit. Prerequisite(s): course work in Mesoamerican archaeology, ethnology, or linguistics is recommended.

A ANT 435 Archaeological Surveys (3)
Survey of the archaeology of a selected region of the world. Topics vary according to the regional specialty of the professor in charge. May be repeated for credit when topic differs. Prerequisite(s): A ANT 104.

A ANT 438 Museum Research and Curation (3)
The course emphasizes collections management and research with existing collections, including database management, basic museum methods for anthropologists, and approaches to problems of using data collected by other researchers. Students design and complete projects using existing collections. Prerequisite(s): A ANT 104.

A ANT 441 Paleodemography/Paleopathology (3)
This course is partly an introduction to the conceptual and analytic aspects of paleodemography, a field that uses skeletal samples from archaeological excavations to reconstruct past population dynamics. This course will cover the special problems associated with reconstructing demographic patterns from skeletal samples, such as biases in age estimation methods, preservation biases, and selective mortality. This course is also an intensive study of human disease in past populations and will focus on the identification and interpretation of osteological indicators of health and disease from human skeletal remains. Topics covered include age estimation and sex determination, specific and non-specific skeletal lesions, temporal and spatial variation of disease in humans, the use of radiographs to aid in differential diagnosis of disease, and ancient DNA techniques. Prerequisite(s): junior or senior standing.

A ANT 450/450Z Special Topics in Medical Anthropology (3)
Study of a selected topic in medical anthropology. May be repeated for credit when topic differs. Consult class schedule for specific topic. Prerequisite(s): junior or senior standing.

A ANT 472 (= A LCS 472) Social Movements in Latin America (3)
This class takes an anthropological perspective to discuss contemporary Latin American social movements. It considers why the intensification of social movements throughout the region may follow some traditional forms of resistance and mobilization, but also why it is a response to neoliberal globalization. These new movements seek to define a novel relation to the political realm. Unlike traditional guerrilla movements or electoral expressions of the left, they are not fundamentally organized to seize state power. Yet they have contributed to destabilizing, even, ousting governments. Social movement formation and resistance to neoliberalism are explored. Social movements, such as the indigenous mobilizations in Ecuador, mobilizations against water privatizations and gas pipeline investments in Bolivia, the Zapatista movement in Mexico, landless rural workers in Brazil, Afro-Colombians resisting investors, and the urban worker strikes in Argentina, are covered. Only one version may be taken for credit. Prerequisite(s): one course in anthropology, sociology, political science or geography.

A ANT 475 The Folktale (3)
This course examines the folktale in its oral and literary forms, with principal emphasis on the fairy tale or magic tale. Folktales are artistic creations that organize emotional experiences into a story form that has universal appeal, but which varies in accordance with ethnicity, gender, class, and other cultural and social factors. The course traces the folktale's history in Europe, from the earliest publications to the present, and explores different approaches to understanding this narrative form. Course material also includes contemporary oral tale-telling traditions from around the world and retellings of traditional tales in literature and film. Students gain experience in oral tale-telling and tale composition. The course is inter-disciplinary, combining anthropological, folkloristic, and literary approaches. Prerequisite(s): junior or senior standing or permission of instructor.

A ANT 480 Introduction to Ethnographic Field Research (3)
Ethnographic fieldwork experience for qualified undergraduates. Study of fieldwork methodology and principles together with actual fieldwork on selected topics under faculty supervision. Prerequisite(s): junior or senior standing and permission of instructor.

A ANT 481 (= A LCS 491) Research Projects (3–6)
Introduction to basic research skills required to answer questions on human behavior, with special emphasis on cross-cultural communication and learning and dynamics of cross-cultural interaction. Specific research projects familiarize students with the basic research methods including data collection, processing, and analysis. Only one version may be taken for credit. Prerequisite(s): junior or senior standing and permission of instructor.

A ANT 482 Honors Seminar In Anthropology (3)
Students in the honors program should enroll in both A ANT 482 and 483 for a total of 6 credits during the fall and spring of their senior year. Students will write an honors thesis under the supervision of a member of the Anthropology Department, present periodic progress reports, and deliver an oral summary of the completed thesis. Prerequisite(s): admission to the Anthropology Department honors program.

A ANT 483 Senior Honors Thesis Seminar (3)
Students in the honors program should enroll in both A ANT 482 and 483 for a total of 6 credits during the fall and spring of their senior year. Students will write an honors thesis under the supervision of a member of the Anthropology Department, present periodic progress reports, and deliver an oral summary of the completed thesis. Prerequisite(s): admission to the Anthropology Department honors program.

A ANT 490 (= A CLA 490) Internship in Archaeological Conservation and Documentation (3–9)
Supervised placement in an agency engaged in conservation and documentation of archaeological artifacts, such as the New York State Museum or State Conservation Laboratory. Provides practical experience and cannot be counted among the 9 elective credits above the 300 level required for Mediterranean archaeology majors. Anthropology majors may use up to 3 credits toward major elective credit. May be taken by majors in Greek and Roman civilization and anthropology only. Internships are open only to qualified juniors and seniors who have an overall grade point average of 2.50 or higher. Prerequisite(s): permission of instructor. S/U graded.

A ANT 493 Fieldwork in Mesoamerica: An Orientation (1)
General overview of the social and economic contexts of an ethnographic field site in Mesoamerica. Emphasis is on the pragmatics of living in another cultural setting and preparing for a one-month intensive ethnographic research project. Discusses IRB guidelines and the specific ethnographic field project. Specific content of the course varies according to location of ethnographic project and location of that project. Specific content of the course varies according to ethnographic project and location of that project. Prerequisite(s): permission of instructor. S/U graded.

A ANT 497 Topics in Anthropology (3)
Advanced course on selected topic in anthropology. May focus on geographic or theoretical area. May be repeated for credit when topic differs. Prerequisite(s): junior or senior standing and permission of instructor.

A ANT 498 Independent Study in Anthropology (1-6)
Independent reading or research on selected topics under the direction of a faculty member. May be repeated for credit. Prerequisite(s): junior or senior standing.

A ANT 499 Senior Seminar in Anthropology (3)
Seminar on selected topics in anthropology. Open to seniors with permission of instructor. Recommended for majors planning graduate work. May be repeated for credit.

  
TEMPORARY PAGE DIVIDER

Department of Art

Faculty

Professors Emeriti
Roberta M. Bernstein, Ph.D. (Collins Fellow)
Columbia University  
David Carbone, M.F.A.
Brooklyn College, CUNY
Robert Cartmell, M.F.A. 
University of Iowa 
Mark A. Greenwold, M.F.A.
Indiana University
Arthur G. Lennig, Ph.D.
University of Wisconsin
Thom O’Connor, M.F.A.
Cranbrook Academy
John C. Overbeck, Ph.D.
University of Cincinnati
Paul W. Wallace, Ph.D.
Indiana University 

Professors
JoAnne Carson, M.F.A.
University of Chicago
Sarah R. Cohen, Ph.D.
Yale University
Phyllis J. Galembo, M.F.A.
University of Wisconsin
Edward A. Mayer, M.F.A.
University of Wisconsin

Associate Professors 
Amy R. Bloch, Ph.D.
Rutgers University        
Leona Christie, M.F.A.
University of Washington
Rachel Dressler, Ph.D. (Department Chair)
Columbia University
Adam Frelin, M.F.A.
University of California, San Diego 
Daniel Goodwin, M.F.A.
Hunter College
Michael R. Werner, Ph.D.
Stanford University

Assistant Professor
Rakhee Balaram, Ph.D.
Courtauld Institute       

Lecturers
Shira Segal, Ph.D.
Indiana University
Melissa Thorne, M.F.A.
California Institute of the Arts

Sculpture Technician
Roger Bisbing, M.F.A.
Syracuse University

Adjuncts (estimated): 18
Teaching Assistants (estimated): 13



The Department of Art and Art History offers a 36 credit major in art, a departmental art major of 60 credits, and a 36 credit major in art history. In addition students can minor in art or art history. The Department of Art and Art History also houses the Film Studies minor. The foundation of the studio art majors is a core curriculum in drawing, two- and three-dimensional design, and art history; areas of concentration are painting and drawing, sculpture, printmaking, and photography. The major in art history offers a range of courses drawn from offerings in art history within the department, and from other departments and programs in the College of Arts and Sciences, including anthropology and East Asian studies. The University Art Museum offers a wide variety of exhibitions that enhance and extend the offerings of the Department of Art and Art History.

Careers
In addition to the traditional careers in fine art, commercial art, art history and criticism, students who immerse themselves in our art and art history curricula emerge with an understanding of visual literacy at a time when our culture as a whole is becoming increasingly dependent upon visual communication. Career paths include various positions in art museums and galleries, art conservation, the teaching of art and art history, art therapy, furniture design, industrial design, interior design, stage and costume design, graphic design, film production, TV production, medical archaeology and anthropological illustration, and animation.

Degree Requirements for the Major in Art

General Program B.A.: 36 credits, including at least 12 credits at the 300 level or above, to be distributed as follows: 18 credits are core requirements: A ART 105, 110, 115, 144 and A ARH 170 and 171; 18 credits are from electives with an A ART prefix; 3 of these credits may be from any course that applies to the art history major (see below.)

Degree Requirements for the Departmental Major in Art

General Program B.A.: 60 credits including a 30-credit core requirement consisting of A ART 105, 110, 115, 144, 205, 220, 230, 240 or 242, 244, 305, and 491; 12 credits in art history consisting of A ARH 170 and 171 and 6 credits from courses that apply to the art history major (see below); 3 credits in studio art electives; and a 15-credit concentration in either painting and drawing, sculpture, printmaking, or photography.

Admission to Departmental Major in Art
The 60-credit art major is aimed at encouraging students who demonstrate both an unusual degree of accomplishment and potential. In the second semester of their sophomore year, or thereafter, students should submit from 12 to 20 works of art, in a portfolio or sheet of slides, to the Art and Art History Department for review. The portfolio should reflect a student’s intended area of focus: digital media, painting and drawing, photography, printmaking, or sculpture. The portfolio review is intended to give students an opportunity to demonstrate a maturing level of visual culture and the emergence of an artistic voice. Ultimately, an exemplary portfolio will display a high level of visual literacy and technical ability at the service of individual expression. This orientation will lead a student to further study at art school or at graduate school. Portfolios should be submitted to the art department secretary during the seventh week of the semester.

If a student is accepted as a 60-credit art major, the student should seek advisement from the undergraduate adviser and the faculty member they work with most to determine a set of personal goals within their remaining course of study.

Honors Program in the Departmental Major in Art

The Honors Program is designed for the exceptionally talented and committed student of art. Successful completion of the program is excellent preparation for graduate work in the Fine Arts. Studio space for Honors Students is limited. Successful completion of the program earns an Honors Certificate in Art and a nomination for graduating with “Honors in Art” from the University.

Students may present a portfolio for admission to the Honors Program to the Undergraduate Director in the second semester of their junior year or the first semester of their senior year. In order to be eligible for admission to the Honors Program, a student must be accepted as a 60-credit major and have completed at least 12 credits of studio course work. An applicant should have an overall grade point average of 3.25 or higher and a 3.5 or higher in all courses applicable toward the major. Applicants must submit a portfolio of 10 works in their area of concentration. The portfolio must demonstrate visual literacy, technical mastery, creative potential, and the drive and maturity to work independently in order to cultivate a distinctive personal direction. The Honors Committee may waive the entry requirements where appropriate. Decisions of the Honors Committee are final and are not subject to review or appeal.

Students in the Honors Program are required to complete a minimum of 60 credits, meeting all the requirements of the major. In addition, students must complete an Honors Project for 6-12 credits of studio course work and complete A ART 496, the Mentor Tutorial. The Honors Project mentor will be a member of the faculty who regularly works with the student in the student’s area of concentration. Critiques will be conducted during regular course offerings. An overall grade point average of 3.25 or higher and an average of 3.5 or higher in all courses applicable toward the major must be maintained in each semester of the program. Students dismissed from the program cannot be readmitted unless the grades on which dismissal is based were in error and are officially changed.

Degree Requirements for the Major in Art History

The purpose of the major in Art History is to introduce students to the principles and methods of art history, and to encourage their intellectual exploration of art and architecture in historical culture. Advisement and internship supervision are conducted by the Art History faculty.

General Program B.A.: A minimum of 36 credits.

Required core courses (9 credits): A ARH 170, 171; 3 credits from A ARH 450 or 499.
Lower Division Electives (9 credits): A ARH 205-298; A ANT 233/A LCS 233; A CLA 207, 208, 209; A EAC 280.
Upper Division Electives (18 credits): all 300 and 400 level A ARH courses; A ANT 334, 433; A CLA 490; A HIS 303Z.

Honors Program in Art History

The Honors program in Art History allows declared Art History majors who have excelled in at least their first 12 credits of Art History coursework to pursue an advanced program of study and independent research. At the time of entry into the Honors program students must have at least a 3.50 GPA in the Art History major and a 3.25 GPA overall, and they must maintain these levels of achievement throughout the rest of their coursework. Students may request entry into the Honors program from their faculty academic advisor. They will be admitted provided they have the necessary GPA requirements and that they will have enough time left in their academic years to fulfill the Honors requirements.

Degree Requirements for Honors in Art History

Required core courses (9 credits): A ARH 170, 171; 3 credits from A ARH 450 or 499.
Lower Division Electives (9 credits): A ARH 205-298; A ANT 233/A LCS 233; A CLA 207, 208, 209; A EAC 280.
Upper Division Electives (18 credits): all 300 and 400 level A ARH courses; A ANT 334, 433; A CLA 490; A HIS 303Z.
Within their elective coursework, Honors students must take at least one course from each of the following areas:

Within their upper-level elective coursework, Honors students must also take:
A. An additional research seminar (A ARH 499, which can be repeated for credit, or A ARH 450): In this additional research seminar, Honors students must fulfill two out of the following three special research tasks:

B. Two consecutive Independent Study courses (A ARH 497) in their last two semesters, in which they pursue an Honors thesis under the supervision of a faculty member in Art History

Evaluation of Honors students

Halfway through their last semester, Honors students must give an oral presentation on their Honors thesis to the Honors committee, which will be composed of three members of the Art History faculty, as well as the Honors supervisor if he or she is not on the committee. The committee will use an agreed-upon standard of assessment to evaluate the student’s performance, including the following:

The faculty committee’s assessment of the presentation will be factored into the final grade awarded by the faculty member of record who is supervising the Honors thesis. At the presentation the committee will also offer constructive feedback for the student to use in completing his or her thesis.

  
TEMPORARY PAGE DIVIDER

Courses in Art

A ART 105 Beginning Drawing (3)
Drawing encompasses all the visual disciplines; it will be taught as a way of thinking and planning for other fields of creative endeavor. Drawing is a way of seeing, thinking, and feeling through making marks. Students will be exposed to objective drawing techniques with an emphasis on two-dimensional design.

A ART 110 Two-Dimensional Design (3)
The principles of two-dimensional design and composition intended primarily as a preparatory course for all other courses concerned with the two-dimensional approach.

A ART 115 Three-Dimensional Design (3)
A problem-solving introduction to the principles and elements of three-dimensional design. Demonstrations and implementations of equipment, methods and materials encourage students to develop their interpretive and technical facility, while solving problems that deal with form, space, structure, scale and volume. Course fee applies. Consult the Schedule of Classes.

A ART 144 Fundamentals of Photography and Related Media (3)
Photography and related media have moved to the center of nearly all aspects of artistic practice. In this foundational course, the convergence of photography the related media that inform and are informed by it (including video and digital media) are explored through hands-on projects and readings designed to increase students' aesthetic and technical vocabulary. Students are also introduced to the work of significant contemporary artists who work with photography. Course fee applies. Consult the Schedule of Classes.

A ART 205 Life Drawing (3)
A studio course for students with one semester of drawing experience. This course offers extended opportunities to draw the human figure. Emphasis will be placed on the underlying conceptual structures of perceptual relationships. Students will be asked to master the description of bodily forms deployed in a coherent pictorial space. Prerequisite(s): A ART 105.

T ART 210 Experiments in Visual Thinking (3)
Experiments in Visual Thinking is an idea-oriented course in which students learn how to think and communicate visually. Through individual and group projects, students will work toward developing an expanded visual vocabulary while learning how to visually convey their ideas and interests. Rather than start a project by determining the discipline to work within (painting, game design, landscape architecture...), we will begin each assignment by exploring a list of interests, issues, and concerns that are both relevant to the student and the contemporary world: the self, the environment, network culture, globalization, just to name a few. Each student will be asked to translate the topic into a visual outcome. Through a continual exchange of technical and conceptual feedback, each student will create a series of finished projects that illustrate their ability to think visually and act upon that thinking.

Class time will be devoted to lectures, class discussions, presentations, demonstrations, work time, and critique. Equally, this course will explore the expanded role of a visually creative person in the 21st century, not only focusing on the traditional role of creator, but also on the contemporary roles of facilitator, manager, and collaborator. Open to Honors College students only.

A ART 220 Beginning Sculpture (3)
The course work involves representing and interpreting the human form in 3-dimensions, developing eye/hand coordination, and understanding the importance of proportions and relationships. Working from the live model, students learn about the characteristics, potentials, and limits of water-based clay (terra-cotta, when fired), the need for and construction of an armature, and the techniques of modeling full-scale and proportional-scale representations of the male/female form. Final project includes a self-portrait exercise and an inventive transformation. Visual presentations and demonstrations supplement students' first-hand experiences. Prerequisite(s): A ART 115 or permission of instructor. Course fee applies. Consult the Schedule of Classes.

A ART 230 Beginning Painting (3)
An introduction to the language of painting through studio practice. Students will work toward mastering the skills of color mixing as they apply to painting from life. This course stresses the discipline of perceiving the optical effects of light and color in nature and translating them into a pictorial space. Prerequisite(s): A ART 205 or permission of instructor.

A ART 240 Contemporary Etching (3)
In this class, students will be introduced to etching as both a historical and contemporary medium of expression. Projects will explore drawing and printing with line, tone, and texture via the traditional techniques of hard and soft ground etching, drypoint, and aquatint. Additionally, students will learn to integrate digital imaging in the creation of their intaglio prints. Assignments will address issues of representation, abstraction, cultural critique, and personal expression. Prerequisite(s): A ART 105 or permission of instructor. Course fee applies. Consult the Schedule of Classes.

A ART 241 Silkscreen Printmaking (3)
This studio art course introduces silkscreen printmaking, also known as serigraphy, as a contemporary medium for exploring the “democratic multiple,” and the artistic and cultural legacy of Pop Art and Andy Warhol. Students will use stencils, photo-mechanical exposure, and water-based methods to combine drawing, photography, digital design, color, found images, and collage into complex images. Projects will be printed on paper and other surfaces. Prerequisite(s): A ART 105 or A ART 110 or permission of instructor. Course fee applies. Consult the Schedule of Classes.

A ART 244 Beginning Photography and Digital Imaging (3)
An introduction to Photography as fine art; covers traditional chemical-based black and white as well as digital techniques and image- making skills. The convergence of traditional photography and digital media is explored through hands-on projects and readings designed to increase students' aesthetic and technical vocabulary. Students are also introduced weekly to the work of significant contemporary artists who work with photography. Course fee applies. Consult the Schedule of Classes.

A ART 250 Introduction to Digital Imaging (3)
An introduction to the technical and theoretical issues of the computer in the visual arts. The convergence of photography and digital media is explored through hands-on projects and readings designed to increase students’ aesthetic and technical vocabulary. Topics covered include basic scanning and manipulation of photographic imagery through raster-based graphics programs, and fine art digital printmaking, as well as an introduction to web graphics. Prerequisite(s): A ART 244 or one studio art course and permission of instructor. Course fee applies. Consult the Schedule of Classes.

A ART 282 Introduction to Video Postproduction (3)
An introduction to the technical and theoretical issues of the computer in the visual arts with a focus on digital video. Digital video post-production is explored through hands-on projects and readings designed to increase students’ aesthetic and technical vocabulary. Topics covered include basic non-linear editing with Final Cut Express/Pro, including graphics, titles, effects, importing/exporting, and sound editing. Also covered will be the preparation and creation of DVDs with iDVD and DVD Studio Pro.

A ART 298 Topics in Art (3)
Introductory study of a special topic in fine arts not otherwise covered in the curriculum. May be repeated for credit when the topic varies.

A ART 300 Art and Psychology (3)
This course explores the influence of 20th century psychological thought on the contemporary creative process. We will investigate the works of art and explore creative processes that are directly related to the mapping of the modern psyche. Readings will include writings by both artists and psychologists, including texts by Freud, Lacan, Jung, Breton, Miro, etc. Students will be expected to make class presentations and produce visual projects. Prerequisite(s): A ARH 170, 171 and A ART 205. May not be offered in 2016-2017.

A ART 305 Intermediate Drawing (3)
A studio course for students with two semesters of drawing experience. This course offers extended opportunities to draw from life combined with an awareness of various pictorial traditions and procedures. The development of a personal direction is strongly encouraged through challenging projects. May be repeated once for credit. Prerequisite(s): A ART 205.

A ART 310 Studio Experiments in Visual Thinking (3)
An idea-oriented course designed to help students solve visual and artistic problems through invention and interpretation. Emphasis will be placed on imagination and experimentation with alternative and traditional materials, and students will work toward developing an expanded, personal, visual vocabulary. May be repeated once for credit.

A ART 320 Intermediate Sculpture (3)
An exploration of traditional and nontraditional materials, processes and concepts of sculpture with an emphasis on fabrication, assemblage and installation ideas and actualization of finished sculptural pieces. Prerequisite(s): A ART 115. Course fee applies. Consult the Schedule of Classes.

A ART 321 Sculpture Fabrication Techniques (3)
A sequence of workshops and demonstrations exploring fabrication, additive processes and assembly techniques used in sculpture. Instruction is given on the materials and techniques used to cut, form and join aluminum, steel, wood and plastics. The student will become conversant with oxy-acetylene and electric welding (stick, MIG and TIG) equipment; woodworking tools, mechanical fasteners and industrial materials. Prerequisite(s): A ART 115 or permission of the instructor. Course fee applies. Consult the Schedule of Classes.

A ART 322 Sculpture Casting Techniques (3)
A sequence of workshops exploring techniques of learning to make molds in plaster, flexible rubber and classic investment, used in casting ceramic, wax, plaster, concrete, plastic resins, aluminum, bronze and other materials involved in generating sculpture. Prerequisite(s): A ART 115 or permission of the instructor. Course fee applies. Consult the Schedule of Classes.

A ART 330 Intermediate Painting (3)
A studio course for students with one semester of oil painting experience. This course offers extended opportunities to paint from life combined with an awareness of various pictorial traditions and procedures. The development of a personal direction is strongly encouraged through challenging projects. May be repeated once for credit. Prerequisite(s): A ART 205 and 230. May not be offered in 2016-2017.

A ART 331 Painting in Water-Based Media (3)
A studio course for students with two semesters of drawing experience. An introduction to the language of painting through the use of a variety of water-based media (ink, gouache, watercolor, egg tempera). Students will be asked to master several media-related procedures and develop coherent pictorial constructions. Prerequisite(s): A ART 205.

A ART 335 Color Theory and Pictorial Tradition (3)
In this combined studio/lecture course, students will examine a range of color theories and their application to specific works of art. Emphasis will be on the expressive role of color in various pictorial traditions. Students will be given an extensive vocabulary of color concepts and related studio exercises. Prerequisite(s): A ART 110. May not be offered in 2016-2017.

A ART 340 Intermediate Etching (3)
A studio course for students with one semester of etching experience. Students will create images on and of paper with more complex intaglio and digital printmaking techniques, including multi-plate color printing. Projects will emphasize individual direction, ambition, research, and personal expression. May be repeated once for credit. Prerequisite(s): A ART 240 or permission of instructor. Course fee applies. Consult the Schedule of Classes.

A ART 341 Concept and Process in Printmaking (3)
Through the media of etching and digital printmaking, students will learn to invent and manipulate image-making systems and tools in order to make art. Conceptual art history and practices will be introduced, including the use of chance operations; the integration of text and image; and printmaking as a documentation of performance art. Studio projects will also explore the nature and potential of printmaking materials and surfaces, and the possibilities of printing on non-traditional substrates. Prerequisite(s): A ART 240, 242, 250, or permission of instructor. Course fee applies. Consult the Schedule of Classes.

A ART 342 Contemporary Lithography II (3)
A studio course for students with one semester of lithography experience. Students will create images on and of paper, including print-based installations and sculptural prints. Projects will emphasize individual direction, ambition, research, and personal expression. Prerequisite(s): A ART 240 or permission of instructor.

A ART 343 Post-Pop Printmaking (3)
An exploration of the manual tools of printmaking and the digital tools of drawing and design software to create visual appeal through composition, abstraction, pattern, and color. Students will be introduced to social and historical contexts for the graphic arts, as they relate to both the fine arts and cultural resistance movements. Studio projects will emphasize the investigation of the concepts of the artist as shopper, consumer, and as brand creator. Prerequisite(s): A ART 240, 242, 250, or permission of instructor. Course fee applies. Consult the Schedule of Classes.

A ART 344 Intermediate Photography and Digital Imaging (3)
In-depth investigation of traditional chemical-based black and white as well as digital techniques and image-making skills, with an emphasis on the archival fine-art print. The convergence of traditional photography and digital media is explored through hands-on projects and readings designed to increase students' aesthetic and technical vocabulary. Students are also introduced to the work of significant contemporary artists who work with photography and work with increased independence on the development of their portfolio. Prerequisite(s): A ART 244 or permission of instructor. Course fee applies. Consult the Schedule of Classes.

A ART 345 The Monotype (3)
Studio experience in most processes in the making of monotypes. Emphasis is on water-based, nontoxic materials. Prerequisite(s): A ART 105 or permission of instructor.

A ART 346 Introductory Film Production (3)
Seeing and thinking in cinematic terms, with an introduction to the process and equipment with which the filmmaker works. Cameras, lenses, film emulsions and editing procedures are studied in the making of short silent films. Prerequisite(s): A ARH 260, or A COM 238 and permission of instructor. May not be offered in 2016-2017.

A ART 347 Non-silver Photography (3)
Exploration of the various methods of applying light-sensitive emulsions to materials (cloth, paper) and printing from them rather than from the traditional silver-based photographic paper. This method enables the student to work in a more painterly printmaking manner. Prerequisite(s): A ART 344. Course fee applies. Consult the Schedule of Classes.

A ART 348 Color Photography (3)
Utilization of traditional film transparency and negative materials, as well as advanced digital workflow in color photography with emphasis on digital color printing. Students are also introduced to the work of significant contemporary artists who work with color photography. Prerequisite(s): A ART 344 and permission of instructor. A ART 110 recommended. Course fee applies. Consult the Schedule of Classes.

A ART 349 Artists’ Books/Narrative (3)
Theory, form, and practice of making images in sequence, with an emphasis on the timing and spacing of visual narrative. The structure of the artists’ book will be explored, and will include an introduction to basic hand bookbinding techniques. Projects will involve the creation of editioned multiples and one-of-a-kind hand-made book objects. Prerequisite(s): A ART 240, 242, 250, 348, or permission of instructor.

A ART 350 Intermediate Digital Imaging (3)
An intensive exploration into the uses of the computer in the fine arts. This course builds on concepts introduced in A ART 250. Emphasis is placed on correlating technical concerns with theoretical, conceptual, and aesthetic content. Students are expected to develop a portfolio through challenging projects. Prerequisite(s): A ART 250 and permission of the instructor. Course fee applies. Consult the Schedule of Classes. May not be offered in 2016-2017.

A ART 351 Intermediate Screenprinting (3)
This is a studio course for students with one semester of silkscreen printmaking experience. Students will continue to use stencils, photo-mechanical exposure, and water-based methods to combine drawing, photography, digital design, color, found images, and collage into complex images. Projects will be printed on paper and other surfaces. The development of a personal direction is strongly encouraged through the focus on a series of self-directed, portfolio-oriented projects. May be repeated once for credit. Prerequisite(s): A ART 241 or permission of instructor. Course fee applies. Consult the Schedule of Classes.

A ART 381 Advanced Video Postproduction (3)
A continuation of introduction to Video PP, this course focuses on the technical and theoretical issues of the computer in the visual arts with a focus on digital video. Digital video post-production is explored through hands-on projects and readings designed to increase students’ aesthetic and technical vocabulary. Topics covered include advanced non-linear editing techniques with Final Cut Pro with an emphasis on long form narrative videos and effect-based art videos, including techniques like keying and compositing with an introduction to the post-production program After Effects. Prerequisite(s): A ART 282. May not be offered in 2016-2017.

A ART 382 (= A ARH 369) Experimental Film and Video (3)
This course is an introduction to the elements, structure, and history of experimental film and video art. Experimental film and Video Art share similarities in their fundamental historical development but adopt very different approaches in style, form, and media. This course will follow each development through screenings and discussions relating to film and video beginning in the 1920’s to the present. Prerequisite(s): A ARH 260 or 267 or A ART 280. May not be offered in 2016-2017.

A ART 383 (formerly A ART 280; = A ARH 383) History and Practice of Video Art I (3)
In this course students will be seeing and making video art. Post production techniques in Apple Final Cut Pro and a variety of audio software are covered. Regular screenings and discussions are held to understand the lineage of the media and provide feedback on each other's work. Class time is spent working on assignments, screenings, lectures and discussion. A significant amount of out of class time will be needed to complete projects. May not be taken by students with credit for A ARH 283 or A ART 280. Only one version may be taken for credit. Prerequisite(s): A ART 244, 250 or A ARH 171 or permission of instructor.

A ART 384 (formerly A ART 281; = A ARH 384) History and Practice of Video Art II (3)
Follow-up to History and Practice of Video Art I, this course more thoroughly engages the technical and theoretical issues of the computer in the visual arts with a focus on digital video. Digital video post-production is explored through hands-on projects and readings designed to increase students' aesthetic and technical vocabulary. Topics covered include basic non-linear editing with Apple Final Cut Pro, and various image and sound editing software/hardware. May not be taken by students with credit for A ART 281 or A ARH 268. Only one version may be taken for credit. Prerequisite(s): A ART 383, A ARH 383 or permission of instructor.

A ART 390 Topics in Printmaking (3)
Special projects in print processes ranging from relief printing to color viscosity etching. May be repeated for credit when topic varies (up to 12 credits). Prerequisite(s): A ART 240 or 242. Course fee applies. Consult the Schedule of Classes.

A ART 405 Advanced Drawing (3)
A studio course for students with two or three semesters of drawing experience. Individual attention is combined with technical and formal criticism in the development of a personal visual idiom. In this course, stress will be placed on how the history of drawing helps to reveal a student’s potential. May be repeated once for credit. Prerequisite(s): A ART 305.

A ART 420 Advanced Sculpture (3)
A focus on contemporary concerns and attitudes in three-dimensional work and media requiring an application of concepts and experience learned and acquired in prerequisite courses and through research, which results in finished sculptures. May be repeated once for credit. Prerequisite(s): A ART 320 and 321, or permission of instructor. Course fee applies. Consult the Schedule of Classes.

A ART 421 Topics in Sculpture (3)
Further exploration of sculptural concepts with a focus on individual problems, covering a wide range of media, methods and techniques. An emphasis is on the development, interpretation, realization and presentation of one’s ideas. May be repeated for credit when topic varies (up to 12 credits). Prerequisite(s): A ART 320 and 321, or permission of instructor. Course fee applies. Consult the Schedule of Classes.

A ART 426 (= A MUS 426 & A THR 426) Music Composition in Electronic Media I (3) 
An introduction to compositional and studio techniques for electronic music composition. Students will gain exposure to digital audio editing and sequencing, basic signal processing, and relevant musical structures. Projects will reflect a variety of aesthetic approaches and disciplines from experimental traditions, sound art, multimedia, and more popular forms. Only one version of A ART 426 can be taken for credit. Prerequisite(s): A MUS 100 or permission of instructor.

A ART 427 (= A MUS 427 & A THR 427) Music Composition in Electronic Media II (3)
This course is an advanced seminar in sound design, audio art, electronic musical composition, and related fields, with an emphasis on evaluation and discussion of creative studio work produced by students. A continuation of studies initiated in A ART/A MUS/A THR 426, with a focus on advanced techniques and aesthetics. Only one version of A ART 427 may be taken for credit. Prerequisite(s): A ART/A MUS/A THR 426, or permission of instructor. May not be offered in 2016-2017.

A ART 428 (= A MUS 428 & A THR 428) Sound Design for Film, Theatre, and Media (3)
Studio projects grounded in theory and history of sound and musical composition for multimedia fields, among them film, video, and theater. Students will work on original studio projects in a variety of disciplines. Only one version of A MUS 428 may be taken for credit. Prerequisite(s): at least one of the following: A MUS 426, A ART 426, A THR 426, A ART 282, A ART 383, A DOC 406, A HIS 406, or permission of instructor.

A ART 429 (= A MUS 429 & A THR 429) Seminar in Musical Improvisation II (3)
An introduction to the skills and aesthetics of musical improvisation across multiple musical genres. The course will span the needs and interests of students with both limited and extensive experience with improvisation. Individual and collective improvisational forms will be explored. This course may be repeated twice for credit. Prerequisite(s): A MUS 100 or permission of instructor.

A ART 430 Advanced Painting (3)
A studio course for students with two or three semesters of oil painting experience. Individual attention is combined with technical and formal criticism in the development of a personal visual idiom. In this course, stress will be placed on how the history of painting helps to reveal a student’s potential. May be repeated once for credit. Prerequisite(s): A ART 330.

A ART 434 Topics in Drawing (3)
A studio course for students with at least two semesters of drawing experience. In depth study of selected topics in drawing not otherwise covered in the curriculum. Students will be guided through several pictorial models and procedures, seeking both mastery and a pictorial persona. May be repeated for credit when topic varies (up to 12 credits). Prerequisite(s): A ART 205.

A ART 435 Topics in Painting (3)
A studio course for students with two or three semesters of oil painting experience. In-depth study of selected topics in painting not otherwise covered in the curriculum. Students will be guided through a variety of pictorial paradigms, seeking both mastery and a pictorial persona. May be repeated for credit when topic varies (up to 12 credits). Prerequisite(s): A ART 330.

A ART 440 Advanced Printmaking (3)
A studio course for students with at least one 300-level class in etching or digital printmaking. Students will create images on and of paper with more complex etching, digital printmaking, woodcut, or collage processes. Projects will emphasize individual direction, ambition, research, and personal expression. May be repeated once for credit. Prerequisite(s): A ART 340 or A ART 341 or A ART 343 or A ART 349, or permission of instructor. May not be offered in 2016-2017.

A ART 444 Advanced Photography and Digital Imaging (3)
Advanced work in fine art photography; covers traditional chemical-based black and white as well as digital techniques and image-making skills, including web, CD-ROM and DVD design. Installation and presentation techniques are investigated in preparation for work beyond graduation. The convergence of traditional photography and digital media is explored through hands-on projects and readings designed to increase students' aesthetic and technical vocabulary. Students are also introduced weekly to the work of significant contemporary artists who work with photography, and are expected to work independently on the development of their portfolio. May be repeated once for credit. Prerequisite(s): A ART 344 or permission of instructor. Course fee applies. Consult the Schedule of Classes.

A ART 445 Advanced Monotype (3)
Continuation of A ART 345. Emphasis will be on individual approaches to ideas and various print techniques. Prerequisite(s): A ART 345.

A ART 446 Topics in Photography (3)
Expansion of camera skills and photographic techniques. Individual interests and abilities play a major role in established course content. May be repeated for credit when topic varies (up to 12 credits). Prerequisite(s): A ART 244 or permission of instructor. Course fee applies. Consult the Schedule of Classes.

A ART 447 Advanced Film Production (3)
This course builds on filmmaking skills acquired in Introductory Film Production. Students explore cinematic narrative structures, styles of editing, and setting the mise-en-scène. Students will make a fictional work on film or videotape that focuses on their own life experience. Prerequisite(s): A ART 346. May not be offered in 2016-2017.

A ART 450 Advanced Digital Imaging (3)
An exploration of some of the more sophisticated concepts, processes, and software involved in digital fine art. Students develop self-directed projects that reflect not only a technical proficiency with the media explored, but a thoughtfully developed conceptual thread. Weekly readings in current digital media theory and criticism provide insight into the work of emerging artists, and a wide range of techniques, media, and software are covered, including: advanced 2-D image manipulation, web graphics, and high-resolution fine art printmaking, as well as introductions to interactive multimedia and digital video. Emphasis is placed on finding the most appropriate solutions for each student’s individual project. Prerequisite(s): A ART 250 or permission of instructor. Course fee applies. Consult the Schedule of Classes. May not be offered in 2016-2017.

A ART 451 Advanced Screenprinting (3)
This is a studio course for students with at least two semesters of silkscreen printmaking experience. Students will continue to use stencils, photo-mechanical exposure, and water-based methods to combine drawing, photography, digital design, color, found images, and collage into complex images. Projects will be printed on paper and other surfaces. The development of a personal direction is strongly encouraged through the focus on a series of self-directed, portfolio-oriented projects. May be repeated once for credit. Prerequisite(s): A ART 351 or permission of instructor.

A ART 481 Video Installation (3)
A studio course on the basics of video installation. Students must have prior knowledge of video art practice and sculpture. The course will survey the development of video as an element in 3D installation through videos, exhibitions, and readings. Students will create small scale video installations as exercises in the course. The course will emphasize the use of public space and existing architecture as backdrop or element in the creation of video installations. The final project will involve a group site-specific installation incorporating a public space in the Albany area. Prerequisite(s): A ART 220, A ART 280, or A ARH 267. May not be offered in 2016-2017.

A ART 490 Internship in Studio Art (1-6)
Designed for undergraduate students interested in pursuing a career in the arts. Students work with art professionals for one semester. Internships may include assisting the Times Union Photography Department, the Center for Photography at Woodstock, the New York State Museum, and several local galleries, or assisting professional artists. Students complete an academic component consisting of required meetings with the faculty supervisor in the area of focus, and may involve a journal and portfolio. Art majors may use three credits toward course requirements above the 300 level. Internships are open only to qualified juniors and seniors who have an overall grade point average of 2.50 or higher. Consent for the internship must be obtained in the preceding semester by the submission of a plan of intent and a signed contract with a professional organization or individual artist. Prerequisite(s): junior or senior standing, 2.50 or higher GPA, and permission of instructor.

A ART 491 Senior Studio (3)
As the capstone course for the studio art program, this class is a requirement for all 60-credit studio art departmental majors. It is only offered in the fall semester, and it is to be taken in their senior year. Students are required to create a new body of artwork in their chosen concentration (painting and drawing, photography and related media, printmaking, and sculpture). At the end of the semester each student is expected to exhibit his or her new artwork at an off-campus art venue. Often this results in a group exhibition in which all the students in the class exhibit their artwork together. For this group exhibition, students are required to organize and execute all aspects of the event (staging, lighting, publicity, documentation, refreshments, etc.). Field trips to art institutions in the capital region as well as New York City to look at examples of contemporary artwork and exhibition design will serve as firsthand examples for what they are doing in the classroom. Throughout the semester, students will also learn how to prepare for a career in the arts. Information concerning documenting artwork, disseminating artwork samples, as well as graduate school in art, artist residencies, grants, awards, fellowships, and art-related employment opportunities will be covered in this course. Majors in the 36-credit studio art program will be allowed to enroll in the class if seating is available.  Prerequisite(s): senior 60-credit art major or permission of instructor.

A ART 492 Internship in Art Museum Management and Operation (3–4)
Designed for undergraduate students interested in pursuing a career in Arts Management or the Gallery/Museum administrative field. Projects may include computer database, archival records retrieval and storage, media relations skills, collections management, and exhibition organization and documentation. A final project will be assigned. Internships are open only to qualified juniors and seniors who have an overall grade point average of 2.50 or higher. Prerequisite(s): interview by gallery administrative staff and permission of Art Department Chair. S/U graded.

A ART 496 Mentor Tutorial (3)
A tutorial in which readings, discussions, visits to museums and galleries are assigned to build awareness of the relevant traditions supporting an Honors student’s development. This tutorial will also include consultation on graduate school applications and instruction on taking slides of works of art. Prerequisite(s): admission into the departmental Honors Program.

A ART 497 Independent Study (1–4)
Directed studio project in a selected art area. May be repeated with approval of department chair. Prerequisite(s): junior or senior standing and permission of instructor and department chair. Course fee applies. Consult the Schedule of Classes.

A ART 498 Honors Project I (3-6)
Studio project in a selected area of concentration. Topics and issues vary according to the needs and goals set by the students with their mentors. The goal of this project is to allow students adequate space and opportunity to cultivate a distinctive personal direction and generate a significant body of work to pursue graduate study. Students will attend appropriate MFA critiques. Prerequisite(s): admission into the departmental Honors Program and permission of instructor.

A ART 499 Honors Project II (3-6)
The continuation and completion of a studio project set forth in A ART 498. Upon completion of the project, the student will be required to make an oral defense of the work before the Honors Committee. Successful completion of the program earns an Honors Certificate in Art and a nomination for graduating with “Honors in Art” from the University. Students will attend appropriate MFA critiques. Prerequisite(s): A ART 498.

  
TEMPORARY PAGE DIVIDER

Courses in Art History

A ARH 170 Survey of Art in the Western World I (3)
Survey of art from prehistoric times through the 14th century focusing on architecture, sculpture and painting of the ancient Near East, Egypt, and Europe.

A ARH 171 Survey of Art in the Western World II (3)
Survey of art from the 14th century to the present focusing on painting, sculpture and architecture of Europe and the Americas.

A ARH 205 Myths of the Greek and Roman World in Western Art (3)
A survey of the major myths of ancient Greece and Rome as they were appropriated for visual imagery and thematic subject matter of western art. Particular periods of art studied will vary; these will include arts of antiquity and may also include painting and sculpture of the Renaissance, the early modern and modern eras. Texts to be studied will feature major literary writings of Greece and Rome in translation. May not be taken by students with credit for A CLC 105.

A ARH 207 (= A CLA 207) Egyptian Archaeology (3)
A survey of the remains of ancient Egypt from the earliest times to the Roman Empire. The pyramids, temples, tombs, mummies and works of art will be examined in an attempt to understand the unique character of ancient Egypt. Selections from Egyptian religious and historical texts will be read in translation. Only one version of A ARH 207 may be taken for credit.

A ARH 208 (= A CLA 208) Greek Archaeology (3)
Survey of the prehistoric and historical cultures of ancient Greece, as revealed by archaeology, from the Neolithic to the Hellenistic era, with emphasis on the evolution of pottery style, painting, sculpture and architecture. Only one version of A ARH 208 may be taken for credit.

A ARH 209 (= A CLA 209) Roman Archaeology (3)
Survey of the monuments of ancient Rome and her empire in a cultural and evolutionary context, including major works of sculpture, wall painting and architecture. Roman towns and principles of town planning also studied. Translated selections from Roman literary and historical sources.

A ARH 230 The Art of Medieval Knighthood (3)
The art and culture of medieval European knighthood from its beginnings in mounted soldiers of the eleventh century to its role in elaborate tournaments and jousts of the sixteenth. Attention will be given to the social expression of the knightly class through visual and literary means. Objects of study will include architecture, sculpture, manuscript painting and ivory carvings. Literature will include chivalric epics, romances, and manuals of war. Among the topics to be addressed will be arms and armor, castles and manor houses, the arts of courtly love and the visual spectacle of chivalry.

A ARH 238 (= A FRE 238) Great Classics of French Cinema (3)
An introduction with detailed analyses to a dozen of the most well-known French classic films as contributions to the art of cinema and as reflections of French society at various historical moments. Taught in English. May not be used to fulfill the requirements of the major in French. Only one of version of A ARH/A FRE 238 and A FRE 315 may be taken for credit. May not be offered 2016-2017.

A ARH 240 (formerly A CAS 240) Images and Issues of Diversity in the Visual Arts (3)
This course will examine the visual and performing arts produced in selected subcultures and will consider the ways in which such social identities as race/ethnic identity, socio-economic class, gender and age are represented. The course focuses on the relationship of artists and their work to cultural and critical history, the impact and relevance for modern society, the social conditions under which these artists create, and the effect of these conditions on the themes, content, forms and shape of the reality in their art.

A ARH 241 Introduction to Italian Renaissance Art and Architecture (3)
This course focuses on art and architecture made in Italy during the Renaissance (ca. 1250-1600). Each week, lectures explore one or a few major sites, works, or buildings. The class will discuss how artworks fit into their physical contexts, the influence of patrons, and the social, civic, religious, intellectual, and political significance of art. Lectures also examine artistic exchange between Italy and Northern Europe.

A ARH 250 Art in France from Absolutism to Impressionism (3)
Introduction to art of all mediums produced in France from the consolidation of the country under the Valois and Bourbon kings of the Renaissance and Baroque eras, through the origins of Modernism in 19th century art and culture. The course culminates with an examination of the French Impressionists and the many ways in which their radical new painting styles intersected with French social life and concerns of their era.

T ARH 252 Art of the Enlightenment in France and England (3)
This course examines art produced in Europe during the eighteenth century, a period of rich cultural and intellectual exchange known as the "Enlightenment." We explore the original context, use and significance of the art, as well as the association between artmaking and other forms of cultural inquiry and expression during this era of profound societal change. The art that we examine includes painting, sculpture, graphics and decorative arts, and we address a number of key trends that developed in France and England through a process of influence, exchange and rivalry between these two European powers. These trends include the playful, sensual style known as the Rococo; complex treatments of gender; the fascination with nature and science; and encounters both economic and cultural with people of other parts of the world, notably China, Japan, and Africa. Through the lens of eighteenth-century art students also acquire the fundamental skills of art history research and writing. Open to Honors College students only.

A ARH 260 Introduction to Film Studies (3)
This course offers an introduction to the analysis of cinema as an art form. Students will learn the basic language of film analysis in order to critically understand and interpret the movies as technological, cultural, and artistic products. From mise-en-scène, cinematography, editing, and film sound to narrative structure, alternatives to mainstream narrative fiction film, and contextual analysis, this introductory course provides the foundation for advanced film studies courses and fulfills the General Education requirement for Arts. The aim of this class is to increase students' visual literacy skills and the ability to recognize film language at work in the creation of meaning on screen.

A ARH 261 Independent and Art House Cinema (3)
This introduction to independent, underground, and art house cinema covers a range of visual and narrative alternatives to the films produced by the studio system. By examining cinema as a mode of visual storytelling and personal expression, these films open up the possibility of an alternative authorship that includes the visions and stories of those operating outside the mainstream or beyond storytelling traditions that are limited by genre conventions and economic expectations. From independent cinema and the avant-garde to underground film movements, midnight movies, cult cinema, and film festival favorites, these films raise questions of what cinema is or can be, highlights cinema's relationship to other art forms, and points to the changing dynamics between the industry and independents in both film history and contemporary filmmaking practices.

A ARH 263 American Film Genres (3)
This course will explore traditional American film genres, centering on the manner in which they were developed, and their evolution across the decades. Such elements as script structure, camera placement and movement, acting and directing styles, and color and widescreen processes will be examined. Genres to be explored include musicals, comedies, horror, science fiction, westerns, and melodrama. Subgenres such as the adult western, the screwball comedy, and the social comment film also will be analyzed.

A ARH 264 New American Cinema (3)
During the late 1960s and early 1970s, great social changes were occurring in the United States. These changes were sparked by the emerging youth culture, the progression of the Civil Rights Movement, opposition to the war in Vietnam, and the advent of the modern-era feminist movement. This course will explore the manner in which these changes impacted on the American cinema. Editing styles, camera placement, and camera movement veered from traditional film language; film content reflected youth alienation, the drug culture, and alternative lifestyles and politics.

A ARH 265 History of Photography (3)
A survey of photography from its invention in 1839 to recent trends. Emphasizes why it was developed, the major 19th century documentary and artistic uses, and the extraordinary range of 20th century explorations. An integrated approach tied to parallel social and artistic events.

A ARH 266 Photography 1970 to the Present (3)
A thorough survey of recent photography. Emphasizes fine art photography and the use of photography by artists working in other media, including documentary and photojournalistic work, photography books, mixed media and digital work. The materials for study are drawn from slide lectures, local exhibitions, contemporary criticism, library materials, and the media. No prior photography or art history required.

A ARH 267 International Film Movements (3)
From the French New Wave, Italian Neorealism, German Expressionism, and Soviet Cinema to Dogma 95, Iranian Cinema, Bollywood, and Bangkok Cinema, this course examines various film movements and tendencies that operate alongside and against Hollywood and other international film industries. Film form, content, style, narrative, and meaning will be understood in the context of cultural, economic, and political climates and in relation to other art forms, genres, and movements. International in scope, this course approaches cinema as both an art form and industry that is technologically and politically determined, artistically motivated, and ultimately transformative of the language of cinema as it is practiced by filmmakers in specific contexts and as understood by viewers nationally, internationally, and transnationally.

A ARH 269 The Hollywood Crime Film (3)
Foundational course which explores the particular genre of crime films and its various sub-genres, focusing on films that have been produced by the American motion picture studios from the silent film era through the present. The course provides information about the basics of the Hollywood studio system and spotlights the manner in which this particular genre serves to mirror the changes across the decades in American art, culture, and society. Also discussed are basic film language, narrative conventions, and filmic structure.

A ARH 270 Introduction to Ancient Art: Greek and Roman Mural Painting and Floor Mosaic (3)
A study of two of the primary visual forms, wall paintings and mosaic pavements, which survive from the ancient world will serve to introduce students to the art of the classical civilizations of ancient Greece and Rome. The course consists of a historical survey of the wall and floor decorations produced in the Greek and Roman worlds from the palace civilizations of the Aegean Bronze Age through Classical and Hellenistic Greece to the Roman Empire and early Christianity. Parallel developments in Etruscan art are also included. Style, content and technique in both wall paintings and floor mosaics will be studied in the ancient social and cultural contexts in which the art was created. Both pebble and tessellated mosaic pavements and fresco paintings are examined, as well as ancient literary texts which reveal ancient opinion on the visual arts.

A ARH 280 (= A EAC 280) Chinese Painting (3)
Introduces students to the major works of traditional Chinese painting and analyzes those works to arrive at an understanding of life in traditional China. The major class activity will be viewing, discussing and analyzing slides of Chinese paintings. Only one version of A ARH 280 may be taken for credit.

A ARH 298 Topics in Art History (3)
Introductory study of a special topic in Art History not otherwise covered in the curriculum. May be repeated for credit when topic varies.

A ARH 301 (= A CLA 301) Aegean Prehistory (3)
Archaeology of the Aegean area from Paleolithic times to the end of the Bronze Age, with emphasis on Minoan Crete and Mycenaean Greece. Prerequisite(s): A CLA 208. May not be offered in 2016-2017.

A ARH 302 (= A CLA 302) Villanovans, Etruscans, and Early Romans (3)
Archaeology of the Etruscans and of early Rome in the context of the Iron Age cultures of the Italian peninsula. Prerequisite(s): A CLA 209 or A CLC 134, or junior or senior standing.

A ARH 303 Artistic Encounters in the Early Medieval World (3)
This course examines the art and architecture serving Christian, Jewish, and Muslim communities in Europe and the Middle East from the second through the tenth century of the Common Era. Particular attention will be paid to those objects and monuments which articulate the common values and areas of tension among the adherents of all three religions.

A ARH 310 (= A ANT 336) Art and Archaeology of Cyprus I (3)
An examination or the material culture (art, archaeology, and architecture), settlement patterns and changing environmental setting of successive cultures of the east Mediterranean island of Cyprus from the first human occupation to the Roman period (10,000 B.C.E. to 50 B.C.E.) The island's role as a major point of contact between Near Eastern and Western Mediterranean civilizations will be emphasized. Only one version of A ARH 310 may be taken for credit. May not be offered in 2016-2017.

A ARH 311 (= A ANT 337) Art and Archaeology of Cyprus II (3)
An examination of the material culture (art, archaeology, and architecture) and history of the island of Cyprus from the Roman period through its recently won independence in 1960 and up to the present. Byzantine church painting, Gothic ecclesiastical and military architecture, the Venetian preparations for an Ottoman invasion emphasize the significance of this Christian enclave in the Moslem east under Latin, Venetian, Ottoman, and British colonial rule. Finally, the strategic importance of Cyprus during the Cold War still continues to affect its history. Only one version of A ARH 311 may be taken for credit. May not be offered in 2016-2017.

A ARH 329 Archaeological Field Research (2-6)
Supervised participation in the excavation of approved Old World prehistoric, classical or medieval sites. Prerequisite(s): junior or senior class standing and permission of the department chair.

A ARH 331 Monks, Monarchs, and Medieval Art: Europe 500-1100 C.E. (3)
An examination of European architecture, painting, sculpture and portable arts from the 6th to the 12th century. Course covers early Germanic and Celtic art, Carolingian and Ottonian periods. French, English, German, Italian Romanesque architecture and sculpture of the pilgrimage route of Santiago, monastic manuscript illumination, mural painting, objects in bronze and precious metals. Only one version of A ARH 331 may be taken for credit. Prerequisite(s): A ARH 170 or permission of instructor.

A ARH 332 Gothic Art and Architecture (3)
Examines Gothic Art of the 13th and 14th centuries in France and its spread throughout Europe. Includes a study of religious and lay architecture (cathedrals, castles, town halls); cathedral sculpture; stained glass, murals and mosaics; manuscript illumination, painted altarpieces and art of precious metals. Only one version of A ARH 332 may be taken for credit. Prerequisite(s): A ART 170 or 331, or permission of instructor.

A ARH 341 Italian Renaissance Art and Architecture: 1250-1450 (3)
This course will focus on paintings, sculptures, and architectural structures produced in Italy between 1250 and 1450. We will focus on works produced in major centers like Florence and Milan, as well as those made in smaller cities like Siena and Padua. The course will stress the effects of historical, social, and political contexts on the production of images and structures. Topics to be covered include the influence of the mendicant orders, the effects of the Black Death, patronage, urbanism, the construction and decoration of churches and palaces, the influence of antiquity, courtly art and architecture, the role of gender in art, and the social status of the artist. Prerequisite(s): A ARH 170 or 171, or permission of instructor.

A ARH 342 Italian Renaissance Art and Architecture: 1450-1600 (3)
This course will focus on artistic and architectural monuments created in Italy between 1450 and 1600, a period that saw the development of the High Renaissance and the eventual emergence of the Mannerist style. We will focus on paintings, sculptures, architectural structures, and graphic work produced in major centers, including Florence, Venice, Rome, and Milan. Topics to be covered include the role of the patron, politics and art, the continuing influence of antiquity, sexuality and gender in imagery, and the evolving social position of the artist. Special attention will be paid to papal patronage and, naturally, the influence of the Protestant Reformation and the Counter-Reformation on art in Italy. Prerequisite(s): A ARH 170 or 171, or permission of instructor.

A ARH 343 Northern European Art: 1350-1600 (3)
This course will focus on art created in northern Europe between 1350 and 1600. We will focus on paintings, sculptures, and graphic work produced in France, the Netherlands, and Germany. Topics to be covered include the meaning of realism, symbolism and the use of iconographic analysis, the development of the art market, artistic specialization, the function of images in religious and domestic contexts, the emergence of the self-conscious artist, and sexuality and gender in imagery. Attention will be paid to the influence of antiquity and the Italian Renaissance in the north. We will also examine the influence of the Protestant Reformation on images produced after 1517. Prerequisites: A ARH 170 or 171, or permission of instructor.

A ARH 350 Art in the Courts of 17th Century Europe (3)
A study of the painting, sculpture and architecture produced in Italy, France and Spain during the 17th century. Attention will focus on the religious, political and ceremonial demands of the Catholic Church and the royal courts, as well as on the careers of individual artists such as Bernini, Borromini, Caravaggio, Poussin and Velasquez. Only one version of A ARH 350 may be taken for credit. Prerequisite(s): A ARH 171 or permission of instructor.

A ARH 351 Netherlandish Painting in the Age of Rembrandt and Rubens (3)
An examination of the painting and graphic art produced in the Netherlands during the 17th century. In addition to studying artistic trends and individual artists such as Rembrandt and Rubens, students will explore the ways in which the art addressed the social needs and concerns of Dutch and Flemish audiences. Only one version of A ARH 351 may be taken for credit. Prerequisite(s): A ARH 171 or permission of instructor.

A ARH 352 Art of the Enlightenment (3)
This course examines art produced in Europe during the 18th century, a period of rich cultural and intellectual exchange known as the "Enlightenment." It explores the original context, use and significance of the art, as well as the association between artmaking and other forms of cultural inquiry and expression during this era of profound societal change. Only one version of A ARH 352 may be taken for credit. Prerequisite(s): A ARH 171 or permission of instructor.

A ARH 361 Understanding Screen Studies: Acting, Apparatus, and Audiences (3)
This course explores the history of screen studies in relation to changing technology and the cinematic apparatus, audience and reception studies, the art of acting and directing, and the understanding of cinema as an art form that is culturally located. Students will learn to recognize the semiotics of cinema in the context of film history, theory, criticism, and practice, and to become critical viewers of the art. This course also grapples with screen studies as it is changing in the new digital age, and raises epistemological questions regarding the nature of representation and reception studies. Prerequisite(s): A ARH 260.

A ARH 362 Topics in Film: Significant Cinema Directors (3)
This course offers an in-depth look at the work and influences of selected individual directors or groups of filmmakers in the context of auteur theory, film and art history, and cultural studies. Students will exercise formal and contextual analysis in order to better understand the director-as-auteur trope and will also be asked to deconstruct these theories and traditions in order to create new narratives surrounding authorship, genre, and intertextuality in cinema. On the one hand, this course honors the work of particular filmmakers that are undeniably accomplished, while on the other hand also taking into account issues of privilege, collaboration, technological developments, and economic support from the film industry that makes such authorship possible. Directors will thus be celebrated and critiqued with these issues in mind. This course may be repeated for credit when content varies. Prerequisite(s): A ARH 260.

A ARH 363 Art of American Silent Films (3)
Examination of the silent film in America, with an emphasis upon Hollywood. Topics to be addressed include: the studio and star systems; significant personalities; the writing of silent film; technological developments; and the various film genres, such as epics, comedies, and melodramas. Prerequisite(s): A ARH 260. May not be offered in 2016-2017.

A ARH 365 Modern Art I (3)
Survey of the first phase of Modernism, focusing on painting and sculpture in Europe and the USA from circa 1780–1880. Movements covered include Neo-Classicism, Romanticism, Realism, and Impressionism; artists include David, Goya, Manet, Cassatt. Only one version of A ARH 365 may be taken for credit. Prerequisite(s): A ARH 171 or permission of instructor.

A ARH 366 Modern Art II (3)
Survey of Modern art from circa 1880–1945, focusing on painting and sculpture of Europe and the Americas. Movements covered include Post-impressionism, Cubism, German Expressionism, Dada, Surrealism; artists include Van Gogh, Picasso, Kollwitz, Duchamp, O’Keeffe, Douglas, Kahlo. Only one version of A ARH 366 may be taken for credit. Prerequisite(s): A ARH 171 or permission of instructor.

A ARH 368 Documentary Cinema: History, Theory, Criticism (3)
This course provides a historical and theoretical introduction to documentary film history and criticism, from early cinema to contemporary documentary filmmaking practices. Students will examine the aesthetics and ethics of representation with a keen attention to issues of visibility, consent, and the power dynamics of authorship, identity politics, and access to the modes of representation. Canonical moments of documentary film history will be explored alongside lesser known examples of documentary works in order to address complex issues of subjectivity, objectivity, and truth as implicated or compromised by the film camera, filmmaker, and film audiences. Prerequisite(s): A ARH 260 or permission of the instructor.

A ARH 369 (= A ART 382) Experimental Film and Video (3)
This course is an introduction to the elements, structure, and history of experimental film and video art. Experimental film and video art share similarities in their fundamental historical development but adopt very different approaches in style, form, and media. This course will follow each development through screenings and discussions relating to film and video beginning in the 1920s to the present. Prerequisite(s): A ARH 260 or 267 or A ART 280.

A ARH 380 Poetry and Cinema (3)
This course examines the relationship between the visual and the verbal both on screen and on the page, and will ask students to investigate how film and poetry have influenced and responded to one another over time and in the context of their respective literary and cinematic transformations. The aim of this course is to outline the possibilities of lyrical cinema within experimental, animation, documentary, and narrative film, and to point toward the similarities of rhythm, structure, and image that are frequently shared by poetry and cinema. Films, filmmakers, and poets will be studied alongside one another; a significant amount of time will be spent reading and discussing the original poems. Prerequisite(s): A ARH 260 and junior or senior standing.

A ARH 383 (formerly A ARH 283; = A ART 383) History and Practice of Video Art I (3)
In this course students will be seeing and making video art. Post production techniques in Apple Final Cut Pro and a variety of audio software are covered. Regular screenings and discussions are held to understand the lineage of the media and provide feedback on each other's work. Class time is spent working on assignments, screenings, lectures and discussion. A significant amount of out of class time will be needed to complete projects. May not be taken by students with credit for A ARH 283 or A ART 280. Only one version may be taken for credit. Prerequisite(s): A ART 244, 250 or A ARH 171 or permission of instructor.

A ARH 384 (formerly A ARH 268; = A ART 384) History and Practice of Video Art II (3)
Follow-up to History and Practice of Video Art I, this course more thoroughly engages the technical and theoretical issues of the computer in the visual arts with a focus on digital video. Digital video post-production is explored through hands-on projects and readings designed to increase students' aesthetic and technical vocabulary. Topics covered include basic non-linear editing with Apple Final Cut Pro, and various image and sound editing software/hardware. May not be taken by students with credit for A ART 281 or A ARH 268. Only one version may be taken for credit. Prerequisite(s): A ART 383, A ARH 383 or permission of instructor.

A ARH 401 Greek Sculpture (3)
Study of selected sculptural monuments from the Archaic, Classical and Hellenistic eras, considered in relation to their historical, intellectual and religious context. Prerequisite(s): A CLA 208. May not be offered 2016-2017.

A ARH 402 Roman Sculpture (3)
Selected monuments representing the historical development of Roman sculpture in its social and religious context from the early Republic to the time of the emperor Constantine. Prerequisite(s): A CLA 208 or 209 or A ARH 170.

A ARH 403 Greek Painting (3)
A survey of ancient Greek painting from the beginnings about 1000 B.C. through the Hellenistic age; primarily painted vases, but also including the limited evidence that exists for wall painting and other forms. Prerequisite(s): A CLA 208. May not be offered 2016-2017.

A ARH 405 Greek Architecture (3)
The development of Greek monumental architecture from the earliest temples through the Hellenistic Age. Prerequisite(s): A CLA 208. May not be offered 2016-2017.

A ARH 406 Roman Architecture and Town Planning (3)
The development of Roman public and private architecture, with emphasis on its urban setting and function, and the evolution of Roman towns in Italy and the Empire from the early Republic to the time of the emperor Constantine. Prerequisite(s): A CLA 208 or 209 or A ARH 170.

A ARH 432 Gothic Painting (3)
Study of the style and technique of stained glass, manuscript illumination, wall and panel painting in the 13th and 14th centuries, with emphasis on France and Italy. Prerequisite(s): A ARH 170 and junior or senior standing, or permission of instructor.

A ARH 442 Art and Change in Northern Europe, 1300-1500 (3)
Research seminar examining selected topics in the art produced in northern Europe from 1300-1500. Special emphasis upon the cultural significance of art in an era that saw dramatic changes in social structures and religious beliefs. Prerequisite(s): junior or senior standing and at least nine credits of upper-level coursework in Art History or Medieval and Renaissance Studies, or permission of instructor

A ARH 450 (= A FRE 460) Art and Society in Early Modern France (3)
Seminar examining selected topics in art and architecture produced in France from the sixteenth through eighteenth centuries. Special emphasis upon the cultural significance of art in an era that saw the rise and fall of monarchical power as well as dramatic changes in understandings of social hierarchy, gender, the natural world, and philosophy. Only one version of A ARH 450 may be taken for credit. Prerequisite(s): junior or senior standing and at least nine credits of upper-level coursework in Art History or French Studies.

A ARH 460 Special Topics in Cinema (3)
In-depth study of selected topics in film not otherwise covered in the curriculum. May be repeated for credit when the topic varies. Prerequisite(s): A ARH 260, junior or senior standing, and two upper level film studies courses.

A ARH 461 (= A WSS 461) Women in Cinema (3)
This course provides an introduction to women in cinema with an emphasis on images of women in film and films directed by women. Drawing upon film history and feminist film theory, this course takes on the construction of femininity and embodiment on screen as well as the role of the camera, the anticipated or implied spectator, and the film industry at large in those representations. Students will also examine alternatives to the traditional visual relationships and gender dynamics emphasized by Hollywood and other film industries, and will become familiar with experimental, animated, and feminist counter-cinema as important instances of visual culture that either transgress or work through issues of gender and the gaze differently. Prerequisite(s): junior or senior status and either A ARH 260 or six credits of A WSS coursework.       

A ARH 462 Research Seminar in Film Studies (3)
Seminar for advanced art history or film studies students on selected topics in film history, criticism, theory, and practice. Topics may range in subject, from experimental and digital cinema to the international film festival. Coursework involves extensive discussion and readings as well as a substantial written or creative project in relation to the specific seminar topic. May be repeated for credit when the topic varies. Prerequisite(s): A ARH 260, junior or senior standing, two upper level film studies courses, and Art History major/minor or Film Studies minor, or permission of instructor.       

A ARH 463 Cinematic Space: Art, Architecture, and Landscape in Film (3)
Seminar on landscape in cinema examining the role of setting, set design, art, architecture, and the environment in the creation of cinematic space on screen for both characters and viewers. Examines a wide range of films that feature landscape as a protagonist and undeniable presence within the world of the film, and approaches cinema as a mode of visual storytelling. Incorporates a study of other, closely related art forms such as photography, sculpture, architecture, and dance in order to better understand cinematic space and how film operates to create mood and meaning. Students will apply this approach to their own experiences of spatial mediation and the nature of representation in our lives and in the arts. Prerequisite(s): A ARH 260, junior or senior standing, and 2 upper division film studies courses.

A ARH 466 Art Criticism of the Modern Period (3)
A study of the major European and American critics of 20th century art up to circa 1970. Student essays in criticism of actual artworks will emphasize understanding of historically significant critical perspectives, as well as the development of personal approaches to criticism. Prerequisite(s): A ARH 171; junior or senior standing; permission of instructor.

A ARH 467 Art Criticism of the Post-Modern Period (3)
Investigation of practice and theory of contemporary art criticism. Readings will concentrate on critics and writers from the 1970s to the present. In writing about works of art, students will practice basic critical skills of description, formal analysis, interpretation, and articulation of personal responses. Only one version of A ARH 467 may be taken for credit. Prerequisite(s): A ARH 171; junior or senior standing; permission of instructor.

A ARH 468 Art Since 1945 (3)
Survey and critical analysis of art from circa 1945 to the present. The course will cover directions in late Modernism and Post-modernism, including Abstract Expressionism, Pop Art, Minimalism, Feminist Art, Graffiti Art and Political Art. Only one version of A ARH 468 may be taken for credit. Prerequisite(s): A ARH 171 or permission of instructor.

A ARH 475 (= A WSS 475) Women in Art from the Renaissance to Impressionism (3)
Examines representations of women in European and North American art from the Renaissance through Impressionism. Special attention is given to works made by women, and to the problem of how women artists negotiated their position as both subjects and objects of artistic depiction. While women artists faced challenges to their authority on every level - material, theoretical, and ideological - the course explores the inventive ways they reconfigured, or even challenged, traditional expectations. Only one version of A ARH 475 may be taken for credit. Prerequisite(s): A ARH 171 and junior or senior class standing, or permission of instructor.

A ARH 476 (= A WSS 476) Women in Art from the New Woman to Now (3)
This course examines the ways in which women artists living within diverse historical and cultural contexts gained social agency through visual imagery and material construction. Beginning with the "New Woman" movement around the turn of the 20th century, it examines women's contribution to avant-garde movements in Europe and North America; the feminist art movement of the 1960s and 70s; "post-modern" feminist art which critiqued the very notion of social identity; and women artists' continuing efforts to enrich, question, and challenge the global art world of the 21st century. May not be taken by students with credit for A ARH/A WSS 475 prior to Fall 2014. Prerequisite(s): junior or senior status, 6 credits either in Art History or Women's Gender, and Sexuality Studies.

A ARH 490 Internship in Art History (3)
Supervised placement in an institution devoted to the collection, exhibition and/or conservation of works of art, such as the Albany Institute of History and Art or the State Conservation Laboratory. Provides practical experience in working with original works of art and includes research and writing projects. Art History majors may use 3 credits toward course requirements above the 300 level. May be repeated for credit, with permission of supervising instructor. Internships are open only to qualified juniors and seniors who have an overall grade point average of 2.50 or higher. Prerequisite(s): A ARH 170 and 171. S/U graded.

A ARH 491 Internship in Film Studies (3)
Internship in the study of film or in film production. Students are responsible for finding and securing the internship with an organization or individual, subject to approval by the director of the Film Studies minor. May be repeated for credit. Three credits may be applied to upper level coursework in the Film Studies minor or the Art History major. Prerequisite(s): open only to juniors or seniors with a Film Studies minor or with at least six credits of film studies coursework, and an overall grade point average of 2.50 or higher. S/U graded.

A ARH 497 Independent Study (1–4)
Directed studio project in a selected art area. May be repeated with approval of department chair. Prerequisite(s): junior or senior standing, and permission of instructor and department chair.

A ARH 498 Topics in Art History (3)
In-depth study of selected topics in art history not otherwise covered in the curriculum. May be repeated for credit when the topic varies. Prerequisite(s): A ARH 170 or A ARH 171 or permission of instructor.

A ARH 499Y Research Seminar in Art History (3)
Seminar focusing upon selected topics in art historical research. Students will study all aspects of research in art history, including the formulation of a topic; establishing the state of research on the topic; preparing an annotated bibliography and scholarly notes; and using library and web-based catalogues, databases, museum archives, image banks, and other research tools. The main focus of the coursework will be an individual research project. The course may be repeated for credit as the topic varies. Prerequisite(s): junior or senior standing and Art History major or minor, or permission of instructor.

  
TEMPORARY PAGE DIVIDER

Department of Atmospheric and Environmental Sciences

Faculty

Professors Emeriti
Ulrich Czapski, Ph.D.
Hamburg University
John W. Delano, Ph.D. (Distinguished Teaching Professor, Collins Fellow)
State University of New York at Stony Brook
Kenneth L. Demerjian, Ph.D. (Ray Falconer Endowed Chair)
Ohio State University
William S. F. Kidd, Ph.D.
Cambridge University 
Winthrop D. Means, Ph.D.
University of California, Berkeley
John E. Molinari, Ph.D.
Florida State University
Volker A. Mohnen, Ph.D.
University of Munich

Distinguished Professor
Lance F. Bosart, Ph.D.
Massachusetts Institute of Technology

Professors
Robert Fovell, Ph.D.
University of Illinois 
Everette Joseph, Ph.D.
University at Albany
Daniel Keyser, Ph.D.
Pennsylvania State University
Christopher Thorncroft, Ph.D. (Department Chair)
University of Reading 

Associate Professors Emeriti
George W. Putman, Ph.D.
Pennsylvania State University
Jon T. Scott, Ph.D.
University of Wisconsin

Associate Professors
Aiguo Dai, Ph.D.
Columbia University
Vincent P. Idone, Ph.D.
University at Albany
Robert G. Keesee, Ph.D.
University of Colorado
Paul E. Roundy, Ph.D.
Pennsylvania State University
Ryan Torn, Ph.D.
University of Washington, Seattle
Mathias Vuille, Ph.D.
University of Bern, Switzerland
Liming Zhou, Ph.D.
Boston University

Assistant Professors
Kristen Corbosiero, Ph.D.
University at Albany
Andrea L. Lang, Ph.D.
University of Wisconsin, Madison
Jiping Liu, Ph.D.
Columbia University
Justin R. Minder, Ph.D.
University of Washington, Seattle
Brian E. J. Rose, Ph.D.
Massachusetts Institute of Technology 
Brian H. Tang, Ph.D.
Massachusetts Institute of Technology 
Oliver Elison Timm, Ph.D.
University of Kiel

Associated Faculty
Craig R. Ferguson, Ph.D. *
Princeton University
David R. Fitzjarrald, Ph.D. *
University of Virginia
Jeffrey M. Freedman, Ph.D. *
University at Albany
Lee C. Harrison, Ph.D. *
University of Washington, Seattle
Roberta M. Johnson, Ph.D.
University of California, Los Angeles
David Knight, Ph.D.
University of Washington, Seattle
Stephen S. Howe, M.S.
Pennsylvania State University 
Michael G. Landin, M.S.
University at Albany
Ross A. Lazear, M.S.
University of Wisconsin, Madison
Cheng-Hsuan Lu, Ph.D. *
University at Albany
Qilong Min, Ph.D. *
University of Alaska, Fairbanks
Scott D. Miller, Ph.D. *
University of California, Irvine
Richard R. Perez, Ph.D. *
University at Albany
James J. Schwab, Ph.D. *
Harvard University
Kara Sulia, Ph.D. *
Penn State University
Christopher J. Walcek, Ph.D. *
University of California, Los Angeles
Kevin Tyle, M.S.
University at Albany
Junhong (June) Wang, Ph.D.
Columbia University 
Wei-Chyung Wang, D.E.S. *
Columbia University 
Fangqun Yu, Ph.D. *
University of California, Los Angeles

*Primary appointment with the Atmospheric Sciences Research Center as Research Professors.

Adjuncts (estimated): 2
Teaching Assistants (estimated): 15

The Department of Atmospheric and Environmental Sciences offers two undergraduate degrees: a Bachelor of Science (B.S.) in Atmospheric Science and a Bachelor of Science (B.S.) in Interdisciplinary Studies with a faculty-initiated concentration in Environmental Science. Both degrees are recognized as particularly challenging and attract students of high caliber who are interested in studying the fundamental processes operating within the atmosphere and broader environment.

  
TEMPORARY PAGE DIVIDER

Program in Atmospheric Science

The Department of Atmospheric and Environmental Sciences and the Atmospheric Sciences Research Center (ASRC) provide the University with the state’s largest program in atmospheric science and meteorology.

The undergraduate program provides a broad background in three fundamental areas of atmospheric science: synoptic (observations and weather forecasting), dynamic (theory and computer modeling), and physical (lightning, cloud physics, atmospheric chemistry). Because the department has a highly active research program in these areas, many opportunities exist for undergraduate research projects and part-time jobs.

The first two years of the program provide basic training in mathematics, physics, chemistry, and introductory atmospheric science. All students are encouraged to take one or two 100-level courses for enjoyment and experience (these count as electives but not as courses for the major). In the junior and senior years, requirements in the fundamental areas of atmospheric science are combined with electives, including advanced courses on atmospheric physics, atmospheric dynamics, weather forecasting, tropical meteorology and hurricanes, solar energy, air pollution, climatology, and computer applications.

Many opportunities exist for students to become involved in department activities. Each semester, numerous students take part in an internship program with the on-campus office of the National Weather Service (NWS), gaining experience with weather forecasting and familiarity with the responsibilities of a NWS meteorologist.

In addition, a weather forecasting competition is held in the department each semester while classes are in session. The forecasting contest, along with concurrent weather discussions led by a faculty member, are open to all undergraduate majors. Undergraduates hired part-time and during the summer through research grants have the chance to work closely with a faculty member while contributing to current meteorological research. The Eastern New York Chapter of the American Meteorological Society (AMS) meets regularly and provides speakers of general interest on a variety of meteorological topics. Through these and other activities, the department offers exciting and varied opportunities to any student curious about the science of the atmosphere around us.

Careers
Graduates obtain employment in weather forecasting, environmental engineering, TV broadcasting, scientific consulting, and other private firms; in university departments and research laboratories; and in federal and state agencies such as the National Weather Service, U.S. Air Force, and NY State Department of Environmental Conservation. Graduate school and the pursuit of an advanced degree is an expected option for our graduates. (The department offers full financial support and a complete tuition waiver to most students accepted into our graduate program.)

Degree Requirements for the Major in Atmospheric Science

General Program B.S.: A minimum of 70 credits for the combined major and minor including: A ATM 209, 210, 211, 315, 316, 317, 320, 321, 350, 418, 419; at least 12 additional credits from A ATM 301 and higher level courses (excluding A ATM 304) and including one of A ATM 311 and 405; A CHM 120 or 130 or T CHM 130; A MAT 111 or 112 or 118 or T MAT 118; A MAT 113 or 119 or T MAT 119; A MAT 214, 311; A PHY 140 or 141 or T PHY 141; A PHY 145; A PHY 150 or 151 or T PHY 151. No more than 6 credits from A ATM 490, 497, 498, or 499 may be applied toward the major requirements; further, a maximum of 3 credits from A ATM 490 will apply.

A solid foundation in physics and mathematics is recommended for all students planning to major in atmospheric science. It is recommended that all students considering this major meet with a representative of the department before each of the freshman and sophomore registration sessions.

Departmental Honors Program

Students who have by the end of their fourth semester attained a cumulative grade point average of at least 3.25 and a grade point average of at least 3.50 in courses required of the major in atmospheric science may apply to the department chair for the program leading to a B.S. degree with honors in atmospheric science. Applications must be submitted before the end of the first semester of the student’s junior year and must be accompanied by letters of recommendation from at least two faculty members.

To be admitted to the program, a student must have completed two semesters of physics (A PHY 140 or 141 or T PHY 141, A PHY 145, A PHY 150 or 151 or T PHY 151), three semesters of mathematics (A MAT 111 or 112 or 118 or T MAT 118, A MAT 113 or 119 or T MAT 119, A MAT 214), and must be enrolled in or have completed A ATM 316. These requirements may be altered, upon request, for qualified transfer students. At the end of the junior year, the student’s program will be reviewed by the Honors Committee to see if satisfactory progress is being made.

To be eligible for a degree with honors, students must complete a minimum of 82 credits specified as follows: (1) the general program B.S.; (2) any two additional A ATM courses from 301 or higher, excluding A ATM 304; and (3) 6 credits of A ATM 499 taken over at least two semesters culminating in a significant undergraduate thesis and an honors seminar in the student’s final semester. No more than 9 credits from A ATM 490, 497, 498 or 499 may be applied to the major requirements; a maximum of 3 credits from A ATM 490 will apply. One of A ATM 306, 405, 415, or A ENV 450 must be included within the entire set of electives. Students in the program must maintain both a minimum grade point average of 3.25 overall and 3.50 in the major coursework during the junior and senior years.

Upon completion of the requirements, the honors committee will make its recommendation to the faculty to grant the degree with honors in atmospheric science based upon the candidate’s (1) academic record, (2) research project report, (3) honors seminar, and (4) faculty recommendations.

Combined B.S./M.S. Program

The combined B.S./M.S. program in atmospheric science provides an opportunity for students of recognized academic ability and educational maturity to fulfill simultaneously undergraduate and graduate course requirements in their senior year, thereby accelerating progress toward the M.S. degree. A carefully designed program can permit a student to complete the B.S. and M.S. degrees one year sooner than is otherwise possible.

The combined program requires a minimum of 138 credits, of which at least 30 must be graduate credits. In qualifying for the B.S., students must meet all University and college requirements, including the requirements of the undergraduate major described previously, the minimum 60-credit liberal arts and sciences requirement, the general education requirements, and residency requirements. In qualifying for the M.S., students must meet all University and college requirements as outlined in the Graduate Bulletin, including completion of a minimum of 30 graduate credits and any other conditions such as a research seminar, thesis, comprehensive examination, professional experience, and residency requirements. Up to 9 graduate credits may be applied simultaneously to both the B.S. and M.S. programs.

In the summer following the senior year, the student will begin work on his or her graduate research. In preparation for this accelerated research program, the student will be required to take two semesters (6 credits) of A ATM 499, Undergraduate Research, during the junior or senior year. These 6 credits may be counted toward the undergraduate elective requirement from either of the following requirements: (1) from any four additional A ATM courses at the 400 or 500 level as advised or (2) from 6 additional credits in mathematics or sciences as advised.

Students may apply for admission to the combined degree program in atmospheric science at the beginning of their junior year or after the successful completion of 56 credits. A cumulative grade point average of 3.25 or higher and three supportive letters of recommendation from faculty are required for consideration.

  
TEMPORARY PAGE DIVIDER

Program in Environmental Science

Careers
Graduates in the major in Interdisciplinary Studies with a faculty-initiated concentration in Environmental Science will be well qualified for a broad range of positions within the highly interdisciplinary field of environmental science. Consulting firms, industry, federal and state government agencies all require employees with this type of training. The demand for individuals with such a degree is anticipated to remain strong as our society attempts to cope with and address myriad environmental impacts that are occurring on local, regional, national and global scales. Additionally, graduates with this degree are well prepared to consider advanced degrees in the sciences, or other fields such as business administration (M.B.A.) or law (J.D.). 

Degree Requirements: Bachelor of Science in Interdisciplinary Studies with a faculty-initiated concentration in Environmental Science

General Program B.S.: A minimum of 70-71 credits (depending upon the specialization selected) for the combined major and minor including: A ATM 210, A ATM/A ENV 315, 327, A BIO 120, 121, 201, 202, 330, A CHM 120 or 130 or T CHM 130, A CHM 121 or 131 or T CHM 131, A CHM 124, 125, A ENV 105, 106, 302, 490, A GEO 221, A MAT 111 or 112 or 118 or T MAT 118, A PHY 140 or 141 or T PHY 141; the completion of one of four specializations totaling 21-22 credits.

At the time of major declaration, each student must select one of four specializations: Climate Change, Ecosystems, Geography, or Sustainability Science and Policy. No course may satisfy requirements simultaneously in both the core curriculum (above) and any specialization.

Ecosystems Specialization: 22 credits overall. Required courses (10 credits): A BIO 212, 327, 401. Elective courses (12 credits): A ANT 418, 419, A ATM 301, A BIO 308, 311, 321, 329, 343, 402, 427, A ENV 250, 496, A GOG 496/A USP 456, R POS 266, R PAD 366, H SPH 321, H SPH/H EHS 323, H SPH 332. A maximum of 6 credits may be taken from R PAD 366, R POS 266, H SPH 321.

Climate Change Specialization: 21 credits overall. Required courses (12 credits): A ATM 306, 405, A ENV 415, 450. Elective courses (9 credits): A ATM 301, 304, 307, 335, 413, 414, A ENV 496, A MAT 113, R PAD 366, R POS 266, 399, H SPH 321. A maximum of 6 credits may be taken from R PAD 366, R POS 266, 399, H SPH 321.

Geography Specialization: 22 credits overall. Required courses (10 credits): A GOG/A USP 220, A GOG 290, A GOG 496/A USP 456. Elective courses (12 credits): at least 6 credits from A GOG 304, A GOG/A USP 330, A GOG 344, A GOG/A LCS 354, A GOG/A USP 375, A GOG 414, A GOG/A USP 430, 460, A GOG 484, 485; A ATM 301, 405, A ENV/A GEO 250, A ENV 496. (Selecting A GOG 414, 484, and 485 as electives completes the GIS Certificate.)

Sustainability Science and Policy Specialization: 21 credits overall. Required courses (9 credits): A ATM 304, A ENV/A GEO 250, R POS 399. Elective courses (12 credits): A ANT 418, A ATM 405, 413, A BIO 311, A ENV 496, A GOG/A USP 220, A GOG 344, A GOG/A USP 430, 460, A GOG 496 or A USP 456, R PAD 366, R POS 266, H SPH 321, H SPH/H EHS 323, H SPH 332.

Departmental Honors Program

Students who have by the end of their fourth semester attained a cumulative grade point average of at least 3.25 and a grade point average of at least 3.50 in courses required of the major in environmental science may apply to the department chair for the program leading to a B.S. degree with honors in environmental science. Applications must be submitted before the end of the first semester of the student’s junior year and must be accompanied by letters of recommendation from at least two faculty members.

To be admitted to the program, a student must have completed A ATM 210, A BIO 120, A CHM 120 or 130 or T CHM 130, A CHM 121 or 131 or T CHM 131, A GEO 221, A PHY 140 or 141 or T PHY 141, and A MAT 111 or 112 or 118 or T MAT 118. These requirements may be altered, upon request, for qualified transfer students. At the end of the junior year, the student’s program will be reviewed by the Honors Committee to see if satisfactory progress is being made.

To be eligible for a degree with honors, students must complete a minimum of 83-84 credits specified as follows: (1) the general program B.S. with one of four specializations; (2) A MAT 113 or 119 or T MAT 119 and an additional elective in the selected specialization at the 300-level or higher; and (3) 6 credits of A ENV 498 taken over at least two semesters culminating in a significant undergraduate thesis and an honors seminar in the student’s final semester. Students in the program must maintain both a minimum grade point average of 3.25 overall and 3.50 in the major coursework during the junior and senior years.

Upon completion of the requirements, the honors committee will make its recommendation to the faculty to grant the degree with honors in environmental science based upon the candidate’s (1) academic record, (2) research project report, (3) honors seminar, and (4) faculty recommendations.

  
TEMPORARY PAGE DIVIDER

Courses in Atmospheric Science

A ATM 100 The Atmosphere (3)
Non-technical survey of the atmosphere; the physical environment of society and its historical development; intentional and unintentional modifications of the environment; cloud types and structure; severe storms; weather forecasting; air pollution; major wind and weather systems. Does not yield credit toward the B.S. in atmospheric science. Three lectures per week.

A ATM 101 The Upper Atmosphere (3)
Elementary survey of the properties and geophysical phenomena of the upper atmosphere; ionosphere, magnetosphere, and interplanetary space, ionospheric and magnetic storms; aurora and airglow; observational techniques including rockets and satellites. Does not yield credit toward the B.S. in atmospheric science. Three lectures per week. Offered fall semester only. May not be offered in 2016-2017.

A ATM 102 Science and Major Environmental Issues (3)
Study of the role of science in creating, defining, evaluating, and resolving major issues relating to energy production and its use and impact on the physical environments; case studies of such issues as change in climate, air pollution, the fluorocarbon/ozone link, etc. Three lectures per week. Does not yield credit toward the B.S. in atmospheric science. May not be offered in 2016-2017.

A ATM 103 Introduction to Climate Change (3)
An introduction to the current scientific understanding of Earth's climate, climate change and climate variability; factors that determine climate, climate in the past, and Earth system connections; exposition of scientific observation, theory, and modelling that are used to make scientific predictions of climate outcomes and potential societal choices; examination of climate change impacts at local, regional, and global scales including environmental, societal and economic impacts; consideration of different approaches to deal with climate change, including mitigation and adaptation. Does not yield credit toward the B.S. in atmospheric science.

A ATM 107 The Oceans (3)
Introductory survey of the physical, chemical, geological, and biological processes in the marine environment; promise and problems of the oceans as a natural resource. Does not yield credit toward the B.S. in atmospheric science. Three lectures each week. Offered fall semester only.

T ATM 110 Weather and Climate Issues for the 21st Century (3)
You can't avoid it; everyone experiences the weather and climate in their daily lives! This course will examine the physics that explains weather and climate variability as well as climate change. Topics of discussion will include the nature of weather systems (e.g., fronts and cyclones, hurricanes, tornadoes and thunderstorms, lightning, rain processes, etc.), observations and theory of climate variability and change (including introduction to the climate system, water and energy cycles, the greenhouse effect and anthropogenic climate change) as well as key environmental issues (e.g., pollution, ozone hole, etc.). The science will inform classroom discussions and projects focused on 21st century issues related to weather and climate. Open to Honors College students only.

A ATM 199 Contemporary Issues in Atmospheric Science (1)
Issues from the current literature in selected areas of atmospheric science. Particular areas of study to be announced each term. Intended for students interested in exploring in depth themes covered in large lecture courses. Prerequisite(s): permission of instructor. S/U graded. May not be offered in 2016-2017.

A ATM 200 Natural Disasters (3)
Disasters due to natural phenomena such as climate change, hurricanes, tornadoes, earthquakes, tsunami, volcanic eruptions, asteroid/comet impacts, and mass extinctions are examined from an environmental perspective; each type of event will be characterized in terms of its origin, evolution, warning potential, range of significant environmental impacts and possible mitigation strategies; historical case studies will be analyzed; additional student selected topics may include ice storms, blizzards, landslides, avalanches, floods, drought, fire, heat and cold waves. Does not yield credit toward the B.S. in atmospheric science. Three lectures per week.

A ATM 209 Weather Workshop (1)
Applications in weather analysis, including meteorological data decoding (METAR and RAOB), thermodynamic diagrams, cloud types, precipitation and visibility obscurations, and an introduction to meteorological instrumentation. Corequisite(s): A ATM 210. Offered fall semester only.

A ATM 210/210Z Atmospheric Structure, Thermodynamics, and Circulation (3)
Technical survey of the atmosphere with application of elementary physical and mathematical concepts to the horizontal and vertical structure of the atmosphere; planetary, regional and local circulations; weather systems; atmospheric radiation; precipitation physics and thermodynamics. Prerequisite(s): A MAT 111 or A MAT 112 or A MAT 118; A PHY 140 or A PHY 141. A ATM 210Z is writing intensive version of A ATM 210; only one may be taken for credit.

A ATM 211 Weather Analysis and Forecasting (4)
An introduction to the use and interpretation of observed weather data, satellite and radar imagery, and atmospheric soundings; horizontal atmospheric forces and force balances; air masses and fronts; extratropical cyclone development and structure; mid-latitude flow properties; temperature and precipitation forecasting. Prerequisite(s): A ATM 209, 210, or permission of instructor. S/U grading prohibited. Offered spring semester only.

A ATM 297 Independent Study I (1-3)
By advisement only and may be repeated once for credit. S/U graded. Offered fall or spring semesters.

A ATM 300Z Solar Energy (3)
Discussion of solar energy technology, including solar energy measurement and distribution; direct use of the sun’s energy; solar architecture; energy from wind, tides, waves, currents, and salinity gradients; biomass and geothermal energy; energy use, conservation, and other major environmental issues. Prerequisite(s): 6 credits in mathematics including one course in calculus; A PHY 108 or 150 or 151 or T PHY 151; junior or senior standing. May not be offered in 2016-2017.

A ATM 301 Surface Hydrology and Hydrometeorology (3)
A survey of the water cycle and its interactions with the earth and atmosphere, including the processes of precipitation, evaporation, and stream flow. Water resources and policy issues incorporated where applicable. Not open to students with credit in A ATM 408. Prerequisite(s): A ATM 210. Will next be offered fall 2017.

A ATM 304/304Z Air Quality and Air Pollution Policy (3)
Designed for undergraduate students not pursuing the B.S. in Atmospheric Science. This course deals with scientific, policy, and regulatory issues associated with air quality for the ambient (outdoor) environment and indoor environments. Topics include pollutant sources, transport, transformation and deposition, environmental and human health consequences, air quality and emission standards, basic air pollution monitoring and abatement methods, and legislation and policies in historical perspective. Does not yield upper level credit for the Atmospheric Science degree. Only one version of A ATM 304 may be taken for credit. Prerequisite(s): A ATM 210; A MAT 111 or A MAT 112 or T MAT 118; A PHY 140 or T PHY 141. Will next be offered fall 2017.

A ATM 305 Global Physical Climatology (3)
The physical basis of climate and climate variability from a coupled atmosphere-ocean perspective. Emphasis will be placed on understanding the causes of regional climate differences and regional climate variability and the role that the global atmosphere and oceans play in the process. Prerequisite(s): A ATM 211. Corequisite(s): A ATM 315, A ATM 316 or permission of instructor. May not be offered in 2016-2017.

A ATM 306 Climate Variability and Change (3)
This course will be organized in two parts. Part I will cover seasonal to multi-decadal natural variability of the global climate system; the El Nino Southern Oscillation (ENSO); monsoons, droughts and their causes; variability of high impact weather such as hurricanes; the fundamental physics of the coupled atmosphere-land-ocean system and our ability to predict it. Part II will cover anthropogenic climate change, including an objective assessment of observed trends in the past century and the anthropogenic contribution; theory of climate change linked to increased greenhouse gases; climate change predictions and the IPCC process. Prerequisite(s): A MAT 111 or A MAT 112 or T MAT 118; A ATM 210. Corequisite(s): A ATM 315 or permission of instructor. Offered fall semester only.

A ATM 307/307Z (= A CHM 307/307Z) Introduction to Atmospheric Chemistry (3)
Chemical principles and concepts leading to understanding the composition and change in the chemical/atmospheric environment; sources and links of chemical constituents; chemistry of the troposphere and stratosphere; measurement and theory of greenhouse gases; global pollution and ozone depletion. Only one version of A ATM 307 may be taken for credit. Prerequisite(s): A MAT 111 or 112 or 118 or T MAT 118; A PHY 105 or 140 or 141 or T PHY 141; A CHM 121 or 131 or T CHM 131. Offered alternate fall semesters.

A ATM 311 Severe and Hazardous Weather and Forecasting (4)
Continuation of ATM 211. Analysis and forecasting of various types and scales of severe weather, including tropical cyclones, thunderstorms and thunderstorm complexes, tornadoes, hail, lightning, lake-effect precipitation, blizzards, and ice storms. Once per week, students lead current and forecast weather discussions. Prerequisites: A ATM 211. Offered fall semester only.

A ATM 315 (= A ENV 315) Environmental Statistics and Computation (4)
This course builds an understanding of natural systems through an introduction to statistical and computational methods used to analyze atmospheric and environmental data. Key goals of the course are to become proficient at drawing conclusions about the behaviors of natural systems using common visualizing methods and statistically analyzing data from observations and dynamical models in a variety of Earth-systems applications. Includes a concise but comprehensive introduction to computation and programming methods suited for students with no background in computer coding via the general-purpose programming language Python. Only one version of A ATM/A ENV 315 may be taken for credit. Prerequisite(s): A ATM 210, A MAT 111 or 112 or T MAT 118; A MAT 220 recommended.

A ATM 316 Dynamic Meteorology I (3)
Equations and concepts that provide the basis for describing and understanding atmospheric motion systems on planetary and synoptic scales; review of mathematical concepts and tools; kinematics of horizontal flows; fundamental and apparent forces; basic conservation laws; elementary applications of the equations of motion. Prerequisite(s): A ATM 211, A PHY 150 or 151 or T PHY151, A MAT 214. Prerequisite(s) or corequisite(s): A MAT 311. Offered fall semester only.

A ATM 317 Dynamic Meteorology II (3)
Application of the governing equations to describe and understand synoptic to planetary scale phenomena, including vertical motion, jet streaks, and the frontal cyclone; introduction to the concepts of vorticity and potential vorticity. Prerequisite(s): A ATM 316. Offered spring semester only.

A ATM 320 Atmospheric Thermodynamics (3)
Equation of state; principles of thermodynamics; water vapor and moist air thermodynamics; changes of phase and latent heat; hydrostatic equilibrium; atmospheric convection; thermodynamic diagrams; atmospheric stability and severe weather events. Corequisite(s): A ATM 316. Offered fall semester only.

A ATM 321Y (formerly A ATM 425Y) Physical Meteorology (4)
Atmospheric physics, including radiation, optics, and visibility; atmospheric electricity; cloud and aerosol physics; acoustics; upper atmospheric processes; radar meteorology. Three lectures and one lab discussion per week. Prerequisite(s): A ATM 320. Offered spring semester only.

A ATM 327 (= A ENV 327) Meteorological and Environmental Measurement (3)
Basic exposition of principles involved in the measurement of primary meteorological and environmental parameters. Topics to be covered include measurement uncertainty and the propagation of errors. Instruments for measuring temperature, pressure, humidity, wind field, solar and terrestrial radiation, precipitation, atmospheric aerosols, soil moisture, water quality, and data logging will be examined. Two lectures and one laboratory or demonstration per week. Only one version of A ENV 327 may be taken for credit. Prerequisite(s): A ATM 210; A MAT 111 or 112 or T MAT 118; A PHY 140 or 141 or T PHY 141.

A ATM 335 Meteorological Remote Sensing (3)
Satellite remote sensing from UV to microwave including the principles of atmospheric radiative transfer, descriptions of important satellite orbits and sensors, the retrieval of atmospheric variables from active and passive systems, and basic principles of interpretation. Prerequisite(s): A MAT 111 or 112 or 118 and A ATM 210. Offered alternate spring semesters. Will next be offered Spring 2018.

A ATM 350 Meteorological Data Analysis and Visualization (2)
An introduction to the UNIX and Linux operating systems; use of the General Meteorological Package (GEMPAK) to display meteorological information and perform diagnostic calculations; basics and utility of shell scripting; types of meteorological observational datasets and model output grid files. Prerequisite(s): A ATM 211, 316. Offered spring semester only.

A ATM 400 Synoptic Meteorology I (3)
Investigation of multi-scale weather phenomena through application of fundamental thermodynamic and dynamic principles; exploration of the connections between observational and theoretical descriptions of atmospheric motions; use of operational weather prediction models and products for weather forecasting; scientific issues in weather forecasting. Two joint lecture-laboratory periods each week. Prerequisite(s): A ATM 311, 317, 350. Offered fall semester only.

A ATM 401 Synoptic Meteorology II (3)
Application of advanced fundamental thermodynamic and dynamic concepts to the investigation of multi-scale weather phenomena; exploitation of ensemble and probabilistic forecasting techniques and remote sensing radar and satellite technologies in weather analysis and forecasting; application of fundamental synoptic and mesoscale concepts to a real-time severe weather and heavy precipitation forecasting exercise. Prerequisite(s): A ATM 400, 418. Offered spring semester only.

A ATM 404 Oceans and Climate (3)
The oceans exert an important influence on the Earth's climate, acting as the pacemaker of climate variability and change. This course will provide an introduction to the physical characteristics, dynamics, and feedbacks of ocean water and sea ice that contribute to the formation of ocean circulation, the transport of heat and freshwater, and the regulation of climate; review of climate changes in ocean and sea ice and their impacts through a synthesis of ocean and sea ice observations and modeling. The format of the class will be primarily lectures, but will also involve short presentations by students. Prerequisite(s): A ATM 210 and A MAT 113. May not be offered in 2016-2017.

A ATM 405 Water and Climate Change (3)
Water is essential for human society and the environment. Global warming and climate change are expected to impact our water supply and the water balance of the natural ecosystem. Potential water shortages due to population growth and climate change are a world-wide environmental issue. Starting with an introduction to the global water cycle and Earth's climate, this course aims to provide students with in-depth understanding of the key roles of water in Earth's climate and how climate change may affect the global water cycle and the freshwater resources. Prerequisite(s): A ATM 210 and A MAT 111 or A MAT 112 or T MAT 118. Offered alternate fall semesters only. Will next be offered Fall 2018.     

A ATM 408 Hydrometeorology (3)
The physical processes governing the continental hydrologic cycle such as water vapor transport, runoff, evapotranspiration, streamflow, sub-surface recharge; land/atmosphere interaction; spatial/temporal variability of hydrologic parameters. Prerequisite(s): A MAT 311. Corequisite(s): A ATM 320. May not be offered in 2016-2017.

A ATM 409 Atmospheric Precipitation Processes (3)
Fundamentals of atmospheric precipitation processes; atmospheric moisture budget; convective and stratiform precipitation; application of satellite and radar imagery to precipitation analysis and forecasting; mesoscale convective systems; mesoscale precipitation structure in cyclones; flash flood forecasting; quantitative precipitation forecasting exercise. Prerequisite(s): A ATM 316, 320; A MAT 311.

A ATM 413 Weather, Climate Change, and Societal Impacts (3)
Survey of the many ways high impact weather and climate change affect human society. Each topic will cover the science behind different weather or climate phenomena and also explore the economic and/or social ramifications of these phenomena. Possible topics include severe thunderstorms, hurricanes, winter storms, solar flares, anthropogenic climate change, sea level rise, and droughts/floods. Possible ramifications of these topics on society include socioeconomic losses, risk perception, transportation disruption, human history, energy usage/markets, and climate policy. Prerequisite(s): A ATM 210; A ATM 211 or A ENV 250; A MAT 111 or A MAT 112 or T MAT 118. Offered spring semester only.

A ATM 414 Air Pollution Meteorology (3)
Analysis of physical, meteorological, and chemical processes influencing the life-cycle of harmful gaseous and particulate air pollutants. Prerequisite(s): A ATM 210, or permission of instructor. May not be offered in 2016-2017.

A ATM 415 (= A ENV 415) Climate Laboratory (3)
A hands-on course in climate modeling; students will gain an appreciation for what climate models are, their limitations, and how they can be used to study natural phenomena. Topics include the physical laws governing climate and climate change, the hierarchy of model complexity, parameterization versus simulation, using models for prediction versus understanding, application of simple climate models to past and future climates on Earth (including radically different climates of the past such as Snowball Earth), accessing and analyzing results from IPCC models. Students will gain significant computer experience making calculations, analyzing results, and interpreting their significance. Prerequisite(s): A ATM 210, A ATM 315 or A ENV 315 or permission of instructor for students with computer programming experience; A MAT 111 or 112 or T MAT 118. Offered alternate spring semesters. Will next be offered Spring 2018.

A ATM 418 Dynamic Meteorology III (3)
Application of the governing equations to describe and understand mesoscale phenomenon, including flow over topography, organized convection and severe weather, and the atmospheric boundary layer; mathematics and description of the components of numerical weather prediction models. Prerequisite(s): A ATM 317, 320. Offered fall semester only.

A ATM 419 Applications of Numerical Weather Prediction (3)
This is a hands-on course in numerical weather prediction (NWP), with an emphasis on simulating mesoscale weather systems (including thunderstorms, windstorms, and sea/land breezes), model validation, sensitivity (to initialization, resolution and other numerical aspects, and model physics), and how model physical parameterizations work. The principal tool will be the Weather Research and Forecasting (WRF) model. The overarching goal is to understand how NWP models like WRF work, what their strengths and limitations are, and how and why they may fail. Each student is responsible for producing a final capstone project that utilizes their knowledge and understanding of this class and its direct and indirect prerequisites. Prerequisite(s): A ATM 418. Offered spring semester only.

A ATM 421 Tropical Meteorology (3)
An introduction to the behavior, dynamics, and thermodynamics of the tropical atmosphere, with an emphasis on the interactions between convection and dynamics; tropical energy and moisture balance; tropical convection; monsoons; equatorial waves; the Madden-Julian oscillation (MJO); tropical cyclogenesis; tropical cyclone structure and intensity change. Prerequisites: A ATM 316 and 320. Offered alternate spring semesters. Will next be offered Spring 2017.  

A ATM 424 Fundamentals of Atmospheric Electricity (3)
An introduction to the basic electrical processes operating in the atmosphere; fair weather electricity and the global circuit; electrical  properties of clouds and thunderstorms; thunderstorm electrification; the lightning flash; observation and measurement techniques. Prerequisite(s): A ATM 321. May not be offered in 2016-2017.

A ATM 430 Solar Radiation and Applications (3)
Definition of solar and terrestrial radiation components; basic celestial geometry; introduction to the measurement of solar radiation; principles of solar radiation transfer through the Earth’s atmosphere; study of the interrelationship between solar radiation components; applied solar radiation examples. Prerequisite(s): A MAT 113 or 119 or T MAT 119; A PHY 150 or 151 or T PHY 151. May not be offered in 2016-2017.

A ATM 450 Computer Applications in Atmospheric Science (3)
Computer programming and numerical methods for solving atmospheric science problems; data handling and storage; examination of currently used programs in atmospheric science research; iterative methods; numerical weather prediction. Prerequisite(s): A ATM 316, 350. May not be offered 2016-2017.

A ATM 480 Special Topics in Atmospheric Science (1-4)
In-depth analysis of a special topic in atmospheric science. May be repeated if topic changes. Corequisite(s): A ATM 316, and permission of instructor.

A ATM 490 Internship in Atmospheric Science (1-3)
Research or operational experience in atmospheric-related activities with local governmental agencies or private industry. No more than 3 credits for A ATM 490 may be applied toward major requirements in atmospheric science. Internships are open only to qualified juniors and seniors who have an overall grade point average of 2.50 or higher. May be repeated for credit. Prerequisite(s): junior or senior standing in atmospheric science. S/U graded.

A ATM 497 Independent Study II (1-3)
May be repeated once for credit. No more than 6 credits from A ATM 490, 497, 498, and 499 may be applied toward major requirements in atmospheric science. Prerequisite(s): junior or senior standing, and by advisement only. Offered fall or spring semesters.

A ATM 498 Computer Applications in Meteorological Research (3)
Directed individual study of a particular problem in atmospheric science that requires use of the University Computing Center and/or departmental computers. May be repeated once for credit. No more than 6 credits from A ATM 490, 497, 498, and 499 may be applied toward major requirements in atmospheric science. Prerequisite(s): I CSI 201 or permission of instructor. S/U graded.

A ATM 499 Undergraduate Research (3)
Guided research leading to a senior thesis. Oral presentation of results required. May be repeated for credit. No more than 6 credits from A ATM 490, 497, 498, and 499 may be applied toward major requirements in atmospheric science. Prerequisite(s): junior or senior standing, and permission of department chair. S/U graded.

  
TEMPORARY PAGE DIVIDER

Courses in Environmental Science

A ENV 105 (= A GEO 105) Introduction to Environmental Science (3)
Survey of contemporary environmental issues related to health and disease, nuclear waste disposal, water resources, energy use and conservation, land reclamation, global climate change, and industrial pollution. Scientific principles and data needed for gaining an understanding of environmental challenges on local, regional, and global scales will be emphasized. Three lectures per week. Only one version of A ENV 105 may be taken for credit. Offered spring semester only.

A ENV 106 Introduction to Environmental Science Laboratory (1)
This course is a lab that supplements A ENV 105 - Introduction to Environmental Science, and is available for Environmental Science majors only. The course, which is designed to be taken concurrently with A ENV 105, provides students an opportunity to investigate concepts covered in A ENV 105 in greater depth. Topics addressed will include ecosystems and biogeochemical cycles, environmental history, population dynamics, biodiversity, water resources, land use and pollution, global climate change, energy use and conservation, and environmental health and toxicology. Corequisite: A ENV 105. Open only to Environmental Science majors. Offered spring semester only.

A ENV 201 (= A GEO 201 & A GOG 201) Environmental Analysis (3)
Uses laboratory work and local field excursions to give students “hands-on” experience in physical geography and environmental sciences. Focuses on human impacts on the environment and on problems of environmental contamination. Only one version of A ENV 201 may be taken for credit. Offered fall semester only.

A ENV 250 Sustainable Development: Energy and Resources (3)
Examination of energy production using non-renewable (coal, oil, natural gas, uranium) versus renewable resources (hydroelectric, solar, wind, geothermal) relative to present and future environmental and societal impacts. A transition to a more sustainable renewable energy infrastructure presents challenges and opportunities that will be examined in this course. In addition to the traditional energy resources, the course covers the sustainability of other mineral resources that may be important in this transition. Prerequisite(s): A CHM 120 or A CHM 130 or T CHM 130; A MAT 111 or A MAT 112 or T MAT 118; A PHY 140 or T PHY 141.

A ENV 302 Ocean Science (3)
An introduction to ocean science, and the role of the oceans in physical, climatic, chemical, and biological aspects of the Earth system. Description of the properties, dynamics, thermodynamics, and processes of oceans that contribute to the formation of ocean circulations, eddies and waves, the transport of heat and freshwater, and the regulation of weather, climate and marine ecosystems. Topics include interdisciplinary aspects of the oceans, such as El Nino, global warming, the carbon cycle, and energy. Primarily lecture format, but short presentations by students are required. Prerequisite(s): A ATM 210; A CHM 120 or 130 or T 130; A MAT 111 or 112 or 118; A PHY 140 or T PHY 141. Offered fall semester only.

A ENV 315 (= A ATM 315) Environmental Statistics and Computation (4)
This course builds an understanding of natural systems through an introduction to statistical and computational methods used to analyze atmospheric and environmental data. Key goals of the course are to become proficient at drawing conclusions about the behaviors of natural systems using common visualizing methods and statistically analyzing data from observations and dynamical models in a variety of Earth-systems applications. Includes a concise but comprehensive introduction to computation and programming methods suited for students with no background in computer coding via the general-purpose programming language Python. Only one version of A ATM/A ENV 315 may be taken for credit. Prerequisite(s): A ATM 210, A MAT 111 or 112 or T MAT 118; A MAT 220 recommended.

A ENV 327 (= A ATM 327) Meteorological and Environmental Measurement (3)
Basic exposition of principles involved in the measurement of primary meteorological and environmental parameters. Topics to be covered include measurement uncertainty and the propagation of errors. Instruments for measuring temperature, pressure, humidity, wind field, solar and terrestrial radiation, precipitation, atmospheric aerosols, soil moisture, water quality, and data logging will be examined. Two lectures and one laboratory or demonstration per week. Only one version of A ENV 327 may be taken for credit. Prerequisite(s): A ATM 210; A MAT 111 or 112 or T MAT 118; A PHY 140 or 141 or T PHY 141.

A ENV 350Y (= A GEO 350Y) Environmental Geochemistry (4)
Contemporary topics are used to develop concepts of geochemical processes operating in Earth’s environmental system. These topics (a) PCBs in the Upper Hudson River, (b) biogeochemical cycles in the global climate system, and (c) geochemical constraints on long-term disposal of high-level, nuclear wastes. 3 hours per week in classroom setting +1 hour per week of oral presentations by students. Only one version of A ENV 350Y may be taken for credit. Prerequisite(s): A ENV 250. May not be offered in 2016-2017. 

A ENV 365 Environmental Science Fieldwork Experience (1)
Students will participate in "hands on" fieldwork at one of the department's local environmental science partners (Albany Pine Bush Preserve, the Huyck Preserve and Biological Research Station, the Hollyhock Hollow Sanctuary of Audubon International, or others), depending upon availability. A minimum of 15 hours will be spent in the field carrying out directed activities under supervision of the host institution's staff. Most fieldwork activity will originate from ongoing projects at the host entity, but student initiated projects can be proposed. These should be submitted in consultation with the department course coordinators. The specific nature of the fieldwork undertaken by the student is at the discretion of the host institution. A written final report and oral presentation is required that should summarize the overall fieldwork experience, and, if relevant, the measurements, observations, analysis, and significance of the work. Students are also required to spend time working with department faculty members on developing presentation skills; dates and times for the fieldwork and presentation practice will be arranged on an individual basis. May not be repeated for credit and open only to environmental science majors. Prerequisite(s): A BIO 330; corequisite(s): A ATM/A ENV 315 or 327. S/U graded. Offered each spring, summer, and fall.

A ENV 395Z (= A GEO 395Z) Writing in Environmental or Geological Science (1)
May be taken with any A ENV course at the 300 or 400 level to fulfill a writing intensive version of that course. Students will have an opportunity for assistance during writing and revision of written material with the help of editorial assignments from the instructor. Only one version of A ENV 395Z may be taken for credit. Corequisite(s): any A ENV or A GEO course at the 300 or 400 level. Offered fall and spring semesters.

A ENV 415 (= A ATM 415) Climate Laboratory (3)
A hands-on course in climate modeling; students will gain an appreciation for what climate models are, their limitations, and how they can be used to study natural phenomena. Topics include the physical laws governing climate and climate change, the hierarchy of model complexity, parameterization versus simulation, using models for prediction versus understanding, application of simple climate models to past and future climates on Earth (including radically different climates of the past such as Snowball Earth), accessing and analyzing results from IPCC models. Students will gain significant computer experience making calculations, analyzing results, and interpreting their significance. Prerequisite(s): A ATM 210, A ATM 315 or A ENV 315 or permission of instructor for students with computer programming experience; A MAT 111 or 112 or T MAT 118. Offered alternate spring semesters, will next be offered spring 2018.

A ENV 450 Paleoclimatology (3)
Introduction to the field of Paleoclimatology. Focus will be on the use of sediments and other biological and geological archives to reconstruct environmental, climatic, and oceanographic change over a range of time scales. Lecture will also provide an introduction to the fields of climatology, age dating techniques, climatic environmental proxies (tracers), micropaleontology, and time-series analysis. In addition to lectures, the class will involve review of current scientific studies, class presentations by each student, and a review paper on a relevant topic of choice. Three lectures each week and 2 hours each week of oral presentations by students. Only one version of A ENV 450 may be taken for credit. Prerequisite(s): A ATM 315 or A ENV 315; A CHM 120 or A CHM 130 or T CHM 130; A MAT 111 or A MAT 112 or T MAT 118. Offered alternate fall semesters. Will next be offered fall 2017.

A ENV 455 (= A GEO 455) Special Topics in Environmental or Geological Science (2-3)
A structured program of reading and seminars leading to an in-depth understanding of a chosen topic in environmental or geological science. May be repeated once for credit. Prerequisite(s): A ATM 210, A GEO 221, and permission of instructor. May not be offered in 2016-2017.

A ENV 480 Special Topics in Environmental Science (1-4)
In-depth analysis of a special topic in environmental science. May be repeated if topic changes. Prerequisite: A ATM 210, and permission of instructor.

A ENV 490 Major Topics in Environmental Science (3)
A required course for environmental science majors in their senior year that brings together students from all four concentrations (Ecosystems, Geography, Climate Change, and Sustainability Science and Policy) to address major topics in environmental science. Formal presentations by faculty, students, and invited speakers will promote discussion and debate from multi-disciplinary perspectives. Prerequisite(s): A ENV/A GEO/A GOG 201, A ENV 250, A ATM 210, A BIO 120, A GEO 221, or permission of instructor. Offered spring semester only.

A ENV 496 Environmental Internships (1-3)
Provides students with practical work experience in environmental science through placements with federal, state, or local government agencies, or private firms. The supervisor’s reference, a mid-internship and a final report are required. Internships are open to qualified juniors and seniors with a GPA of at least 2.50 overall and in the Environmental Science major. A maximum of 3 credits may be applied toward the major. May be repeated once for credit. Prerequisite(s): permission of department internship coordinator. S/U graded.

A ENV 497 (= A GEO 497) Independent Study (1-3)
Field or laboratory investigation of a chosen environmental or geological problem, including the writing of a research report to be undertaken during the senior year. May be repeated once for credit. Prerequisite(s): permission of instructor. Offered fall or spring semesters.

A ENV 498 Undergraduate Honors Research (3)
Guided research leading to a written thesis. Oral presentation of results required. May be repeated once for credit. Prerequisite(s): junior or senior standing and permission of department chair. Offered fall or spring semesters. S/U graded.       

  
TEMPORARY PAGE DIVIDER

Courses in Geological Sciences

A GEO 105 (= A ENV 105) Introduction to Environmental Science (3)
Survey of contemporary environmental issues related to health and disease, nuclear waste disposal, water resources, energy use and conservation, land reclamation, global climate change, and industrial pollution. Scientific principles and data needed for gaining an understanding of environmental challenges on local, regional, and global scales will be emphasized. Three lectures per week. Only one version of A GEO 105 may be taken for credit. Offered spring semester only.

A GEO 110 The Search for Life Beyond Earth (3)
The search for life beyond the Earth is a topic that has engaged many scholars for all of recorded human history. Is life common in the Universe? With NASA’s decision to define one of its strategic goals as the search for the origin and distribution of life in the Universe, scientific progress has been rapid. These investigations involve collaborations among geochemists, astrophysicists, and biochemists. This course will explore how scientists are successfully detecting planets orbiting other stars, determining the environments that led to the origin of life on Earth, and chemical processes and pathways that may have led to the origin of life on Earth and beyond. May not be offered in 2016-2017.

T GEO 110 The Search for Life Beyond Earth (3)
T GEO 110 is the Honors College version of A GEO 110; only one version may be taken for credit. May not be offered in 2016-2017.

A GEO 111 Discussion Section for A GEO 110 (1)
Development of strategies and concepts associated with the search for life beyond the Earth. Brief weekly writing assignments dealing with the assignments precede each week’s class discussion of the latest scientific discoveries announced by NASA and the European Space Agency. One 90-minute class per week. Corequisite(s): A GEO 110. May not be offered in 2016-2017.

A GEO 201 (= A ENV 201 & A GOG 201) Environmental Analysis (3)
Uses laboratory work and local field excursions to give students “hands-on” experience in physical geography and environmental sciences. Focuses on human impacts on the environment and on problems of environmental contamination. Only one version of A GEO 201 may be taken for credit. Offered fall semester only.

A GEO 221 Understanding the Earth (3)
Provides an introduction to geology, with an emphasis on the solid Earth. Topics include the evolution of the solar system and the early Earth; structure of the Earth; plate tectonics and seismic processes; the chemical composition, structure, and physical properties of rock-forming minerals; formation of rocks through igneous, sedimentary, and metamorphic processes; geologic age determination and geologic time. The interaction between the solid Earth and other components of the Earth system will be stressed. Prerequisite(s): A CHM 120 or 130 or T CHM 130; or permission of instructor. Offered fall semester only.

A GEO 350Y (= A ENV 350Y) Environmental Geochemistry (4)
Contemporary topics are used to develop concepts of geochemical processes operating in Earth’s environmental system. These topics (a) PCBs in the Upper Hudson River, (b) biogeochemical cycles in the global climate system, and (c) geochemical constraints on long-term disposal of high-level, nuclear wastes. Three hours per week in classroom setting +1 hour per week of oral presentations by students. Only one version of A GEO 350Y may be taken for credit. Prerequisite(s): A ENV 250. May not be offered in 2016-2017.

A GEO 395Z (= A ENV 395Z) Writing in Environmental or Geological Sciences (1)
May be taken with any A ENV or A GEO course at the 300 or 400 level to fulfill a writing intensive version of that course. Students will have an opportunity for assistance during writing and revision of written material with the help of editorial assignments from the instructor. Corequisite(s): any A ENV or A GEO course at the 300 or 400 level. Offered fall and spring semesters.

A GEO 455 (= A ENV 455) Special Topics in Environmental or Geological Science (2-3)
A structured program of reading and seminars leading to an in-depth understanding of a chosen topic in environmental science or geology. May be repeated once for credit. Prerequisite(s): A ATM 210, A GEO 221, and permission of instructor. May not be offered in 2016-2017.

A GEO 497 (= A ENV 497) Independent Study (1-3)
Field or laboratory investigation of a chosen environmental or geologic problem, including the writing of a research report to be undertaken during the senior year. May be repeated once for credit. Prerequisite(s): permission of instructor. Offered fall or spring semesters.

  
TEMPORARY PAGE DIVIDER

Department of Biological Sciences

Faculty

Distinguished Professor
Marlene Belfort, Ph.D.
University of California, Irvine

Distinguished Teaching Professor       
John S. Mackiewicz, Ph.D.
Cornell University

Professors 
Paul Agris, Ph.D.
Massachusetts Institute of Technology       
Richard P. Cunningham, Ph.D.
Johns Hopkins University
Daniele Fabris, Ph.D.
University of Padua, Italy
Gary S. Kleppel, Ph.D.
Fordham University
Gregory Lnenicka, Ph.D.
University of Virginia, Charlottesville        
Ben G. Szaro, Ph.D.
John Hopkins University 
Sho-Ya Wang, Ph.D.
SUNY at Stony Brook        
Richard S. Zitomer, Ph.D.
University of Pennsylvania

Associate Professors 
Thomas B. Caraco, Ph.D.
Syracuse University
Haijun Chen, Ph.D.
Max-Planck Jena, Germany
Melinda Larsen, Ph.D.
Baylor College of Medicine
Pan Li, Ph.D.
University at Buffalo, SUNY
Robert Osuna, Ph.D.
University of Michigan
George Robinson, Ph.D.
University of California, Davis
Hua Shi, Ph.D.
Cornell University
Caro-Beth Stewart, Ph.D.
University of California, Berkeley
Ing-Nang Wang, Ph.D.
SUNY at Stony Brook

Assistant Professors 
Paolo Forni, Ph.D.
University of Turin, Italy
Gabriele Fuchs, Ph.D.
Witten/Herdecke University, Germany
Cara Pager, Ph.D.
University of Kentucky, Lexington
Prashanth Rangan, Ph.D.
Johns Hopkins University
Morgan Sammons, Ph.D.
Vanderbilt University
Annalisa Scimemi, Ph.D.
International School for Advanced Studies SISSA/ISAS, Trieste, Italy
Wendy Turner, Ph.D.
University of California, Berkeley

Affiliated Faculty
Jeffrey L. Travis, Ph.D.
Dartmouth College

Adjuncts (estimated): 20
Teaching Assistants (estimated): 21


The objective of the department is to provide the undergraduate student with a broad background in the biological sciences and adequate supporting strength in the physical sciences. Accordingly, the B.S. programs listed here are structured around a combined major/minor sequence.

The department also offers programs leading to the M.S. and the Ph.D. in which the graduate student is able to obtain an in-depth professional education in one of several more specialized areas of biological sciences.

The Department of Biological Sciences strongly supports a student’s desire to enhance her/his educational experience by pursuing additional majors and minors. However, once a student has declared her/his major in one of the majors offered by the department (B.A. and B.S. in Biology, B.S. in Interdisciplinary Studies with a faculty-initiated concentration in Biochemistry and Molecular Biology, or B.S. in Human Biology), the student may not pursue a second major in another program within the department. Should there be an extenuating circumstance requiring an exception to this policy, the student MUST take at least 24 additional credits for the second major.

Degree requirements for the B.S. in Human Biology are listed in the Human Biology Program section of this bulletin.

Careers
The B.A., which specifies the major only and requires a separate minor sequence outside science and mathematics, is designed with the aims of the liberal or fine arts students in mind and as such is not intended for the professional biologist or teacher. The B.S. programs provide a strong background for further study in either graduate school or the medical field, and prepare the student for secondary school teaching and a variety of careers in biology at the technical level. Graduates with a B.S. degree may find technical-level positions with pharmaceutical companies or as research assistants in grant-related positions. Those who go on to graduate or professional school have a wide array of career opportunities in research, health fields, and business.

Advanced Placement Examinations
Students who have received scores of 5 on Advanced Placement exams in biology shall be allowed credit for A BIO 120 & 121 and for A BIO 201 & 202, required of all majors. Students who have received scores of 3 or 4 on Advanced Placement exams in biology shall be allowed credit in either the natural science general education category or in the general elective category. No credit will apply towards the major or minor in Biology or the Interdisciplinary Studies major with a Biochemistry and Molecular Biology concentration.

Degree Requirements for the Majors in Biology

General Program B. A.: Major sequence consisting of a minimum of 36 credits.

Required courses:
A BIO 120 & 121, 201 & 202Z, 212Y
A CHM 120 or 130, 121 or 131, 124, 125
16 additional credits of biology major electives including two courses which are partially or exclusively laboratory courses:

The minor sequence will consist of a minimum of 18 credits. The student may not have a minor in: Atmospheric Science, Biology, Chemistry, Computer Science, Electronics, Geology, Mathematics, Physics, or Statistics.

Bachelor of Arts in Biology Requirements:

 A BIO 120 & 121, A BIO 201 & 202Z     8 credits
 A BIO 212Y    4 credits
 Chemistry  8 credits
 Subtotal  20 credits
 Additional credits in biology  16 credits
 Total  36 credits
 Plus nonscience/math minor  18-24 credits

General Program B.S.: Combined major and minor sequence consisting of a minimum of 66 credits.

Required courses:
A BIO 120 & 121, 201 & 202Z, 212Y, 217, 330, 365
A PHY 105 or 140, 106 or 145, 108 or 150, 109 or 155
A MAT 108 & 111 or A MAT 108 & 112, or A MAT 111 & 113, or A MAT 112 & 113
A CHM 120 or 130, 121 or 131, 124, 125, 220, 221, 222, 223

15 additional credits in biology are also required, and must include at least 3 courses which are partially or exclusively laboratory courses.

Graduate courses are open to qualified seniors with appropriate departmental and instructor consent.

Bachelor of Science in Biology Requirements:

 A BIO 120 & 121, A BIO 201 & 202Z   8 credits
 A BIO 212Y    4 credits
 A BIO 217  3 credits
 A BIO 330  3 credits
 A BIO 365  3 credits
 Biology major electives  15 credits
 Chemistry  16 credits
 Mathematics  7-8 credits
 Physics  8 credits
 Total  67-68 credits

Degree Requirements for the Bachelor of Science in Interdisciplinary Studies with a faculty-initiated concentration in Biochemistry and Molecular Biology

The Biochemistry and Molecular Biology concentration (BCAMB) is an Interdisciplinary Studies major (Biology and Chemistry) designed for students interested in these rapidly developing fields of science. Students with training in these fields can pursue careers as researchers in academic or industrial settings or they can pursue further study in graduate or professional schools. Students must complete 40 graduation credits before application to the program, generally in the spring of the sophomore year.

Admission: Students must obtain the approval of the Program Director before officially declaring this Interdisciplinary Studies major.

General Program B.S.: Combined major and minor sequence consisting of a minimum of 65 credits.
Required courses:
A BIO 120 & 121, 201 & 202Z, 212Y, 365, 366, 367, 425, 426
A CHM 120 or 130, 121 or 131, 124, 125, 220, 221, 222, 223, 350 or 444, 351 or 445
A PHY 140 or 141, 150 or 151
A MAT 111 or 112 or 118, 113 or 119 
An additional laboratory course in Biology or Chemistry at or above the 300 level. Credits in A BIO 399/399Z and 499/499Z or A CHM 425 and 426 may be used to fulfill this laboratory requirement if the student completes at least 4 credits over 2 semesters.

Bachelor of Science in Interdisciplinary Studies with a faculty-initiated concentration in Biochemistry and Molecular Biology:

 A BIO 120 & 121, A BIO 201 & 202Z   8 credits
 A BIO 212Y    4 credits
 A BIO 425, 426  5 credits
 A BIO 365, 366, 367  8 credits
 A CHM 120 or 130, 121 or 131, 124, 125  8 credits
 A CHM 220, 221, 222, 223  8 credits
 A CHM 444 or 350, 445 or 351  6 credits
 A PHY 140 or 141, 150 or 151  6 credits
 A MAT 111 or 112 or 118, 113 or 119  8 credits
 Additional laboratory and elective credits  4 credits
 Total  65 credits

Honors Program

The honors program is designed for outstanding students in programs leading to the B.S. degree in either Biology or Interdisciplinary Studies with a concentration in Biochemistry and Molecular Biology. Students may apply for admission to the honors program by submitting a letter of request to the departmental honors committee no later than April 15 of the freshman or sophomore year (for admission for the fall) or November 15 of the sophomore year (for admission in the spring). Junior transfers may apply at the time of their admission to the University. Students found acceptable by the committee must find a research adviser to supervise the independent study leading to an HONORS THESIS.

The requirements for admission include: (1) the candidate must declare the major and have completed (or have in progress at time of application) 12 credits of course work required for the biology major, including A BIO 120 & 121 and A BIO 201 & 202Z; (2) an overall grade point average of 3.50; (3) a grade point average of 3.50 in courses required for the major; and (4) a written recommendation from an adviser, professor or teaching assistant if possible. Primary emphasis will be placed on indications of academic ability and maturity sufficient for applicants to complete with distinction a program involving independent research.

Students in the program are required to complete a minimum of 65 or 66 credits as specified for the respective program for the B.S.  and must include: (1) at least 6 credits of independent study (A BIO 399, 499); the independent study, or honors research project, which will result in an HONORS THESIS; (2) at least 3 credits of course work at the 500 level or higher (not including A BIO 515) in the student’s area of interest; and (3) oral presentation of research at a public seminar.

Students in the program must maintain both a minimum grade point average of 3.50 overall and in biology courses taken to satisfy major requirements during the junior and senior years. The progress of participants in the honors program will be reviewed at the end of the sophomore and junior years by the student’s advisor and the departmental honors committee. Students not meeting academic and independent research standards may be precluded from continuing in the program during their senior year. These students may, of course, continue as Biology majors.

After completion of the requirements above, the departmental honors committee will make its recommendation to the faculty to grant the degree “with honors in biology” based upon (1) overall academic record, (2) performance and accomplishments of the independent study project(s), (3) the quality of the Oral Presentation (4) the evaluations of departmental faculty members who have supervised these activities.

Combined B.S./M.S. Program

The combined B.S./M.S. program in Biology provides an opportunity for students of recognized academic ability and educational maturity to fulfill integrated requirements of undergraduate and master’s degree programs from the beginning of the junior year.

The combined program requires a minimum of 138 credits, of which at least 30 must be graduate credits. In qualifying for the B.S., students must meet all university and college requirements, including the requirements of the undergraduate major described previously, the minimum 60-credit liberal arts and sciences requirement, general education requirements, and residency requirements. In qualifying for the M.S., students must meet all university and college requirements as outlined in the Graduate Bulletin, including completion of a minimum of 30 graduate credits and any other conditions such as a research seminar, thesis, comprehensive examination, professional experience, and residency requirements. Up to 12 graduate credits may be applied simultaneously to both the B.S. and M.S. programs.

An application, which must include the consent from a faculty member to serve as the research advisor, should be made at the completion of the junior year. A minimum grade point average of 3.20 is required as well as three letters of recommendation from faculty. Students accepted into this program must complete at least 3 semesters of ABIO 399/399Z and 499/499Z.

Although the Graduate Record Examinations are not required for this program, students are encouraged to take the examinations in their senior year with the expectation that they will continue graduate studies. The standard graduate application should be submitted to the Office for Graduate Admissions. For further information, please contact the Department Main Office.

Joint Seven-Year Biology/Optometry Program

This combined program sponsored by the State College of Optometry, State University of New York, and the University at Albany, provides students an opportunity to earn a Bachelor of Science (B.S.) degree in biology and a Doctor of Optometry (O.D.) in seven years. Participating students will matriculate at the University at Albany for three years and begin their optometry studies in year four of the program. Students will be awarded the B.S. degree after completion of their requirements at the end of the fourth year.

At the end of the seventh year and completion of all program requirements, students will be awarded the O.D. degree.

Students interested in making application to this program shall submit the necessary materials to the Pre-Health adviser in the University’s Advisement Services Center by the stated deadline in the middle of the spring semester of the freshman or sophomore year (transfer students are ineligible). Selection will be based on written application materials, academic progress, and a personal interview.

A minimum of a 3.30 grade point average on a scale of 4.0 in undergraduate courses completed at the time of application is required.

Students will complete three years (90 credits) of study at the University at Albany with a major in biology for a B.S. degree. Students attend SUNY-Optometry (New York City, NY) for the fourth year of study (and pay SUNY-Optometry tuition), beginning the first year of the professional program. With the completion of the fourth year of study, the University at Albany will accept as transfer credits 24 credits of biology and 6 credits of physics electives, for a total of 30 credits. Students in this program should take the Optometry Admission Test (OAT) in October or February of the third year at the University at Albany.

A minimum of 90 credits must be taken at the University at Albany. Summer course work completed the first and second year or between the second and third year at the University at Albany is acceptable for this program.

The following courses are required:
A BIO 120 & 121, 201 & 202Z, 212Y, 16 credits of biology electives* (of which 12 credits must be at 300 or 400 level)
A CHM 120 or 130, 122, 121 or 131, 122, 220, 221, 222, 223
A MAT 112, 108
A PHY 105, 106, 108, 109
A PSY 101

In addition to the General Education Program requirements, students are required to enroll in 10 credits of electives.

*The biology electives MUST be 300-400 level courses in biology that are designated as courses that count towards the Biology major. The following courses will not be used as biology electives: A BIO 303, 325, 341, 342, 365, 406, 410, and 411.

  
TEMPORARY PAGE DIVIDER

Courses in Biological Sciences

A BIO 102 General Biological Sciences (3)
Introduction to the major concepts in biology and a survey of the common structures of organisms, including humans, and their functions at the molecular, cellular, organismal and population levels. Emphasis placed on principles of ecology, inheritance, evolution and physiology relevant to human society. May not be taken for credit by students who have credit in A BIO 110, A BIO 120 or A BIO 131, A BIO 111 or A BIO 121 or A BIO 130, or other equivalent introductory courses. Does not yield credit toward the major in biology. Offered through the University in the High School Program only.

A BIO 117 Nutrition (3)
The biological roles of energy, protein, vitamins, and minerals; digestion, absorption, and storage of nutrients, the chemical nature of foods and food processing; assessment of nutritional status; interactions of nutrients and disease; food supplementation and community nutrition. Does not yield credit toward the major in biology.

A BIO 130 (formerly A BIO 121) General Biology II (3)
Formerly A BIO 121. First course in a two semester sequence which offers a comprehensive survey of the structures and functions common to all living systems at the molecular, cellular, organismal, and population levels. This course emphasizes molecular and cell biology, and genetics. May not be taken for credit by students who have credit for A BIO 111 or A BIO 121.

A BIO 131 (formerly A BIO 120) General Biology I (3)
Formerly A BIO 120. Second course in a two semester sequence which offers a comprehensive survey of the structures and functions common to all living systems at the molecular, cellular, organismal, and population levels. This course emphasizes evolutionary principles, ecology, anatomy and physiology. May not be taken for credit by students who have credit for A BIO 110 or A BIO 120. Students must complete A BIO 131 with a C- or better to register for A BIO 212Y or A BIO 217. Prerequisite(s): A BIO 130 or A BIO 121.

A BIO 175 Forensic Science Investigation (3)
An introduction to forensic science and the various methodologies and applications used in today's multi-discipline crime laboratories. Topics will include a brief history of forensic science, introduction to crime laboratory disciplines and quality assurance, crime scene processing, analysis of physical evidence by the crime lab [firearms and tool marks, chemistry (toxicology, controlled substances), trace evidence, biology, patterned evidence, questioned documents, etc.] and presentation of test results in legal procedures. Does not yield credit toward the BS/BA in biology or the interdisciplinary BS in Biochemistry and Molecular Biology. This course is designed primarily for undergraduate students with little-to-no science background.

T BIO 176 Genomics & Biotechnology: The Broad Ranging Impact on Mankind (3)
The sequencing of the genomes of a large number of organisms, from bacteria to human, has provided enormous insights into a wide range of human endeavors. Almost no aspect of human knowledge has been untouched by the information being compiled. The information gathered has also driven the development of new technologies designed to explore and exploit the information gathered. The goal of this course will be to familiarize students with the nature of the information that can be gathered from genomics and the benefits derived from the new biotechnologies. Also, simple research problems will be assigned to introduce students to the web based resources and programs used to analyze genomic data. Open to Honors College students only.

A BIO 199 Contemporary Issues in Biological Sciences (1–3)
Issues from the current literature in selected areas of biological sciences. Particular areas of study to be announced each semester. Intended for students interested in exploring in depth themes covered in large lecture classes. May be repeated for credit when topic varies. Prerequisite(s): consult instructor for specific prerequisites. S/U or A-E graded. May not be offered in 2016-2017.

A BIO 201 (formerly A BIO 122) Introduction to Biological Investigations I (1)
First course in a two-semester laboratory sequence designed for biology majors. Students will learn the process of scientific investigation, collaborate in designing, conducting and analyzing experiments, develop the ability to communicate in scientific format and gain expertise in a variety of laboratory instrumentation, techniques, skills and procedures. One laboratory period per week. May not be taken by students with credit for A BIO 110 or A BIO 122. Prerequisite(s): A BIO 120 or A BIO 131, A BIO 121 or A BIO 130, and A CHM 120, 121, 124, 125. Offered fall semester only. Course fee applies. Consult the Schedule of Classes.

A BIO 202Z (formerly A BIO 123Z) Introduction to Biological Investigations II (1)
Second course in a two-semester laboratory sequence designed for biology majors. Students will learn the process of scientific investigation, collaborate in designing, conducting and analyzing experiments, develop the ability to communicate in scientific format and gain expertise in a variety of laboratory instrumentation, techniques, skills and procedures. One laboratory period per week. May not be taken by students with credit for A BIO 111 or 123Z. Prerequisite(s): A BIO 120 or A BIO 131, A BIO 121 or A BIO 130, A BIO 201, and A CHM 120, 121, 124, 125. Offered spring semester only. Course fee applies. Consult the Schedule of Classes.

A BIO 205 Human Genetics (3)
Survey of human genetics emphasizing the principles and mechanisms of inheritance and including the analysis of the genetic material of humans; the behavior of genes in individuals, families, and populations; and the implications for human behavior and evolution, medicine, and society. Prerequisite(s): A BIO 120 or A BIO 131 and A BIO 121 or A BIO 130 or permission of instructor. Does not yield credit toward the major in biology.

A BIO 212Y Introductory Genetics (4)
Genetics from the classical Mendelian Laws of inheritance to molecular genetics. Topics will include: DNA structure and replication; Mendelian genetics and recombination; population, fungal, somatic cell, and bacterial genetics; gene organization; the genetic code; mechanisms of gene expression and regulation; and applications of genetic technology. Three class periods and one discussion section. Prerequisite(s): A BIO 120 or A BIO 131 and A BIO 121 or A BIO 130, with a grade of C- or better in A BIO 121 or A BIO 131. Students must complete A BIO 212 with a C or better to register for A BIO 365.

A BIO 213 Microbiology in Health and Disease (4)
Course content will include a brief history of microbiology and immunology; microbial structure, metabolism, growth, and genetics. Aspects of microbiology relevant to the health care professional, including disinfection, antimicrobial drugs, epidemiology, and specific human microbial diseases will also be covered. The course includes lectures and laboratory sessions. Does not yield credit toward the major in biology. May not be taken for credit by students with credit for A BIO 314 and A BIO 315. Prerequisite(s): A BIO 120 or A BIO 131, 121 or 130, 201, 202, A CHM 120, 121, 124, 125, or permission of instructor. Offered Summer Sessions only.

A BIO 217 Cell Biology (3)
An introduction to modern cell biology. This course will present the basic organization of eukaryotic cells while stressing their elaborate structural-functional integration. The cells fundamental properties conserved through evolution will be stressed. Prerequisite(s): A BIO 120 or A BIO 131 and A BIO 121 or A BIO 130, with a grade of C- or better in A BIO 121 or A BIO 131. Students must complete A BIO 217 with a C or better to register for A BIO 365.

A BIO 218 Introduction to Plant Biology (3)
An introduction to the great group of organisms that form the basis of our food web and provide us with our oxygen. Topics will include plant origins and evolution, physiology, morphology, and development. Along the way we will consider more general principles of body design and pattern formation, the unfolding of complex form from relatively unstructured beginnings. Prerequisite(s): A BIO 120 or A BIO 131, A BIO 121 or A BIO 130, A BIO 201, A BIO 202Z or permission of instructor.

A BIO 222 Biological Consequences of Global Climate Change (2)
Introduction to the background, predictions, and empirical evidence for biological effects of increases in atmospheric greenhouse gases. Emphasis on regional-scale consequences for terrestrial and aquatic ecosystems, including agricultural and urban ecosystems. Lectures, demonstrations, exercises, and discussions based on current science, with focus on NE North America. Prerequisite(s): A BIO 120 or A BIO 131, A BIO 201.

T BIO 222Y Biological Consequences of Global Climate Change (3)
T BIO 222 is the Honors College version of A BIO 222; only one version may be taken for credit.

T BIO 260 Neural Basis of Behavior (3)
An analysis of the neural basis of innate and learned behaviors, as well as the neurological deficits accompanying lesions of different parts of the brain. Emphasis will be placed on sensory processing, reflexive behavior, feature extraction and behavioral triggers, using simple learned behaviors amenable to analysis at the neuronal level, including analysis of membrane electrical activity, chemical synaptic activity and neuromodulation. Feature extraction will be considered as the basis of visual localization and prey (insect) capture in toads and in echo localization and insect capture in bats. Analysis of brain lesions will include both behavior and simultaneous brain imaging to connect the deficits with specific brain regions, and will cover semantic/episodic learning and amnesia, as well as speech/language comprehension. We will also discuss prospects for transplanting brain stem cells to cure diseases caused by cell death of specific neurons. T BIO 260 is the Honors College version of A BIO 460. Only one can be taken for credit. Neuroscience minors can take only one of T BIO 260 and T PSY 214 for credit toward the minor requirements. Open to Honors College students only. Prerequisite(s): A BIO 121.

A BIO 296 Biological Sciences with Laboratory (2-4)
Laboratory training in biological sciences. Yields laboratory credit towards the major in biological sciences. May be repeated for credit when topic varies.

A BIO 298 Contemporary Issues in Biological Sciences, with Laboratory (1-3)
Laboratory classroom training in selected areas of biological sciences. Particular areas of study to be announced each semester. Yields laboratory credit towards the major in biological sciences. May be repeated for credit when topic varies. Prerequisite(s): A BIO 201 and 202Z; consult with instructor for specific prerequisites. S/U or A-E graded. Course fee applies. Consult the Schedule of Classes.

A BIO 302Z Cell Biology Laboratory (2)
Introduction to modern techniques in cell biology, including advanced optical microscopy, DNA extraction and analysis, protein electrophoresis and western blotting, cell homogenization and fractionation, and cell culture. These techniques are used to investigate cell motility, membrane structure and permeability, mitochondrial respiration, DNA replication, the cell cycle, and cell adhesion. One laboratory period per week; additional time as required. Prerequisite(s): A BIO 201 and 202Z. Prerequisite(s) or corequisite(s): A BIO 217 and 365. Course fee applies. Consult the Schedule of Classes.

A BIO 303 Developmental Biology (3)
The development of form and function in animals with emphasis on molecular analyses of organismal and cellular events underlying fertilization, early development, morphogenesis and growth. Prerequisite(s): A BIO 212Y.

A BIO 305 Developmental Biology Laboratory (2)
This laboratory course examines the mechanisms of animal and plant development at the molecular and cellular level by modern and classical techniques. Topics include gametogenesis, fertilization, early and later development, cell division and morphogenesis. One laboratory period per week; additional time as required. Prerequisite(s): A BIO 201 and 202Z. Prerequisite(s) or corequisite(s): A BIO 303. Course fee applies. Consult the Schedule of Classes.

A BIO 308 Parasitic Diseases and Human Welfare (3)
Ecological, medical, and social interrelationships of selected parasitic diseases of people and domestic animals in temperate, semi-tropical, and tropical climates; role of wild animals as reservoirs or vectors of parasitic diseases in humans. Prerequisite(s): junior or senior standing, or permission of instructor.

A BIO 309 Genetics Laboratory (2)
Laboratory studies that focus on the principles of transmission and molecular genetics of prokaryotes and eukaryotes and the significance of these principles to other aspects of biology. Genetic principles will be demonstrated through the utilization of model organisms such as lambda bacteriophage, Escherichia coli, Saccharomyces cerevisiae, Drosophila melanogaster, Arabidopsis thaliana, and Caenorhabditis elegans. Topics may include classical Mendelian genetics, molecular genetics and genomics, and modern applications of these techniques. One laboratory per week; additional flexible time as required. Prerequisite(s): A BIO 201, A BIO 202 and A BIO 212. Course fee applies. Consult the Schedule of Classes.

A BIO 311 (= A GOG 310 & U UNI 310) World Food Crisis (3)
Interdisciplinary approach to understanding world food problems through analyses of social, political, economic, nutritional, agricultural, and environmental aspects of world hunger. Faculty from several departments in the sciences, humanities, and social and behavioral sciences present approaches from various disciplines. Does not yield credit toward the major in biology. Only one version of A BIO 311 may be taken for credit. Prerequisite(s): junior or senior standing or permission of instructor. May not be offered in 2016-2017.

A BIO 314 Microbiology (3)
Introduction to the morphology, physiology, structure, genetics, and metabolism of microorganisms, including the roles played by microorganisms in medical, environmental, agricultural, and biotechnological sciences. Prerequisite(s): A BIO 212Y and 365.

A BIO 315 Microbiology Laboratory (2)
Laboratory studies that deal with the culture and study of microorganisms, the dynamics of microbial growth, and the physiological basis of bacterial identification. One laboratory per week; additional flexible time as required. Prerequisite(s): A BIO 201 and 202Z, A BIO 212Y and 365. Prerequisite(s) or corequisite(s): A BIO 314. Course fee applies. Consult the Schedule of Classes.

A BIO 316 Biogeography (3)
Evolutionary ecology of geographic dispersal and range size; ecological niches and local abundance; allometry and population density; speciation and extinction; invasive species; island biogeography, metapopulations; ecological communities under climate change. Prerequisite(s): A BIO 212, and A MAT 111 or A MAT 112. May not be offered in 2016-2017.

A BIO 318 (= A ANT 312; formerly A BIO 419/A ANT 412) Human Population Genetics (3)
Population genetics theory is the foundation of evolutionary biology and contributes heavily to modern ideas in ecology, systematics, and agriculture. This course is an introduction to that theory with special emphasis on evolution. Only one of A ANT 312 and A BIO 318 may be taken for credit. Prerequisite(s): A ANT 211 or A BIO 205 or 212Y. May not be offered in 2016-2017.

A BIO 325 Comparative Anatomy of Chordates (4)
Comparative study of embryonic development, functional morphology, adaptive radiation, and evolution of chordates. Three class periods, one laboratory period each week. Not open to freshmen. Prerequisite(s): A BIO 201 and 202Z. Prerequisite(s) or corequisite(s): A BIO 201, A BIO 202, and A BIO 212. Course fee applies. Consult the Schedule of Classes.

A BIO 326 Environmental Microbiology Laboratory (2)
Explores the role of microbes in natural and human-impacted systems through topics such as nutrient cycling, waste degradation, bioremediation, waterborne disease, food safety, and pollution control. Informal lectures and current events discussions may be incorporated into laboratory exercises. One laboratory per week; additional flexible time as required. Prerequisite(s): A BIO 201 and 202Z, A BIO 212Y, and 314. Prerequisite(s) or corequisite(s): A BIO 365. May not be offered in 2016-2017.

A BIO 327 (formerly A BIO 445) Experimental Ecology (3)
Fundamental ecological concepts are demonstrated with experimental manipulations and comparative assessment techniques. Local ecosystems are studies; the focus is on the effects of land use on ecosystem structure and function. Ecological assessment skills are developed in the field and laboratory. Lectures couple fundamental and applied topics, balancing understanding of ecological principles with realistic environmental problem solving. Students contribute to a report that becomes part of the record for a municipal wetland. Prerequisite(s): A BIO 201 and 202Z.

A BIO 329 Genetics of Human Disease (3)
Four categories of the involvement of human genes in disease will be explored using specific examples to illustrate general phenomena. First, inheritance of diseases caused by single mutant alleles will be discussed. Second, the pre-disposition of specific genotypes to disease will be investigated highlighting the interplay between genes and between the genes and the environment. Third, genetic instabilities that give rise to genetic rearrangements and chromosome loss will be explored. Fourth, the genetic interplay between host and pathogen will be explored with respect to the evolution of protective mechanisms by the host and evasion by the pathogen, and how new pathogens emerge. For each category, multiple cases of specific diseases will be discussed with an emphasis on both the molecular basis of the genetic interactions and the population genetics of disease spread and persistence. The potential of modern genetic techniques to provide diagnosis and treatment of diseases will also be discussed. Prerequisite(s): A BIO 212Y.

A BIO 330 Principles of Ecology and Evolution (3)
Survey of Ecology and Evolutionary Biology. Course will cover fundamental concepts and current advances in the fields of these two inter-related disciplines. Topics will include population biology, microevolution, macroevolution, community ecology, ecosystem ecology, and animal behavior. Emphasis will be on patterns and processes, and how those are studied. Prerequisite(s): A BIO 212Y. May not be offered in 2016-2017.

A BIO 335 Immunology (3)
The structure and function of the antibody molecule and of reactions between antigen and antibody. Also covers cellular interactions in the immune response as well as both the beneficial and harmful consequences of the response. Prerequisite(s): A BIO 212Y. Prerequisite(s) or corequisite(s): A BIO 365.

A BIO 336Z Laboratory in Immunology (2)
Modern laboratory techniques will be performed to study the cellular and humoral components of the immune system; immune cells and cell markers, immunoglobulin purification and characterization, antibody and antigen identification assays including immunodiffusion and immunoelectrophoresis, and enzyme-based immunoassays (ELISA). One laboratory per week, plus additional flexible time as required. Prerequisite(s): A BIO 201 and 202Z. Prerequisite(s) or corequisite(s): A BIO 335. Course fee applies. Consult the Schedule of Classes.

A BIO 341 Neurobiology (3)
The structure and function of the nervous system examined at the cellular level. Topics include: organization of nervous systems; morphology and physiology of nerve cells; synaptic transmission; sensory processing; cellular circuitry underlying "simple" behaviors; cellular basis of learning; and the development of neuronal connections. Prerequisite(s): A BIO 120 or A BIO 131, A BIO 121 or A BIO 130.

A BIO 342 Neurophysiology Laboratory (2)
A computer-based laboratory course examining the electrophysiological properties of the nervous system. The course will cover basic principles underlying resting potentials, passive electrical properties, action potentials, synaptic transmission and oscillatory neural networks. Simulation software will be used to model nerve cells and neural networks. Demonstrations of basic electrophysiological techniques will parallel the computer simulations. Prerequisite(s): A BIO 201 and 202Z, and A BIO 341 or permission of instructor. Course fee applies. Consult the Schedule of Classes.

A BIO 343 Evolutionary Biology and Human Health (3)
This course illustrates the importance and utility of evolutionary perspectives on various topics related to human health. In addition to the "how" questions, this course also introduces the "why" questions. Various evolutionary hypotheses are examined. Arguments for and counter-arguments against each hypothesis are presented to foster understanding of each topic. Selected topics include infectious diseases, pathogen virulence, allergy/asthma, mental health/addiction, genetic disorders, diseases of civilization, sex, pregnancy, and aging. Prerequisite(s): A BIO 212.

A BIO 365 Biological Chemistry I (3)
The chemistry and biochemical interrelationship of carbohydrates, lipids, and nucleic acids; enzyme catalysis and introduction to metabolism. Only one of A CHM 342 and A BIO 365 may be taken for credit. Prerequisite(s): A CHM 220 and A CHM 221 and a grade of C or better in A BIO 212Y.

A BIO 366 Biological Chemistry II (3)
Control and regulation of metabolic pathways, expression and transmission of genetic information, and a variety of selected current topics. Prerequisite(s): A BIO 365.

A BIO 367 Biochemistry Laboratory (2)
This laboratory course is designed to provide basic training in various procedures used in present day biochemical research. These will include methods for protein purification, enzyme kinetics, peptide sequencing, and fractionation of intracellular components. In addition, biochemical processes such as glucose metabolism and photosynthesis will be studied. One laboratory period each week. Prerequisite(s): A BIO 201 and 202Z. Prerequisite(s) or corequisite(s): A BIO 365 or equivalent and permission of instructor. Course fee applies. Consult the Schedule of Classes.

A BIO 389Z Writing in Biology (1)
Students who are concurrently registered in, or have previously taken, any 300 or 400 level biology course which yields credit toward the major, may with permission of the instructor of that course, enroll in A BIO 389Z and fulfill a writing intensive version of that other course. One additional meeting per week in which writing techniques and experiences are stressed is required. Written work that will be used for credit in A BIO 389Z must be in addition to any writings required for the companion course. Prerequisite(s) or corequisite(s): a companion biology course at the 300 or 400 level. S/U graded. May not be offered in 2016-2017.

A BIO 397 Topics in Biology (1-3)
Issues from the current literature in selected areas of biology. Particular areas of study to be announced each semester. Yields credit toward the major in biological sciences. May be repeated for credit, when topic varies. Prerequisite(s): junior or senior standing, and permission of instructor. May not be offered 2016-2017.

A BIO 398 Topics in Biology, with Laboratory (1-3)
Issues in selected areas of biology. Particular areas of study to be announced each semester. Yields laboratory credit toward the major in biological sciences. May be repeated for credit, when topic varies. Prerequisite(s): A BIO 201 and 202Z, junior or senior standing, and permission of instructor. Course fee applies. Consult the Schedule of Classes.

A BIO 399/399Z Supervised Research for Juniors (1–3)
Individual, independent research on selected topics in biology. Critical analysis of selected research papers. Junior majors in the department of biological sciences apply for this course through the prospective research adviser. Students taking two or more semesters of A BIO 399, 399Z, 499, or 499Z will prepare a poster or make an oral presentation at the Departmental Research Symposium. A copy of the final written report of each semester’s work, preferably typewritten in journal format, is kept on permanent file in the department. May be taken either semester. A maximum of 6 credits may be earned in A BIO 399 and 399Z.

A BIO 401 (formerly A BIO 320) Ecology (3)
Natural selection as an organizing principle; single-species population dynamics, geometric-mean growth, density-dependence, chaos in ecology; age structure, selection on life-histories, population projection; models for competition, predation, epidemics, and mutualism; species diversity, abundance models during community development. Prerequisite(s): A BIO 212, A BIO 330, and A MAT 111 or A MAT 112.

A BIO 402 Evolution (3)
The patterns and processes of biological change with time from the origins of life, through major evolutionary innovations, to the development of human culture. Fundamental concepts in biology will be stressed, including information, mutation, selection, random drift, and adaptation. Prerequisite(s): A BIO 212 and A BIO 330.       

A BIO 406 Vertebrate Histology (4)
A laboratory-intensive study of the microanatomy and function of animal cells, tissues and major vertebrate organs, excluding the brain. Practical work with bright-field microscopy and preparation of formalin-fixed, paraffin-embedded, sectioned and stained tissues. Three class periods, one laboratory period each week. Extra time may be needed to complete individual projects. Prerequisite(s): A BIO 201 and 202Z, A BIO 217 or A BIO 303; A BIO 325 and/or 410 recommended but not required. Course fee applies. Consult the Schedule of Classes.

A BIO 410 Human Physiology (3)
The functions of organ systems and their contributions to the functions of the human body as a whole. Topics to include: nervous, cardiovascular, respiratory, gastrointestinal systems and energy metabolism and temperature regulation. Two 1 1/2-hour lecture periods each week. Prerequisite(s): A BIO 201 and 202Z. 

A BIO 411Z Human Physiology Laboratory (2)
A mixture of lab experiments and computer simulations in systemic physiology with emphasis on membrane transport and excitability, muscle contraction, cardiovascular regulation, respiration and metabolism, acid-base control, renal system physiology, and sensory physiology. Three hours laboratory and one hour discussion per week, with emphasis on writing of scientific lab reports. Prerequisite(s): A BIO 201 and 202Z. Corequisite(s): A BIO 410.

A BIO 413 Biology of Stem Cells (3)
Stem cells are characterized by the ability to renew themselves through mitotic cell division and the potential to differentiate into a diverse range of specialized cell types. As such they are the focus of considerable interest by the biomedical research community and in the area of regenerative medicine. In addition, derivation from embryonic tissues raises ethical concerns. This lecture course focuses on the biological and genetic characteristics of stem cells that originate from embryonic and adult tissues. Study materials will be drawn from contemporary scientific papers and web based resources. Prerequisite(s): A BIO 212, A BIO 303, and permission of instructor.

A BIO 425 Molecular Biology (3)
Mechanisms of gene expression and regulation will be studied, using examples from bacteria and eukaryotes. Discussion will include experimental approaches to gene cloning and sequencing, analysis of DNA-protein interactions, and structure and function of RNA. Prerequisite(s): A BIO 212Y. Prerequisite(s) or corequisite(s): A BIO 365.

A BIO 426 Laboratory in Molecular Biology (2)
Experiments in the modern techniques of recombinant molecular biology will be performed. These may include restriction mapping of plasmids, gene cloning, DNA blotting, DNA sequence analysis, plasmid constructions, and gene expression studies. One laboratory per week, plus additional flexible time as required. Prerequisite(s): A BIO 201 and 202Z, A BIO 212Y. Prerequisite(s) or corequisite(s): A BIO 365 and 425. Course fee applies. Consult the Schedule of Classes.

A BIO 427 Grazing in Terrestrial Ecosystems (4)
Lectures and laboratory exercises are used to elucidate the fundamental principles of grazing, particularly by large herd-forming ungulates, in wild and human-dominated ecosystems. Topics considered include ungulate anatomy, physiology and foraging behavior, as well as the ecological interactions between grazers, the vascular plant and soil microbial communities. Prerequisite(s): A BIO 201 and 202Z, A BIO 320 or 327, or permission of instructor. May not be offered in 2016-2017.

A BIO 429 Molecular Virology (3)
Viruses are usually associated with damaging and often fatal infections. However without viruses our world would be a very different place. This course will introduce the fundamental principles of virology with an emphasis on the viral replication strategies, virus-cell interactions, pathogenesis, and evolution of viruses; as well strategies applied for control and prevention of infection. Prerequisite(s): A BIO 212 and 217. Prerequisite or corequisite(s): A BIO 365.

A BIO 432 Animal Behavior (3)
Evolutionary ecology of behavior, optimization, game theory; diet selection, foraging under uncertainty; group formation and dissolution; social parasitism, among-individual behavioral diversity; interaction with kin, conflict and cooperation; individual behavior and population dynamics. Completion of course requires submission of three papers. Prerequisite(s): A BIO 212, and A MAT 111 or A MAT 112. May not be offered in 2016-2017.

A BIO 435 Methods in Biotechnology (2)
This laboratory course is designed to provide training in modern techniques used in Forensic and Biomedical fields. These will include sequential methods for RT-PCR, PCR product cloning, analysis of recombinant plasmid clones, PCR-based VNTR genotyping, Restriction Fragment Length Polymorphism analysis, immunoblotting and immunofluorescence staining. One laboratory period each week. Prerequisite(s): A BIO 201 and 202Z. Prerequisite(s) or corequisite(s): A BIO 365 or permission of instructor. Course fee applies. Consult the Schedule of Classes.

A BIO 441 Molecular Neurobiology (3)
The molecular biology of learning, memory, neural development and neurological disease. The course will relate the structure and function of receptors, second messangers, cytoskeletal proteins, transcription factors and gene structure to their roles in the nervous system. Prerequisite(s): A BIO 365 and either A BIO 341 or A BIO 217.

A BIO 455 Plant Ecology (3)
Current research and theoretical background in the field of plant ecology will be explored. Topics will include population and community dynamics, evolution of life history traits, physiological responses to environmental stresses, plant-animal interactions, and the role of vegetation in ecosystems processes. Prerequisite(s): A BIO 319 or A BIO 320 or permission of instructor.

A BIO 460 Neural Basis of Behavior (3)
An analysis of the neural basis of innate and learned behaviors, as well as the neurological deficits accompanying lesions of different parts of the brain. Emphasis will be placed on sensory processing, reflexive behavior, feature extraction and behavioral triggers, using simple learned behaviors amenable to analysis at the neuronal level, including analysis of membrane electrical activity, chemical synaptic activity and neuromodulation. Feature extraction will be considered as the basis of visual localization and prey (insect) capture in toads and in echo localization and insect capture in bats. Analysis of brain lesions will include both behavior and simultaneous brain imaging to connect the deficits with specific brain regions, and will cover semantic/episodic learning and amnesia, as well as speech/language comprehension. We will also discuss prospects for transplanting brain stem cells to cure diseases caused by cell death of specific neurons. Only one of A BIO 460 and T BIO 260 can be taken for credit. Prerequisite (s): A BIO 341 or equivalent or permission of instructor.

A BIO 490 (= A PSY 490) Topics in Neuroscience (3)
This course is designed as the capstone course for the interdisciplinary Neuroscience Minor. It is expected that Minors will take this course in the fall of their senior year. This course will be team taught by Neuroscience faculty from Biology and Psychology and will cover current topics in neuroscience research, engaging students in the original research literature and providing information about graduate education and careers in neuroscience. Prerequisite(s): permission of instructor.

A BIO 499/499Z Supervised Research for Seniors (2-4)
Individual, independent research on selected topics in biology. Critical analysis of selected research papers. Senior majors in the department of biological sciences apply for this course through the prospective research adviser. A copy of the final written report of each semester’s work, preferably typewritten in journal format, is kept on permanent file in the department. May be taken either semester. Students taking two or more semesters of A BIO 399, 399Z, 499, or 499Z will prepare a poster or make an oral presentation at the Departmental Research Symposium. A maximum of 8 credits may be earned in A BIO 499 and 499Z.

  
TEMPORARY PAGE DIVIDER

Department of Chemistry

Faculty

Distinguished Professor
Eric Block, Ph.D. (Carla Rizzo Delray ’42 Professorship)
Harvard University

Distinguished Teaching Professor of Atmospheric and Environmental Sciences and Chemistry
John W. Delano, Ph.D.
SUNY at Stony Brook

Professors Emeriti
Robert E. Frost, Ph.D.
Harvard University
Frank M. Hauser, Ph.D.
University of North Carolina
Bernard J. Laurenzi, Ph.D.
University of Pennsylvania
Eugene Mclaren, Ph.D. (Collins Fellow)
Washington University
Yash P. Myer, Ph.D.
University of Oregon
Ramaswamy H. Sarma, Ph.D.
Brown University
Lawrence C. Snyder, Ph.D. (O'Leary Professor)
Carnegie Institute of Technology
Andrew J. Yencha, Ph.D.
University of California, Los Angeles

Emerita Professor of Education and Chemistry
Audrey Champagne, Ph.D.
University of Pittsburgh

Professors
Paul F. Agris, Ph.D.
Massachusetts Institute of Technology
Evgeny Dikarev, Ph.D.
Moscow State University
Daniele Fabris, Ph.D.
University of Padua, Italy
Igor Lednev, Ph.D.
Moscow Institute of Physics & Technology
Li Niu, Ph.D.
University of Wisconsin
Marina Petrukhina, Ph.D.
Moscow State University 
Charles P. Scholes, Ph.D.
Yale University
Alexander Shekhtman, Ph.D.
University at Albany
John T. Welch, Ph.D.
Case Western Reserve University

Associate Professor Emeritus
Lawrence H. Daly, Ph.D.
Rensselaer Polytechnic Institute

Associate Professors
Rabi A. Musah, Ph.D.
University of Arkansas
Jayanti Pande, Ph.D.
University at Albany       
Paul J. Toscano, Ph.D.
Johns Hopkins University

Assistant Professors
Alan Chen, Ph.D.
Washington University
Gerd-Uwe Flechsig, Ph.D.
University of Rostock
Jan Halamek, Ph.D.
Masaryk University
Maksim Royzen, Ph.D.
New York University
Jia Sheng, Ph.D.
Georgia State University
Jun Wang, Ph.D.
Purdue University
Ting Wang, Ph.D.
The Ohio State University
Zhang Wang, Ph.D.
Columbia University
Mehmet Yigit, Ph.D.
University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign
Qiang Zhang, Ph.D.
Boston University

Adjuncts (estimated): 1
Teaching Assistants (estimated): 19



The objective of the department is to provide students with a broad, fundamental knowledge of modern theoretical and experimental chemistry enabling graduates to embark immediately on professional careers in chemistry or to continue study at an advanced level toward higher degrees. The general program in chemistry is approved by the Committee on Professional Training of the American Chemical Society.

Careers
Chemistry gives students the tools to think analytically, to solve problems, and to create new materials with unusual properties. A strong foundation in chemistry, coupled with a background in other disciplines such as biology, physics, and even art or business, can lead to the confidence and flexibility to take on challenging jobs after graduation. Career choices may include classic positions in industrial or governmental laboratories as a production, control, or analytical chemist. However, with a background in chemistry, career options are diverse and broad, including the potential to enter graduate and professional schools. Our graduates have secured employment in pharmaceuticals, medicine, petrochemicals, materials science, as well as the cosmetics and aerospace fields. Furthermore, a graduate may choose a career path as a research assistant, technical sales and service representative, secondary school teacher, science writer or editor, forensic or environmental scientist, patent attorney, art restorer, information scientist, toxicologist, or even investment counselor or public relations specialist.

Degree Requirements for the Major in Chemistry

General Program B.A. Combined major and minor sequence consisting of 55 credits: A CHM 120 or 130 or T CHM 130, 121 or 131 or T CHM 131, 124, 125, 220, 221, 222, 223, 226, 227, 352Z, 417, 420, 429, 431, 444, and 3 credits in advanced chemistry; A MAT 111 or 112 or 118; 113 or 119; A PHY 140 or 141, 145, 150 or 151, and 155.

General Program B.S. Within this program, a student has a choice of three tracks: Chemistry Emphasis (67 or 68 credits); Chemical Biology Emphasis (72 credits); Chemistry/Forensic Chemistry Emphasis (72 credits). The specific requirements for individual tracks are outlined below.

Chemistry Emphasis B.S. Combined major and minor sequence consisting of 67 or 68 credits: A CHM 120 or 130 or T CHM 130, 121 or 131 or T CHM 131, 124, 125, 220, 221, 222, 223, 226, 227, 342 or 442, 350, 351, 352Z, 417, 420; 3 or 4 credits in advanced chemistry laboratories from A CHM 344, 426, or 429 and 431; and 3 credits in advanced chemistry in courses other than A CHM 424, 425, 426, 444, or 445; A MAT 111 or 112 or 118, 113 or 119, 214 or 218; A PHY 140 or 141, 145, 150 or 151, 155, 240 or 241.

Chemical Biology Emphasis B.S. Combined major and minor sequence consisting of 72 credits: A CHM 120 or 130 or T CHM 130, 121 or 131 or T CHM 131, 124, 125, 220, 221, 222, 223, 226, 227, 350 or 444, 351 or 445, 352Z, 417, 420, 442, 443, 446; A BIO 120, 121, 201, 202, 212; A MAT 111 or 112 or 118, 113 or 119; A PHY 140 or 141, 145, 150 or 151, 155.

Chemistry/Forensic Chemistry Emphasis B.S. Combined major and minor sequence consisting of 72 credits: A CHM 120 or 130 or T CHM 130, 121 or 131 or T CHM 131, 124, 125, 220, 221, 222, 223, 226, 227, 250, 251, 342 or 442, 350 or 444, 351 or 445, 352Z, 417, 420, 429, 431, 447, 448, 449; A MAT 108, 111 or 112 or 118, 113 or 119; A PHY 140 or 141, 145, 150 or 151, 155.

Honors Program

The honors program in chemistry is designed for outstanding students enrolled in the general program leading to the B.S. degree, Chemistry Emphasis, or Chemical Biology Emphasis, or Forensic Chemistry Emphasis. Students may apply for admission to the honors program by submitting a letter of request to the department chair no later than April 15th of the sophomore year (for admissions in the fall) or November 15th of the junior year (for admission in the spring). Junior transfers may apply at the time of their admission to the University. Primary emphasis will be placed on indications of academic ability and maturity sufficient for applicants to pursue with distinction a program involving independent research.

The minimum requirements for admission include: (1) Completion of A CHM 120 (or 130 or T CHM 130), 121 (or 131 or T CHM 131), 124, 125, 220, 221, 222, 223, 226 and 227 or their equivalents; (2) An overall grade point average of 3.25; (3) A grade point average of 3.50 in chemistry courses required for the major; and (4) Written recommendations from at least three faculty members, one of whom, preferably should be from outside the Department of Chemistry.

Students in the program must maintain both a minimum grade point average of 3.25 overall and of 3.50 in chemistry courses taken to satisfy major requirements during the junior and senior years. The progress of participants in the honors program will be reviewed at the end of junior year by the student’s adviser and the Departmental Undergraduate Committee. Students not meeting academic and independent research standards at that time may be precluded from continuing in the program during their senior year. These students may, of course, continue as majors.

Students may select from the following three emphases or tracks.

After completion of the requirements above, the records of the candidates will be reviewed by the Departmental Undergraduate Committee. After consideration of overall academic record, performance and accomplishments in the research project, the quality of the Honors Seminar and Thesis, and the evaluations of departmental faculty members who have supervised these activities, a recommendation for or against a degree “with honors in chemistry” will be made by the committee to the departmental faulty. The final recommendation will be made by the departmental faculty and transmitted to the departmental chair.

Combined B.S./M.S. Program

The combined B.S./M.S. program in chemistry provides an opportunity for students of recognized academic ability and educational maturity to fulfill integrated requirements of undergraduate and master’s degree programs from the beginning of the junior year. A carefully designed program can permit a student to earn the B.S. and M.S. degrees within nine semesters.

The combined program requires a minimum of 138 credits, of which at least 30 must be graduate credits. In qualifying for the B.S., students must meet all University and college requirements, including the requirements of the undergraduate major described previously, the minimum 60-credit liberal arts and sciences requirement, general education requirements, and residency requirements. In qualifying for the M.S., students must meet all University and college requirements as outlined in the Graduate Bulletin, including completion of a minimum of 30 graduate credits and any other conditions such as a research seminar, thesis, comprehensive examination, professional experience, and residency requirements. Up to 12 graduate credits may be applied simultaneously to both the B.S. and M.S. programs.

The undergraduate requirement of A CHM 420 may be satisfied by A CHM 520A. Likewise, the requirement of 6 credits in advanced chemistry may be satisfied by two 500 level graduate courses.

Students may apply for admission to the combined degree program in chemistry after the successful completion of 56 credits and after the satisfactory completion of A CHM 350 or 444. A cumulative grade point average of 3.20 or higher and three supportive letters of recommendation from faculty are required for consideration.

  
TEMPORARY PAGE DIVIDER

Courses in Chemistry

A CHM 100 Chemistry and Sustainability (3)
The course discusses, from chemistry point of view, air quality, water pollution, green energy, food and drug safety, fitness and health, agro- and household chemicals, and other topics related to sustainable chemistry. The basic concepts of chemistry, such as atomic theory, bonding, chemical reactions, gas laws, molecular structure, and intermolecular forces will also be covered. The course integrates both lectures and lab assignments. Two lectures and one lab period per week. Does not yield credit toward the major or minor in chemistry.

A CHM 101 The Chemistry of Sex, Drugs, and Sports (3)
This is a general education course designed for an audience with a casual interest in scientific matters. This course will focus on topics related to everyday life experiences and activities, such as human behavior, nutrition and medicines/drugs from the chemistry point of view, and the impact of our activities on health, education, law and public policy. We will analyze the social consequences and ethical dimensions of developing technologies. The ultimate goal of this class is to encourage a lifelong interest and learning in scientific issues using chemistry principles and technological developments. Two lectures and one lab period per week. Does not yield credit toward the major or minor in chemistry.

A CHM 105 Chemistry in Our Lives (3)
The purpose of this course is to provide students with an understanding of the fundamental principles of chemistry and their applications in everyday life. The course will explore the impact of chemistry on modern life by looking at its role in the environment, medicine, nanotechnology and polymers. Does not yield credit toward the major or minor in chemistry.

A CHM 120 General Chemistry I (3)
Atomic theory, quantitative relationships in chemical change, electronic structure of atoms and chemical periodicity, chemical bonding, and states of matter.

A CHM 121 General Chemistry II (3)
Elementary principles of chemical equilibrium, thermodynamics, and kinetics; electrochemistry; descriptive chemistry of the elements and their compounds. Prerequisite(s): A CHM 120 or 130.

A CHM 124 (formerly A CHM 122A) General Chemistry Laboratory I (1)
Introduction to laboratory techniques, experiments demonstrating chemical principles in General Chemistry I, including stoichiometry, calorimetry, and properties of some elements and compounds. Prerequisite(s) or corequisite(s): A CHM 120 or 130. Course fee applies. Consult the Schedule of Classes.

A CHM 125 (formerly A CHM 122B) General Chemistry Laboratory II (1)
Application of laboratory techniques, experiments demonstrating chemical principles of General Chemistry II, including solution properties, kinetics, equilibrium, and qualitative analysis of some anions and cations. Prerequisite(s): A CHM 124. Prerequisite(s) or corequisite(s): A CHM 121 or 131. Course fee applies. Consult the Schedule of Classes.

A CHM 126 (formerly A CHM 123A) Problem Solving: General Chemistry I (1)
Applications of the principles and methods studied in General Chemistry I. Assignments selected from the subject matter of General Chemistry I are aimed at aiding the student to develop a more thorough understanding of the subject. Corequisite(s): A CHM 120. S/U graded.

A CHM 127 (formerly A CHM 123B) Problem Solving: General Chemistry II  (1)
Applications of the principles and methods studied in General Chemistry II. Assignments selected from the subject matter of General Chemistry II are aimed at aiding the student to develop a more thorough understanding of the subject. Corequisite(s): A CHM 121. S/U graded.

A CHM 130 Advanced General Chemistry I (3)
Energy, enthalpy, thermochemistry, quantum mechanics and atomic theory, general concepts of bonding, covalent bonding and orbitals, gases, liquids, and solids. Students will be introduced to faculty research within the Department of Chemistry, as well as interdisciplinary areas. Only one of A CHM 120 and 130 and T CHM 130 may be taken for credit.

T CHM 130 (formerly A CHM 130H) Advanced General Chemistry I (3)
T CHM 130 is the Honors College version of A CHM 130; only one version may be taken for credit.

A CHM 131 Advanced General Chemistry II (3)
Chemical kinetics, chemical equilibrium, spontaneity, entropy, free energy, electrochemistry, transition metals, coordination chemistry, organic and biochemical molecules. Only one of A CHM 121 and 131 and T CHM 130 may be taken for credit. Prerequisite(s): A CHM 130 or T CHM 130.  

T CHM 131 (formerly A CHM 131H) Advanced General Chemistry II (3)
T CHM 131 is the Honors College version of A CHM 131; only one version may be taken for credit.

A CHM 133 (formerly A CHM 133A) Problem Solving: Chemical Principles I (1)
Discussions and applications of the principles and methods studied in Chemical Principles. Assignments selected from the subject matter of Chemical Principles are aimed at helping the student develop a more thorough understanding of the subject. Corequisite(s): A CHM 130. S/U graded.

A CHM 134 (formerly A CHM 133B) Problem Solving: Chemical Principles II (1)
Discussions and applications of the principles and methods studied in Chemical Principles. Assignments selected from the subject matter of Chemical Principles are aimed at helping the student develop a more thorough understanding of the subject. Corequisite(s): A CHM 131. S/U graded.

A CHM 143 Pre-Organic Chemistry (1)
The course provides a background and review of those topics necessary for success in organic chemistry. Topics may include bonding, Lewis acid/bases, hybridization, electronegativity, polarizability, 3-D structures, energy profile diagrams, oxidation states, and reaction mechanisms. Carbon containing compounds will be emphasized. Prerequisite(s): A CHM 120. Prerequisite(s) or corequisite(s): A CHM 121.

A CHM 199 Current Topics in Chemistry (1-3)
Selected topics from the current chemical literature in selected areas of chemistry. Particular areas of study to be announced each semester. Intended for students interested in exploring in depth themes and topics covered in larger lecture courses or topics in addition to those that can be treated in such settings. May be repeated for credit when content varies. Prerequisite(s): permission of instructor.

A CHM 220 (formerly A CHM 216A) Organic Chemistry I (3)
Structure, synthesis, and reactions of the principal classes of organic compounds, stressing the underlying principles of reaction mechanisms and stereochemistry techniques. Prerequisite(s): A CHM 121 or 131 and 125.

A CHM 221 (formerly A CHM 216B) Organic Chemistry II (3)
Introduction to spectroscopic characteristics or organic compounds; continued classification of “reaction types” exhibited by organic molecules; chemistry of carbonyl compounds; aspects of aromatic chemistry, heterocycles, nitrogen compounds, polymers, and biologically important molecules. Prerequisite(s): A CHM 220.

A CHM 222 (formerly A CHM 217A) Organic Chemistry Laboratory I (1)
Basic techniques of organic chemistry including extraction, crystallization, distillation, and chromatography; physical properties of compounds. Prerequisite(s) or corequisite(s): A CHM 220. Course fee applies. Consult the Schedule of Classes.

A CHM 223 (formerly A CHM 217B) Organic Chemistry Laboratory II (1)
Application of basic techniques of organic chemistry to the synthesis and qualitative analysis of organic compounds. Applications of IR and NMR spectroscopy. Prerequisite(s): A CHM 222; prerequisite(s) or corequisite(s): A CHM 221. Course fee applies. Consult the Schedule of Classes.

A CHM 226 (formerly A CHM 225) Quantitative Analysis (3)
Theory of quantitative analysis based on modern chemical principles. The theory and practical applications of gravimetric, volumetric, potentiometric and colorimetric analysis. The statistical treatment of experimental data is described. Three lecture periods per week. May not be taken by students with credit for A CHM 225. Prerequisite(s): A CHM 121 or 131 and A CHM 125.

A CHM 227 Quantitative Analysis Lab (1)
Applications of the principles and methods discussed in A CHM 226. Experiments chosen for A CHM 227 aid the student in developing a more detailed understanding of quantitative methods. Specifically, students will perform quantitative experiments in spectroscopy, titration and gravimetric analysis using modern instrumentation. Statistical analysis of data will be performed. One 3.5 hour lab period per week. May not be taken by students with credit for A CHM 225. Prerequisite(s) or corequisite(s): A CHM 226. Course fee applies. Consult the Schedule of Classes.

A CHM 250 Introduction to Forensic Chemistry (3)
Descriptive discussion of the role of chemistry in modern forensic science. The main emphasis is in chemical methods and techniques used in criminalistics. Lectures only. Prerequisite(s): A CHM 120 and A CHM 121.

A CHM 251 Introduction to Forensic Chemistry Lab (1)
Applications of the principles and methods discussed in A CHM 250. Experiments chosen for A CHM 251 aid students in developing a more detailed understanding of modern forensic methods. Specifically, students will perform experiments in microscopy, questioned documents, glass analysis, TLC, latent prints, spot testing, field testing and crime scene investigation. One 3 hour lab period per week. Prerequisite(s) or corequisite(s): A CHM 250.

A CHM 307/307Z (= A ATM 307/307Z) Introduction to Atmospheric Chemistry (3)
Chemical principles and concepts leading to understanding the composition and change in the chemical/atmospheric environment; sources and sinks of chemical constituents; chemistry of the troposphere and stratosphere; measurement and theory; greenhouse gases; global pollution and ozone depletion. Only one version of A CHM 307 may be taken for credit. Does not yield credit toward the major in chemistry. Prerequisite(s): A MAT 113 or 119; A PHY 150; and A CHM 121 or 131.

A CHM 342 Introduction to Biochemistry (3)
A one semester overview of protein and nucleic acid structural biology, synthesis, and function; with a brief introduction to metabolism, signal transduction, and carbohydrate chemistry. This course is suggested for chemistry majors who will not be taking the two semester Comprehensive Biochemistry sequence (A CHM 442 and 443) as part of their degree curriculum. May not be taken by students with credit for A BIO 365. Prerequisite(s): A CHM 220 and 221.

A CHM 343 Introduction to Biochemistry Laboratory (1)
Experiments illustrating the fundamentals of biochemistry as discussed in A CHM 342. Prerequisite(s): A CHM 222. Prerequisite(s) or corequisite(s): A CHM 342. May not be offered in 2016-2017.

A CHM 344 Bioanalytical Chemistry (3)
The objective of this course is to provide students with a fundamental understanding of biomolecule analysis. Students will learn how to carry out different types of characterization and quantitative determinations, while becoming familiar with general laboratory practices and the operation of common bioanalytical instrumentation. The Lecture part will introduce the principles of common bioanalytical approaches used in biological and clinical settings, which will enable students to understand, carry out, and troubleshoot typical determinations of biopolymers. The lectures will not cover advanced instrumental techniques that are taught in specialized upper-level courses, but will deal instead with separations, spectroscopy, bioassays, and other common biochemical methods. The lectures will stress the chemical and structural aspects of target analytes as the basis for their identification and quantification. Laboratory experiments will provide the hands-on experience necessary to link personal observations with the sometimes dry and impersonal knowledge provided by textbooks and research articles. The selected experiments are aimed at developing observation and interpretation skills that will be honed by using the actual data obtained by the students. Two lectures and one lab meeting per week. Prerequisite(s): A BIO 365 or A CHM 342 or A CHM 442. Course fee applies. Consult the Schedule of Classes.

A CHM 350 Physical Chemistry I (3)
Mathematical description of physicochemical systems and their interpretation in terms of thermodynamics, kinetic theory, reaction rates and statistical mechanics. Atomic and molecular structure from the viewpoint of quantum theory with special emphasis on bonding and spectra. This is the required physical chemistry course for B.S. Chemistry students with emphasis in Chemistry. Only one of A CHM 350 or A CHM 444 may be taken for credit toward the major for B.S. Chemistry with emphasis in Forensic Chemistry or Chemical Biology or B.A. Chemistry. Prerequisite(s): A CHM 221, A MAT 214, and A PHY 150.       

A CHM 351 Physical Chemistry II (3)
A continuation of A CHM 350. The course contains the principles of chemical kinetics, quantum theory and spectroscopy. Topics include the rate laws, systems displaying complex kinetics, enzyme catalysis, atomic structure, molecular structure, microwave, Raman, infrared and ultraviolet-visible spectroscopy and statistical mechanics. This is the required physical chemistry course for B.S. Chemistry students with emphasis in Chemistry. Only one of A CHM 351 or A CHM 445 may be taken for credit toward the major for B.S. Chemistry with emphasis in Forensic Chemistry or Chemical Biology or B.A. Chemistry. Prerequisite(s): A CHM 350.     

A CHM 352Z Physical Chemistry Lab (3)
The experimental understanding of the basic principles of physical chemistry and development of familiarity with instrumentation. Includes experiments on the electrical properties of solutions, chemical kinetics, spectroscopy, microcalorimetry and computer experiments in molecular orbital theory. The course also includes instruction on searching the chemical literature, data processing, and writing laboratory reports. One lecture and two laboratory periods each week. Prerequisite(s): A CHM 226 and 227; corequisite(s) or prerequisite(s): A CHM 350 or 444. Course fee applies. Consult the Schedule of Classes.

A CHM 354 Mathematical Methods in Chemistry (2)
The purpose of this course is to clarify and to review the required, practical mathematical underpinnings for upper level chemistry courses that contain elements of thermodynamics, kinetics, quantum mechanics and data analysis. Corequisite(s): A CHM 350. Prerequisite(s): A MAT 214.

A CHM 390 Chemistry Internship (1-4)
Students will have the opportunity to acquire practical, "hands-on" experience in chemistry by participating as an intern in the work of an agency, institution, or corporation other than the University. The student's work will be supervised and evaluated by a designated individual at the internship site. This supervisor will provide an evaluation of the student's work to the University at Albany Department of Chemistry faculty member who is the instructor of record for final assessment and grading. Students majoring in Chemistry may apply to the Department of Chemistry for permission to enroll in this course. Admission to ACHM 390 will be dependent upon the acceptability of the candidate to the Department of Chemistry and to the host institution or agency. Enrollment in the course is limited in number in order to provide substantial individual hands-on training, and therefore, is determined on a competitive basis. May be repeated up to a maximum of 6 credits. S/U graded.

A CHM 401 Current Topics in Advanced Chemistry (1-3)
Intensive examination of emerging trends in chemistry from the chemical literature. New information emerging from recent studies will be stressed. May be repeated for credit when content varies. Prerequisite(s): permission of instructor.

A CHM 411 Computational Chemistry I (3)
Practical applications of quantum chemical calculations for chemical research. Overview of different levels of molecular orbital theory with case studies highlighting selected applications to organic, inorganic, and biophysical chemistry. Evaluation of each technique's strengths and limitations. Prior programming experience is not required. Prerequisite(s): A CHM 351 or A PHY 440, or permission of instructor.

A CHM 412 Computational Chemistry II (3) 
Molecular mechanics as a tool in biochemical and biophysical research. Statistical mechanics of equilibrium systems and enhanced sampling techniques in different thermodynamic ensembles will be reviewed. Strengths and limitations of commonly used methods will be explored. Prior programming experience is not required, but prior exposure to Linux will be helpful. Note that this course may be taken independently of A CHM 411. Prerequisite(s): A CHM 351 or A PHY 440, or A PHY 460, or permission of instructor.

A CHM 417 Advanced Synthesis Laboratory (3)
Experimental investigation of advanced syntheses of organic and inorganic compounds including their separation and analysis. The development of skills and understanding for the application of complex procedures and methods common in current practice. One class period, two laboratory periods each week. Prerequisite(s): A CHM 223. Course fee applies. Consult the Schedule of Classes.

A CHM 420 Inorganic Chemistry I (3)
Bonding and reactivity in inorganic systems, including metal complexes and covalent molecules. Applications of crystal field theory and introductory molecular orbital theory to coordination compounds, including group theory and symmetry, the spectrochemical series, and substitution mechanisms. Metal carbonyl complexes and an introduction to organometallic compounds and their reactions. Prerequisite(s): A CHM 350 or 444.

A CHM 421 Inorganic Chemistry II (3)
Topics in advanced inorganic chemistry, including organometallic chemistry, catalysis, and bioorganic chemistry. Other selected topics may include solid-state chemistry, supramolecular chemistry, electron-transfer, applications of vibrational and electronic spectroscopies, and the chemistry of the main-group elements. Prerequisite(s): A CHM 420. 

A CHM 422 Organometallic Chemistry (3)
A systematic study of the compounds containing a carbon-metal or carbon-metalloid bond. Emphasis will be placed upon the interaction of metal fragments with organic ligands, the structural types, and chemical reactivity of this class of compounds. Topics will also include the role of organometallic compounds in synthesis, their catalytic behavior, and models of bioinorganic systems. Prerequisite(s): A CHM 221 and A CHM 351 or 445.

A CHM 424 Retrieval and Presentation of Chemical Information (1)
Instruction and practice in modern methods of searching the chemical literature. Students are required to develop their skills in preparing written presentations and speeches. Prerequisite(s): junior or senior standing. S/U graded.

A CHM 425 Introduction to Undergraduate Research in Chemistry (2)
Original experimental and theoretical research problems. A printed or typewritten final report is required. Laboratory and conference hours to be arranged. May not be repeated for credit. No more than 3 credits of A CHM 425 and/or 426 may be applied toward the advanced course requirement of the chemistry major. Prerequisite(s): junior or senior standing, and permission of instructor; prerequisite(s) or corequisite(s): A CHM 424. S/U graded. 

A CHM 426 Undergraduate Research in Chemistry (3)
Original experimental and theoretical research problems. A printed or typewritten final report is required. May be repeated for credit but not more than 3 credits of A CHM 425 and/or 426 may be applied toward the advanced course requirement of the chemistry major. Laboratory and conference hours to be arranged. Prerequisite(s): junior or senior standing and permission of instructor. Prerequisite(s) or corequisite(s): A CHM 424. S/U graded.

A CHM 427 (formerly A CHM 426T) Honors Undergraduate Research in Chemistry (4)
Original experimental and theoretical research problems in chemistry with the results reported in a written Honors Thesis, as well as a public Department Seminar. S/U graded.

A CHM 428 Forensic Chemistry Research (3)
Original experimental and theoretical research problems. A printed or typewritten final report is required. May be repeated for credit but not more than 6 credits total may be applied toward the advanced elective course requirement of the comprehensive forensics chemistry or honors forensics chemistry emphases. Laboratory and conference hours to be arranged. Prerequisite(s): junior or senior standing and permission of instructor. S/U graded.

A CHM 429 (formerly A CHM 430) Instrumental Analysis (3)
Theoretical principles and chemical applications of selected methods of instrumental analysis. Main emphasis is on modern analytical methods including polarography, conductance, potentiometry, and coulometric methods, gas chromatography, mass spectrometry, atomic absorption as well as absorbance and fluorescence spectroscopy. Statistical analysis of data will be discussed. Three lecture periods per week. May not be taken by students with credit for A CHM 430. Prerequisite(s): A CHM 226 and 227; prerequisite(s) or corequisite(s): A CHM 351 or 445 or permission of instructor.

A CHM 431 Instrumental Analysis Lab (1)
Applications of the principles and methods discussed in A CHM 429. Experiments chosen for this course aid students in developing a more detailed understanding of analytical methods. Specifically, students will perform analytical experiments in absorbance, fluorescence and Raman spectroscopy, atomic absorption and gas chromatography using modern instrumentation. Statistical analysis of data will be performed. One 3.5 hour lab period per week. May not be taken by students with credit for A CHM 430. Prerequisite(s) or corequisite(s): A CHM 429. Course fee applies. Consult the Schedule of Classes.

A CHM 432 Mass Spectrometry at the Chemistry-Biology Interface (3)
The goal of this course is to provide the students not only with basic knowledge of ionization techniques and mass analysis, but also with an understanding of the biochemical tools necessary for sample processing and preparation. Many examples of biomedical applications will be discussed in class to illustrate strategies and experimental design. These examples will also provide an overview of what has been done using mass spectrometry in the life sciences and will offer possible indications of which problems may be within reach. Spectra interpretation skills will be developed through discussion of examples in class and through solution of take home problems. Prerequisite(s): permission of instructor.

A CHM 433 Electronics for Scientific Instrumentation (3)
The objective of this course is to provide students with a basic knowledge and a fundamental understanding of electronics as applied to modern research laboratory. Students will learn the basic principles of key electronic components and circuits, with special emphasis on circuit analysis and design. The properties and applications of major components and modules will be studied, including transducers, amplifier, and digitizers. The fundamental elements of TTL and serial interfacing will be discussed. Prerequisite(s): permission of instructor.

A CHM 434 Advanced Separation Science - HPLC (3)
This course aims at providing students with fundamental skills and knowledge in advanced separation science, in particular HPLC. The course will enable students to understand, develop and execute analytical protocols involving recent HPLC methodologies and instrumentation. The lecture will consider all common techniques in liquid chromatography such as gradients, normal and reversed phase, gel permeation, ion exchange, bioaffinity, and chiral columns, as well as RI, UV-vis, fluorescent, luminescent, electrochemical, and MS detection. Students will learn by lectures, class activities, and homework assignments how to plan analytical tasks considering the available HPLC techniques in a modern routine laboratory, as well as how to optimize the conditions in order to obtain sufficient analytical performance parameters in terms of selectivity, detection limit, cost, and analysis time. The lab will introduce the students in reverse phase HPLC using RI and UV-vis detection. Practical examples in the lab section will include food and soil analysis considering analytes and separation problems that can only be addressed by HPLC. Two lecture and one lab meetings per week. Prerequisite(s): A CHM 225 or A CHM 250.

A CHM 435 Advanced Physical Chemistry (3)
This course will develop classical and statistical thermodynamics for solving chemical and molecular problems important in modern chemistry research. The specific topics will be: the mathematical and physical underpinnings of the theory, the models to approximate reality, the discussion of the weaknesses of those approximations, and the application of classical and statistical thermodynamics to modern research problems in all flavors of physical chemistry. Prerequisite(s): two semesters of undergraduate physical chemistry (A CHM 350 and 351) and at least three semesters of calculus (through A MAT 214), or permission of instructor.

A CHM 436 Advanced Organic Chemistry (3)
Organic chemistry at an advanced level, including introduction of theoretical background and application in synthesis. Prerequisite(s) or corequisite(s): A CHM 351 or 445.

A CHM 437 Organic Synthesis (3)
The course will focus on the total synthesis of complex organic molecules, such as natural products. Synthetic strategies as well as reaction mechanisms of every step will be discussed. Prerequisite(s): A CHM 221.

A CHM 442 (formerly A CHM 440A) Comprehensive Biochemistry I (3)
Chemical characteristics of living matter, amino acids, polypeptides and proteins, enzyme mechanisms and kinetics; bioenergetics and chemistry of metabolism. Prerequisite(s): A CHM 221 or permission of instructor.

A CHM 443 (formerly A CHM 440B) Comprehensive Biochemistry II (3)
Biosynthesis, storage, and expression of genetic information; electron transport and other transports across membranes, membrane protein structure and function. Prerequisite(s): A CHM 221 or permission of instructor.

A CHM 444 (formerly A CHM 441A) Biophysical Chemistry I (3)
Foundations of the physical principles and their applications to biochemical systems. Topics include first and second laws of thermodynamics, applications of these to chemical reactions and equilibria, and molecular motion and transport phenomena. Does not yield credit toward the major for B.S. Chemistry students with emphasis in Chemistry. Only one of A CHM 350 or A CHM 444 may be taken for credit toward the major for B.S. Chemistry with emphasis in Forensic Chemistry or Chemical Biology or B.A. Chemistry. Prerequisite(s): A CHM 221, A MAT 113 or 119, and A PHY 150.       

A CHM 445 Biophysical Chemistry II (3)
Foundations of the physical principles and their applications to biochemical systems. Topics include transport phenomena and sedimentation and electrophoresis, chemical and biochemical kinetics, chemical quantum mechanics and spectroscopy. Does not yield credit toward the major for B.S. Chemistry students with emphasis in Chemistry. Only one of A CHM 351 or A CHM 445 may be taken for credit toward the major for B.S. Chemistry with emphasis in Forensic Chemistry or Chemical Biology or B.A. Chemistry. Prerequisite(s): A CHM 444.  

A CHM 446 Chemical Biology Laboratory (3)
The lab will provide the basics for protein purification, protein characterization, and DNA manipulation through the use of chromatographic, electrophoretic, and spectroscopic tools of biochemistry and biophysics. One class period, two laboratory periods each week. Prerequisite(s): A CHM 221 and 223; corequisite(s): A CHM 350, 442, and 443. Course fee applies. Consult the Schedule of Classes.

A CHM 447 Advanced Forensic Chemistry (3)
This course focuses on current topics and analytical methods utilized in today's modern forensic laboratories. Forensic Chemistry will include topics such as introduction to criminalistics, ethical dilemmas, computer-assisted data analysis, public speaking on technical and non-technical subjects, as well as courtroom testimony. The course will also include a detailed description of how modern analytical techniques are applied to forensic chemistry. Specifically, gas chromatography, mass spectrometry, DART, headspace chromatography, TLC, liquid-liquid extraction, solid phase extraction, immunoassay and electrochemistry will be applied to the fields of forensic drug chemistry and toxicology. The course includes advanced statistical methods such as chi-square tests, multiple regression and correlation, nonparametric statistics, and analytical variances. Three lecture periods per week. May not be taken by students with credit for A CHM 450 or 451. Prerequisite(s): A CHM 226, 227, 429, and 431 or permission of instructor.

A CHM 448 Advanced Forensic Chemistry Lab I (2)
Applications of the principles and methods discussed in A CHM 447. Experiments chosen for A CHM 448 aid the student in developing a more detailed understanding of quantitative methods. Specifically, students will perform method development in gas chromatography. Students will also perform electrochemical and immunoassay experiments. Statistical analysis of data will be performed. Two 3.5 hour lab periods per week. May not be taken by students with credit for A CHM 450 or 451. Prerequisite(s) or corequisite(s): A CHM 447. Course fee applies. Consult the Schedule of Classes.

A CHM 449 Advanced Forensic Chemistry Lab II (2)
Applications of the principles and methods discussed in A CHM 447 and a continuation of A CHM 448. Experiments chosen for A CHM 449 aid the student in developing a more detailed understanding of quantitative methods as they apply to forensics. Specifically, students will perform method development in solid phase extraction. Students will also perform atomic absorption and GC-MS experiments. This course will culminate in a final project where students will apply what they have learned to independently research a forensic chemistry problem. Statistical analysis of data will be performed. Two 3.5 hour lab periods per week. May not be taken by students with credit for A CHM 450 or 451. Prerequisite(s): A CHM 448. Course fee applies. Consult the Schedule of Classes.

A CHM 455 Forensic Chemistry Internship (1-4)
Students will have the opportunity to acquire practical "hands-on" experience in forensic chemistry by participating as an intern in the work of an agency, institution, or corporation other than the University. The student's work will be supervised and evaluated by a designated individual at the internship site. This supervisor will provide an evaluation of the student's work to the University at Albany faculty member who is the instructor of record for final assessment and grading. Students majoring in chemistry with a forensic chemistry emphasis may apply to the Department of Chemistry for permission to enroll in this course. Admission to the Forensic Chemistry Internship course will be dependent upon the acceptability of the candidate to the Department of Chemistry and the host institution or agency. Among the criteria used by these agencies will be completion of A CHM 447 and 448 and a possible background check of the applicant. Enrollment in the course is limited in number in order to provide substantial individual hands-on training, and therefore is determined on a competitive basis. Application to the program must be made six months in advance of the beginning of the proposed internship. S/U graded. May be repeated once for a maximum of 8 credits.       

A CHM 458 Introduction to Medicinal Chemistry/Pharmacology (3)
Medicinal chemistry is an interdisciplinary course at the interface of chemistry and pharmacy and is involved with designing, synthesizing and developing pharmaceutical drugs. It will include the following topics: molecular modeling, rational drug design, combinatorial chemistry, QSAR, and cheminformatics. Prerequisite(s): A CHM 221, 442.

A CHM 470 Crystallography (3)
The geometry and structure of crystalline solids and methods of importance in their investigation. Internal and external symmetry properties as a consequence of atomic types and bonding possibilities: lattice types and space groups, x-ray diffraction, and optical techniques. This course will include real-time demonstrations and practical crystallographic work, including the opportunity to work on a provided structural experiment or a crystal from an undergraduate research project. Prerequisite(s): permission of instructor.

A CHM 471 Theory and Techniques of Biophysics and Biophysical Chemistry (3)
Introduction to basic theory and general applications of spectroscopic methods in biophysics and biochemistry. Discussion will be based on classical and quantum mechanical approach. Topics include: nuclear magnetic resonance spectroscopy, absorption and fluorescence spectroscopy, and vibrational spectroscopy; determination of structure by diffraction and scattering techniques. Prerequisite(s): A CHM 350 and 351 or A PHY 450, and permission of instructor.

A CHM 472 Experimental Methods of Organic Structure Determination (3)
Discussion of modern methods of organic structure determination such as multinuclear NMR and 2D-NMR techniques, IR spectroscopy, and mass spectrometry. Interpretation and correlation of spectral results in order to assign structures of organic, biological, and related molecules. Prerequisite(s): A CHM 221 and 223 and permission of instructor. Course fee applies. Consult the Schedule of Classes.

A CHM 473 Chemical and Enzymatic Kinetics (3)
Empirical and theoretical treatment of reaction rates and reaction mechanisms; experimental techniques. Emphasis on reactions in solutions, complex reactions, enzyme kinetics, homogeneous catalysis (enzymatic and nonenzymatic), and transition state theory. Prerequisite(s): A CHM 351, A MAT 214, A PHY 240, and permission of instructor.

A CHM 474 Physical Organic Chemistry I (3)
Topics in physical organic chemistry including electronic structure, stereochemistry, and conformational analysis. Prerequisite(s): A CHM 221 and consent of instructor.

A CHM 475 Physical Organic Chemistry II (3)
Organic reaction mechanisms with emphasis on the theoretical and experimental tools used in their elucidation. Prerequisite(s): A CHM 221 and consent of instructor.

A CHM 495 Materials Independent Study (3)
Individually selected topic of independent study in materials science (chemistry) culminating in a comprehensive written report. The material covered is to be beyond that offered in any other formal undergraduate course. Prerequisite(s): junior or senior standing and permission of instructor. S/U graded.

A CHM 497 Independent Study (3)
Individual, independent study of selected topics above or beyond those offered in formal undergraduate courses. May be repeated for credit. Prerequisite(s): junior or senior standing and permission of instructor. S/U graded. 

  
TEMPORARY PAGE DIVIDER

Program in Classics: Greek and Roman Civilization

Faculty

Professors Emeriti
 John C. Overbeck, Ph.D. 
  University of Cincinnati
 Hans A. Pohlsander, Ph.D.
  University of Michigan
 Paul W. Wallace, Ph.D.
  Indiana University

 Associate Professors Emerita/us
 Sylvia Barnard, Ph.D.
  Yale University
 Stuart Swiny, Ph.D., Anthropology Department
  University of London

Adjuncts
 Joan Early, D.A.
  University at Albany
 Daniel Gremmler, D.A.
  University at Albany
 Marvin W. Kushnet, M.D.
  New York University



The Classics Program, housed in the Department of Art and Art History, offers courses in Greek and Roman Civilization (in English), primarily in the disciplines of Mediterranean Archaeology and Art or Classical Literature and Culture. Courses in Latin are periodically offered through the Department of Languages, Literatures and Cultures.

  
TEMPORARY PAGE DIVIDER

Courses in Greek and Roman Civilization

No knowledge of a classical language is required for these courses.

A CLA 207 (= A ARH 207) Egyptian Archaeology (3)
A survey of the remains of ancient Egypt from the earliest times to the Roman Empire. The pyramids, temples, tombs, mummies and works of art will be examined in an attempt to understand the unique character of ancient Egypt. Selections from Egyptian religious and historical texts will be read in translation. Only one version of A CLA 207 may be taken for credit.

A CLA 208 (= A ARH 208) Greek Archaeology (3)
Survey of the prehistoric and historical cultures of ancient Greece, as revealed by archaeology, from the Neolithic to the Hellenistic era, with emphasis on the evolution of pottery style, painting, sculpture and architecture. Only one version of A CLA 208 may be taken for credit.

A CLA 209 (= A ARH 209) Roman Archaeology (3)
Survey of the monuments of ancient Rome and her empire in a cultural and evolutionary context, including major works of sculpture, wall painting and architecture. Roman towns and principles of town planning also studied. Translated selections from Roman literary and historical sources.

A CLA 302 (= A ARH 302) Villanovans, Etruscans, and Early Rome (3)
Archaeology of the Etruscans and of early Rome in the context of the Iron Age cultures of the Italian peninsula. Only one version of A CLA 302 may be taken for credit. Prerequisite(s): A CLA 209, or A CLC 134, or junior or senior class standing.

A CLA 490 (= A ANT 490) Internship in Archaeological Conservation and Documentation (3–15)
Supervised placement in an agency engaged in conservation and documentation of archaeological artifacts, such as the New York State Museum or State Conservation Laboratory. Provides practical experience and cannot be counted among the 9 elective credits above the 300-level required for Mediterranean archaeology majors. Anthropology majors may use up to 3 credits toward major elective credit. May be taken by majors in Greek and Roman civilization and anthropology only. Internships are open only to qualified juniors and seniors who have an overall grade point average of 2.50 or higher. Prerequisite(s): permission of instructor. S/U graded.

A CLC 110 Classical Roots: Great Ideas of Greece and Rome (3)
Greek and Roman literature in translation. Considers such topics as human dignity and values, power and pride, the hero, intelligence impaired by appetite, and justice of the gods in such authors as Homer, Aeschylus, Sophocles, Plato, Aristotle, Vergil and selected historians. Prerequisite(s): freshman or sophomore standing.

A CLC 134 History of Ancient Rome (3)
Alexander the Great and the Hellenistic Age, the rise of Rome, the Republic and the Empire.

  
TEMPORARY PAGE DIVIDER

Department of Communication

Faculty

Professors Emeriti
Alan Chartock, Ph.D.
New York University
Kathleen E. Kendall, Ph.D.
Indiana University
Anita Pomerantz, Ph.D.
University of California, Irvine
Robert E. Sanders, Ph.D.
University of Iowa

Professors
Teresa M. Harrison, Ph.D. (Collins Fellow)
Bowling Green State University
Timothy D. Stephen, Ph.D.
Bowling Green State University

Associate Professors
Annis G. Golden, Ph.D.
Rensselaer Polytechnic Institute
Matthew Matsaganis, Ph.D.
University of Southern California

Assistant Professors
Nicolas Bencherki, Ph.D.
Universitè de Montrèal and Sciences Po Paris
Archana Krishnan, Ph.D.
University of Connecticut
Alyssa Morey, Ph.D.
Ohio State University
Alan Zemel, Ph.D.
Temple University

Full-time Lecturers
Michael W. Barberich, Ph.D.
University of Pittsburgh
Barbara Jean Fehr, Ph.D.
University of Delaware    
William G. Husson, Ph.D.
Rensselaer Polytechnic Institute

Adjuncts (estimated): 8
Teaching Assistants (estimated): 6



The department specializes in studies of communication in each of four particular social contexts: first, communication on an individual level, involving interpersonal or intercultural relations; second, communication at the societal level involving large scale audiences, especially in regard to political action and democratic processes; third, communication in organizations business, governmental, or grass roots organizations — whether business, governmental, or grass roots organizations — that affects either the organization's internal processes or external relations; and fourth, health communication, the ways that interaction shapes, and is shaped by, people’s health and institutional aspects of health care. All four of these areas have been significantly affected by new communication technologies, the study of which we incorporate into department course work.

The undergraduate program in Communication has two primary goals. One is to educate students, and expose them to significant writings, about communication processes and media and the critical role they play in the conduct of social life and its quality among individuals, in organizations, and in the larger society.

Our second goal grows out of the first; to help students become able to analyze and improve communication practices in particular settings and instances. This involves developing a basis for judging whether or not specific communication processes are meeting the needs of the people involved. It also involves learning about ways to measure the effectiveness of specific communication practices, and gaining experience analyzing and designing solutions to communication problems.

Studies in the major are organized so that students enrolled in 100- and 200-level courses are exposed to foundational ideas and research findings in the field of Communication, as well as provided with research methods and analytic tools. Students are also required to become more practiced as communicators, either through a public speaking or debate course. Course work at the advanced (300 and 400) level is intended to provide students with in-depth knowledge of current research and theory about interpersonal/intercultural communication, organizational communication or public communication.

Careers in Communication
The program in Communication is intended to help students become knowledgeable about communication processes and their influences on the interpersonal, intercultural, organizational, political, and health aspects of our societies. By focusing on development of analytical and critical skills, the program helps students become able to analyze and effectively participate in, and improve communication practices in diverse settings and instances. Having completed their degree in communication, the students will have a basis for judging whether or not specific communication processes are meeting the needs of the people involved. They will also be able to evaluate the effectiveness of specific communication practices, devise ways of improving them, and provide solutions to communication problems. These competencies have recognized value in the workplace as well as in one's personal life.

Graduates of the Communication program have pursued careers in sales, media relations, marketing, training, commercial production, film, editing, media planning, publishing, journalism, financial advisement, budget analysis, legislative assistance, radio programming, advertising, television production, medical care, insurance, and internal communication in not-for-profit, governmental, and business organizations.

Some have college teaching or advisement positions. Others have gone on to law school, or to work on their master's degree or doctoral degrees in Communication and related fields.

Special Programs and Opportunities
The department provides research opportunities for graduate and undergraduate students, an honors program, and an exceptional internship program. The department also provides a combined B.A./M.A. Program in Communication. We encourage all students to become active members of the local student club of the National Communication Association. We invite outstanding communication majors to be inducted into Lambda Pi Eta, the local chapter of the national honor society for communication.

Although not officially associated with the UAlbany student media, the Communication Department encourages its majors to participate in Albany Student Press, Albany TV and WCDB radio station.

Internship Program
The Communication Internship Practicum, which requires enrollment in both A COM 392 for 9 credits (these credits are general electives and do not apply toward the major or minor) and A COM 393Z for 6 credits, is a full-time internship offered in fall and spring for juniors and seniors who have an overall grade point average of 2.50 or higher. It includes a weekly seminar meeting, and places students in communication related professional settings including, but not limited to, radio, television, public relations, the state legislature, hospitals, and corporate communication. Students accepted in this internship are not allowed to take any other course work during the semester. Acceptance into the program is competitive.

The part-time Internship in Communication (A COM 390, for 1-3 lower-level credits) is for undergraduate majors and minors who wish to develop on-site experience in one of the communication professions. This part-time internship may be taken in fall, spring, or summer terms. There is no seminar component in this course, and the minimum number of hours at the host agency is proportionately less than the full-time Internship Practicum.

Admission
Admission to the program in Communication is restricted. All students wishing to declare the major must complete an application and be formally admitted by the department. Applications can be made each semester. Applications to the major are accepted on a rolling basis. All students are notified by e-mail regarding admission or denial to the major.

Any matriculated student can apply for admission who has completed the following two courses with grades of C- or higher or S in each (see the section below for the policy on admission of transfer students to the major):

(a) A COM 100, and (b) either a course in statistics (A MAT 108, B ITM 220, A SOC 221, R CRJ 281, or A PSY 210), or a course in formal logic (A PHI 210 or equivalent). Students who apply and are not accepted can reapply in subsequent semesters.

Note: A COM 100 course required for admission to the major must be taken on the Albany campus if the student does not already have credit for it prior to matriculation.

An applicant will be guaranteed admission to the major whose grades in the two entry courses average to B or higher (in A COM 100, and either a statistics or logic course). Grades of S are counted as the equivalent of C for the purposes of this computation.

Applicants whose grades in the two entry courses average between B and C- will be admitted to the major on a space-available basis. Applications in this group are rank ordered each semester on the basis of a Composite Grade Point Average. This Composite Grade Point Average is computed by adding together the student's overall grade point average and the average of the grades in the two entry courses (A COM 100 and a statistics or logic course). Applicants in this group are accepted in descending rank order until all the spaces for new majors that semester are filled. However, no two applicants with the same Composite Grade Point Average will be treated differently: if one is accepted with that average, all others will be accepted with that average even if the total number accepted exceeds the available spaces that semester.

Transfer students who have completed at least 3 credits in Communication courses, and a total of at least 6 credits in courses that count towards the major in Communication, will be admitted to the major automatically if their GPA in all transfer courses that count towards the major is 2.00 or higher. All other transfer students seeking admission to the major will have to meet the admissions requirements for matriculated students after they begin coursework on the Albany campus.

Transfer students admitted to the major who do not have credit for A COM 100 or an approved statistics or logic course upon matriculation are still required to complete those courses with grades of C- or better. Transfer students whose grades in those two courses fall below that minimum are subject to being withdrawn from the major, pending an appeal and departmental review, but will automatically be readmitted if and when they meet the requirement.

Advisement
Majors in the Communication Department are required to seek advisement each semester. Advisement is offered by appointment between the end of the add-drop period and the beginning of the advance registration period. Majors who have been advised during that period are given priority for enrollment for the next semester's Communication classes. For students newly admitted to the major, attendance at an orientation meeting for new majors is required in order to get an advisement appointment.

Advisement is under the direction of the Director of the Undergraduate Program. Advisement each semester is generally conducted by an advising staff composed of graduate assistants. However, undergraduate majors are encouraged to seek out a meeting with a faculty member when they begin their studies in the department to discuss their goals, and devise an overall plan of study supportive of those goals in the Department, in their Minor or Second Major, and in their General Education requirement courses and electives.

Degree Requirements for the Major in Rhetoric and Communication

General Program B.A.: A minimum of 36 credits including: A COM 100; a computing course all minors but business: A CAS 200 or B ITM 215 or I CSI 101 or I CSI 201 or I IST/I INF 100 or I IST/I INF 301; business minors: B ITM 215 only; a statistics course (A MAT 108 or B ITM 220 or A SOC 221 or R CRJ 281 or A PSY 210) or logic (A PHI 210); A COM 265X; one course from either A COM 203 or A COM 212; and 15-18 additional credits in the Department of Communication as advised (of which at least 12 credits must be at the 300-level or above); and 3-6 credits of supporting courses (outside the Department of Communication), as advised, or an additional 3-6 A COM credits at 300-level or above.

A COM 265X is restricted to A-E grading after matriculation at Albany. Course offerings are listed below in groupings according to the following headings:

General Foundation courses offer students an introduction to the practice and social consequences of communication in a variety of settings, and an overview of traditional and contemporary thought on human communication.

Courses in Public and Mass Communication create a basic understanding of the process of communication in the political process, and public life more generally. This includes attention to communication and media issues in political participation, legislative processes, social movements, and election campaigns. This also includes attention to the speaker-audience setting typical of argumentation and persuasion in social and political life.

Courses in Interpersonal Interaction/Cultural Practices provide for a basic understanding of the process of communication in face to face interaction. These include attention to language use and strategy in personal relationships, health care, and work relationships of various kinds. Other courses include attention to cultural differences in face to face and group communication practices, and the role of communication in everyday life.

Courses in Organizational Communication address communication processes within and between organizations that affect their internal operations, development, climate, productivity, and social acceptance. These courses include a concern for the effect of new information technologies on organizational communication.

Applied Studies courses provide an opportunity for students who have achieved a grounding in the appropriate theoretical and research literature of the field, to apply this knowledge in independent projects or internships.

Honors Program

The Honors Program in Communication is designed to provide opportunities for the most talented and motivated students to work closely with each other and with the faculty.

Students may apply for admission at any point during a semester and may reapply if rejected after the close of that semester or thereafter. Decisions of the Honors Committee on admission are final and not subject to review or appeal.

Applications for admission will be approved if the student meets the following criteria: the applicant is a major in the department, with a 3.50 average in the required courses for admission to the major; the applicant has completed at least two full-time semesters of college study at Albany, with an overall average of at least 3.50, or the equivalent in the case of transfer students.

Admission to the program will be on a provisional basis for any student with fewer than 12 credits in Communication. Upon completion of 12 credits, admission will be finalized.

Students in the honors program are required to complete a minimum of 36 credits, meeting all requirements of the major, except for a special requirement among courses at the 300 level or above as follows: instead of 6 credits of electives at the 300 level or above, students in the honors program must complete either an honors project for 6 credits (A COM 499), or a senior honors project for 3 credits (A COM 499) plus 3 credits in a graduate course in Communication (for undergraduate credit) with approval of the undergraduate director.

Students will be put on program probation by the Honors Committee at the end of any semester in which their cumulative average in the major falls below 3.50 or their term average that semester is below 3.30.

Students will be dismissed from the program if they are placed on program probation in two consecutive semesters, or if they receive a grade below B in A COM 499. Students dismissed from the program cannot be readmitted unless the grades on which dismissal is based were in error and are officially changed. After completion of the requirements above, the records of candidates will be reviewed by the Departmental Honors Committee, who shall recommend to the department candidates for the degree with honors in Rhetoric and Communication.

Combined B.A./M.A. Program

The combined B.A./M.A. program in Rhetoric and Communication provides an opportunity for students of recognized academic ability and educational maturity to fulfill integrated requirements of undergraduate and master's degree programs from the beginning of the junior year. The program provides an integrated and focused curriculum in Communication that allows the upper-level student exposure to advanced knowledge in theory and substantive areas and opportunities for participation in research. A carefully designed program can permit a student to earn the B.A. and M.A. degrees within nine semesters.

The combined program requires a minimum of 141 credits, of which at least 33 must be graduate credits. In qualifying for the B.A., students must meet all University and college requirements, including the requirements of the undergraduate major described previously, the minor requirement, the minimum 90-credit liberal arts and sciences requirement, general education requirements, and residency requirements. In qualifying for the M.A., students must meet all University and college requirements as outlined in the Graduate Bulletin, including completion of a minimum of 33 graduate credits and any other conditions such as a research seminar or guided research project, professional experience, and residency requirements. Up to 12 graduate credits may be applied simultaneously to both the B.A. and M.A. programs.

Students who have completed a minimum of 6 credits of course work in Rhetoric and Communication may apply for admission to the combined degree program in Rhetoric and Communication at the beginning of their junior year or after the successful completion of 56 credits. A cumulative grade point average of 3.20 or higher and three supportive letters of recommendation from faculty are required for consideration.

Affiliated Program
The Journalism Program is an affiliated program with the Department of Communication. Please see the Program in Journalism section of this bulletin for further information.

  
TEMPORARY PAGE DIVIDER

Courses in Communication

General Foundation Courses

A COM 100 Human Communication: Language and Social Action (3)
Introduction to human communication in terms of an examination of the communication needs, processes, and results that typically occur in different social settings.

A COM 203 Speech Composition and Presentation (3)
Introduction to the composition and presentation of speeches. Course includes guided practice in topic development, organization, and the oral presentation of various kinds of speeches.

A COM 212 Argumentation and Debate (3)
Study of and practice in the methods of argument. Special emphasis upon skills needed in oral argumentation.

A COM 238 Introduction to Mass Communication (3)
Survey of electronic and print media with emphasis on structural analysis, content analysis, and research.

A COM 265X Introduction to Communication Theory (3)
Approaches to the study of human communication. Consideration of major research findings, methods and conceptualizations in such areas as persuasion, interpersonal communication, group communication, organizational communication, and mass communication. For rhetoric and communication majors completing their major requirements as outlined in this bulletin or subsequent editions, A COM 265X is restricted to A–E grading after matriculation at Albany. Prerequisite(s): A COM 100.

Courses in Public and Mass Communication

A COM 345/345Z Argumentative Methods (3)
Composition and criticism of argumentative discourse stressing the nature of issue, proposition, evidence, and form. Theory of rhetorical and scientific argument is also included. Only one version of A COM 345 may be taken for credit. Prerequisite(s): A COM 265 or permission of instructor. May not be offered in 2016-2017.

A COM 355/355Z Introduction to Rhetorical Theory (3)
The writings of major theorists, from Aristotle to figures of the 20th century. Only one version of A COM 355 may be taken for credit. Prerequisite(s): A COM 265 and junior or senior standing, or permission of instructor. May not be offered in 2016-2017.

A COM 370 Theories of Mass Media (3)
The theories, research methods, and empirical research findings related to the effects of mass communication on individuals and society. Prerequisite(s): A COM 238 and 265, or permission of instructor.

A COM 372 Persuasion in Media (3)
The purpose of this course is to challenge traditional assumptions about persuasion with the everyday practice of persuasion in our mediated world, and vice versa. At the end of the course the student should have acquired an understanding of effective techniques of persuasion and propaganda, an appreciation for how these are applied in practices such as advertising and public relations campaigns, and an appreciation of the problems of persuasion that challenge contemporary corporations. Prerequisite(s): A COM 265 and junior or senior standing, or permission of instructor.

A COM 374 Radio and the Public Imagination (3)
Radio is an essential component in understanding the shape and texture of contemporary American culture and identity. This course explores the medium of radio, its history and its influence in shaping the ways Americans have imagined themselves through the 20th century and into the 21st century. The course also explores listening and the distinctiveness of radio as a medium of mass communication; the role of radio in creating belief in national identity; the creation of radio audiences; the emergence of broadcast journalism; sports and talk radio as cultural practices; the music industry, commercialism, and corporate influence in radio; and, finally, the persistence of radio despite the emergence of TV and computers. Prerequisite(s): A COM 265 and junior or senior standing, or permission of instructor.

A COM 375 Computer-Mediated Communication (3)
Possibly the most important technological innovation of the latter half of the 20th century, computer-mediated communication is revolutionizing interaction in the global village. This course explores how social life is accomplished in a variety of Internet CMC systems, including threaded email forums, instant messaging, chat rooms, videoconferencing, and World Wide Web pages. Prerequisite(s): A COM 265 or permission of instructor.

A COM 376/376Z Empirical Studies of Persuasion (3)
Empirical approaches to attitude and behavior change brought about by communication. Only one version of A COM 376 may be taken for credit. Prerequisite(s): A COM 265 or permission of instructor.

A COM 378/378Z Studies in Public Persuasion (3)
Application of the student’s critical skills to the rhetoric of a particular public figure or movement; or to the rhetorical practice of a particular historical period or genre of public persuasion, such as television advertising, propaganda in mass movements, American campaign rhetoric. May be repeated for a total of 15 credits when content varies. Prerequisite(s): A COM 265 and junior or senior standing, or permission of instructor.

A COM 379 Rhetoric and Social Movements (3)
Social movements are unique because, lacking other financial and political resources, they must rely upon rhetoric and persuasion. This course surveys the major approaches for studying the rhetoric of social movements and uses a case study approach to identify, describe, and evaluate the rhetoric of current social movements. Prerequisite(s): A COM 265 and junior or senior standing, or permission of instructor.

A COM 380 Political Campaign Communication (3)
This course examines from both a theoretical and a practical standpoint the planning, execution, and evaluation of campaign communication strategies. It focuses mainly on modern presidential campaigns—the organization, the candidate, the audience, and the media. Forms examined include speeches, debates, television commercials, polling, news stories, and interpersonal contact. This course often has a co-requirement of A COM 297 for 1 credit. Prerequisite(s): A COM 265 and junior or senior standing, or permission of instructor.

A COM 382 Introduction to Political Communication (3)
Course introduces students to fundamental areas of political communication, including campaigns, elected officials, the news media, popular culture, and citizen involvement in the political process. Prerequisite(s): A COM 265 or permission of instructor.

A COM 384 Children, Youth, and Media (3)
This course will examine the uses and effects of media content consumed by children and adolescents. Audience attention to several message domains will be examined, including television programs, movies, music, electronic games, advertising, and the Internet. Economic, political, and cultural influences on the production of child/youth media content also will be considered. Areas investigated will include governmental regulation of children’s media, message design features of educational media content, and the commercialization of youth culture. Prerequisite(s): A COM 265 and junior or senior standing, or permission of instructor. May not be offered in 2016-2017.

A COM 386/386Z Persuasion and Film (3)
This course will examine cinema as a vehicle of persuasion. Cinematic themes will be analyzed for their manifest and latent advocacy of various positions and points of view. A variety of films will be critically evaluated, including those that raise issues about race, gender, power, and politics. Contemporary thinking about persuasive message design will be drawn upon to investigate the cinematic presentation of these and other issues. Only one version of A COM 386 may be taken for credit. Prerequisite(s): A COM 265 and junior or senior standing, or permission of instructor.

A COM 420 Communication and Social Protest (3)
This course provides students with an understanding of the communication strategies and challenges in social protest. By the end of the course, students should understand different goals and forms of activism, communication challenges for each, and issues regarding mainstream and alternative media. Students will also become familiar with specific social movements, and their various communication strategies. Prerequisite(s): A COM 265, and junior or senior standing.

A COM 430/430Z Communication on the Internet (3)
Course applies principles of persuasion to understanding communication on the World Wide Web. Students create a website using an HTML editor to advance an argument, and use persuasion theory to determine quality and credibility of information found online. Only one version of A COM 430 may be taken for credit. Prerequisite(s): A COM 265 and junior or senior standing, or permission of instructor. May not be offered in 2016-2017.

A COM 465 Studies in Communication Theory (3)
Study of a selected topic in communication theory; e.g., nonverbal communication, consistency theory, or mass communication. May be repeated for a total of 15 credits when content varies. Prerequisite(s): A COM 265, and junior or senior standing.

A COM 470 Methods of Communication Research (3)
Intermediate-level study of research strategies, design of experiments, and field methods in human communication. Prerequisite(s): A COM 100 and A COM 265, or permission of instructor. Statistics course recommended. May not be offered in 2016-2017.

Courses in Interpersonal Interaction/Cultural Practices

A COM 201 Interpersonal Communication (3)
Introduction to those aspects of communication which typify interpersonal relationships. Included are experientially acquired insights into, and theoretical considerations of, interpersonal communication.

A COM 340 Health Communication (3)
Students explore the role of communication in the delivery and receipt of health care, especially with respect to physician-patient encounters, organizations in the health care system, and the design and execution of health care campaigns. Prerequisite(s): A COM 265 or permission of instructor.

A COM 367 Theories of Interpersonal Communication (3)
The theories, research methods, and representative research findings related to experimental and observational studies of interpersonal communication. Prerequisite(s): A COM 201 and 265, or permission of instructor.

A COM 371 Theories of Intercultural Communication (3)
Communication between people from different cultures and/or subcultures, including racial and ethnic groups. Focus is upon appropriate theories, concepts, research findings, and practice in intercultural settings. Prerequisite(s): A COM 265, or permission of instructor

A COM 373 Communication Codes (3-6)
The patterns of communication behavior in everyday life. Emphasizes both language and nonlanguage behavior, and the various social contexts in which interaction occurs. Topics include social and cultural rules for structuring messages and the basis for interpreting behaviors. Course includes major components in both theory and research on this topic, including a research paper. Course will be scheduled intensively during the semester to reflect the number of credits to be earned. Prerequisite(s): A COM 265 and junior or senior standing, or permission of instructor. May not be offered in 2016-2017.

A COM 465 Studies in Communication Theory (3)
Study of a selected topic in communication theory; e.g., nonverbal communication, consistency theory, or mass communication. May be repeated for a total of 15 credits when content varies. Prerequisite(s): A COM 265, and junior or senior standing.

Courses in Organizational Communication

A COM 204 Group Communication (3)
The theory and practice of small group interaction. Examination of both group dynamics and cognitive processes, as they relate to group deliberation.

T COM 250Z Communication in Organizational Life (3)
This course examines how individuals negotiate their relationships with organizations primarily as employees of organizations, but also as consumers of services offered by organizations. In the context of internal stakeholders, or employees of organizations, the course addresses topics such as organizational assimilation, identification, resistance, and the management of work and personal-life interrelationships, including the impact of new information and communication technologies. We will consider employing organizations as sources of identity, sites for entertainment and socializing, sites for enacting spirituality (broadly defined) and religion, sources of social relationships and support, and substitutes for different aspects of family (e.g., mentor-parents; co-worker spouses). Relationships of external stakeholders to organizations are also considered, focusing on consumers of health care services. Only one of T COM 250Z and A COM 412/412Z can be taken for credit. May not be taken by students with credit for topics courses, “The Individual and the Organization” and “Interacting with Organizations.” Open to Honors College students only. May not be offered in 2016-2017.

A COM 298/298Z Studies in Communication Practice (1–3)
Application of theory and research to the development of problem solving and other communication skills. May be repeated for a total of 15 credits when content varies. May not be offered in 2016-2017.

A COM 304 Conference and Group Leadership (3)
Advanced study of small group deliberation, with special emphasis upon theories of group leadership as they apply in business and professional group communication settings. Prerequisite(s): A COM 204 and A COM 265, or permission of instructor.

A COM 369 Theories of Organizational Communication (3)
Theoretical models and empirical studies of communication within complex organizations. In-depth case study of one or more organizations. Prerequisite(s): A COM 265, or permission of instructor.

A COM 377 Communication and Technology in Organizations (3)

This course reviews perspectives on technology, communication and work. Students will analyze the introduction and use of technology in organizations and its impact on daily collaboration and interaction practices. They will study the way organizational members negotiate and make sense of technology in their individual and collaborative work. Prerequisite(s): A COM 265 or permission of instructor.

A COM 388 Communication and Global Organizations (3)
Through a series of readings, case studies, and video programs, students in this class investigate what globalization is and how it is transforming organizations across the world. The course is designed to enable students to understand why and how communication is a critical process through which these transformations are taking place. Students will explore, for example, how new communication technologies have led to the emergence of network, virtual, and web organizations, and what the implications of these developments are for both organizations and the individuals that are part of them (e.g., as employees, clients). Moreover, this course aims to highlight those unique and often unexpected ways, in which the processes of globalization, communication, and organization intersect and affect our lives today. Prerequisite(s): A COM 265 and junior or senior standing, or permission of instructor.

A COM 389 Ethnic Media: Producers, Consumers, and Societies (3)
This course explores how media produced by ethnic communities, for ethnic communities affect ongoing negotiations of identity, perceived lines of division between ‘us’ and ‘others,’ and how the production and consumption of ethnic media affects the character of the larger media and societal landscapes. Historical, policy, cultural, organizational, professional, social relations, community, migration, and globalization dimensions of the study of ethnic media will be addressed through readings, individual and group projects, as well as case studies from the U.S., Europe, Australia, and beyond. Prerequisite(s): A COM 265 and junior or senior class standing, or permission of instructor.

A COM 410/410Y Organization Image Building (3)
Students will learn the fundamentals of integrated communication strategies and how they can be applied effectively to present and advance business, organizations, products, and issues. Topics covered include the basics of communication theory; the importance of clearly evaluating and defining organization objectives as the foundation of communication planning activities; how branding decisions affect a communication campaign, etc. Only one version of A COM 410 may be taken for credit. Prerequisite(s): A COM 265, and junior or senior standing.

A COM 412/412Z Communication, Work and Organization Life (3)
This course examines how individuals negotiate their relationships with organizations – primarily as employees of organizations, but also as consumers of services offered by organizations. Topics include organizational controls, employee identification and resistance, and the management of work and personal-life interrelationships, including the impact of new information and communication technologies. Organizations are considered as sources of identity, sites for entertainment and socializing, sites for enacting spirituality and religion, sources of social relationships and support, and substitutes for different aspects of family (e.g., mentor-parents; co-worker spouses). Only one of T COM 250Z and A COM 412/412Z can be taken for credit. May not be taken by students with credit for topics courses, “The Individual and the Organization” and “Interacting with Organizations.” Prerequisite(s): A COM 265 or permission of instructor.

A COM 415 Persuasion and Public Relations (3)
This course combines the study of theories of persuasive communication with the practice of persuasive communication campaign. Through readings, lectures, and classroom activities, students will become acquainted with the nature of persuasion, and then apply the concepts in practical exercises. The goals are to develop an understanding of the nature of persuasion, theoretical approaches to influence, managing campaigns, measurement and research design in persuasion, free and paid communication modalities, and using mass media in public relations campaigns. Prerequisite(s): A COM 265, and junior or senior standing.

A COM 465 Studies in Communication Theory (3)
Study of a selected topic in communication theory; e.g., nonverbal communication, consistency theory, or mass communication. May be repeated for a total of 15 credits when content varies. Prerequisite(s): A COM 265, and junior or senior standing.

Courses in Applied Studies

A COM 297 Research Practicum (1–3)
Supervised participation in established research projects. Course may be repeated for a total of 6 credits, but only a maximum of 3 credits may be applied toward major requirements. Prerequisite(s): permission of instructor. S/U graded.

A COM 390 Internship in Communication (1–3)
Supervised participation in rhetorical or communicative practices. May be repeated for a total of 3 credits. This course is meant to provide practical experience and cannot be counted among the 12 additional credits in “A COM” courses at the 300 level required for majors. Open only to majors and minors in their junior or senior years with cumulative averages of at least 2.50. Prerequisite(s): A COM 265, and permission of undergraduate director. S/U graded.

A COM 392 Internship in Operational and Applied Communication Theory (9)
Supervised field placement in an approved setting. Cumulative average of at least 2.50 required. (Open only to rhetoric and communication majors and minors, except with permission of instructor.) Student attends a weekly seminar (A COM 393) and prepares a major project and weekly reports in conjunction with that seminar. Does not satisfy major or minor requirements. Internships are open only to qualified juniors and seniors who have an overall grade point average of 2.50 or higher. Corequisite(s): A COM 393, and permission of instructor. S/U graded.

A COM 393Z Seminar in Operational and Applied Communication Theory (6)
Advanced applications of rhetoric and communication theory. Participants will complete a major project describing in detail each segment of their work. Each participant will also complete five ten-page analytical papers in addition to a series of weekly seminar papers. (Open only to rhetoric and communication majors and minors, except with permission of instructor.) Yields credit toward rhetoric and communication major or minor. Corequisite(s): A COM 392, and permission of instructor.

A COM 397 Independent Study and Research in Communication (1–3)
Directed reading and conferences on selected topics. May be repeated for a total of 6 credits. Prerequisite(s): A COM 265, and permission of instructor and department chair.

A COM 399Y Oral Discourse and Civic Culture (1)
In this course, students learn to develop oral communication skills needed to participate more effectively in civic culture, including political, organizational, and community contexts. Students practice a variety of discourse skills, which may include group discussion, public speaking, questioning and responding, persuasion, and debate. Students also respond to the contributions that others make as well as reflect on the criteria for evaluating the effectiveness of discourse practices. May not be offered in 2016-2017.

A COM 499 Senior Honors Project (3–6)
Design and implementation of an investigation of some clearly defined problem in rhetoric and communication, under faculty supervision. Students may repeat this course once, for a maximum of 6 credits, for those projects requiring two consecutive semesters of study. Prerequisite(s): admission to the honors program in communication; enrollment by permission of the director of undergraduate studies.

  
TEMPORARY PAGE DIVIDER

Program in Documentary Studies

Faculty

Director
Gerald Zahavi, Ph.D., Professor (History, Documentary Studies)
Syracuse University

Special Projects Coordinator
Susan L. McCormick, M.A. Adjunct Faculty (History, Documentary Studies)
University at Albany

Professors
Phyllis Galembo, M.F.A. (Art)
University of Wisconsin at Madison
Teresa M. Harrison, Ph.D. (Collins Fellow) (Communication)
Bowling Green State University

Associate Professors 
Sheila Curran Bernard, M.F.A., (History, Documentary Studies)
Goddard College
Adam Frelin, M.F.A. (Art)
University of California, San Diego 
Robert Gluck, M.H.L., M.S.W., M.F.A. (Music)
Rensselaer Polytechnic Institute
Daniel S. Goodwin, M.F.A. (Art)
Hunter College
Vivien Ng, Ph.D. (Women's, Gender and Sexuality Studies)
University of Hawaii 

Visiting Assistant Professor
William Husson, Ph.D. (Communication)
Rensselaer Polytechnic Institute

Faculty Adjuncts
David Becker, B.F.A. (Tisch School of the Arts)
New York University
Katherine Van Acker, B.S. (Journalism)
School of Film and Photography, Montana State University         

Program Associates
Paul A. Miller, B.A. (UAlbany TV); Director of Programming & Production
Roosevelt University
Shira Segal, Ph.D. (Director of Film Studies)
Indiana University


Curriculum

The Bachelor of Arts in Interdisciplinary Studies with a faculty-initiated concentration in Documentary Studies offers students an opportunity to explore diverse approaches to documentary work in video/film, radio, hypermedia/multimedia, photography, and nonfiction writing and print journalism. The curriculum combines a solid grounding in the academic and theoretical literature of documentary media with intensive research and fieldwork, arming students not only with production skills but also the ability to critically analyze media in terms of both content and craft. The minor in Documentary Studies permits interested students to combine a course of study in a traditional major in the sciences, social sciences, or humanities with a sub-concentration in documentary studies. The Honors curriculum allows students to take on a program that is especially intellectually rigorous and that yields a final project more substantial than that required of non-Honors students.

Careers for Majors

An understanding of documentary media in its many forms prepares students to more effectively engage in the media-infused global marketplace as citizens, consumers, educators, scholars, and practitioners. The Documentary Studies concentration prepares students for employment in fields that require research and writing skills, including historical and archival research; the ability to analyze, critique, and produce visual and aural communications, such as for entertainment, education, or advocacy; and a broad understanding of fact-based communication that can be applied in a range of corporate, educational, service, or government settings. The curriculum also prepares students for advanced study in journalism, history, media production, global studies, and education.

Degree Requirements: Bachelor of Arts in Interdisciplinary Studies with a faculty-initiated concentration in Documentary Studies

General Program B.A.: A minimum of 36 credits, distributed in the following way:

Required Core Course
A DOC 251 (= A HIS 251) Introduction to Documentary Studies (3 credits).

Core Theory & History Courses
Two courses, chosen from the following (6 credits). Most of the courses listed below are offered every year.
A DOC 224 (= A HIS 224) Nonfiction Media Storytelling
A DOC 335 (= A HIS 335)  History and Theory of the Documentary Film
A DOC 376 (= A HIS 376)  A Cultural History of American Photography
A DOC 468 (= A JRL 468) Literary Journalism 
A ARH 265 History of Photography
A ARH 266 Photography 1970 to the Present
A ARH 368 The Documentary Film
A COM 370 Theories of Mass Media
A COM 374 Radio and the Public Imagination
A COM 386/386Z Persuasion and Film
A HIS 401  History of American Documentary Media
A JRL 420 Media in the Digital Age

Documentary Studies Fieldwork Seminar
(4 credits. Honors students should also enroll in A DOC 451 for an extra credit.)
A DOC 450 Documentary Studies Seminar and Fieldwork Practicum
A DOC 451 Honors Section for Documentary Studies Seminar and Fieldwork Practicum

Skills Courses
(4 courses, a minimum of 12 credits.)
A ART 344 Intermediate Photography and Digital Imaging (A ART 244 is a prerequisite)
A ART 350  Intermediate Digital Imaging  (A ART 250 is a prerequisite)
A ART 444 Advanced Photography and Digital Imaging (A ART 344 is a prerequisite)
A ART 450 Advanced Digital Imaging (A ART 350 is a prerequisite)
A ART 447 Advanced Film Production (A ART 250 is a prerequisite)
A COM 430 Communication on the Internet
A DOC 308Z (= A JRL 308Z) Narrative Journalism 
A DOC 323 (= A HIS 334) Foundations of Documentary Filmmaking
A DOC 324 (= A JRL 324) Introduction to Documentary Photography
A DOC 330 (= A HIS 330) Foundations of Documentary Web/Hypermedia Production
A DOC 380 (= A JRL 380) Photojournalism
A DOC 394 (= A HIS 394) Workshop in Oral History
A DOC 404 (= A HIS 404)  Readings and Practicum in Aural History and Audio Documentary Production
A DOC 406 (= A HIS 406) Practicum in Historical Documentary Filmmaking
A DOC 407 (= A HIS 407)  Readings and Practicum in Digital History and Hypermedia
A DOC 412Z Readings and Practicum in Nonfiction Media Storytelling
A DOC 442 (= A JRL 442 & A WSS 442) Transmedia Storytelling
A JRL 385Y Broadcast Journalism
A JRL 390 Digital Media Workshop I: Web Publishing
A JRL 392 Digital Media Workshop II: Desk-Top Publishing
A JRL 490Z  Digital Publication
A MUS 426 (= A ART 426 & A THR 426) Music Composition in Electronic Media I (A MUS 100 is a prerequisite)
A MUS 428 (= A ART 428 & A THR 428) Sound Design and Multimedia (A MUS 426 is a prerequisite)

Electives
The remainder of the required 36 credits may be fulfilled by taking any of the below courses. Also, any course which appears above, under “Core Theory & History” or “Skills” courses, and is not be listed below, may also be taken as an elective if not used to fulfill any other of the Program’s major or minor requirements.

Topics Courses (when content is relevant and approved by the Director or Associate Director of the Documentary Studies Program)
A ART 446 Topics in Photography
A COM 378 Studies in Public Persuasion
A COM 465 Studies in Communication Theory
A DOC 390 Topics in Documentary Studies
A JRL 475/475Z Topics in Journalism

Art:
A ART 244 Beginning Photography and Digital Imaging
A ART 250 Introduction to Digital Imaging
A ART 281 (= A ARH 268) History and Practice of Video Art II
A ART 346 Introductory Film Production
A ART 348 Color Photography    

Art History:
A ARH 261 Independent Cinema 

Communication:
A COM 238 Introduction to Mass Communication
A COM 370 Theories of Mass Media   

Documentary Studies/History:
A DOC 224 (= A HIS 224) Nonfiction Media Storytelling
A DOC 499 Special Projects and Internships in Documentary Studies
A HIS 499 Special Projects in History

Journalism:  
A DOC 225 (= A JRL 225) Media Law and Ethics
A DOC 308Z (= A JRL 308Z) Narrative Journalism
A DOC 363 (= A JRL 363) Visual Culture
A DOC 380 (= A JRL 380) Photojournalism
A DOC 468 (= A JRL 468) Literary Journalism
A JRL 230 The Mass Media and War in U.S. History
A JRL 340 Global Perspectives on the News
A JRL 385/385Y Broadcast Journalism
A JRL 390 Digital Media Workshop I: Web Publishing
A JRL 392 Digital Media Workshop II: Desk-Top Publishing
A JRL 490Z Digital Publication

Music:
A MUS 295 Audio Recording Fundamentals
A MUS 325 Analog and Digital: The Culture of Electronic Musical Composition

Additional courses offered intermittently may be very appropriate for documentary work and will be counted towards the major or minor if so determined by the Director or Associate Director of the Documentary Studies Program.

Supporting Topical Academic Courses

Students are strongly encouraged to select minors and supplementary courses supportive of their topical or subject areas of documentary interest. Those students who are attracted to international documentary work should consider history, foreign language, anthropology, globalization, political science, and sociology courses. Those interested in science and technology as a subject area of future documentary work should take science and technology courses supportive of this concentration. Those drawn to biography and humanities topics should look at the offerings of the English and History departments. All students should discuss their topical interests with their advisers and build a substantive base in one or more disciplines.

Degree Requirements: Bachelor of Arts in Interdisciplinary Studies with a faculty-initiated concentration in Documentary Studies - Honors Curriculum

The Honors Curriculum allows students to take on a program that is especially rigorous and that yields a final project more substantial than that required of non-Honors students. Special 1-credit supplementary sections provide students in the Honors Program with deeper, broader, and more challenging opportunities to probe the diverse approaches to documentary production—in this country and abroad. They encourage a high level of student-faculty interaction and the cultivation of an honors community.

Requirements
Students in the Honors Program are required to complete a minimum of 40 credits, meeting the core 36-credit course distribution requirements of the major, plus an additional 4 credits satisfied in the following manner:

A DOC 451 (for 1 credit);

THREE (3) A DOC 400 1-credit tutorials (A DOC 400 may be repeated for credit). A DOC 400 is designed to supplement 300-level and above courses outlined under Documentary Studies “Core Theory & History” or “Electives” courses (listed earlier), and provides Honors students with opportunities for more advanced and challenging work in these courses. The tutorial will permit Honors students to work one-on-one with their instructors and will normally include extra reading, writing, and project assignments.

Maintenance of a minimum cumulative grade point average of 3.25. For graduation with an “Honors in Documentary Studies,” students must also have achieved a grade point average of 3.50 or above in the major.

All students enrolled in the Honors Program will take (in addition to the required A DOC 251 and A DOC 450) A DOC 451, Honors Section for Documentary Studies Seminar and Fieldwork Practicum (1 credit). Students in the Honors Curriculum in Documentary Studies will be expected to produce a more substantial final project in A DOC 450 than non-Honors students enrolled in that course. A DOC 451, the supplementary 1-credit course paralleling A DOC 450, will provide them with the opportunity and guidance to expand their projects accordingly.

Honors students must present their final projects at a public seminar.

Honors Curriculum Admission
Majors should discuss admission to the Honors Curriculum with the Documentary Studies Director at any time during their first or second year or at the beginning of their third year. Transfer students should apply upon their admission to the University. The requirements for admission include:

Overall cumulative grade point average of 3.25;

Completion of at least 12 credits required for the Documentary Studies major;

A grade point average of 3.50 in courses required for the Documentary Studies major.

Advisement
The Director of the major in Interdisciplinary Studies with a faculty-initiated concentration in Documentary Studies and of the Documentary Studies minor is the initial and primary adviser for enrolled students. The Director will help students identify faculty members in the participating departments closest to their documentary area(s) of interest for more intensive and focused advisement.  

  
TEMPORARY PAGE DIVIDER

Courses in Documentary Studies

A DOC 224 (= A HIS 224) Nonfiction Media Storytelling (3)
This course explores the use of narrative in books, films, and other works intended to present factual content to the general public. Students will watch, read about, write about, and discuss a range of work, developing tools for analyzing and evaluating nonfiction media in terms of both content and craft. Only one version may be taken for credit. Prerequisite(s): restricted to Documentary Studies Program and History Department majors and minors. Others may be admitted space permitting, and with permission from the instructor. This class is recommended for students planning to take A DOC 412.

A DOC 225 (= A JRL 225) Media Law and Ethics (3)
This course examines strategies for making good ethical decisions in newsgathering and writing as well as the laws that pertain to daily journalism and public relations. The course covers the major ethical theories and philosophies and the major legal cases that journalists must know. Emphasis will be on actual cases and hypothetical situations encountered in daily journalism. The course pays special attention to some of the most common dilemmas - libel, free press/fair trial conflicts, anonymous sources, and publishing content that can harm people. Only one version of A DOC 225 may be taken for credit. Prerequisite(s): restricted to Journalism, Documentary Studies, and History majors and minors. Others may be admitted space permitting, and with permission from the instructor.

A DOC 227 (= A HIS 227) Civil Rights: A Documentary Approach (3)
This course looks at the intersection of history and media as it pertains to the American civil rights movement. Focusing on the landmark archival television series Eyes on the Prize and a range of primary and secondary sources (documents, films, music, and more), we will study not only the historical events depicted on screen but also the ways in which these events were documented, archived, and later shaped into public media. Only one version of A DOC 227 may be taken for credit.

A DOC 251/251Z (= A HIS 251/251Z) Introduction to Documentary Studies (3)
This course is divided into 3 major sections. First, we will ask “What is a documentary?” One of the most widely quoted definitions is that of John Grierson who suggests that documentary is the “the creative treatment of actuality.” We will explore that definition, and others, as we lay the groundwork to examine the social, cultural, legal, and ethical considerations inherent in all documentary production. We will then look at specific documentary forms, their history, best examples, notable characteristics, and key practitioners. Finally we will look at some of the major themes in documentary work across forms and genres — in print, photography, film/video, audio, and hypermedia/multimedia. We will also consider how technological innovation has shaped the work of the documentarian over time. As the gateway course for the Documentary Studies major and minor, this course is not only about understanding what others have done in both the recent and distant past, but developing a foundation for future work in the major and minor. Those enrolled in A HIS 251 are expected to bring an historical perspective to their work in the course.

A DOC 294Y (= A HIS 294Y) Field Research in Oral and Visual History: The Hudson River Region (3)
Utilizing the Hudson River region as our laboratory, from the river's source in the Adirondacks to Manhattan Island in the south, this course is intended to be both a theoretical and practical introduction to the use of oral and video history in documentary and historical field research. As a course, it covers a wide territory -- from the gathering of oral/video interviews to explorations of how to utilize them in theatrical plays, radio programs, films, and television documentaries. From in-class discussions of memory, historical distortion, and interview theory, to technical instruction on the use of audio, video, and transcribing equipment, the course is designed to teach students critical and practical skills and to demonstrate the potential of this important research and presentation methodology - and to do it utilizing the communities and vast resources of the Hudson River corridor. A major component of the course will be student-initiated and led interviews with individuals from a variety of walks of life who live along the shores, or work on, the Hudson River. [Please note that in future years, the "Field Research in Oral and Visual History" course will vary in its regional focus]. Only one version of A DOC 294Y may be taken for credit. May not be offered in 2016-2017.

A DOC 308Z (= A JRL 308Z) Narrative Journalism (3)
Students will explore a variety of journalistic styles, with emphasis on compelling narrative and description, combined with the skillful use of quotes and dialogue. The class features intensive critiques of students' work. A variety of formats will be studied: newspapers, magazines, non-fiction books, and online publications. Readings for the course include works by Janet Malcolm, Barbara Ehrenreich, Ellen Ullman, Mary Karr, Edward Abbey, Edmund Wilson, Michael Herr, and James Baldwin. Students submit weekly writing assignments and a final portfolio of edited work. Only one version of A DOC 308Z may be taken for credit. Prerequisite(s): A JRL 200Z, or permission of instructor.

A DOC 323 (= A HIS 334) Foundations of Documentary Filmmaking (3)
This course will introduce students to the fundamentals of researching, planning, shooting and editing digital video documentaries. When A DOC 323 is taught cross-listed with A HIS 334, the content focus will be history. Restricted to History and Documentary Studies majors and minors; all others by permission of instructor. Recommended for students planning to take A HIS or A DOC 406.

A DOC 324 (= A JRL 324) Introduction to Documentary Photography (3)
From Mathew Brady’s Civil War photographs, to the work of photographers of the U.S. Farm Security Administration in the 1930s, and through the stunning and emotive images of contemporary social, ethnographic, scientific, and war photographers, documentary photography has experienced a long and vigorous development. In this basic introductory hands-on workshop, students will examine the long heritage of documentary photography as well as the practical lessons to be learned from renowned practitioners. The course explores the use of still photographs to record various aspects of social, political, and cultural life and events. Students will develop their visual storytelling skills through a series of research and fieldwork hands-on projects involving the documentation of various aspects of contemporary life. Students should be familiar with the basics of digital camera operation. Only one version of A DOC 324 may be taken for credit. Prerequisite(s): restricted to Documentary Studies Program and Journalism majors and minors. Others may be admitted space permitting, and with permission from the instructor.

A DOC 330 (= A HIS 330) Foundations of Documentary Web/Hypermedia Production (3)
Web-based or digital multimedia documentaries utilize a variety of hypermedia digital elements to construct compelling, interactive, linear and nonlinear "stories" on nonfiction topics. This course will cover the fundamentals of web site and digital multimedia composition through assigned short projects. When A DOC 330 is taught cross-listed with A HIS 330, the content focus will be history. Prerequisite(s): restricted to Documentary Studies and History majors and minors; all others with permission of instructor. Recommended for students planning to take A DOC/A HIS 407.

A DOC 335 (= A HIS 335; formerly A DOC/A HIS 405) History and Theory of the Documentary Film (3)
This course will introduce students to the history, theory, and aesthetics of documentary filmmaking. Beginning with a review and analysis of the general history of the documentary film genre and the varieties of approaches adopted by non-fiction filmmakers, we will begin to systematically unravel the various elements that contribute to the creation of informative, moving, and powerful documentary films – with special emphasis on historically-focused films. We’ll look at the various modes or styles that have evolved in the course of the genre’s development and the various techniques documentarians have utilized to effectively communicate historical ideas in cinematic form. Only one version of A DOC 335 may be taken for credit.

A DOC 363 (= A JRL 363) Visual Culture (3)
The course explores the increasing predominance of visual media in contemporary life. It examines how traditional narrative forms of storytelling are being replaced by visual forms of storytelling in journalism, photojournalism, film, television, the internet, video games, anime, graphic novels, and advertising. Particular emphasis will be paid to the global flow of visual culture and the technologies that facilitate these cultural exchanges. Readings range from Marshall McLuhan and Laura Mulvey to contemporary writers on visual culture. Only one version of A DOC 363 may be taken for credit. May not be taken by students with credit for A JRL/T JRL 220.

A DOC 376/376Z (= A HIS 376/376Z) A Cultural History of American Photography (3-4)
This course is a survey of the history of photography from 1839 until the present, presenting photographs as representative intellectual statements defining and illustrating major movements in American thought and culture. By looking at photographs, reading photographic and aesthetic theory, and drawing parallels from American painting, literature, architecture, and other informational and expressive media, the class will demonstrate the ideas and issues underlying American Romanticism, Realism, Modernism, and Post-Modernism. Because photographs are tangible, accessible, and have been upheld as an archetypal medium by each of these intellectual movements, the history of photography offers an ideal introduction to abstract ideas and broad intellectual themes. The course will provide students with extensive experience analyzing cultural documents and help them begin to explore underlying theoretical issues in photography. Only one version of A DOC 376 may be taken for credit.

A DOC 380 (= A JRL 380) Photojournalism (3)
Students develop the critical skills for evaluating and the technical skills for producing, editing, and publishing digital photographs in a variety of formats, including traditional newspapers, satellite transmissions from the field, and internet web sites. While developing their aesthetic and technical skills, students will critique each other's photos in a workshop format. Only one version of A DOC 380 may be taken for credit.

A DOC 390 Topics in Documentary Studies (3)
Various topics in documentary studies - including film/video, audio, web/hypermedia, non-fiction narrative writing, and documentary photography - will be examined in this course. Specific topics and instructors will vary and will be announced during advance registration periods. This course may be repeated for credit when content varies.

A DOC 394 (= A HIS 394) Workshop in Oral History (3)
This course offers a broad introduction to the history, theory, and practice of oral history, including the use of oral history in historical research, documentary production, and public history projects. Only one version of A HIS 394 may be taken for credit. Prerequisite(s): junior or senior standing or permission of instructor.

A DOC 400 Honors Tutorial in Documentary Studies (1)
Documentary Studies Honors students enrolled in 300 level courses or above in their concentrations may enroll in A DOC 400 for additional credit of honors work. The Honors Tutorial affords students an opportunity to work one-on-one with their instructors and will include extra reading, writing, and project assignments. May be repeated for credit.

A DOC 404 (= A HIS 404) Readings and Practicum in Aural History and Audio Documentary Production (4)
This course introduces students to (1) the historical study of sound, soundscapes, and sound recordings, (2) aural history composition techniques (especially radio documentaries and features, but also aural essays and museum audio installations), and (3) audio delivery technologies to communicate historical ideas to broad audiences. It includes coverage of textual and archival audio source research, 20th and 21st century historical radio documentary work, analysis of audio documentary forms and nonfiction storytelling techniques, scriptwriting, technical instruction in the art of audio recording and post-production editing and mixing, discussion of audio preservation and restoration techniques, and an introduction to traditional and modern technologies for the transmission and dissemination of documentary and related audio work. Only one version of A DOC 404 may be taken for credit. Prerequisite(s): permission of instructor.

A DOC 406 (= A HIS 406) Practicum in Historical Documentary Filmmaking (4)
This course is a hands-on workshop in historical documentary filmmaking. It will introduce students to the all aspects of historical documentary production—from pre-production planning, research, and writing, to production (filming/videotaping interviews, recording voiceover narration, lighting, filming reenactments), and finally, post-production (editing and mixing actualities, music, narration, interviews, still photographs). The course, in short, is designed to teach students practical, technical skills and is a perfect follow-up to A DOC 335, which examines the history and theory of documentary filmmaking. Only one version of A DOC 406 may be taken for credit. Prerequisite(s): permission of instructor.

A DOC 407 (= A HIS 407) Readings and Practicum in Digital History and Hypermedia (4)
This course introduces students to the practice of history in the digital age. The emergence of the World Wide Web has opened up new avenues for researching, analyzing, and presenting the past–but has also raised new questions about producing quality historical scholarship in this open environment. This course will work on two fronts, looking first at the current state of the field of “digital history,” from issues of narrative and hypertext theory to some of the best (and worst) practices of current historical websites. At the same time, as a central component of the course, students will work in collaboration to build their own well-researched and historically sound web projects. Previous experience with building websites is welcomed but not required. Only one version of A DOC 407 may be taken for credit. Prerequisite(s): permission of instructor.

A DOC 412 Readings & Practicum in Nonfiction Media Storytelling (3)
This is an advanced course that helps students use the tools of good writing to understand, evaluate, and create historical media intended for use in museums, on the Web, and on television, with an emphasis on story and story structure. This is not a production course; works will be researched and written only. Prerequisite(s): permission of instructor. Completion of A DOC 224 is recommended.

A DOC 442 (= A WSS 442 & A JRL 442) Transmedia Storytelling (3)
Students in this workshop learn how to use a variety of new media tools, including—but not restricted to—digital videos, interactive web pages, and animation software, to create a set of linked stories about a singular historical or newsworthy event. Additionally, students learn to search for, collect, and analyze primary sources—e.g. news stories, first-person accounts, government records, cultural artifacts, ephemera, found footage, etc.—stored in archives, libraries, museums, and online databases. Through the processes of research and reflection, students learn to understand the intersections and consequences of class, gender, race, and nationality. The workshop format enables students to participate fully as active learners and peer teachers. Only one version of A DOC 442 may be taken for credit. Prerequisite(s): junior or senior standing or permission of instructor.

A DOC 450 Documentary Studies Seminar and Fieldwork Practicum (4)
The Documentary Studies Seminar and Fieldwork Practicum is the capstone course for majors and minors in documentary studies. Students are expected to complete a substantial project in any one of five documentary concentrations (radio/audio, video/film, hypermedia/multimedia, photography, and print). Students will work with individual concentration advisers as well as the course instructor; they will receive feedback, as well, from fellow students enrolled in the course. Discussion of selected readings, production techniques, research strategies, and legal and ethical issues, as well as viewings of documentary films/photographs and airings of audio documentaries, will inform and complement in-depth examinations of individual projects. The course will be offered once a year, generally in the spring semester. Prerequisite(s): permission of instructor.

A DOC 451 Honors Section for Documentary Studies Seminar and Fieldwork Practicum (1)
The course, for Honors students taking A DOC 450, offers students an opportunity to complete a major project in their area of documentary concentration: radio/audio, video/film, hypermedia/multimedia, photography, and print journalism. This 1 credit Honors course allows Honors students to take on a more ambitious project than normally expected of majors. It culminates in a public presentation of their projects.

A DOC 468 (= A JRL 468) Literary Journalism (3)
This course invites students to read and analyze literary journalism, with attention to its historical context. Readings include works by Daniel Defoe, Charles Dickens, Samuel Clemens, Stephen Cane, Janet Flanner, Lillian Ross, Rebecca West, John Hersey, James Agee, Dorothy Day, Meridel LeSueur, Truman Capote, Joan Didion, Tracy Kidder, and others. While reflecting on the relations between journalism and literary fiction and nonfiction, students will complete bi-weekly assignments. Only one version of A DOC 468 may be taken for credit. Prerequisite(s): A JRL 201Z.

A DOC 499 Special Projects and Internships in Documentary Studies (1-4)
This is a course designed for students interested in engaging in documentary fieldwork and production projects through internships with on-campus and off-campus organizations, or on their own with close faculty supervision. Students should already have the specific production skills (e.g. filmmaking, photography, audio recording/editing, hypermedia authoring) necessary for the project or internship they wish to undertake. Typical projects or internships might involve mounting documentary photography exhibits, participating in documentary editing projects (including online, nonfiction journals), designing virtual museums and pod-casting/video-casting websites, or working as production members on film/video or radio projects. Credit load will depend on the level of engagement and time obligations associated with the specific project undertaken by the student. May be repeated for a total of 6 credits. Prerequisite(s): junior or senior standing, a minimum GPA of 2.50, and permission of the instructor. S/U graded.

  
TEMPORARY PAGE DIVIDER

Department of East Asian Studies

Faculty

Professors
Susanna Fessler, Ph.D.
Yale University
James M. Hargett, Ph.D.
Indiana University
Charles M. Hartman, Ph.D.
Indiana University

Associate Professors
Andrew Sangpil Byon, Ph.D. (Department Chair)
University of Hawai’i at Manoa
Fan Pen Chen, Ph.D.
Columbia University
Anthony DeBlasi, Ph.D.
Harvard University

Assistant Professors
John Person, Ph.D.
University of Chicago
Aaron Proffitt, Ph.D.
University of Michigan at Ann Arbor

Lecturers
Michiyo Kaya Wojnovich, M.S.
University at Albany
Shu-Han Yeh, M.A.
National Taiwan Normal University

Affiliated Faculty
Michitake Aso, Ph.D., Department of History
University of Wisconsin at Madison
Cheng Chen, Ph.D., Department of Political Science
University of Pennsylvania
Angie Y. Chung, Ph.D., Department of Sociology
University of California, Los Angeles
Youqin Huang, Ph.D., Department of Geography and Planning
University of California, Los Angeles  
Kwan Koo Yun, Ph.D., Department of Economics
Stanford University

Adjuncts (estimated): 5



The Department of East Asian Studies offers courses in the languages and cultures of the three major civilizations of East Asia: China, Japan and Korea. The department provides instruction in elementary, intermediate and advanced Chinese, Japanese, and Korean. There are also courses taught in English on Chinese, Japanese, and Korean literature, philosophy, religion, history, geography, economics and political science.

Careers
Graduates of the Department traditionally enter careers in teaching, international trade, U.S. government, and the travel industry. The degree is also excellent preparation for professional graduate programs in business administration (M.B.A.), law, librarianship, and Teaching English as a Second Language. The department strongly encourages students interested in East Asian Studies to double-major within a separate department or college. Combinations with particularly strong employment potential are East Asian Studies and economics, business, and political science.

Special Programs or Opportunities
The University maintains exchange programs in China with Beijing University, Beijing Normal University, Fudan University, East China Normal University, and Sichuan University. These programs provide students an opportunity to study Chinese language and selected topics in the humanities and social sciences in China for summers, one semester, or an entire academic year. The university also maintains similar exchange programs with Kansai Gaidai and Tokyo University of Foreign Studies in Japan and with Yonsei University in Seoul, Korea. All departmental majors are strongly encouraged to participate in these exchange programs in order to gain first-hand experience of life in contemporary East Asia.

Degree Requirements

The Department of East Asian Studies offers three concentrations or degree tracks. Each is a separate and distinct course of study leading to the B.A. degree. These are 1) the Major in Chinese Studies, 2) the Major in East Asian Studies, and 3) the Major in Japanese Studies. Students may not double-major in East Asian Studies and Chinese Studies or Japanese Studies. Requirements for these programs are as follows:

Requirements for the Major in Chinese Studies (34 credits)

Requirements for the Major in East Asian Studies (34 credits)

Requirements for the Major in Japanese Studies (34 credits)

Honors Program in the Three East Asian Studies Majors

Students with 3.50 grade point average in one of the department’s majors are eligible for its Honors Program. In addition to completing the regular requirements for the major in Chinese Studies, East Asian Studies, or Japanese Studies, students in the Honors Program complete a further six credits of A EAS 495, Colloquium in East Asian Studies.

At the beginning of the fall semester (preferably of the senior year), students will submit their honors proposals to the faculty. If the faculty approves a proposal, the student will be permitted to enroll in A EAS 495 (3 credits), which consists of directed readings and conferences involving appropriate members of the faculty. The project will be evaluated by the project adviser at the end of the fall semester and if the student is making appropriate progress, they will be permitted to enroll in A EAS 495 (3 credits) again in the spring semester. The project will be formally evaluated by the Department Honors Committee no later than the mid-term point in the second semester of the senior year. The final version of the project must be submitted by the last day of classes during the second semester of the senior year.

  
TEMPORARY PAGE DIVIDER

Courses in Chinese Studies

A EAC 100 Introduction to China (3)
This is a preliminary introduction to China and its culture. It covers contemporary developments and provides important historical background. Students also study some simple Chinese language to facilitate short-term social interaction in China. It does not count for East Asian Studies Department major requirements.

A EAC 101 Elementary Chinese I (5)
An introduction to modern Chinese (Mandarin) with emphasis on speaking, reading and writing. Basic fluency in the spoken language is developed through intensive use and repetition of basic vocabulary and fundamental sentence patterns. Students learn the Pinyin romanization system and the simplified characters used in mainland China. May not be taken by students with any previous knowledge of any Chinese language.

A EAC 102 Elementary Chinese II (5)
Continuation of A EAC 101. Prerequisite(s): A EAC 101.

A EAC 150 China Through Western Eyes (3)
American and European perceptions of China from the 13th century to the present, emphasizing the origin(s) and influence of these Western perspectives. Readings range from the travel journals of Marco Polo to recent reports.

A EAC 160/160V/160X/160Z (= A GOG 160/160V/160X/160Z) China: People and Places (3)
This course provides a systematic introduction of China as an emerging political and economic power in the context of globalization. Main topics include historical evolution, uneven physical and social geography, economic reform, rapid urbanization, population growth and family planning, environmental change, tradition and culture change, and persisting and emerging problems. This course aims to help student better understand China. This course also teaches students how to search, use and evaluate information for their research in an increasingly digital and information-oriented world. Only one version of A GOG/A EAC 160 may be taken for credit.

A EAC 170 China: Its Culture and Heritage (3)
Survey of the essential elements of traditional Chinese civilization and their transformation in the 20th century. Focus is on the development of basic Chinese social, political and aesthetic ideas. Conducted in English; no knowledge of Chinese required.

A EAC 201 Intermediate Chinese I (5)
This course is a continuation of A EAC 102. It develops further the students' overall linguistic command of modern Mandarin Chinese. Students primarily learn simplified characters as used in Mainland China. Prerequisite(s): A EAC 102 or equivalent.

A EAC 202 Intermediate Chinese II (5)
This course is a continuation of A EAC 201. Prerequisite(s): A EAC 201 or equivalent.

A EAC 203 Elementary Chinese for Heritage Learners (5)
This elementary modern Chinese language class is designed specifically for heritage learners; that is, students whose family background and/or previous education have provided them with some Chinese language skills (usually listening and speaking), but whose reading and writing skills may range from the most basic to knowledge of just a few hundred Chinese characters. The goal of this accelerated A EAC 203 class, which in one semester will cover all the material taught in A EAC 101 and 102, is to help heritage learners improve their overall communicative competence in modern Chinese (Mandarin). There are no prerequisites, but this is a class designed specifically for heritage learners who already have some knowledge of modern Chinese. Students with no previous knowledge of the Chinese language should enroll in A EAC 101.

A EAC 204 Intermediate Chinese for Heritage Learners (5)
This intermediate modern Chinese language class is designed specifically for heritage learners; that is, students whose family background and/or previous education has provided them with some Chinese language skills (usually listening and speaking), but whose reading and writing skills are probably limited to only several hundred Chinese characters. The goal of this accelerated A EAC 204 class, which in one semester will cover all the material taught in A EAC 201 and 202, is to help heritage learners improve their overall communicative competence in modern Chinese (Mandarin). Prerequisite(s): A EAC 203 or the equivalent in background knowledge or training.

A EAC 205X Chinese Studies Research and Bibliographic Methods (3)
This course will cover research and bibliographic methods in Chinese Studies. Students will learn how to navigate library catalogs and the Internet with specific emphasis on Chinese databases and resources. Students will also learn how to use reference materials, such as character dictionaries. Only one of A EAC 205X, A EAJ 205X, and A EAS 205X may be taken for credit. Prerequisite(s): one year or equivalent of Chinese.

A EAC 210 Survey of Classical Chinese Literature in Translation I (3)
An introduction to the major works of Chinese literature from the oracle bones (18th century BC) to poetry and prose writings of the Song dynasty (960-1279).

A EAC 211 Survey of Classical Chinese Literature in Translation II (3)
An introduction to the major works of Chinese literature from the Yüan dynasty (1279-1368) to the Ch’ing period (1644-1911), with emphasis on plays, poems and fiction.

A EAC 212 Modern Chinese Literature in Translation (3)
Survey of prose literature in China from the May Fourth Movement (1919) to the present, including works written after the Cultural Revolution.

T EAC 230 (= T GOG 230) Reform and Resistance in Contemporary China (4)
The course provides a survey of economic and social change in reform-era China (1978-present), beginning with a broad review of the policies that have brought about such a monumental restructuring of the economy. In the later sections of the in-class discussion will focus on the human impacts of the reforms and the extent to which the Chinese people have been constrained in their struggles for a better life and a more just and equitable society. Readings and materials from other media (including contemporary film and literature) will be selected to illustrate some of the ways the Chinese people have been exerting agency in shaping their own fate and resisting the inevitable forces that seem likely to overwhelm them in the new era of free-wheeling capitalism. The classroom discussions will focus on specific case studies of resistance drawn from a variety of sites and a range of contexts in contemporary China, which will be discussed and analyzed in the context of social science theories about the nature of resistance and its outcomes. The course will present ideas and a body of literature that question and critique the dominant 'narrative of success' that currently pervades Western media and academic curricula. Formerly A EAC/A GOG 230H. Only one version of T EAC 230 may be taken for credit. Prerequisite(s): open to Honors College students only.

A EAC 260 (= A GLO 260 & A GOG 260) China in the Global Arena (3)
An introduction to the development of China’s economy and society since the death of Chairman Mao Tse-tung in 1976. Focuses on urbanization, industrialization, export-oriented development, and participation in global trade, finance and politics. Taught in Shanghai, this multidisciplinary course helps students understand the dynamics of China’s rapid economic growth over the last three decades, and how Chinese scholars interpret the nation’s growing importance in the global system. Only one version of A EAC 260 may be taken for credit. Prerequisite(s): taken after, or simultaneously with A EAC 100.

A EAC 280 (= A ARH 280) Chinese Painting (3)
Introduces students to the major works of traditional Chinese painting and analyzes those works to arrive at an understanding of life in traditional China. The major class activity will be viewing, discussing and analyzing slides of Chinese paintings. Only one version of A EAC 280 may be taken for credit.

A EAC 301Y Advanced Chinese I (3)
This course is a continuation of A EAC 202. Equal emphasis is placed on enhanced reading, writing, and oral communication skills. Class is conducted in Mandarin Chinese. Prerequisite(s): A EAC 202 or equivalent.

A EAC 302Y Advanced Chinese II (3)
This course is a continuation of A EAC 301Y. Prerequisite(s): A EAC 301Y or equivalent.

A EAC 308 (= A GLO 308 & A GOG 308) Debating Contemporary China (1)Enables students who have recently studied in China to discuss and debate major contemporary issues: the factors underlying China’s rapid economic growth; the impact of China’s economic growth on society, environment and the global system; the future of China’s political system; the future of China’s population policies; the dynamics of Chinese cities; the situation of Tibet and of ethnic and religious minorities; the future of Taiwan; relations with other Asian neighbors. Only one version of A EAC 308 may be taken for credit. Prerequisite(s): at least 3 credits of Study Abroad coursework in China sometime in the previous year.

A EAC 350 (= A GOG 350) Urban Development in China (3)
Provides a comprehensive understanding of urban development in China. Reviews the history of urban development in China and examines the demographic, social, economic, and cultural dimensions of the urbanization process. Analyzes the emerging urban land and housing markets, and the changing urban landscape.

A EAC 373 (= R POS 373) Government and Politics in the People's Republic of China (3)
Examination of the origins of the Communist movement in China against the backdrop of the decline of dynastic rule and the era of Western imperialism. The implications of ideology, institutions, and individuals for public policy in the People's Republic of China. Only one version of A EAC 373 may be taken for credit.

A EAC 374 (= A HIS 374) Crime and Punishment in Traditional China (3)
This course will examine the distinctive understanding of crime and the law in China from the 7th to the 19th centuries. We will be particularly interested in theories of law during this period, the institutions of the imperial justice system, varieties of crime and punishment, and popular representations of the criminal justice system. Readings will include primary sources such as legal codes, case histories, and crime stories as well as secondary works on Chinese legal history. There are no prerequisites for this course, although some background in Chinese Studies will be helpful. Only one version of A EAC 374 may be taken for credit.

A EAC 379/379Z (= A HIS 379/379Z) History of Premodern China (3)
This course is a survey of China’s historical development from prehistory to the founding of the Ming Dynasty in the 14th century. We will concern ourselves especially with the transformation of Chinese social structure over time, the relations between the state and the social elite, and the relationship between China’s intellectual, political, and social histories. Only one version of A EAC 379 may be taken for credit. Prerequisite(s): junior or senior standing, or 3 credits in East Asian studies or history.

A EAC 380/380Z (= A HIS 380/380Z) History of Modern China (3)
This course is a survey of China's history during the late imperial and modern periods. It begins with the founding of the Ming dynasty in the late 14th century and concludes with the present day. Of particular interest is the interplay of political, social, and intellectual history during this period. Only one version of A EAC 380 may be taken for credit. Prerequisite(s): junior or senior standing, or 3 credits in East Asian studies or history.

A EAC 389 Topics in Chinese Literature, History, and Culture (3)
This course will focus on a selected topic or major work of traditional or modern Chinese literature or history for intensive study. May be repeated for credit when content varies. Prerequisite(s): junior or senior standing, or permission of instructor.

A EAC 414 (formerly A EAC 310) Classical Chinese I (3)
Introduction to the literary Chinese language and classical Chinese culture through readings of simple texts selected from early classics, including the Chuangtzu and Records of the Grand Historian. Prerequisite(s): A EAC 202 or permission of the instructor.

A EAC 415 (formerly A EAC 311) Classical Chinese II (3)
Continuation of A EAC 414. Prerequisite(s): A EAC 414 or permission of the instructor.

A EAC 420 (formerly A EAC 390) Classical Chinese Poetry (3)
This class surveys Chinese poetry written in traditional verse forms, beginning with works from the Book of Poetry (600 BC) and concluding in the 18th century. Major poets will include Qu Yuan, Du Fu, Li Bo, and Su Shi. The course will begin with the major linguistic and rhetorical elements of Chinese poetry and proceed to introduce elements of traditional Chinese poetics. No knowledge of Chinese is required. All readings and discussions will be in English. Prerequisite(s): any one of the following courses: A EAS 103, T EAS 105, A EAC 170, 210, or 211.

A EAC 423 Practicum in Teaching Chinese (2)
This course is an introduction to the theory and practice of teaching Chinese as a foreign language, designed for those who contemplate a career teaching Chinese at the secondary or college level. Focus is on attaining practical experience through class observation and a supervised classroom practicum. Prerequisite(s): fluency in the reading, writing, and speaking of modern Chinese (Putonghua); permission of the instructor.

A EAC 430 (formerly A EAS 392) Chinese Travel Literature (3)
This course will examine the traditions of travel writing in China. Students will read selections from works representing important aspects of the genre. Half of the semester will focus on China and half on Japan. All readings will be in English; no knowledge of Chinese is required. Prerequisite(s): any one of the following: A EAS 103; A EAC 210, 211, or permission of instructor.

A EAC 432 (= A THR 432; formerly A EAC 396/A THR 323) Readings in Chinese Drama (3)
After introducing the history and aesthetics of the Chinese theater, this course will concentrate on reading and discussing pieces of Yuan Zaju Drama, Ming Chuanqi Opera, Peking/Beijing Opera, and Chinese shadow plays. Knowledge of the Chinese language is not necessary. Only one version of A EAC 432 may be taken for credit. Prerequisite(s): any 200 level course (other than language courses) from either the Department of East Asian Studies or the Theater Department, or permission of the instructor.

A EAC 458 (= A HIS 458) New Orders in Asia (3)
This class examines the international orders in place in Asia from the days of 19th century imperialism to the search for a 21st century post-Cold War order. The focus will be on political, cultural, and economic interactions among the three main East Asian powers: China, Japan, and the US. Prerequisite(s): junior or senior standing.

A EAC 470Z (= A GOG 470Z) China After Deng Xiaoping (3)
This course examines some of the issues associated with modernization and economic development in post-Deng Xiaoping China. The course focuses on the era of economic reform associated with Deng, and is particularly concerned with the social, spatial and political ramifications of China’s entry into the global economy. Only one version of A EAC 470Z may be taken for credit. Prerequisite(s): any of the following: A EAC 160Z or 170, or A GOG 102Z or 220.

A EAC 471 (= A HIS 471; formerly A EAC/A HIS 398) Change in Medieval China (3)
This course focuses on the dramatic change that China underwent between the 8th and the 14th centuries. We will examine this transformation from several historical perspectives: political history, economic history, social history, intellectual history, and cultural history in order to better understand China’s shift from aristocratic to literati society. Only one version of A EAC 471 may be taken for credit. Prerequisite(s): A EAS 170, T EAS 105, A EAC 379, A HIS 177, 379, or permission of instructor.

A EAC 497 Independent Study in Chinese (1-6)
Projects in selected areas of Chinese studies, with regular progress reports. Supervised readings of texts in Chinese. May be repeated once for credit when content varies. Prerequisite(s): two 300 level Chinese courses or equivalent, or permission of instructor.

  
TEMPORARY PAGE DIVIDER

Courses in East Asian Studies

A EAS 103 Sources of East Asian Civilizations I (3)
A basic introduction to the primary texts that have contributed to the formative cultural foundations of Chinese and Korean civilizations. Readings will include the Analects of Confucius, the Tao te ching, and the Journey to the West.

A EAS 104 Sources of East Asian Civilizations II (3)
A basic introduction to the primary texts that have contributed to the formative cultural foundations of Korean and Japanese civilizations. Readings will include selections from the Tale of Genji and Basho’s Narrow Road to the Deep North.

T EAS 105 Traditional China and Its Modern Fate (3)
This course introduces the major social, intellectual, and political components of pre-modern China and describes the changes to those components that have occurred in China since the beginning of the 20th century. Formerly A EAS 105H. Open to Honors College students only.  

A EAS 140 Introduction to East Asian Cinema (3)
This course offers an introduction to East Asian cinema, with emphasis on movies produced in China and Japan. Lectures and class discussions will focus on the interpretation of cinematic texts, especially as they relate to cultural dynamics and social change.

A EAS 177/177Z (= A HIS 177/177Z) East Asia: Its Culture and History (3-4)
An introduction to the history and cultures of East Asia (China, Japan, and Korea), their major institutions and their religious and philosophical traditions from ancient times to the present. Only one version of A EAS 177 may be taken for credit.

A EAS 190 Confucianism and the Samurai Ethic (3)
This course will examine primary texts in translation from Confucius’ Analects to 20th century political propaganda in an effort to trace the origins and evolution of the ideas that formed the samurai ethic in Japan. Course taught in English; no knowledge of Chinese or Japanese necessary.

A EAS 220 Chinese and Japanese Calligraphy (3)
Practical instruction in the artistic design and the different styles of written Chinese and Japanese with the traditional implements: brush, rice paper, ink plate and ink bar. Knowledge of Chinese or Japanese is not required.

T EAS 250 China's Confucian Tradition (3)
This course addresses the central philosophical and ethical issues in the Confucian tradition, a main source of East Asian cultural values. The emphasis will be on reading and discussing translations of primary sources, including the Analects of Confucius, the Mencius, excerpts from the other Confucian Classics and Confucianism’s key interpreters in later centuries. Topics addressed will include human nature, the foundations of political life, ethical decision-making, and the Confucian vision of learning. Upon completion of the course, students will have an appreciation of both the richness of the tradition and the challenges it faces in adapting to the modern world. Open to Honors College students only.

A EAS 260 (= A HIS 260) China in Revolution (3)
This course examines China’s four great 20th century revolutions: the 1911 Revolution, the 1949 Communist Revolution, the Great Proletarian Cultural Revolution, and the reforms of the 1980s and 1990s. Topics include authority and dissent, constituency mobilization, the relationship between urban and rural regions, and the changing nature of ideology in China. Only one version of A EAS 260 may be taken for credit.

A EAS 261 (= A REL 261) Introduction to the Religions of Japan (3)
An introduction to the major religious traditions of Japan, particularly Shinto and Buddhism, this course will cover the major forms of religious expression in Japanese history from the earliest historical records to the so-called New Religions which arose in the 20th century. Discussion will include the philosophical, artistic, social, and political dimensions of religion in Japanese society. Only one version of A EAS 261 may be taken for credit.

A EAS 265 (= A REL 265) Introduction to Buddhism (3)
This course is an introduction to Buddhism, covering its early history in South Asia, its expansion into Central, East, and Southeast Asia, and its recent growth in Europe and the Americas. Students will acquire a foundational knowledge about basic Buddhist doctrines and practices, as well as the diversity of Buddhism as a lived religion. Class content will focus on textual, artistic, philosophical, literary, social, and political expressions of the Buddhist tradition. Only one version of A EAS 265 may be taken for credit.

A EAS 266 (= A REL 266) Buddhism in East Asia (3)
This course is an introduction to the history and development of the Buddhist traditions of East Asia (China, Korea, Japan, Taiwan, Tibet, and Vietnam). Students will acquire a foundational knowledge of early Indian Buddhist doctrines and practices, as well as the pre-Buddhist Chinese religious and philosophical systems Confucianism and Daoism, so as to come to a critical understanding of the emergence of uniquely East Asian form of Buddhism. Class content will focus on textual, artistic, philosophical, literary, social, and political expressions of the Buddhist tradition in premodern and modern East Asia. Only one version of A EAS 266 may be taken for credit.

A EAS 270 (= A WSS 270) Women in East Asian Literature (3)
By examining literary pieces from China and Japan, this course will examine the constraints of patriarchy, vestiges of matriliny, functions served by portrayals of women, and treat questions such as: What can one deduce from early literary sources concerning women and their societies? Why do some people perceive gender related issues certain ways? and Why are women depicted certain ways? Conducted in English; no prior knowledge of the East Asian languages or cultures is required. Only one version of A EAS 270 and A WSS 270 may be taken for credit. 

A EAS 321Y (= A GOG 321Y & A LCS 321Y) Exploring the Multicultural City (3)
This course will explore the human dimensions and implications of ethnic diversity in the United States, focusing on New York City. The course utilizes a variety of methods to introduce students to the multicultural city, beginning in the classroom but ending with fieldwork in a specific New York neighborhood. Only one version of A EAS 321Y may be taken for credit. Prerequisite(s): one of A GOG 102, 125, 160, 220, or 240.

A EAS 345 (= A REL 345) Ethical Issues in East Asian Thought (3)
This is a discussion course that looks at ethical issues of contemporary significance to the cultures of Asia. Students read contemporary academic discussions of how problems such as suicide, euthanasia, abortion, sexuality, cloning, etc. have been understood historically and in terms of contemporary social morality in India, China, Tibet, and Japan. Only one version of A EAS 345 may be taken for credit.

A EAS 357 (= A REL 357) Zen Buddhism (3)
An introduction to the religious, philosophical, and artistic tradition of Zen Buddhism in China, Korea, and Japan and the West. This course looks at the birth and subsequent historical evolution of the Zen or Ch’an school of Buddhism in East Asia. We will look at the intersection of Buddhist and Chinese presumptions about spirituality that gave rise to this unusual religious form, discussing precisely what is and is not iconoclastic about its tenets. The experience of American Zen communities will also be considered. Only one version of A EAS 357 may be taken for credit.

A EAS 362/362Z (= A ECO 362/362Z) Economies of Japan and Korea (3)
A study of the economic growth of Japan and Korea and of current issues facing these economies. Only one version of A EAS 362 may be taken for credit. Prerequisite(s): A ECO 110 and 111 or permission of instructor.

A EAS 375 (= A HIS 375) Japan-Korea Relations: 1592 to the Present (3)
This course explores Japan-Korea relations from the end of the 16th century to the present day. It proceeds chronologically to chart the evolving diplomatic relationship between the ruling families in Japan and Korea during the early modern period before then turning to examine Japan's colonial domination of Korea starting in the late 19th century and the postcolonial situation that has existed between Japan, North Korea, and South Korea since shortly after the end of World War II. Substantial attention will be placed on exploring issues of national identity, race, and imperialism as they relate to the interconnected histories of Japan and Korea as presented in this course. Only one version of A EAS 375 may be taken for credit. Prerequisite(s): A EAJ 170, A EAK 170, A HIS 177 or permission of instructor.

A EAS 389 Topics in East Asian History, Literature, and Culture (3)
This course will focus on a selected topic of traditional or modern East Asian literature, history, religion or culture for intensive study. May be repeated for credit when content varies. Prerequisite(s): junior or senior standing, or permission of instructor.

A EAS 450 (= A REL 450; formerly A EAS/A REL 393) Readings in Buddhist Texts (3)
This is an advanced course in the study of Buddhism that will focus on the close reading of Buddhist scriptures in English translation. Prerequisite(s): A EAS 265, 266, or permission of instructor.

A EAS 468 (= A HIS 468; formerly A EAS/A HIS 399) Confucius and Confucianism (3)
This course surveys the main texts and themes in the development of the Confucian tradition from its origins in China through its spread in Japan and Korea to its reemergence in contemporary East Asia. The emphasis is on the way that the tradition has responded to social conditions. Particular attention will be paid to the relationship between Confucian intellectuals and political power. The rivalry with other traditions (e.g. Taoism, Buddhism, Marxism, Liberalism, etc.) will also be considered. Only one version of A EAS 468 may be taken for credit. Prerequisite(s): A HIS 177, A EAS 103, 170, 190, A EAC 379, or permission of instructor.

A EAS 475 (formerly A EAS 395) The History and Culture of Traditional Tibet (3)
This course surveys the salient aspects of the culture and history of the Tibetan region. Topics of particular interest include the evolution of Tibetan social and political structures, the importance of Tibet’s main religious traditions, and the distinctiveness of its artistic heritage (both visual and literary). Course materials include primary sources in English translation, scholarly works, and visual images. Prerequisite(s): any one of the following: A EAC 170, 379, 380; T EAS 105, A EAS 103, 262, 265, or permission of instructor.

A EAS 478 (formerly A EAS 397) The Silk Road (3)
The course examines the history of various land links between China and India, which are known collectively as “The Silk Road.” Special attention is given to the transmission of ideas (Buddhism), art forms, and commercial goods along this route, especially during the heyday of the Silk Road from about 600 to 1000 AD. The many discoveries made by Western archeologists in Central Asia in the late 19th and early 20th centuries are also considered, as well as issues related to their removal of Silk Road treasures to museums in Europe and around the world. Prerequisite(s): any one of the following: A EAC 170, 210, 211; A EAS 103, T EAS 105.

A EAS 495 Colloquium in East Asian Studies (3)
Directed readings and conferences involving several members of the faculty for students pursuing undergraduate honors in the Department of East Asian Studies. To be offered only when requested by students eligible for the honors program. This course may be repeated once with the approval of the student’s honors project adviser. Prerequisite(s): major in the department; junior or senior standing; acceptance into the Honors Program.

  
TEMPORARY PAGE DIVIDER

Courses in Japanese Studies

A EAJ 101 Elementary Japanese I (5)
Designed for the acquisition of a basic competence in modern standard Japanese in the areas of speaking, reading and writing. Format will be lecture with drill and discussion. Five class hours a week will be enhanced with a one-hour language lab. Not open to students with previous knowledge of the Japanese language.

A EAJ 102 Elementary Japanese II (5)
Continuation of A EAJ 101. Aural comprehension, speaking, reading and writing will be emphasized. The format will be lecture with drill and discussion, and one hour in the language lab. Prerequisite(s): A EAJ 101 or permission of instructor.

A EAJ 170 Japan: Its Culture and Heritage (3)
Survey of the essential elements of traditional Japanese civilization and their transformation in the post-Meiji era and 20th century. Focus on the development of basic Japanese social, political, and aesthetic ideas. Conducted in English; no knowledge of Japanese is required.

A EAJ 201 Intermediate Japanese I (5)
Concentrates on the reading and analysis of language texts. A large amount of time is devoted to the understanding of Japanese grammar and oral practice. The format will be lecture with drill and discussion. Prerequisite(s): A EAJ 102 or permission of instructor.

A EAJ 202 Intermediate Japanese II (5)
Continuation of A EAJ 201. The course will concentrate on the reading and analysis of language texts. A large amount of time is devoted to the understanding of Japanese grammar and oral practice. The format will be lecture with drill and discussion. Prerequisite(s): A EAJ 201 or permission of instructor.

A EAJ 205X Japanese Studies Research and Bibliographic Methods (3)
This course will cover research and bibliographic methods in Japanese Studies. Students will learn how to navigate library catalogs and the Internet with specific emphasis on Japanese databases and resources. Students will also learn how to use reference materials, such as character dictionaries. Only one of A EAJ 205X, A EAC 205X, and A EAS 205X may be taken for credit. Prerequisite(s): one year or equivalent of Japanese.

A EAJ 210 Survey of Traditional Japanese Literature (3)
This course presents a survey of the major works of traditional Japanese literature from the 9th to the 19th century, including the Tosa Journal, the Pillow Book, and Essays in Idleness. The course is conducted solely in English; knowledge of Japanese is not required.

A EAJ 212/212Z Modern Japanese Literature in Translation (3)
Survey of prose literature in Japan from the Meiji Restoration (1868) to the present. Emphasis is placed on pre-war writers and their quest for modernity. Only one version of A EAJ 212 may be taken for credit.  

A EAJ 278 (= A HIS 278; formerly A EAJ 275) Japanese Pop Culture from Edo to the Present (3)
This course introduces some of the forms of "popular culture" prevalent in Japan from 1600 until the present day, with a strong emphasis on the social, economic and intellectual forces behind these major trends. This course, organized chronologically, offers a look at the many historical developments connected with popular forms of music, theater, film and comics, including the rise of a new urban print culture in the 17th century, the introduction of "Western" art forms such as motion pictures and jazz music in the 1920s, and the steady expansion of both domestic and international markets for Japanese film, music, and comics in the years since 1945. Conducted in English; no knowledge of Japanese is required. Only one version of A EAJ 278 may be taken for credit.

A EAJ 301Y Advanced Japanese I (3)
Acquisition of complex structures through intensive oral/aural and reading/writing practice. Discussion, authentic written materials, videotapes and audiotapes are incorporated. Prerequisite(s): A EAJ 202 or equivalent.

A EAJ 302Y Advanced Japanese II (3)
Acquisition of complex structures through intensive oral/aural and reading/writing practice. Discussion, authentic written materials, videotapes and audiotapes are incorporated. Prerequisite(s): A EAJ 301 or equivalent.

A EAJ 384/384Z (= A HIS 384/384Z) History of Premodern Japan (3)
This course will cover Japanese history from prehistory through 1600. Focus will be on political and economic trends. Only one version of A EAJ 384 may be taken for credit. Prerequisite(s): junior or senior standing, or permission of instructor.

A EAJ 385/385Z (= A HIS 385/385Z) History of Modern Japan (3)
This course is a survey of modern Japanese history. It covers the period from 1600 to the present day. The focus is on the interconnections between political, social, and intellectual history during Japan’s emergence as a world power. Only one version of A EAJ 385 may be taken for credit. Prerequisite(s): junior or senior standing, or 3 credits in East Asian studies or history.

A EAJ 389 Topics in Japanese Literature, History, and Culture (3)
This course will focus on a selected topic or major work of traditional or modern Japanese literature or history for intensive study. May be repeated for credit when content varies.

A EAJ 405 Advanced Japanese Language Proficiency (3)
This course will provide a standard approach to advanced language materials with a particular focus on current usage and dynamic vocabulary. Students will work specifically on the reading and listening comprehension skills required in a Japanese university setting. Class conducted in Japanese and English. Not open to native speakers of Japanese. Prerequisite(s): A EAJ 302 or permission of instructor. S/U graded.

A EAJ 410 Readings in Modern Japanese Literature (3)
This is an advanced course in Japanese language for students who have completed at least three years of college Japanese. The class will read selected passages from major works of modern Japanese literature. Lecture and discussion will be in Japanese. Prerequisite(s): A EAJ 302 or permission of instructor.

A EAJ 411 Readings in Modern Japanese Literature (3)
This is a continuation of A EAJ 410. Class will read selected passages from major works of Japanese literature. Lecture and discussion will be in Japanese. Prerequisite(s): A EAJ 410 or permission of instructor.

A EAJ 423 Practicum in Teaching Japanese (2)
This course is an introduction to the theory and practice of teaching Japanese as a foreign language, designed for those who contemplate a career teaching Japanese at the secondary or college level. Focus is on attaining practical experience through class observation and a supervised classroom practicum. Prerequisite(s): fluency in Japanese; permission of instructor. S/U graded.

A EAJ 435 (formerly A EAJ 396) Meiji Literature in Translation (3)
This course will examine several works of Japanese prose literature (in translation) written during the Meiji Period (1868-1912). The works include an essay, novels, and short stories. Attention will be given to the question of modernity, the nature of the novel, and European influence on Japanese literature. No knowledge of Japanese required. Prerequisite(s): A EAJ 212 or permission of the instructor.

A EAJ 436 (= A HIS 436) Fascism: Japan and Beyond (3)
This course explores the idea of "fascism" as a framework to analyze society. Taking Japan as a point of departure, we will investigate "fascism" in relation to political economy, intellectual production, and mass culture primarily in the Axis powers in the first half of the 20th century. Particular attention will be devoted to the importance of cross-regional interactions in developing ideas of bureaucracy and national mobilization, race and ethnicity, and systems of political participation. Prerequisite(s) A EAJ 385.

A EAJ 437 History of Japanese Thought (3)
This course explores the field of "Japanese Thought" through a broad survey of texts written by (mostly) Japanese intellectuals, primarily in the modern era. A historical approach to these texts will be taken, with an eye towards attempting to understand how different readers in different contexts tried to harness the power of "thought" in effecting change in their society. Prerequisite(s): A EAJ 385 or permission of instructor.

A EAJ 438 (formerly A EAJ 391) World War II: The Japanese View (3)
This course will examine several works of Japanese literature (in translation) written during and after World War II. The works include an essay, novels, short stories, a play, and poetry. Attention will be given to the question of how the Japanese perceived their role in the war, the nature of the war itself, and if these changed with the passing of time. Prerequisites(s): A EAJ 212 or permission of the instructor.

A EAJ 460 (= A REL 460; formerly A EAS/A REL 394) Readings in Japanese Religious Studies (3)
This is an advanced course in the religious traditions of Japan. We will read English translations of religious texts native to the Japanese experience of religion, specifically Buddhist, Shinto, Confucian, and Folk. Prerequisite(s): one of the following: A EAJ 261, A EAS 266, 190, 357, or permission of instructor.

A EAJ 497 Independent Study in Japanese (1-6)
Projects in selected areas of Japanese studies, with regular progress reports; or supervised readings of texts in Japanese. May be repeated once for credit when content varies. Prerequisite(s): A EAJ 302 or permission of instructor.

  
TEMPORARY PAGE DIVIDER

Courses in Korean Studies

A EAK 101 Elementary Korean I (5)
An introduction to modern Korean, with emphasis on speaking, reading and writing. Format will include both lecture and drill sessions. Not open to students with any previous knowledge of the Korean language.

A EAK 102 Elementary Korean II (5)
Continuation of A EAK 101. Prerequisite(s): A EAK 101 or equivalent.

A EAK 170 Korea: Its Culture and Heritage (3)
Survey of the essential elements of traditional Korean civilization, early contacts with the West, and modern development. Focus on the evolution of basic Korean social, political, economic, and aesthetic ideas. Conducted in English; no knowledge of Korean is required.

A EAK 201 Intermediate Korean I (5)
Concentration on reading, writing, and speaking at the intermediate level. Emphasis on vocabulary drills, grammar exercises, and pattern practice. Prerequisite(s): A EAK 102 or equivalent.

A EAK 202 Intermediate Korean II (5)
Continuation of A EAK 201. Enhancement of reading, writing, and speaking skills will be emphasized. Students will also master several Korean proverbs. Prerequisite(s): A EAK 201 or equivalent.

A EAK 301 Advanced Korean I (3)
Acquisition of complex structures through intensive oral/aural and reading/writing practice. Discussion, authentic written materials, videotapes and audiotapes are incorporated. Prerequisite(s): A EAK 202 or equivalent.

A EAK 302 Advanced Korean II (3)
This course is a continuation of A EAK 301. Prerequisite(s): A EAK 301 or equivalent.

A EAK 389 Topics in Korean Literature, History, and Culture (3)
This course will focus on a selected topic or major work of traditional or modern Korean literature or history for intensive study. May be repeated for credit when content varies. Prerequisite(s): junior or senior standing, or permission of instructor.

A EAK 497 Independent Study in Korean (1-6)
Projects in selected areas of Korean studies, with regular progress reports; or supervised readings of texts in Korean. May be repeated once for credit if content varies. Prerequisite(s): two 300 level Korean courses or equivalent, or permission of instructor.

 

  
TEMPORARY PAGE DIVIDER

Department of Economics

Faculty

Distinguished Professor
Kajal Lahiri, Ph.D.
University of Rochester

Professors Emeriti
Bruce Dieffenbach, Ph.D.
Harvard University
Jack E. Gelfand, Ph.D.
New York University
Terrence W. Kinal, Ph.D.
University of Minnesota
Irene Lurie, Ph.D.
University of California, Berkeley
Thad W. Mirer, Ph.D.
Yale University
Donald J. Reeb, Ph.D. (Collins Fellow)
Syracuse University

Professors
Betty C. Daniel, Ph.D. (Department Chair)
University of North Carolina
Michael Jerison, Ph.D.
University of Wisconsin
Hamilton Lankford, Ph.D.
University of North Carolina, Chapel Hill
Adrian Masters, Ph.D.
University of Pennsylvania
Michael J. Sattinger, Ph.D.
Carnegie Mellon University
Hany A. Shawky, Ph.D.
Ohio State University
Kwan Koo Yun, Ph.D.
Stanford University

Associate Professors
Pinka Chatterji, Ph.D.
Johns Hopkins University
Diane M. Dewar, Ph.D.
University at Albany
John B. Jones, Ph.D.
University of Wisconsin, Madison
Laurence J. Kranich, Ph.D.
University of Rochester
Gerald Marschke, Ph.D.
University of Chicago
Baris Yörük, Ph.D.
Boston College 
Rui Zhao, Ph. D.
University of Minnesota

Assistant Professors
Chun-Yu Ho, Ph.D.
Boston University
Yue Li, Ph.D.
University of Pittsburgh
Zhongwen Liang, Ph.D.
Texas A & M University
Byoung Gun Park, Ph.D.
Yale University
Huaming Peng, Ph.D.
Yale University

Lecturers
Kenneth Bulko, J.D.
Albany Law School
Ibrahim Gunay, M.A.
Toulouse School of Economics

Adjuncts (estimated): 16
Teaching Assistants (estimated): 3



The major in economics is useful as training for employment in business, government, and nonprofit agencies and as preparation for further study at the graduate level. It is also an excellent undergraduate background for study in professional schools of law, accounting, business administration, public administration, public policy, social work, and others. The department also offers the M.A. and Ph.D. degrees in economics.

Careers
Graduates of the undergraduate economics program work as financial analysts, finance and credit officers for insurance companies and banks, economic analysts for corporations, policy and legislative fiscal analysts, and business officers for nonprofit and government organizations, as well as administrators and heads of businesses and government agencies.

Admission
Students may not declare a major in economics until they have completed both A ECO 110 and 111 with grades of C or better. For exceptional circumstances, students who do not meet these requirements may appeal by written petition to the department chair. Appeals received by the first day of classes each semester will be evaluated before the final date for adding semester-length courses.

Transfer students who have not completed both A ECO 110 and 111, or their equivalents, with grades of C or better will not be formally admitted to the major when they enter the University. Transfer students who are not admitted, but who want to major in economics, may declare their intention to major in economics and will be advised by the department as intended majors for one semester. After satisfying the admission criteria, students may be admitted to the major.

Degree Requirements for the Major in Economics

General Program B.A.: a minimum of 36 credits as follows: A ECO 110, 111, 300, 301 and 320; A MAT 101 or A ECO 210, or A MAT 106, or A MAT 111 or 112 or 118; and 18 additional credits in economics at the 300 level or above, one of which must have a suffix of W taken at the University. The courses A ECO 300, 301, and 320 must be taken at the University unless completed elsewhere prior to matriculation.

General Program B.S.: a minimum of 40 credits as follows: A ECO 110, 111, 300, 301, 320, and 420W; A MAT 111 or 112 or 118, A ECO 410 or A MAT 113 or 119; and 15 additional credits in economics at the 300 level or above, including at least 6 additional credits from among A ECO 400-489 or 499Z. The courses A ECO 300, 301, 320, 420W, and at least 6 credits from among A ECO 400-489 or 499Z that fulfill the additional credits requirement above must be taken at the University unless completed elsewhere prior to matriculation.

Honors Program

The honors program is designed to provide capable and motivated students with a greater understanding of economics and to better prepare students for graduate and professional schools.

Students may apply to the honors program after completing any two of A ECO 300, 301, and 320. To be accepted and to complete the program, the student must have an average of at least 3.40 in all courses applicable to the major and 3.25 in all courses taken at the University. Interested students should see the department’s Director of Undergraduate Studies even before completing the required courses, for advice on choosing elective courses and on meeting the other requirements of the honors program.

The honors student must complete all requirements of the B.S. program in economics, including A ECO 499Z (the Senior Honors Research Seminar) as part of the program. In addition, the honors student must submit a senior honors thesis acceptable to the Economics Honors Committee.

A plan for the senior honors thesis normally arises from consultation with faculty concerning a suitable topic and method of inquiry. The student, with advice and consent of the Economics Honors Committee, will choose a faculty adviser who will assist the student in completing the thesis. Work on the thesis may begin in the junior year, but it must be completed while the student is enrolled in A ECO 499Z.

If all requirements stated above are met, the department will recommend that the student be awarded the B.S. degree with honors in economics.

Combined Bachelor's/Master's Program

A combined B.S./M.A. program in economics provides students of recognized academic ability and educational maturity the opportunity to fulfill integrated requirements for the undergraduate and graduate degrees. Also available is a combined program leading to a bachelor's degree (B.A. or B.S.) in Economics and a master's degree in Public Administration (M.P.A.). With careful planning, it is possible to earn both degrees in five years.

To qualify for the bachelor's degree (B.A. or B.S., as approved), students must meet all requirements for the undergraduate major and minor described previously, the minimum credit liberal arts and sciences requirement, the general education requirements, and the residency requirements. To qualify for the master's degree (M.A. or M.P.A.), students must meet all requirements as outlined in the Graduate Bulletin including the completion of required graduate credits and any other conditions such as a research seminar, thesis, comprehensive examination, professional experience, and residence requirements. Up to 12 graduate credits may be applied simultaneously to the bachelor's and master's programs.

Students may be admitted to one of the combined degree programs at the beginning of their junior year, or after the successful completion of 56 credits. A grade point average of at least 3.20 (M.P.A.) and three supportive letters of recommendation from faculty are required. Students interested in learning more about the programs should contact the Director of Undergraduate Studies in the Department of Economics.

  
TEMPORARY PAGE DIVIDER

Courses in Economics

A ECO 110 Principles of Economics I: Microeconomics (3)
Analysis of supply and demand in markets for goods and markets for the factors of production. Study of various market structures, price determination in perfectly competitive and imperfectly competitive markets. May not be taken for credit by students with credit for A ECO 300. Prerequisite(s): plane geometry and intermediate algebra or A MAT 100.

A ECO 111 Principles of Economics II: Macroeconomics (3)
Examination of the institutional structure of an economic system. Analysis of aggregate economic activity, the determinants of the level, stability, and growth of national income, the role of monetary and fiscal policy. May not be taken for credit by students with credit for A ECO 301. Prerequisite(s): A ECO 110.

A ECO 130 Developing Economies (3)
An interdisciplinary study of economic disparities among nations. Focus on underdevelopment and poverty, problems in agricultural and industrial development. Population growth and unemployment. Global interdependence and role of the United States. Global issues including debt crisis; privatization and deregulation; relationship with developed countries including the United States. May not be offered in 2016-2017.

A ECO 202 The American Economy: Its Structure and Institutions (3)
Discussion of the historical development and current structure of the American economy. Using an interdisciplinary approach and without any technical/mathematical tools, major economic issues will be discussed, such as federal budget deficit, unemployment, poverty, family structure, welfare reforms, America in the world economy, immigration, and health reforms. May not be taken for credit by students with credit for A ECO 110 or 111. May not be offered in 2016-2017.

A ECO 210 Tools of Economics (3)
Introduction to some of the basic mathematical tools used in economics, including the construction and comprehension of simple graphs, as well as some of the economist’s conceptual tools, including marginal analysis, national income analysis, supply and demand. May not be taken for credit by students with credit for A MAT 101, 106, 111, 112, 118, or equivalent. 

A ECO 280/280Z Current Topics in Economics (3)
Examines current topics in economics; topics vary from time to time. Only one version of A ECO 280 may be taken for credit. May not be offered in 2016-2017.

A ECO 300 Intermediate Microeconomics (3)
Introduction to price theory, distribution theory, and market structure analysis. Relevance of economic theory in production and consumption decisions. Only one of A ECO 300 or T ECO 300 may be taken for credit. Prerequisite(s): A ECO 110 with grade of C or better; A ECO 111; and A ECO 210 or A MAT 101, or 106, or 111 or 112 or 118.

T ECO 300 Honors Intermediate Microeconomics (3)
This course provides an advanced introduction to intermediate level microeconomics. Topics that will be covered include price theory, distribution theory, and market structure analysis. Relevance of economic theory in production and consumption decisions will also be discussed. Only one of A ECO 300 or T ECO 300 may be taken for credit. Prerequisite(s): A ECO 110 with grade of C or better; A ECO 111; and A ECO 210 or A MAT 101, or 106, or 111 or 112 or 118. Open to Honors College students only.

A ECO 301 Intermediate Macroeconomics (3)
Theoretical and empirical analysis of aggregate output and employment, the average price level, and interest rates. Applications include long-run growth, business cycles, and fiscal and monetary policy. Prerequisite(s): A ECO 110; A ECO 111 with grade of C or better; A ECO 210 or A MAT 101, or 106, or 111 or 112 or 118.

A ECO 312/312Z Development of the American Economy (3)
Study of American economic institutions from the early 19th century to the present. Employs statistical methods and both micro and macro theoretical constructs. Only one version of A ECO 312 may be taken for credit. Prerequisite(s): A ECO 110 and 111. May not be offered in 2016-2017.

A ECO 313/313Z Development of the European Economy (3)
Economic change in modern European societies. Comparative study of the growth of various European countries emphasizing the variables associated with development: population, technology, capital formation, output, resources, and income distribution. Only one version of A ECO 313 may be taken for credit. Prerequisite(s): A ECO 110 and 111. May not be offered in 2016-2017.

A ECO 314/314Z History of Economic Thought (3)
The evolution of modern economics with emphasis on the contributions of such writers as Smith, Malthus, Ricardo, Mill, Marx, Marshall and Keynes. The turn of events that motivated the construction of the main body of economic knowledge is also examined. Only one version of A ECO 314 may be taken for credit. Prerequisite(s): A ECO 300.

A ECO 320 Economic Statistics (3)
Statistical techniques in economic analysis. Topics include distribution theory and statistical inference as applied to regression models. Students gain experience in testing economic theories using a computer regression package. Prerequisite(s): A ECO 110 and 111; A ECO 210 or A MAT 101, or 106, or 111 or 112 or 118.

A ECO 330/330W Economics of Development (3)
Introduction to the analysis of economic growth and development. Historical, descriptive, and analytical approaches to the problems of fostering economic growth. Consideration of alternative theories of the causes and problems of underdevelopment. Only one version of A ECO 330 may be taken for credit. Prerequisite(s): A ECO 110 and 111.

A ECO 341/341Z (= A SOC 371/371Z) Urban Economics (3)
Analysis of the city-metropolis and the economic forces which condition its growth pattern and allocation of scarce resources. The public sector, especially local government, is examined in its role of solving the problems of inadequate jobs, housing, education, and other services. Only one version of A ECO 341 may be taken for credit. Prerequisite(s): A ECO 110 and 111.

A ECO 350 Money and Banking (3)
The principles of money, commercial banking, and central banking; an elementary consideration of issues of monetary policy and financial markets. Prerequisite(s): A ECO 110 and 111.

A ECO 351 (= A MAT 301) Theory of Interest (3)
The basic measures of interest, annuities, sinking funds, amortization schedules, bonds, and installment loans. Recommended as preparation for Actuarial Society exam FM. Only one version of A ECO 351 may be taken for credit. Prerequisite(s): A MAT 113.

A ECO 355/355W Public Finance (3)
Introduction to the financial problems of governments: public expenditures, basic kinds of taxes and tax systems, grants-in-aid, public borrowing, debt management, and fiscal policy. Only one version of A ECO 355 may be taken for credit. Prerequisite(s): A ECO 110 and 111.

A ECO 356/356Z State and Local Finance (3)
Problems of financing state and local government within the context of a federal system. Relevance and limits of fiscal theory for state and local government tax and expenditure policy. Only one version of A ECO 356 may be taken for credit. Prerequisite(s): A ECO 110 and 111.

A ECO 360 International Economic Relations (3)
The development of international trade and trade theory since mercantilism; international financial institutions, the foreign exchange market, and the problems of international balance of payments and international liquidity. Prerequisite(s): A ECO 110 and 111.

A ECO 361 (= A LCS 361) Development of the Latin American Economy (3)
Economic change in Latin American societies. Comparative study of the growth of various Latin American countries emphasizing the variables associated with development: population, technology, capital information, output, resources and income distribution. Only one version of A ECO 361 may be taken for credit. Prerequisite(s): A ECO 110 and 111.

A ECO 362/362Z (= A EAS 362/362Z) Economies of Japan and Korea (3)
A study of the economic growth of Japan and Korea and of current issues facing these economies. Only one version of A ECO 362 may be taken for credit. Prerequisite(s): A ECO 110 and 111 or permission of instructor.

A ECO 370/370W/370Z Economics of Labor (3)
Study of wage theories and wage structures; wage-cost-price interaction; and wage, supply, and employment relationships. Only one version of A ECO 370 may be taken for credit. Prerequisite(s): A ECO 110 and 111.

A ECO 371/371W The Distribution of Income and Wealth (3)
Theoretical, empirical, and institutional analysis of the distribution of income and wealth, including policies and programs designed to affect these distributions. Only one version of A ECO 371 may be taken for credit. Prerequisite(s): A ECO 110 and 111.

A ECO 380/380Z Contemporary Economic Issues (3)
An introductory discussion of selected economic issues of current importance. The course will focus on different economic problems each term. May be repeated up to 6 credits when content varies. Prerequisite(s): A ECO 110 and 111.

A ECO 381 (= H HPM 381 & H SPH 381) Economics of Health Care (3)
Economics concepts are used to explain the nature of demand and supply in the health care field. The behavior of consumers and health care providers is examined from an economic perspective. Areas of market failures and the rationale for government intervention are also described. Only one version of A ECO 381 may be taken for credit. Prerequisite(s): A ECO 300 or permission of the instructor. May not be offered in 2016-2017.

A ECO 383/383W Economics of Law (3)
The application of economic concepts such as efficiency, externalities, and trade-offs to the analysis of common law, crime and punishment, product safety laws, and other legal interventions in market and non-market behavior. Only one version of A ECO 383 may be taken for credit. Prerequisite(s): A ECO 300.

A ECO 385/385Z Environmental Economics (3)
Environmental pollution; social costs; population control; zoning; economics of public health; conservation of endangered species, natural wonders, and artifacts; natural resource exhaustion; and the end of progress hypothesis are examined and analyzed. Only one version of A ECO 385 may be taken for credit. Prerequisite(s): A ECO 110 and 111.

A ECO 398W Discourse in Economics (1)
This course provides undergraduate majors in economics the opportunity to develop and practice the oral communication and writing skills that are needed to participate in debate and discussion and that serve to sharpen their critical thinking and understanding of economics. This course can be taken only while simultaneously enrolled in a designated 300 or 400 level companion course in economics, which will be the focus of the oral and written discourse. A student who withdraws from the companion course, but not from this course, will receive an unsatisfactory grade. Prerequisite(s): declared economics major, concurrent registration in a designated 300 or 400 level economics course, permission of department. S/U graded. May not be offered in 2016-2017.

A ECO 401 Macroeconomic Modeling, Forecasting, and Policy Analysis (3)
Introduction to the construction and use of econometric macro models, including theoretical specification, statistical estimation and validation; the structure of large-scale macro models; forecasting and policy analysis; critiques of current macroeconomic modeling. Prerequisite(s): A ECO 300, 301, and 320. May not be offered in 2016-2017.

A ECO 405 Game Theory (3)
Study of the strategic interaction among rational agents. Development of the basic analytical tools of game theory, including simultaneous and sequential move games, games with incomplete information, and alternative equilibrium concepts. Applications in fields such as industrial organization, public economics, international trade, and voting. Prerequisite(s): A ECO 300; A ECO 320 (or B ITM 220 or A MAT 108) or permission of instructor.

A ECO 410 Mathematics for Economists (3)
Techniques of differentiation, integration, differential equations, difference equations, and linear algebra as used in economic analysis. Prerequisite(s): A ECO 300 and 301.

A ECO 420/420W/420Z Applied Econometrics (3)
Application of regression to a problem chosen by the student. Some general discussion of data sources, the derivation of index numbers and other problems that might be encountered in estimating economic relations. Emphasis is on class presentation and analysis of student projects. Only one version of A ECO 420 may be taken for credit. Prerequisite(s): A ECO 320.

A ECO 427 Computer Applications in Economics (3)
Introduction to computer use and applications in economics, econometrics, and data analysis. Applications may include spreadsheet software such as Excel and statistical software such as SAS. Prerequisite(s): A ECO 320. May not be offered in 2016-2017.

A ECO 445 International Trade (3)
Theoretical, institutional, and empirical characteristics of trade and capital movements between nations. Review of the pure theories of comparative advantage, gains from trade, commercial policy, and resource transfers. Brief review of modern balance of payments theory and policy question. Prerequisite(s): A ECO 300 and 301.

A ECO 446 International Macroeconomics (3)
The foreign exchange market and international payments are described and analyzed. Emphasis is placed on analyzing the implications of flexible and fixed exchange rate regimes for the stabilization of price levels and employment in small and large countries. Proposals for exchange management and reform of the international monetary system are evaluated. Prerequisite(s): A ECO 110, 111, and 301.

A ECO 455/455Z Public Microeconomics (3)
Microeconomic analysis of the role of the public sector in resource allocation within a market economy: theory of market failures, alternative corrective measures for market failures, public choice theory, partial and general equilibrium analyses of major taxes, and welfare-based public investment criteria. Only one version of A ECO 455 may be taken for credit. Prerequisite(s): A ECO 300 and 355 or permission of instructor.

A ECO 466/466W Financial Economics (3)
Financial markets, efficient-market theory, financial panics, choice under uncertainty, risk aversion, portfolio choice, capital-asset pricing model, futures, options, flow of funds, saving and investment, financing economic development, government debt, international debt, term structure of interest rates, interest rate forecasting. Only one version of A ECO 466 may be taken for credit. Prerequisite(s): A ECO 301 or 350.

A ECO 471 Advanced Labor Economics (3)
This course provides an up-to-date overview of the labor market. While the benchmark competitive market model is discussed, the main focus is on the mechanisms that prevent the labor market from being competitive. At the micro level, the course addresses wage formation through bargaining and contract analysis. At the macro-level the course addresses wage dispersion and unemployment. The course will incorporate the latest theoretical models on each of the topics covered and discuss their empirical validity. This course will include a term paper which will provide an opportunity to explore some area of the syllabus in more depth. Prerequisite(s): A ECO 300, A ECO 301 and an introductory statistics class (A ECO 320 or equivalent). A prior course in labor economics will be helpful but not required. May not be offered in 2016-2017.

A ECO 474 Industrial Organization (3)
Relationship between market structure, behavior of the firm, economic performance, and analysis of U.S. antitrust activities. Prerequisite(s): A ECO 300.

A ECO 475 Managerial Economics (3)
Application of economic concepts to the decision making of the firm. Topics may include market and demand analysis, risk and uncertainty, pricing, production, investment decisions, and capital budgeting. Prerequisite(s): A ECO 300 and 320, or permission of instructor.

A ECO 480/480Z Topics in Economics (3)
Detailed analysis of specific topics in economics. Topics may vary from semester to semester. May be repeated up to 6 credits when content varies. Prerequisite(s): A ECO 300, 301, and 320; permission of instructor.

A ECO 495 Economics Practicum (3)
This course provides undergraduate majors in economics the opportunity to work as a teaching aide and facilitator to faculty teaching the introductory courses in economics. Meetings with students enrolled in the introductory course are scheduled weekly. Prerequisite(s): major in economics; a grade of B or higher in A ECO 300 and 301; and permission of instructor. S/U graded. May not be offered in 2016-2017.

A ECO 496 Economics Internship (3)
Economics Internship requires active participation in economic research outside the University, together with senior standing as an economics major. May be taken only once for credit. Internships are open only to qualified seniors who have an overall grade point average of 2.50 or higher. Permission of instructor is required. S/U graded.

A ECO 497/497Z Independent Study and Research (3)
Student-initiated research project under faculty guidance. May be repeated for credit up to a total of 6 credits with permission of department. Prerequisite(s): A ECO 300, 301 and 320; a B average or higher in all economic courses attempted.

A ECO 499Z (formerly A ECO 499) Senior Honors Research Seminar (3)
Senior seminar, in which a substantial “senior thesis” is prepared by an honors candidate under the supervision of a faculty adviser. Students present oral and/or written progress reports on their ongoing research and read, discuss, and criticize each other’s work. The former A ECO 499 does not yield writing intensive credit. Prerequisite(s): admission to the honors program and A ECO 420.

  
TEMPORARY PAGE DIVIDER

Department of English

Faculty

Distinguished Professor
Ronald Bosco, Ph.D. (Collins Fellow)
University of Maryland

Distinguished Teaching Professors
Jeffrey Berman, Ph.D.
Cornell University
Stephen North, D.A. (Collins Fellow)
University at Albany

Distinguished Teaching Professors Emeriti
Judith Fetterley, Ph.D. (Collins Fellow)
Indiana University
Eugene K. Garber, Ph.D.
University of Iowa

Professors Emeriti
Judith E. Barlow, Ph.D. (Collins Fellow)
University of Pennsylvania
Donald J. Byrd, Ph.D.
University of Kansas
Frances Colby Allee, Ph.D.
Johns Hopkins University
Robert A. Donovan, Ph.D.
Washington University
Judith E. Johnson, B.A.
Barnard College
Pierre Joris, Ph.D.
Binghamton University
Eugene Mirabelli, Ph.D.
Harvard University
Daniel W. Odell, Ph.D.
Cornell University
Marjorie Pryse, Ph.D.
University of California, Santa Cruz
Harry C. Staley, Ph.D.
University of Pennsylvania

Professors
Thomas Bass, Ph.D.
University of California, Santa Cruz
Thomas D. Cohen, Ph.D.
Yale University
Randall T. Craig, Ph.D. (Collins Fellow)
University of Wisconsin, Madison
Lydia Davis, B.A. (Writer in Residence)
Barnard College
Teresa Ebert, Ph.D.
University of Minnesota
William Kennedy, B.A.
Siena College
Martha T. Rozett, Ph.D. (Collins Fellow)
University of Michigan
Charles Shepherdson, Ph.D.
Vanderbilt University
Lynne Tillman, B.A. (Writer in Residence)
Hunter College

Associate Professors Emeriti

Richard M. Goldman, Ph.D.
Indiana University
Edward M. Jennings, Ph.D.
University of Wisconsin
Rudolph L. Nelson, Ph.D.
Brown University       
Frederick E. Silva, Ph.D.
Indiana University
Donald B. Stauffer, Ph.D.
Indiana University

Associate Professors
Richard A. Barney, Ph.D.
University of Virginia
Bret Benjamin, Ph.D.
University of Texas at Austin
Langdon Brown, Ph.D.
Cornell University
Lana Cable, Ph.D.
Johns Hopkins University
Helen Regueiro Elam, Ph.D.
Brown University
Donald Faulkner, M.Phil
Yale University       
Glyne Griffith, Ph.D. (Department Chair)
University of the West Indies, Mona
Michael Hill, Ph.D.
Stony Brook University
Eric Keenaghan, Ph.D.
Temple University
Kir Kuiken, Ph.D.
University of California, Irvine
James Lilley, Ph.D.
Princeton University
Ineke Murakami, Ph.D.
University of Notre Dame
Helene E. Scheck, Ph.D.
Binghamton University
Edward L. Schwarzschild, Ph.D.
Washington University
Paul Stasi, Ph.D.
University of California, Berkeley
Laura Wilder, Ph.D.
University of Texas at Austin
Robert P. Yagelski, Ph.D.
Ohio State University
Carolyn Yalkut, Ph.D.
University of Denver

Visiting Associate Professor
Mary Valentis, Ph.D.
University at Albany

Assistant Professor Emeritus
George S. Hastings, Ph.D.
University of Pennsylvania

Assistant Professors         
Erica Fretwell, Ph.D.
Duke University
Michael Leong, Ph.D.
Rutgers University
Wendy Roberts, Ph.D.
Northwestern University
Samantha Schalk, Ph.D.
Indiana University
Derek J. Smith, Ph.D.
Northwestern University

Full-Time Lecturer
Jill Hanifan, D.A.
University at Albany

Teaching Assistants (estimated): 20


Curriculum

The curriculum of the Department of English is designed to aid students to write effectively, to read critically, and to acquire a sense of the development of literature written in English and of its relation to society. English majors also have the option of applying for admission to the honors program. Students planning to take the GRE for graduate study in English are strongly urged to include course work in pre-1800 British and American literature. All English majors are strongly encouraged to study at least one foreign language. Students may count up to 3 credits toward their English electives from the list of Approved Courses for English Electives. The Department also offer a minor in English and effective Fall 2016, a minor in Creative Writing. See Minors section of this bulletin for requirements for each program.

Careers for the English Majors

The major in English prepares students for any field of work that requires a broad liberal education with special strength in language, critical analysis, and research. English graduates find careers in theatre and film, government, counseling, broadcasting, public policy and administration, banking, retailing and manufacturing, as well as writing, editing, publishing, teaching, advertising, and public relations. The English major is also excellent preparation for advanced study in such professional graduate programs as law, medicine, librarianship, social welfare, theology, and education.

Degree Requirements for the Major in English (36 credits)

*Students may count 3 credits of approved coursework from other departments from the list below toward the 200 to 400 level requirement.

Additional Requirements
A grade of C or higher in A ENG 210, or permission of instructor, is required in order to register for A ENG 310 and most 400 level courses in English. Completion of A ENG 305V, or permission of instructor, is required for most 400 level courses.
Mentorship: English majors are expected to meet with their faculty mentors, assigned by the English Undergraduate Advisement Office, to discuss academic and career goals at least once prior to the start of senior year.

Honors Program in English

The honors program in English is designed to promote intellectual exchange and community among able English majors and to prepare them to do independent work. Students who successfully complete the program earn an Honors Certificate in English and, if they meet University GPA requirements, are eligible for a nomination to graduate from the University with "Honors in English."

Admission to the honors program is selective, based primarily on the evaluation of a critical writing sample and secondarily on instructor recommendations. Only declared English majors or English double majors are eligible to apply. One normally applies in the spring semester of sophomore year, but students can apply through the spring semester of junior year. Transfer students may apply upon acceptance to the University and declaration of the English major. An applicant is recommended to have a 3.25 cumulative GPA and a 3.50 GPA in the English major. When applying, students should have completed already, or will complete by the end of that semester, 12 credits that count toward the English major, including A ENG 205Z and A ENG 210. A ENG 305V and/or A ENG 310 also are recommended. Those who plan to write a creative thesis should have taken A ENG 302W (or 302Z) and/or A ENG 402Z. Alternately, they should be involved with an on-campus writing community, such as editing a student-run creative writing magazine or interning at a professional literary or cultural magazine sponsored by the English Department or elsewhere at the University. They also are encouraged to submit, in addition to a critical essay, a short creative writing sample.

Faculty members on the departmental Honors Committee review applications and decide on admissions. When appropriate for individual cases, they may waive any of the above entry requirements and recommendations.

While students are registered for the English honors sequence courses, the Honors Director monitors their progress through regular meetings with the students and, during the thesis year, through communications with each student’s project advisor. A student can be disallowed from continuing in the program if the Honors Director and/or the student’s thesis advisor judge his or her performance in A ENG 399Z and/or A ENG 498 to fall short of the program’s expectations. Similarly, if a student’s performance in his or her other English courses suffers, he or she might be dismissed from the program so as to be able to remediate the situation and be better able to graduate successfully. Any student who leaves or is dismissed from the honors program is held responsible for the English major requirements.

The English faculty member supervising the independent project evaluates the honors thesis, usually researched and written during the senior year. A second reader from the English Department or from another academic unit at the University supplies additional guidance and/or feedback about the thesis in the late stages of its development. Conferring with the Honors Director, the project advisor and second reader assign a letter grade (A-E) for A ENG 499 that evaluates the end product of the thesis research, while also considering other variables in the year-long project, such as: the student’s intellectual development, the student’s self-motivated performance in an independent study scenario, the student’s regular and timely consultation with supervisors, and the student’s public presentations or publication of project-related research and writing. Upon students' completion of program requirements, the Honors Committee recommends eligible candidates for a BA degree with “Honors in English.”

Degree Requirements for Honors in English (37 credits)

* The courses must be taken in sequence. If a student is unable to take A ENG 399Z because she or he is accepted to the program in spring of junior year or because she or he studied abroad during that semester, the following option is available: With advisement from the Honors Director and the thesis advisor, during the thesis-writing year an English Honors student can substitute A ENG 399Z with a 500- or 600-level course relevant to his or her project.

** An English Honors student may count 3 credits of approved coursework from other departments specified in the list below toward the 200- to 400-level major elective requirement.

To graduate with “Honors in English” a student must complete the program course sequence (or approved substitutions), as well as conclude his or her undergraduate studies with a minimum grade point average of 3.50 in the English major and a minimum 3.25 cumulative GPA. If one graduates with the distinction of “Honors in English,” and completes the degree requirements specified above, the regular requirements of the English major are waived. If a student does not meet mandated GPA minimums at the time of graduation, he or she is responsible for the usual English major requirements but can count the honors sequence courses toward elective credits in the English major.

Combined B.A./M.A. Program

The combined B.A./M.A. program in English provides an opportunity for students of recognized academic ability and educational maturity to fulfill integrated requirements of the undergraduate and master's degree programs from the beginning of their junior year.

The combined program requires a minimum of 140 credits, of which at least 30 must be graduate credits. In qualifying for the B.A., students must meet all university and college requirements, including the requirements of the undergraduate major described previously, the minor requirements, the minimum 90 credit liberal arts and sciences requirement, the general education requirements, and residency requirements. In qualifying for the M.A., students must meet all university and college requirements as outlined in the Graduate Bulletin, including completion of a minimum of 30 graduate credits and any other conditions such as a research seminar, thesis, comprehensive examination, professional experience, and residency requirements. Up to 12 graduate credits may be applied simultaneously to both the B.A. and M.A. programs.

Students may be admitted to the combined degree program at the beginning of their junior year, or after the successful completion of 56 credits. A cumulative grade point average of 3.20 or higher and three letters of recommendation from faculty are required for consideration. Students will be admitted upon the recommendation of the Graduate Admissions Committee of the department.

Combined B.A./M.A. in English/Liberal Studies Program

The combined B.A./M.A. in English/Liberal Studies provides an opportunity for students of recognized academic ability and educational maturity to fulfill integrated requirements of the undergraduate and master's degree programs from the beginning of their junior year.

The combined B.A./M.A. in English/Liberal Studies program requires a minimum of 140 credits, of which at least 30 must be graduate credits. In qualifying for the B.A., students must meet all university and college requirements, including the requirements of the undergraduate major described previously, the minor requirements, the minimum 90 credit liberal arts and sciences requirement, the general education requirements, and residency requirements. In qualifying for the M.A. in English/Liberal Studies, students must meet all university and college requirements as outlined in the Graduate Bulletin, including a minimum of 30 graduate credits and any other conditions such as a research seminar, thesis, comprehensive examination, and residency requirements. Up to 12 graduate credits may be applied simultaneously to both the B.A. and the M.A. in English/Liberal Studies Programs.

Approved Courses for English Electives

Students may count 3 credits toward their 200 to 400 level English electives from the following list of courses. Prerequisites for individual courses follow in parentheses.

Africana Studies
A AFS 340 The Black Essay
A AFS 345 The Black Novel: Black Perspectives
A AFS 355Z Introduction to African-American Poetry
A AFS 375 Black Popular Culture

Anthropology
A ANT 343 Native American Literature
A ANT 360 Social Anthropology
A ANT 363 Ethnology of Religion
A ANT 381 Anthropology of Gender
A ANT 390 Ethnological Theory

East Asian Studies
A EAC 210 Survey of Chinese Literature in Translation I
A EAC 211 Survey of Chinese Literature in Translation II
A EAC 212 Modern Chinese Literature in Translation
A EAC 420 Classical Chinese Poetry
A EAC 430 Chinese Travel Literature
A EAJ 210 Survey of Traditional Japanese Literature
A EAJ 212 Modern Japanese Literature in Translation
A EAJ 435 Meiji Literature in Translation
A EAS 270 Women in East Asian Literature

Judaic Studies
A JST 360 Bearing Witness: Holocaust Diaries and Memoirs
A JST 373 The Arab in Israeli Literature

Languages, Literatures and Cultures
A FRE 202 French Literature
A FRE 208 Haiti Through Literature and Film
A FRE 238 Great Classics of French Cinema
A FRE 281 French Canada Through Film and Literature
A FRE 315 Introduction to French Cinema (A FRE 241Z)
A FRE 338 French Cinema and Society (junior or senior class standing or permission)
A FRE 415 French Cinema and Society (A FRE 341Z and 340Z)
A FRE 430 Translation (A FRE 341Z and 340Z)
A FRE 481 Francophone Cultures (A FRE 341)
A ITA 313 Throughout the Ages: Gender, Ideas, and Writing in Italy from 1100 to 1900
A ITA 315 Italian Civilization: Etruscans to Galileo
A ITA 316 Contemporary Italy: Unification to Present
A ITA 318 Italian Cinema and Literature
A ITA 441 Women, Men, Love, and Politics of the Italian Renaissance (A ITA 313 or permission)
A RUS 251 Masterpieces of 19th Century Russian Literature
A RUS 252 Masterpieces of 20th Century Russian Literature
A RUS 253 Contemporary Russian Literature
A RUS 280 Soviet and Russian Cinema
A SPN 311 Hispanic Literature Through the Golden Age (A SPN 223)
A SPN 316 Representative Spanish-American Authors (A SPN 223)
A SPN 318 Topics in Hispanic Film (A SPN 223 or permission of instructor)
A SPN 320 20th Century Spanish-American Literature (A SPN 223)
A SPN 325 The Hispanic Short Story (A SPN 223)
A SPN 326 Spanish-American Poetry and Theatre (A SPN 223)
A SPN 333 Hispanic Literature in Translation
A SPN 414 Literature of the Hispanic Caribbean (A SPN 223)
A SPN 418 Hispanic Cinema and Literature (A SPN 223)
A SPN 446 Literature and Human Rights (A SPN 312 and 316)
A SPN 481 The Generation of ’98 (A SPN 312)

Latin American, Caribbean, and U.S. Latino Studies
A LCS 316 Representative Spanish-American Authors (A SPN 223)
A LCS 318 Introduction to Brazilian Cinema
A LCS 319 20th Century Spanish-American Literature
A LCS 326 Spanish-American Poetry and Theatre       
A LCS 414 Literature of the Hispanic Caribbean
A LCS 415 Los Latinos en EE.UU: Historia, Cultura, y Literatura

Theatre Studies
A THR 224 Contemporary Issues in Modern Drama
A THR 225 American Theatre History
A THR 228 Voices of Diversity in Contemporary American Theatre and Drama
A THR 230 Great Drama on Film and Video
A THR 450 Directing
A THR 456Z Seminar in Dramatic Literature

Women’s Studies
A WSS 202 Introduction to LGBTQ Studies
A WSS 220 Introduction to Feminist Theory
A WSS 240 Classism, Racism, Sexism: Issues
A WSS 270 Women in East Asian Literature
A WSS 281 Women and the Media
A WSS 450 Literature of Feminism: An Interdisciplinary Seminar
A WSS 465 Feminist Theory

  
TEMPORARY PAGE DIVIDER

Courses in English

A ENG 100Z Introduction to Analytical Writing (3)
Introduction to the skills necessary for clear, effective communication of ideas through careful attention to the writing process, critical analysis, and argumentation. The course emphasizes a variety of rhetorical practices. This course does not fulfill the A ENG 110Z or U UNI 110 Writing and Critical Inquiry requirement and is offered to UHS students only.

A ENG 102Z Introduction to Creative Writing (3)
Introductory course in creative writing. Practice in the writing of multiple genres and forms, such as poetry, fiction, creative nonfiction, memoir, drama, and other literary forms. Open to freshmen and sophomores only.

A ENG 106 Topics in English Studies (3)
Exploration of a single common theme, form, or mode through a variety of texts with the goal of introducing the study of literature within a specific cultural context. Examples include "Introduction to African-American Literature" or "Introduction to Latino/a Literature." Course objectives include the development of students' abilities to identify important texts and figures within a specific literary context and to analyze key themes and formal innovations within this context. May be repeated once for credit when content varies. This course is intended primarily for the University in the High School Program.

A ENG 110Z Writing and Critical Inquiry in the Humanities (3)
Introduction to the practice and study of writing as the vehicle for academic inquiry in the Humanities at the college level. Students will learn the skills necessary for clear, effective communication of ideas through careful attention to the writing process and the examination of a variety of rhetorical and critical practices. Only one of T UNI 110, U UNI 110, or A ENG 110 may be taken for credit. Must be completed with a grade of C or better or S to meet the Writing and Critical Inquiry or Writing Intensive requirements.

A ENG 121 Reading Literature (3)
Introduction to reading literature, with emphasis on developing critical skills and reading strategies through the study of a variety of genres, themes, historical periods, and national literatures. Recommended for first and second year non-English majors.

A ENG 144 Reading Shakespeare (3)
Introduction to Shakespeare, with emphasis on developing critical skills and reading strategies through detailed study of the plays, from early comedies to later tragedies and romances. No prior knowledge of Shakespeare is required. Recommended for first and second year non-English majors.

T ENG 144 Reading Shakespeare (3)
T ENG 144 is the Honors College version of A ENG 144; only one version may be taken for credit.

A ENG 200 (= A LIN 200) Structure of English Words (3)
Introduction to the structure of English words, including the most common Greek and Latin base forms, and the way in which related words are derived. Students may expect to achieve a significant enrichment in their own vocabulary, while learning about the etymology, semantic change and rules of English word formation.

A ENG 205Z (formerly A ENG 105Z) Introduction to Writing in English Studies (3)
Introduction to the forms and strategies of writing and close reading in English studies. The course emphasizes the relationship between writing and disciplinary context, and such concepts as genre, audience, and evidence. Required of all English majors. Prerequisite(s): open only to declared and intended English majors and to minors.

A ENG 210 Introduction to English Studies (3)
Introduction to the various methods through which literature has typically been read and understood. Through a combination of literary and theoretical texts, this course aims to make students self-reflexive about what they read, how they read and why they read. Required of all English majors. Prerequisite(s): open to declared and intended English majors only.

A ENG 216 (= A LIN 216) Traditional Grammar and Usage (3)
Thorough coverage of traditional grammar and usage with an introduction to the principles of structural and transformational grammar. Brief exploration into recent advances in linguistic thought. Practice in stylistic analysis using such grammatical elements as syntax, voice, subordination, and sentence structure. Only one version of A ENG 216 may be taken for credit.

A ENG 217 (= A ANT 220 & A LIN 220) Introduction to Linguistics (3)
Introduction to the study of language, including examination of the characteristics and structural principles of natural language. After exploring the basic characteristics of sound, word formation and sentence structure, these principles are applied to such topics as: language variation, language change, psycholinguistics, pragmatics, and animal communication. Only one version of A ENG 217 may be taken for credit.

A ENG 222 World Literature (3)
Introduction to classics of world literature exploring national, historical and linguistic boundaries. Texts chosen will introduce students to literary traditions and provide a foundation for English literary studies.

A ENG 223/223Z Short Story (3)
Analysis and interpretation of the short story as it occurs in one or more periods or places. Only one version of A ENG 223 may be taken for credit.

A ENG 224 Satire (3)
Exploration of the mode of satire: the view of the human estate which informs it and the characteristic actions and images by which this view is realized in prose fiction, drama and poetry and in the visual arts. Studies Roman, medieval, 17th and 18th century, modern and contemporary works.

A ENG 226/226W Focus on a Literary Theme, Form, or Mode (3)
Exploration of a single common theme, form, or mode using varied texts to promote fresh inquiry by unexpected juxtapositions of subject matter and ways of treating it. May be repeated once for credit when content varies.

T ENG 226/226W Focus on a Literary Theme, Form, or Mode (3)
T ENG 226 is the Honors College version of A ENG 226. May be repeated once for credit when content varies.

A ENG 240/240T/240V/240Z Rewriting America (3)
Working from a selection of texts that will provide both context and models, students will learn to write about the challenges of living in 21st century America. The course will focus, in particular, on issues of diversity and pluralism including race, class, gender, sexuality, disability and citizenship.

A ENG 242 Science Fiction (3)
The development of science fiction and the issues raised by it. Authors include such writers as Asimov, Clarke, Heinlein, Huxley, and LeGuin.

A ENG 243 Literature and Film (3)
Both films and literary works as outgrowths of their culture. From term to term the course focuses on different periods or themes. May be repeated once for credit when content varies.

T ENG 243 Literature and Film (3)
T ENG 243 is the Honors College version of A ENG 243; only one version may be taken for credit.

A ENG 261 American Literary Traditions (3)
Representative works from the Colonial through the Modern period, with attention to necessary historical and intellectual background information as well as reflection upon the concepts of literary history, period and canons.

A ENG 270 Living Literature: Challenges in the 21st Century (3)
Thinking critically about the relationship between the past and the present through literary texts. This course explores the persistence of the past in contemporary literature or the relevance of literary traditions to contemporary challenges.

T ENG 270 Honors Living Literature: Challenges in the 21st Century (3)
T ENG 270 is the Honors College version of A ENG 270; only one version may be taken for credit. Open to Honors College students only.

A ENG 271 Literature & Globalization: Challenges in the 21st Century (3)
Examination of contemporary world literature in the light of the challenges of globalization.

A ENG 272 Media, Technology and Culture: Challenges in the 21st Century (3)
Examination of how technology and media shape our experiences in the 21st century, through analysis of a range of texts including film, television and digital media alongside more traditional literary materials.

A ENG 291 British Literary Traditions I: From the Anglo-Saxon Period through Milton (3)
Representative works from the Anglo-Saxon period through the 17th century, with attention to necessary historical and intellectual background information as well as reflection upon the concepts of literary history, period and canons.

A ENG 292 British Literary Traditions II: The Restoration through the Modern Period (3)
Representative works from the Restoration through the Modern period, with attention to necessary historical and intellectual background information as well as reflection upon the concepts of literary history, period and canons.

A ENG 295/295Z Classics of Western Literature (3)
Introduction to classics of western literature from Antiquity through the Renaissance, with attention to necessary historical and intellectual background information.

T ENG 295 Classics of Western Literature (3)
T ENG 295 is the Honors College version of A ENG 295; only one version may be taken for credit.

A ENG 297 Postcolonial Literary Traditions (3)
Representative works of the formerly colonized world, with attention to necessary historical and intellectual background information. Works to be chosen from at least three regions beyond Europe.

A ENG 300W Expository Writing (3)
For experienced writers who wish to work on such skills as style, organization, logic, and tone. Practice in a variety of forms: editorials, letters, travel accounts, film reviews, position papers, and autobiographical narrative. Classes devoted to discussions of the composing process and to critiques of student essays. Prerequisite(s) restricted to junior and senior English minors and non-majors.

A ENG 302W/302Z Creative Writing (3)
Intermediate course in creative writing, usually focusing on the close study and practice of one or two genres. May be repeated once for credit when genre focus varies.  

A ENG 305V Studies in Writing About Texts (3)
Intensive study of the forms and strategies of writing in English studies. Students will engage with a variety of literary, critical, and theoretical texts. The course emphasizes students’ own analytical writing. Prerequisite(s): C or better in A ENG 205Z. Open to declared English majors only.

A ENG 309Z Professional Writing (3)
Practice in the kinds of writing particularly useful to students in business and in the natural and social sciences. Emphasis on clear, accurate, informative writing about complex subjects. Intended primarily for juniors and seniors.

A ENG 310 Reading and Interpretation in English Studies (3)
A more focused examination of one or more of the critical approaches to literary and cultural study introduced in English 210. Students will gain in-depth exposure to specific critical debates within a particular theoretical tradition, learning to see the critical stakes of different perspectives, and to position their own ideas in relation to this unfolding critical conversation.  Prerequisite(s): C or better in A ENG 210. Open to declared English majors only.

A ENG 311 History of the English Language (3)
A broad tracing of the history, development, and structure of the language from the beginnings to modern English, including foreign influences on English, basic tendencies of the language, grammatical constructs, and regional usages, especially American. Intended primarily for juniors and seniors.

A ENG 315 Introduction to Literary Theory (3)
Survey of the major theorists that have been influential in the field of English Studies.

A ENG 330 Literature of the Middle Ages (3)
Students will examine a number of representative works of the Middle Ages, read in translation. Additional readings in, for example, the classics and religious literature will help to situate each work in time and place. Intended primarily for juniors and seniors. Cannot be taken by students who have received credit for A ENG 421.

A ENG 331 Literature of the Earlier Renaissance (3)
Examination of the various forms that developed and flourished in England during the 16th century: prose, narrative and lyric poetry, and drama (exclusive of Shakespeare). Attention to classical and continental influences, the historical background, the legitimation English, and the power of individual texts. Major figures may include More, Wyatt and Surrey, Sidney, Marlowe, Spenser, and Jonson.

A ENG 332 Literature of Later Renaissance (3)
The poetry, prose, and drama of England from 1600 to 1660 (exclusive of Milton). Major figures may include Bacon, Donne, Hobbes, Herbert, Marvell, and Webster. Attention to political issues intellectual issues and religion as they bear upon the poetry of wit, the prose of conviction, and the drama of power and intrigue. Intended primarily for juniors and seniors.

A ENG 333 Literature of the Restoration and the 18th Century Enlightenment (3)
In poetry, the range and variety achieved within the ordered, urbane, civil style of Dryden and Pope and the later development of the innovative, exploratory style of Gray, Collins, and Cowper. In prose, the achievement of Swift, Addison and Steele, and its extension in Johnson, Goldsmith, Gibbon, and Burke. Intended primarily for juniors and seniors.

A ENG 334 19th Century British Literature (3)
Examination of the texts in the British literary tradition, read in their relations to literary movements and broader cultural issues and movements, possibly in conjunction with non-canonical texts of the time period. Topics to be discussed may include: the literature of the earlier 19th and late 18th centuries in relation to a continuing culture of Romanticism; the literature of the mid and later 19th century in relation to cultures of Modernism; and the literature of Empire. Cannot be taken by students who have received credit for either A ENG 426 or 427.

A ENG 335 Literature in English after 1900 (3)
Examination of British Literature in the 20th century. Topics to be discussed may include, among others: the development of literary genres and themes; modernism and post-modernism; colonial and post-colonial literature. Cannot be taken by students who have received credit for A ENG 371 or 428.

A ENG 336 American Literature to 1800 (3)
Examination of American literature of the colonial and federal periods. Topics to be discussed may include, among others: the development of literary genres and themes; formations of national identity; theological and political contexts. Cannot be taken by students who have received credit for A ENG 432.

A ENG 337 19th Century American Literature (3)
Examination of American literature of the 19th century. Topics to be discussed may include, among others: the development of literary genres and themes; romanticism, realism, regionalism, and naturalism; literature in relation to historical and political contexts. Cannot be taken by students who have received credit for A ENG 433 or 434.

A ENG 338 American Literature after 1900 (3)
Examination of American literature of the 20th century. Topics to be discussed may include, among others: the development of literary genres and themes; modernism and post-modernism; literature and identity formation in American culture; American literature in relation to transnational context. Cannot be taken by students who have received credit for A ENG 434 or 435.

A ENG 342 Study of an Author or Authors Before Mid-18th Century (3)
Examination of a single major author in depth (e.g., Chaucer or Milton), or of two or more authors whose works illuminate each other in terms of style, theme, and/or relationship to a particular historical era. May be repeated once for credit when content varies.

A ENG 343 Study of an Author or Authors After Mid-18th Century (3)
Examination of a single major author in depth, or of two or more authors whose works illuminate each other in terms of style, theme, and/or relationship to a particular historical era. May be repeated once for credit when content varies.

A ENG 346 Studies in Shakespeare (3)
Examination of Shakespeare’s plays, with emphasis on character, language, theme, form, and structure. Topics to be discussed may include, among others: the early or later works; theatrical modes (e.g., comedy, romance, tragedy, history); performance (e.g., Shakespeare on film or stage); Shakespeare in relation to his contemporaries; Shakespeare's dramatic and non-dramatic poetry. Designed for English and theatre majors and minors. May be repeated once for credit when content varies. Replaces A ENG 344/A THR 324 and A ENG 345/A THR 325.

A ENG 350 Contemporary Writers at Work (3)
Rhetoric and poetics as practiced by contemporary writers across a range of genres and media. Particular attention to social, intellectual, and aesthetic contexts out of which such work emerges.

A ENG 351 Studies in Technology, Media, or Performance (3)
Examination of technological, media, or staged phenomena, as well as readings related to these forms. Topics to be discussed may include, among others: place of technology, media, or performance in English studies; forms and/or theories of technology, media, or performance; materiality and meaning; cultural texts. May be repeated once for credit when content varies.

A ENG 355 Studies in Film (3)
Examination of themes and issues in the history and/or interpretation of American and British film. Topics to be discussed may include, among others: the themes, structures, and/or style of a director or directors; genres of film; theories of film; film and other arts, including literature. May be repeated once for credit when content varies.

A ENG 356 Studies in Nonfiction Prose (3)
Examination of nonfiction prose as a medium of discourse, ranging from literary criticism, biography, and autobiography to journalism, science, philosophy, and history. Topics to be discussed may include, among others: forms of nonfiction; theories of nonfiction prose; historical development; cultural texts. May be repeated once for credit when content varies.

A ENG 357 Studies in Drama (3)
Examination of drama, with an emphasis on critical reading of dramatic literature. Topics to be discussed may include, among others: forms of drama; theories of drama; theatrical traditions; problems of production and dramatic interpretation. May be repeated once for credit when content varies.

A ENG 358 Studies in Poetry (3)
Examination of poetry, with an emphasis on study of poetic forms and modes. Topics to be discussed may include, among others: major developments in themes, language, forms and modes of poetry; poetics; poetry in the arts, including theatre and song. May be repeated once for credit when content varies.

A ENG 359 Studies in Narrative (3)
Examination of narrative forms with an emphasis upon prose fiction. Topics to be discussed may include, among others: forms of fiction, theories of narrative; narrative in the fine arts, including film; cultural narratives. May be repeated once for credit when content varies.

A ENG 360Y Tutoring & Writing (3)
This course is primarily designed to train tutors to work in the University’s Writing Center, though those interested in exploring writing instruction, writing processes from brainstorming to revision, or rhetorical concerns of audience and purpose may also find this course of value. We will investigate our own and others’ writing processes, styles, and purposes for writing in various academic disciplines, and the dynamics of giving and receiving useful feedback on writing as well as the role of a Writing Center on campus. Extensive practice and observation of tutorials will be central to the course, as will discussion of these experiences and published theoretical perspectives on the role of the writing tutor. This course is intended for sophomores and juniors who will be eligible to apply for positions as tutors in the University Writing Center upon successful completion of this course. Open to both English majors and non-majors. Prerequisite(s): permission of instructor.

A ENG 362 (= A WSS 362) Critical Approaches to Gender and Sexuality in Literature (3)
Examination of the role of Anglophone literary texts from any period(s) in the construction of gender and sexuality, with an emphasis on study of interpretive strategies provided by various critical discourses. Topics to be discussed may include, among others: aesthetic movements; historical problems; cultural texts; political questions. Only one version of A ENG 362 may be taken for credit.

A ENG 366 (= A WSS 366) Critical Approaches to Ethnicity in Literature (3)
Examination of constructions of "race" and/or "ethnicity" as presented in Anglophone literature. Topics to be discussed may include, among others: how markers of nationality are related to issues of sexuality, class, and other cultural-historical ways of accounting for the complex questions that surround identity. May be repeated once for credit when content varies.

A ENG 367 (= A JST 367) The Jewish Literary Imagination (3)
Readings in literature by modern Jewish writers that addresses themes and issues of importance to modern Jewry. The course may offer either an intensive survey of a broad range of modern Jewish literature in one or more genres, or take a thematic, national, chronological, or generic approach to the subject matter. Only one version of A ENG 367 may be taken for credit.

A ENG 368 (= A WSS 368) Women Writers (3)
Selected works of English and/or American women writers in the context of the literary and cultural conditions confronting them. The course focuses on the development of a female tradition in literature and on the narrative, poetic, and/or dramatic styles of expression, voice, and values of women writers. May be repeated once for credit when content varies.

A ENG 369 African-American Literature (3)
Selected works of African-American writers in their cultural, literary, and historical contexts. The course focuses on the development of an African-American tradition and on the artistic forms essential to it. May be repeated once for credit when content varies.

A ENG 372 Transnational Literature (3)
Examination of aesthetic movements, cultural texts, political questions, and historical problems of post-colonial nations and subjects in their transnational contexts. May be repeated once for credit when content varies.

A ENG 373 Literature of the Americas (3)
Examination of the literatures of the Americas, North and South, including the Caribbean. Topics to be discussed may include, among others: aesthetic movements; local cultural practice; history; identity formation; and politics. May be repeated once for credit when content varies.

A ENG 374 Cultural Studies (3)
A study of cultural forms and practices in relation to the historical conditions in which they are shaped. The course considers theoretical and the practical dimensions of meaning in a wide range of cultural texts. May be repeated once for credit when content varies.

A ENG 390 Internship in English (3)
Supervised practical apprenticeship of 10-15 hours of work per week in a position requiring the use of skills pertaining to the discipline of English, such as reading and critical analysis, writing, research, tutoring, etc., with an academic component consisting of the internship colloquium. Written work and report required. Selection is competitive and based on early application, recommendations, interviews and placement with an appropriate internship sponsor. Open only to junior or senior English majors and minors with a minimum overall grade point average of 2.50 and a minimum 3.00 average in English. A ENG 390 credits may not be used toward the 18 credits minimum required for the English minor. Prerequisite(s): A ENG 205Z. S/U graded.

A ENG 399Z Honors Seminar (3)
Topics vary with each sequence. The seminars explore special topics in literary history, literary theory, and critical methodology. May be repeated for credit when content varies. Prerequisite(s): permission of instructor.

A ENG 402Z Advanced Writing Workshop (3)
Advanced course in creative writing, usually devoted to the close study and practice of a single genre. Prerequisite(s): A ENG 302Z and permission of instructor.     

A ENG 410/410Y Topics in Contemporary Literary and Critical Theory (3)
Focused examination of the theoretical questions, presuppositions, and debates pertinent to a specific perspective or issue in contemporary thought and theory. Individual semesters may focus on, among other areas: a particular discourse (e.g., ecocriticism, ideology critique, queer theory, language theory, psychoanalysis, or cultural problem). May be repeated once for credit when content varies. Prerequisite(s): C or better in A ENG 210, A ENG 305, or permission of instructor.

A ENG 411/411Y Topics in British Literature and Culture (3)
Focused examination of selected topics in the literature and culture of England, including nations formerly under British rule or influence. Individual semesters may focus on, among others: a historical period, genre, or theme; the literature and culture of a particular place or country (such as India, Ireland, the Caribbean); a specific aspect of cultural study. May be repeated once for credit when content varies. Prerequisite(s): C or better in A ENG 210, A ENG 305, or permission of instructor.

A ENG 412/412Y Topics in Film or Drama (3)
Focused examination of specific theme or issue in the history and/or interpretation of Anglophone film and/or drama from any period(s). Individual semesters may focus on, among other areas: the work of a particular author and/or director; historical period, genre, or theme; a particular discourse in film or drama studies (e.g., ideological, aesthetic); relations between film and/or drama and literary and other texts. May be repeated once for credit when content varies. Prerequisite(s): C or better in A ENG 210, A ENG 305, or permission of instructor.

A ENG 413/413Y Topics in American Literature and Culture (3)
Focused examination of the selected topics in the literature and culture of the Americas. Individual semesters may focus on, among other areas: a particular historical period, genre, or theme; literature of a region or group (e.g., African-American, Caribbean, or Latino); interpretive or other theoretical problems in American literacy and cultural study. May be repeated once for credit when content varies. Prerequisite(s): C or better in A ENG 210, A ENG 305, or permission of instructor.

A ENG 416/416Y (= A WSS 416/416Y) Topics in Gender, Sexuality, Race, or Class (3)
Focused examination of topics in the study of gender, sexuality, race and/or class, as they are positioned and defined in Anglophone literary or other texts from any period(s). Individual semesters may focus on, among other areas: a particular historical period, genre, or theme; theories of gender, sexuality, race, and/or class as related to literary or other forms of representation; a particular cultural problem. May be repeated once for credit when content varies. Prerequisite(s): C or better in A ENG 210, A ENG 305, or permission of instructor.

A ENG 419/419Y Topics in Technology, Media, and Performance (3)
Focused examination of a specific theme or issue in the study of technological media or staged phenomena, as well as readings related to these forms. Individual semesters may focus on, among other areas: the machine in culture; artificial intelligence; notions of nature and the body; environmental issues; print media; television; the Internet; popular arts; performance art; ritual; social practices. May be repeated once for credit when content varies. Prerequisite(s): C or better in A ENG 210, A ENG 305, or permission of instructor.

A ENG 449/449Y Topics in Comparative Literatures and Cultures (3)
Focused examination of selected topics in the study of comparative Anglophone literatures and cultures from any period. Individual semesters may focus on, among other areas: comparative study of particular aesthetic movements, cultural texts, political questions, or historical problems. May be repeated once for credit when content varies. Prerequisite(s): C or better in A ENG 210, A ENG 305, or permission of instructor.

A ENG 450/450Y Topics in Writing Studies (3)
Carefully focused study in the history, theory, or practice of rhetoric and/or poetics (e.g., narrative theory; poetic movements; 20th century rhetorical theory). May be repeated once for credit when content varies. Prerequisite(s): C or better in A ENG 210, A ENG 305, or permission of instructor.

A ENG 460/460Y Topics in Transnational Studies (3)
Focused examination of transnational literature and cultures. Individual semesters may focus on, among other areas: particular aesthetic movement(s), cultural text(s), political question(s), or historical problem(s) of post-colonial nations and subjects in their transnational contexts. May be repeated once for credit when content varies. Prerequisite(s): C or better in A ENG 210, A ENG 305, or permission of instructor.

A ENG 465/465Y Topics in Ethnic Literatures in Cultural Contexts (3)
Focused examination of a particular topic on constructions of "race" and/or "ethnicity" as related to literature or other forms of representation from any period(s). Individual semesters may focus on, among other areas: neglected literary forms and cultural traditions; relations between writing and political struggles; identity studies and developments within interpretive or other theories. May be repeated once for credit when content varies. Prerequisite(s): C or better in A ENG 210, A ENG 305, or permission of instructor.

A ENG 485/485Y Topics in Cultural Studies (3)
Focused examination of particular topic in the study of culture, broadly defined. Individual semesters may focus on, among other areas: postcolonial studies; history of social institutions and knowledge production; study of identity formations; cultural forms; technology and science studies. May be repeated once for credit when content varies. Prerequisite(s): C or better in A ENG 210, A ENG 305, or permission of instructor.

A ENG 488W/488Z Special Topics (1-6)
Note: all 400 level writing workshops may be taught under this rubric. May be repeated once for credit when content varies. Prerequisite(s): C or better in A ENG 210.

A ENG 497 Independent Study and Research in English (1-4)
Senior level course designed to address intellectual needs that have grown out of previous coursework, or subject matter that is not regularly covered under the English department's curriculum. May be taken for a maximum of 8 credits. Prerequisite(s): C or better in A ENG 210 and permission of a faculty member in the department and of the appropriate departmental committee. Reserved for English majors.

A ENG 498 Thesis Seminar I (4)
Independent honors thesis individually formulated and written under the direction of the coordinator. Students writing theses will meet occasionally in colloquia to become acquainted with each other's work in progress. Prerequisite(s): permission of instructor. S/U graded.

A ENG 499 Thesis Seminar II (3)
Continuation and completion of thesis begun in A ENG 498. The thesis will be reviewed and evaluated by an honors committee. Prerequisite(s): permission of instructor.

  
TEMPORARY PAGE DIVIDER

Department of Geography and Planning

Faculty

Professor Emeritus
Floyd Henderson, Ph.D.
University of Kansas       
Christopher J. Smith, Ph.D.
University of Michigan
Roger Stump, Ph.D.
University of Kansas
John Webb, Ph.D.
University of Minnesota

Associate Professors Emeritus
Gene Bunnell, Ph.D.
London School of Economics
Wayne Heiser, Ph.D.
Northwestern University

Distinguished Service Professor
John S. Pipkin, Ph.D. (Collins Fellow)
Northwestern University

Professor
Ray Bromley, Ph.D.
Cambridge University

Associate Professors 
Youqin Huang, Ph.D.
University of California, Los Angeles
Andrei Lapenas, Ph.D.
State Hydrological Institute, Saint Petersburg
Catherine T. Lawson, Ph.D. (Department Chair)
Portland State University
David A. Lewis, Ph.D.
Rutgers University
James E. Mower, Ph.D.
State University of New York at Buffalo

Assistant Professors
Carlos J.L. Balsas, Ph.D.
University of Massachusetts
Alexander Buyantuev, Ph.D.  
Arizona State University
Melissa A. Currie, Ph.D.
The University of North Carolina at Charlotte
Shiguo Jiang, Ph.D.
Ohio State University
Rui Li, Ph.D.
The Pennsylvania State University
Tom P. Narins, Ph.D.
University of California, Los Angeles

Adjuncts (estimated): 16
Teaching Assistants (estimated): 2.5



The Department of Geography and Planning offers programs leading to the B.A., M.A., and M.R.P. degrees, a combined B.A./M.A. program, and an Undergraduate/Graduate Certificate in Geographic Information Systems and Spatial Analysis. Undergraduate students can major or minor in Geography. The department also offers a B.A. in Urban Studies and Planning, a minor in Urban Studies and Planning, a B.A. in Interdisciplinary Studies with a faculty-initiated concentration Globalization Studies, and a minor in Globalization Studies. Geographers study the characteristics of space, location and place in the broader context of how people interact with both physical and human environments. Geography can be classified as both a natural science and a social science as it examines people and their environment and serves as a bridge between the physical and cultural worlds. Planning is a discipline and professional practice that deals with the form, organization, and orderly development of cities, suburbs, and rural areas. Geographic information systems (GIS), computer mapping, remote sensing, and related technologies are central to the discipline of geography and are indispensable in many areas of professional planning practice. The department also offers a B.A. in Globalization Studies — the newest department offering. Globalization Studies analyzes the growing integration of the world system through trade, migration, financial flows and telecommunications, the impact of human activity on the world environment, and the adaptation of local and ethnic identities to the ongoing globalization process.

Teaching and research in the department emphasize urban, social, physical, political, and cultural geography; historical landscape; city and regional planning; urban design; remote sensing; cartography and geographic information systems; environmental studies; climatology; computer and statistical models; area (regional) studies; urban and regional planning methods; economic development; small town and rural land-use planning. Members of the faculty have strong international links with China, Russia, Australia, and various countries in Africa, Latin America and Western Europe.

Careers
The undergraduate programs provide background suitable for entry into a wide variety of business, educational and government occupations, as well for graduate or professional study in geography, planning, business, public administration, forestry, landscape architecture and other environmentally oriented programs. Career possibilities include: cartographers, remote sensing, and geographic information systems (G.I.S.) specialists; location and market area analysts; urban, regional, economic, and transportation planners; environmental scientists; international development specialists; urban design professionals; industrial and real estate developers; soil scientists; marketing and distribution managers; journalists; and travel and recreation specialists.

Degree Requirements for the Major in Geography

General Program B.A.: a minimum of 36 credits, including:

    Core Courses: 12 credits

    Elective courses: 24 credits 

    Human Geography
A GOG 125 (= A USP 125) The American City
A GOG 160 (= A EAC 160) China: People and Places
A GOG 200 Cultural Geography
A GOG 220 (= A USP 220) Introductory Urban Geography
A GOG 225 (= A GLO 225 & A USP 225) World Cities: Geographies of Globalization
T GOG 230 Reform and Resistance in Contemporary China
T GOG 244 Global Population Debates
A GOG 250 Geography of Latin America
A GOG 270 (= A AFS 270) Geography of Africa
A GOG 307 (= A USP 307) Geospatial Applications of Drones        
A GOG 310 (= A BIO 311 & U UNI 310) World Food Crisis
A GOG 325 (= A GLO/A USP 325) Global Urbanism and Culture
A GOG 344Y World Population
A GOG 350 (= A EAC 350) Urban Development in China
A GOG 364Y (= A GLO 364Y & A USP 364Y) India: Development Debates
A GOG 366 (= A GLO 366) India: Field Study of Development Issues
A GOG 375 (= A USP 375) Methods of Urban Analysis
A GOG 405 Topics in Human Geography
A GOG 440 Political Geography
A GOG 442 Geography of Religion
A GOG 480 (= A USP 480) Advanced Urban Geography
A USP 475 Urban Design

    Environmental Geography
A GOG 201 (= A ENV 201 & A GEO 201) Environmental Analysis
A GOG 304 Climatology
A GOG 307 (= A USP 307) Geospatial Applications of Drones
A GOG 330 (= A USP 330) Principles of Environmental Management
A GOG 404 Topics in Physical Geography
A GOG 424 Landscape Ecology 
A GOG 430 (= A USP 430) Environmental Planning
A GOG 431 Climate Change
A GOG 433Y (= A USP 433) Urban Ecology
A GOG 460 (= A USP 460) People, Place, and Power

    Geographic Information Science
A GOG 290 Introduction to Cartography
A GOG 307 (= A USP 307) Geospatial Applications of Drones
A GOG 360 Introduction to Geographic Information Systems
A GOG 406 Topics in Geographic Information Systems
A GOG 414 Computer Mapping
A GOG 417 Geography Internships (3-6 credits)
A GOG 422 GIS for Social Sciences
A GOG 427Y Human Factors in Geographic Information Science
A GOG 479 Fundamentals of Applied Global Positioning Systems (GPS)
A GOG 484 Remote Sensing I
A GOG 485 Remote Sensing II
A GOG 498 (= A USP 457) Advanced Geographic Information Systems

General Education requirement:

Students complete General Education Competencies in the major in Advanced Writing, Critical Thinking, and Information Literacy in the required core courses. To complete the competency in Oral Discourse, students must choose at least one course with “Y” suffix as part of their required elective credits in the major. Courses satisfying the General Education Competency in Oral Discourse are as follows:

A GOG 344Y World Population
A GOG 364Y India: Development Debates
A GOG 427Y Human Factors in Geographic Information Science
A GOG 433Y Urban Ecology

Honors Program

The department’s honors program in geography is intended to recognize the academic excellence of its best students, to give them the opportunity to work more closely with the faculty, and to enhance their understanding of geographical theory and research. Students may apply for admission to the program during their junior year or at the beginning of their senior year. To gain admission, students must have formally declared a major in geography and completed at least 12 credits of course work in the department. In addition, at the time of admission students must have an overall grade point average of at least 3.25, and of 3.50 in geography.

Students must complete a minimum of 42 credits as follows:

The departmental Honors Committee will review each student’s progress at the end of each semester. Upon completion of all honors program requirements with a grade point average of 3.50 in geography and 3.25 overall, students will be recommended by the Honors Committee for graduation with Honors in Geography, and will be honored at the departmental recognition ceremony in May.

Combined B.A./M.A. Program

The combined B.A./M.A. program in geography provides an opportunity for students of recognized academic ability and educational maturity to fulfill integrated requirements of undergraduate and master’s degree programs from the beginning of their junior year. A carefully designed program can permit a student to earn the B.A. and M.A. degrees within nine semesters.

The combined program requires a minimum of 138 credits, of which at least 30 must be graduate credits. In qualifying for the B.A., students must meet all university and college requirements, including the requirements of the undergraduate major described previously, the minor requirement, the minimum 90 credit liberal arts and sciences requirement, the general education requirements, and residency requirements. In qualifying for the M.A., students must meet all university and college requirements as outlined in the Graduate Bulletin, including completion of a minimum of 30 graduate credits and any other conditions such as a research seminar, thesis, comprehensive examination, professional experience, and residency requirements. Up to 12 graduate credits may be applied simultaneously to both the B.A. and M.A. programs.

Students may be admitted to the combined degree program at the beginning of their junior year, or after the successful completion of 56 credits. A cumulative grade point average of 3.20 or higher and three supportive letters of recommendation from faculty are required for consideration. Students will be admitted upon the recommendation of the Graduate Admissions Committee of the department.

Undergraduate Certificate Program in Geographic Information Systems and Spatial Analysis

This certificate program provides undergraduates with professional and technical training in geographic information systems (GIS) and associated techniques of spatial analysis. Geographic information systems are computer-based systems for storage, analysis, and display of spatial data. The disciplines of cartography, remote sensing and computer graphics are closely linked to the study of GIS. In conjunction with GIS, methods of spatial analysis may be used to study a wide range of problems, including resource management, land management for agriculture and forestry, urban planning, land use mapping, market area analysis, urban social analysis and a host of other applications.

The certificate requires 19 credits of undergraduate course work, including A GOG 290, 414, 484, 485, 496, and A MAT 108 (or an approved equivalent).

Bachelor of Arts in Urban Studies and Planning

The B.A. in Urban Studies and Planning is designed for students interested in a liberal arts education focusing on urban and suburban environments; environmental planning; sustainable development policy and practices; as well as urban, community and neighborhood development. The program of study mixes conventional classes with fieldwork and computer-based learning, and it requires considerable awareness of international, multicultural and policy issues. Students with training in urban studies and planning may enter careers in housing and community development, real estate, local and state government, local economic development, or local planning. They can pursue further study in graduate or professional schools to specialize in city and regional planning, public policy, real estate, architecture, or landscape architecture.

 

Planning is a broad function of the public and private sectors directed at guiding urban and regional development, analyzing physical, social, economic, and environmental issues, and preparing policy alternatives. Many planners work in the public sector, evaluating problems and suggesting solutions in the domains of transportation, housing, economic and community development, urban design, neighborhood revitalization, environmental issues, and policy analysis. Others work in the private and nonprofit sectors, serving as consultants, researchers, real estate developers, community development promoters, and specialists in local economic development. The department administers an interdisciplinary undergraduate minor program in urban studies and planning, and offers undergraduate courses in planning. These courses provide students with insights on urban and regional development from a broad, liberal arts viewpoint, as well as providing background and tools for further study and the professional practice of planning.

Degree Requirements for the Major in Urban Studies and Planning

General Program B.A.: a minimum of 36 credits including:

Core courses: 15 credits

Community engagement: 3 credits chosen from A USP 437, 474, 476, 490
Capstone course: 3 credits from A USP 475
Elective courses: 15 credits

  
TEMPORARY PAGE DIVIDER

Courses in Geography

A GOG 101 Introduction to the Physical Environment (3)
Introduction to the three main fields of physical geography (climatology, biogeography, and geomorphology) from an integrated earth systems viewpoint. The major world climate, vegetation, soil and landform regions are treated as process-response systems whose physical patterns and interrelationships, causes, and significance are examined. Includes assessments of the role of human impacts for global and regional change.

A GOG 102/102Z Introduction to Human Geography (3-4)
Introduction to key elements of human geography as a social science, (including population, cultural, economic, and political geography), focusing on the disciplinary themes of place, space and landscape. These themes are applied at a variety of scales, from local to the regional to the global, with particular emphasis with geographical concerns with cross-cultural comparisons among regions and with the relationships of local and regional phenomena to global processes. Only one version of A GOG 102 may be taken for credit.

A GOG 106 (= A USP 106) Introduction to Geospatial Technologies (3)
This course aims to provide students with fundamental concepts related to the major aspects of Geographic Information Science: Geographic Information Systems, Global Positioning Systems, Cartography, and Remote Sensing. It will serve as an entry level course to introduce students who would like to have a broader perspective on GIS-related technologies and practical skills further in their studies or practices regardless of their majors. It also serves the role of preparing students for more specific courses such as Introduction to GIS, Introduction to Remote Sensing, Introduction to Cartography, and Introduction to GPS, and consequently advanced courses in those areas within this department. For students who are not pursuing further geographic information related courses, the techniques introduced in this class such as spatial analysis and map making will be powerful tools for students to apply in their further study or practices in domains such as business administration, social sciences, humanities, as well as emergency preparedness.

A GOG 125 (= A USP 125) The American City (3)
Provides a broad introduction to American urbanism from a geographical-historical perspective, focusing on spatial forms and the built environment, the social and economic processes that produced them, and their contested cultural meanings. Surveys the legacies of industrialization, immigration, planning interventions, and the struggles for rights by minorities and women, and poses questions about our urban future in an age of globalization, information technology, and environmental crisis.

A GOG 160/160V/160X/160Z (= A EAC 160/160V/160X/160Z) China: People and Places (3)
This course provides a systematic introduction of China as an emerging political and economic power in the context of globalization. Main topics include historical evolution, uneven physical and social geography, economic reform, rapid urbanization, population growth and family planning, environmental change, tradition and culture change, and persisting and emerging problems. This course aims to help student better understand China. This course also teaches students how to search, use and evaluate information for their research in an increasingly digital and information-oriented world. Only one version of A GOG/A EAC 160 may be taken for credit.

A GOG 200 Cultural Geography (3)
This course explores key themes in cultural geography through a series of case studies relating to specific places, drawn from different regions of the world and from different time periods. These case studies provide contexts for examining key disciplinary concerns in cultural geography, including but not limited to culture itself, hearths of cultural innovation, processes of spatial diffusion, the creation of distinct spaces by culture groups, the spatial scales of culture, the meanings that groups assign to particular spaces, spatial interaction and cross-influences among cultures, the cultural elements of spatial behavior, territoriality, cultural conflict over space, and the changing meanings of places over time. Prerequisite(s): A GOG 102.

A GOG 201 (= A ENV 201 & A GEO 201) Environmental Analysis (3)
Uses laboratory work and local field excursions to give students “hands-on” experience in physical geography and environmental sciences. Focuses on human impacts on the environment and on problems of environmental contamination. Only one version may be taken for credit. Offered fall semester only. 

A GOG 220 (= A USP 220) Introductory Urban Geography (3)
Introductory survey of findings and theory of urban geography, which deals with the form and function of cities. Major themes include: history of urban form; spatial structure of modern urban systems; and the internal structure of the city, emphasizing social and economic patterns.

A GOG 225/225Z (= A GLO 225/225Z & A USP 225/225Z) World Cities: Geographies of Globalization (3)
This course takes a critical look at globalization and its impacts on cities around the world. Globalization includes an array of economic, cultural, and political forces that are effectively shrinking our world. The first part of the course focuses on the ways transnational movements or 'flows' of trade, finance, people and culture operate in and through a network of linked `global' cities, the top tier of which function as the `command and control' centers at the `core' of the global economy. The second part of the course shifts attention to the global `periphery' and to some of the lower tier cities of the world's urban hierarchy: in Latin America, Africa, and Asia. The concern here will be to examine the local consequences of globalization in two overlapping realms. The first will involve looking for and at evidence of the less salutary effects of globalization forces in these cities: for example, higher levels of social and spatial inequality, deteriorating environmental and health conditions, diminished per-capita share of local resources and infrastructures, and cultural homogenization. The other realm will be an investigation of local activities that occur in response and as resistance to the pervasive forces of globalization. The goal here will be to document and evaluate the effectiveness of some of the local movements and organizations that have struggled for social justice in the face of what they perceive to be oppressive (global) economic and cultural forces. After taking A GOG/A GLO/A USP 225 students will be able to compare cities on the global 'periphery' with each other, as well as with those in the global 'core' to learn about and understand how some aspects of economic and cultural globalization play out and are adapted to `on the ground' and to think critically about how people might effectively organize their thoughts and exercise their rights to the city in the era of globalization. A GOG/A GLO/A USP 225Z are the writing intensive versions of A GOG/A GLO/A USP 225; only one version of A GOG 225 may be taken for credit.

T GOG 230 (= T EAC 230) Reform and Resistance in Contemporary China (4)
The course provides a survey of economic and social change in reform-era China (1978-present), beginning with a broad review of the policies that have brought about such a monumental restructuring of the economy. In the later sections of the in-class discussion will focus on the human impacts of the reforms and the extent to which the Chinese people have been constrained in their struggles for a better life and a more just and equitable society. Readings and materials from other media (including contemporary film and literature) will be selected to illustrate some of the ways the Chinese people have been exerting agency in shaping their own fate and resisting the inevitable forces that seem likely to overwhelm them in the new era of free-wheeling capitalism. The classroom discussions will focus on specific case studies of resistance drawn from a variety of sites and a range of contexts in contemporary China, which will be discussed and analyzed in the context of social science theories about the nature of resistance and its outcomes. The course will present ideas and a body of literature that question and critique the dominant 'narrative of success' that currently pervades Western media and academic curricula. Formerly A EAC/A GOG 230H. Only one version of T GOG 230 may be taken for credit. Prerequisite(s): open to Honors College students only.

A GOG 240 Patterns of American Immigration (3)
This course provides a survey of immigration to the United States, focusing on key characteristics of immigrant groups and their cultures, in relation to both their places of origin and their destinations in this country.

T GOG 244Y Global Population Debates (3)
This course offers an in-depth introduction to the field of demography. Specially, it introduces main demographic concepts, theories and debates, offers an overview of world population pattern and regional variations, examines population processes and structure, and studies the impact of population on development and environment. Through case studies and debates, this course offers diverse demographic perspectives and tools (terminologies, methodologies and theories) to analyze population in both developed and developing countries. After taking this course, students should develop their own demographic perspective to facilitate their understanding of the world. Prerequisite(s): open to Honors College students only.

A GOG 250/250Z (= A LCS 250/250Z) Geography of Latin America (3)
An introduction to the geographical diversity of Latin America, reviewing the Continent’s physical features, natural resources, societies, economies and politics, and relating them to its history and cultural traditions. Particular attention will be given to rural and urban living conditions, social and regional inequalities, population distribution, internal and international migration, and socioeconomic development issues. Only one version of A GOG 250 may be taken for credit.

A GOG 260 (= A EAC 160 & A GLO 260) China in the Global Arena (3)
An introduction to the development of China’s economy and society since the death of Chairman Mao Tse-tung in 1976. Focuses on urbanization, industrialization, export-oriented development, and participation in global trade, finance, and politics. Taught in Shanghai, this multidisciplinary course helps students understand the dynamics of China’s rapid economic growth over the last three decades, and how Chinese scholars interpret the nation’s growing importance in the global system. Only one version may be taken for credit. Prerequisite(s): taken after, or simultaneously with A EAC 100.

T GOG 266/266Y (= T GLO 266/266Y) India: Development Debates (3)
T GOG 266 is the Honors College version of A GOG 364; only one version may be taken for credit.

A GOG 270 (= A AFS 270) Geography of Africa (3)
Geographic analysis of the continent of Africa. The diversity of the African continent will be stressed by examining its physical environment, resources, social, cultural, economic, and political systems. Emphasis upon the demographic as well as spatial planning aspects of geography. Only one version of A GOG 270 may be taken for credit.

A GOG 290 Introduction to Cartography (4)
An introductory course in the th